Skip to main content

Full text of "CSUF Course Catalogs 1959-2007"

See other formats


GENERAL CATALOG 

and 

ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES 
1969-70 



CALIFORNIA STATE 
COLLEGE, 

FULLERTON 

800 North State College Boulevard, Fullerton, Califor nia 
(714 ) 870-2011 92631 


All material herein is subject to change without prior notice 
Effective Date: September IS, 1969 


COMPLIMENTARY COPY 


Corer design by Made Witten 


TABLE OP CONTENTS 

I. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 


Page 


Calendar 5 

Trustees of the California State 

Colleges - 11 

Officers of the Trustees 12 

II. THE 

ADMINISTRATION 

College administration 19 

College committees 21 

OAJECTIVIS AND HISTORY 

Objectives of the college 26 

The history of the college 26 

College accreditation 27 


SPECIAL PROGRAMS 
AND SERVICES 

International programs 28 

Late afternoon and evening classes 28 

Summer sessions 29 

Extension program and services — 29 

Library 30 

Audiovisual Center 31 

Computer Center 31 

Instructional Television Center 31 

Premedical-Predental Conunittee 31 

Premedical Preparation 31 

California State College Foundation 32 



Page 

Office of the Chancellor 

13 

The California State Colleges ^ 

14 

The College Advisory Board 

15 


COLLEGE 

RESEARCH CENTERS AND CLINICS 


Center for Economic Education 33 

Center for Research in Business, 

Economics, Community — 33 

Center for Governmental Studies.— 34 

Speech and hearing clinic 34 

Laboratory for Phonetic Research 34 
Tucker Wildlife Sanctuary 34 

STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES 

Relations with schools 35 

Student activities 35 

Student organizations 35 

Student publications 35 

Student news bureau 36 

Athletics 36 

Housing 36 

Student health services 37 

Placement services 37 

Couseling services 38 

Testing 39 

Foreign students 39 

International programs 39 

New Elducational Horizons 39 

Financial aid 39 


III. ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION 


ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 


REGISTRATION 


Admission requirements — 45 

Freshman — 45 

Undergraduate transfers 46 

Graduate students 46 

Foreign students 47 

Summer session student 47 

Common admission and intrasystem 

transfer 47 

Readmission 48 

Procedures 48 

Statement of residence 49 

Credential programs 49 

Cancellation of admission 50 

Honors at entrance 50 

Undergraduate entrance testing 50 

Health requirements 50 

Evaluations 51 


Orientation 53 

Registration 53 

Late registration 53 

Change of program 53 

Concurrent enrollment 53 

Auditors 53 

Veterans 54 

Selective Service 54 

Reserve Officers* Training Corps— 54 
Fees and expenses 54 

ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 

Academic advisement 57 


2 


TABLE OP CONTENTS— Continued 

IV. REGULATIONS 


Page 

OINIRAL RIGULATIONS 

! Enrollment definitions and 

regulations 61 

Grading practices 61 

Transcripts 63 

[Continuous residency regulations ... 63 

Student honors 64 

Probation and disqualification 64 

Right of petition 65 

GRADUATION RIQUIREMENTS FOR 
THE BACHELOR'S DEGREE 

General education 66 

Units 67 

Scholarship 67 

Major 67 


Page 


Multiple majors and second bacca- 
laureate degrees 67 

Minor 68 

Graduation requirement check 68 

Approval and recommendation of 
faculty 68 

THE PROGRAM OF MASTER'S 
DEGREES 

General requirements for the 

master’s degree 69 

Standards for graduate study 69 

Steps in the master’s degree 

program 69 

Graduate policies and procedures.. 70 


V. COLLEGE CURRICULA 


ijCurricula offered 77 

SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS 
AND SCIENCE 

Anthropology 81 


Art 83 

Biological science 87 

i chemistry 90 

communications 93 

comparative literature 96 

[[)rama 97 


English 100 

foreign languages 102 

Geography 105 

rlistory 106 

nterdisciplinary Center 108 

linguistics 108 

^lathematics 109 

^lusic 111 

Philosophy 116 

Physics 117 

Political science 120 

Psychology 122 


Science and mathematics education 124 


Social sciences 127 

Sociology 128 

Speech 130 


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


AND ECONOMICS 

Undergraduate program in business 

administration and economics 137 

Business education 140 

Master of Business Administration 140 
Economics 144 

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 

Teacher education curricula 151 

Graduate programs 162 

Master of Science in Educarion. .. 162 
Bachelor of Science in Physical 

Education 166 

Master of Science in Physical 
Education 166 

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING 

Engineering 171 


VI. ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES 


General course numbering code.— 183 

Prerequisites 183 

independent study 183 

SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS 
AND SCIENCE 

Anthropology 184 

^ — 188 


Art education 194 

Astronomy 195 

Biological science 195 

Chemistry 201 

Communications 205 

Comparative literature 208 

Drama 210 

Drama education 215 

3 


TABLE OP CONTENTS — Continued 


Page 

Earth science 215 

English 216 

Elnglish education 220 

Foreign languages education 220 

French 221 

Geography 223 

Geology 227 

German — — - 227 

History 229 

Interdisciplinary Center — 236 

International study courses 239 

Italian — 239 

Journalism education 240 

Latin - — 240 

Linguistics 241 

Mathematics 241 

Mathematics education 245 

Music 246 

Music education 252 

Nature interpretation 253 

Philosophy 253 

Physical science 256 

Physics 256 

Political science 259 

Portuguese 265 

Psychology 266 

Russian 270 


Page 


Science education 271 

Sociology 273 

Spanish 277 

Speech 280 

Speech education 284 

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 
AND ECONOMICS 

Accounting 285 

Business administration 287 

Economics 287 

Finance 291 

Management 293 

Marketing 296 

Quantitative methods 298 

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 

Preservice courses 301 

Graduate courses 305 

Professional courses in the post- 
graduate program 311 

Health education 313 

Physical education 313 

Recreation 319 

SCHOOL OF ENGINKRING 

Engineering 320 


VII. DIRECTORIES 

Advisory councils 333 Faculty and administration 

Auxiliary organizations 338 Index 

Cooperating public school teachers 341 


343 

362 


4 


ANNUAL CALENDAR 


1969 


1 

19 

70 

JANUARY 

JULY 

JANUARY 

JULY 

S 

M 

T 

W 

T 

F 

S 

S 

M 

T 

W 

T 

F 

S 


S 

M 

T 

W 

T 

F 

S 

S 

xM 

T 

W 

T 

F 

S 




1 

2 

3 

4 



1 

2 

3 

4 

5 






1 

2 

3 




1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 


4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 


11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 


18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 



28 

29 

30 

31 




25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 


FEBRUARY 

AUGUST 


FEBRUARY 

AUGUST 













1 



1 













1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 


8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 


15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 


22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 


24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 









23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 








31 














30 

31 








Mi 

^R 

CH 




S£ 

:pi 

'E» 

IB] 

£R 





Mi 

\R( 

CH 




S£ 

:pt 

'Eft 

4B] 

ER 








1 


1 

2 

3 

4 

b 

6 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

? 



1 

i 

3 

4 

& 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

'7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 


8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

*6 

’7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 


15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

221 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 


22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

28 

29 

30 






29 

30 

31 





27 

28 

29 

30 




30 

31 






























A] 

PR] 

[L 




( 

)C1 

roi 

3E] 






a: 

PR] 

[L 




C 

)C1 

roi 

3E1 





1 

2 

d 

4 

5 




1 


3 

4 





1 

2 

3 

4 





1 


d 

’6 

'7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 


5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 


12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 


19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

27 

28 

29 

30 




26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 



26 

27 

28 

29 

30 



25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

MAY 

NOVEMBER 


MAY 

NOVEMBER 





1 

2 

3 







1 







1 

2 

1 1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 


4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

lu 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 


3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 


8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

1^ 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 


10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

Iq 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24, 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 


17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 


24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

29 

30 













30 








31 






1 










J1 

[JN 

E 




d: 

EC] 

EM 

BE 

R 




J1 

jn: 

E 


: 


D] 

EC] 

EM 

BE 

R 


1 

2 

3 

4 

6 

6 

i 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 



1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

9 



1 

2 


4 

6 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

*'7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 


7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 


I’e 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

,14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 


14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 


22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 


21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

po 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

29 

30 







29 

30 

31 





28 

29 

30 




1 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 










r 














1 









5 



COLLEGE CALENDAR 


1969-70 


SUAAMER SESSION 1969— First Session 


April 14, Monday- 

June 2, Monday ^.Inclusive dates for early summer session registration 

June 16, Monday First summer session begins — registration and classes 

July 4, Friday Independence Day (holiday — all offices closed) 

July 25, Friday First summer session ends 

SUMMER SESSION 1969— Second Session 

July 28, Monday Second summer session begins— registration and 

classes 

September 1, Monday .Labor Day (holiday — all offices closed) 

September 5, Friday Second summer session ends (effective date of 

graduation for those completing requirements) 


FALL SEMESTER 1969 


February 1 to July 1969 

Period for filing applications for admission to the fall semester 1969 for all 
new students and former students not in attendance during the spring semester 
1969. Applicants are urged to file early in the period in view of probable 
enrollment limitations. Applications will be closed when enrollment quotas are 
filled, or July 1, whichever is earlier. 


September 15-19, 

Monday-Friday Faculty and student orientation — advisement week 

(semester begins) 

September 16-18, 

Tuesday-Thursday Registration 

September 18, Thursday Last day to register without late registration fee. 

Application deadline for baccalaureate degree can- 
didates for graduation, June 1970 and September 
1970 

September 22, Monday Classes begin 

October 13, Monday Columbus Day (holiday — all offices closed) 

November 11, Tuesday- Veterans Day (holiday — all offices closed) 

November 27-28, 

Thursday, Friday Thanksgiving recess (all offices closed) 

December 1, Monday Deadline for January 1970 master’s degree candi- 

dates to request a graduation check. 

December 1, Monday Applications for admission for spring semester 1970 

due in admissions office 

December 22, Monday Christmas recess begins 

January 5, Monday Classes resume 

January 14, Wednesday Last day of classes 

January 15-16, 

Thursday-Friday Examination study days 

January 19, Monday Semester examinations begin 

January 28, Friday Semester examinations end (semester ends) (effec- 

tive date of graduation for those completing re- 
quirements) 


6 



SPRING SEMESTER 1970 


September 15 to December 1^ 1969 

Period for filing applications for admission to the spring semester 1970 for all 
new students and former students not in attendance during the fall semester 
1969. Applicants are urged to file early in the period in view of probable 
enrollment limitations. Applications will be closed when enrollment quotas are 
filled, or July 1, whichever is earlier. 


February 2-6, 

Monday-Friday Faculty and student orientation— advisement week 

(semester begins) 


February 3-5, 

Tuesday-Thursday Registration 

February 5, Thursday Last day to register without late registration fee. 

Application deadline for baccalaureate degree candi- 
dates for graduation January 1971 
February 9, Monday Classes begin 

February 12, Thursday Lincoln’s Birthday (holiday — all offices closed) 

February 23, Monday Washington’s Birthday (holiday — all offices closed) 

March 23, Monday Spring recess begins 

March 30, Monday . Classes resume 

April 6, Monday Martin Luther King, Jr., memorial observance 

April 9, Thursday Deadline for June 1970 master’s degree candidates 

to request a graduation check. 

April 9, Thursday Deadline for requests by graduate students planning 

completion of master’s degrees first summer session 
1970 for certificates. 

April 24, Friday Day of the Titan 

May 27, Wednesday... Last day of classes 

May 28-29, 

Thursday, Friday Examination study days 

June 1, Monday Semester examinations begin 

June 5, Friday Semester examinations end 

June 5, Friday Commencement (semester ends) (effective date of 

graduation for those completing requirements) 


SUMMER SESSION 1970— First Session 

April 13, Monday- 

June 1, Monday Inclusive dates for early summer session registration 

June 15, Monday First summer session begins — registration and classes 

July 24, Friday First summer session ends 


SUMMER SESSION 1970— Second Session 

July 27, Monday Second summer session begins — ^registration and 

classes 

September 4, Friday ... Second summer session ends (effective date of 

graduation for those completing requirements) 


7 


COLLEGE CALENDAR 1969-70 



M 

T 

W 

Th 

F 


M 

T 

W 

Th 

F 

Sept. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Feb. 

l_? 

S 

4 

5 

6 


8 

9 

10 

11 

12 


9 

10 

11 

12 

13 


||5 

16 

17 

18 

19 


16 

17 

18 

19 

20 


22 

23 

24 

25 

26 


23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

Oct. 

29 

30 

1 

2 

3 

Mar. 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 


6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


9 

10 

11 

12 

13 


13 

14 

15 

16 

17 


16 

17 

18 

19 

20 


20 

21 

22 

23 

24 


2S 

U 

25 

26 

27_ 


27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

Apr. 

30 

31 

1 

2 

3 

Nov. 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 


6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


10 

11 

12 

13 

14 


13 

14 

15 

16 

17 


17 

18 

19 

20 

21 


20 

21 

22 

23 

24 


24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

May 

27 

28 

29 

30 

1 

Dec. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 


4 

5 

6 

7 

8 


8 

9 

10 

11 

12 


11 

12 

13 

14 

15 


15 

16 

17 

18 

19 


18 

19 

20 

21 

22 



2S 


26 

26 


25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

Jan. 

29 

SO 

SI 

1 

2 

June 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Ji 


5 

6 

7 

8 

9 


8 

9 

10 

11 

12 


12 

13 

14 

15 

16 


15 

16 

17 

18 

19 


19 

20 

21 

22 



22 

23 

24 

25 

26 








29 

30 




Total 

Number 

Classroom 

Days 

|26 

27 

28 

29 

30| 







14 

14 

15 

13 

13 = 

69 

14 

15 

15 

13 

14 » 71 


Antique figures — Holidays 
I Semester begins 

I Semester ends 

Italic figures = Additional days when classes are not in session 
Gothic figures = Final examinations 

I \ = Week between semesters 


8 


ORGANIZATION AND 
ADMINISTRATION 


BOARD OF TRUSTEES 
OFFICE OF THE CHANCELLOR 
THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGES 

ADVISORY BOARD 


■C<:A 




^ v 

y '^['r 

‘<TK' . 

\:i 




TRUSTEES 

OF THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGES 


I Ex Officio Trustees 

Ronald Reagan, BA ..State Capitol, Sacramento 95814 

Governor of California and President of the Trustees 

Ed Reinecke, B5. — State Capitol, Sacramento 95814 

Lieutenant Governor of California 

Max Rafferty, A.B., MA., Ed.D. 721 Capitol Mall, Sacramento 95814 

State Superintendent of Public Instruction 

Robert T. Monagan, BA. State Capitol, Sacramento 95814 

Speaker of the Assembly 

Glenn S. Dumke, A.B., M.A., Ph.D., LL.D., L.H.D 5670 Wilshire 

Chancellor of the California State Colleges Boulevard, Los Angeles 90036 

Appointed Trustees 

Appointments are for a term of eight years expiring March 1 on dates in paren- 
theses. Names are listed in order of accession to the board. 

Charles Luckman, LLX)., AT.D. (1974) 

9220 Sunset Boulevard, Los Angeles 90069 
Theodore Meriam, A.B. (1971) 

P.O. Box 370, Chico 95927 
, Albert J. Ruffo, LL.B., B.S. in E.E.. (1971) 

675 North First Street, Suite 1200, San Jose 95112 
Mrs. Philip Conley, B.A. (1972) 

3729 Huntington Boulevard, Fresno 93702 
E. Guy Warren, B.A. (1973) 

P.O. Box 59, Hayward 94541 
Daniel H. Ridder, B.A. (1975) 

604 Pine Street, Long Beach 90801 
George D. Hart, AB. (1975) 

111 Sutter Street, San Francisco 94104 
, James F. Thachcr, A.B., LL.B. (1970) 

310 Sansome Street, San Francisco 94104 
Alec L. Cory, B.A., LL.B. (1973) 

1900 First National Bank Building, San Diego 92101 
I WilHam A. Norris, BA., LL.B. (1972) 

' 609 South Grand Avenue, Los Angeles 90017 

Edward O. Lee, BA. (1974) 

595 16th Street, Oakland 94612 
Earle M. Jorgensen (1970) 

10650 South Alameda, Los Angeles 90054 
i Dudley Swim, A.B., M A. (1976) 

P.O. Box 1590, Monterey 93940 
Karl L. Wcnte, M.S. (1976) 

5565 Tesla Road, Livermore 94550 
E. Litton Bivans (1977) 

2431 Dallas Street, Los Angeles 90031 
W. O. Weissich, B.S., LLB. (1977) 

1299 Fourth Street, San Rafael 94901 


11 


Trustees 


Officers of the Trustees 


Governor Ronald Reagan 
President 
Daniel H. Ridder 
Vice Chairman 


Theodore Meriam 
Chairman 

Chancellor Glenn S. Dumke 
Secretary-Treasurer 


12 


OFFICE OF THE CHANCELLOR 

OF THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGES 


5670 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles 90036 
213 938-2981 

Glenn S. Dumke - Chancellor 

Raymond A. Rydell Executive Vice Chancellor 

Russell G. W'hitesel Vice Chancellor, Academic Affairs 

Harry E. Brakebill Vice Chancellor, Business Affairs 

C. Mansel Keene . Assistant Chancellor, Faculty and Staff Affairs 


13 


THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGES 


California State College, Bakersfield 
615 California Avenue 
Bakersfield 93304 
Paul F. Romberg, President 
805 327-9101 

California State College, Dominguez 
Hills 

809 East Victoria Street 
Dominguez Hills 90247 
Leo F. Cain, President 
213 532-4300 

California State College, Fullerton 
800 North State College Boulevard 
Fullerton 92631 

William B. Langsdorf, President 
714 870-2011 

California State College, Hayward 
25800 HiUary Street 
Hayward 94542 

EUlis E. McCune, Interim President 
415 538-8000 

California State College, Long Beach 
6101 East Seventh Street 
Long Beach 90804 
Carl W. McIntosh, President 
213 433-0951 

California State College, Los Angeles 
5151 State College Drive 
Los Angeles 90032 
John A. Greenlee, President 
213 224-2011 
California State College, 

San Bernardino 
5500 State College Parkway 
San Bernardino 92407 
John M. Pfau, President 
714 887-6311 

California State Polytechnic College 
Kellogg-Voorhis 
3801 West Temple Avenue 
Pomona 91766 

Robert C. Kramer, President 
213 964-6424 

California State Polytechnic College, 
San Luis Obispo 
San Luis Obispo 93401 
Robert E. Kennedy, President 
805 546-0111 


Chico State College 
Chico 95926 

Robert E. Hill, President 
916 343-4411 
Fresno State College 
Shaw and Cedar Avenues 
Fresno 93726 

Frederic W. Ness, President 
209 487-9011 
Humboldt State College 
Areata 95521 

Cornelius H. Siemens, President 
707 822-1771 

Sacramento State College 
6000 J Street 
Sacramento 95819 

, President 

916 454-6011 
San Diego State College 
5402 College Avenue 
San Diego 92115 
Malcolm A. Love, President 
714 286-5000 

San Fernando Valley State College 
18111 NordhofF Street 
Northridge 91324 
James W. Cleary, President 
213 349-1200 

San Francisco State College 
1600 Holloway Avenue 
San Francisco 94132 
S. I. Hayakawa, Acting President 
415 469-9123 
San Jose State College 
125 South Seventh Street 
San Jose 95114 
Robert D. Clark, President 
408 294-6414 
Sonoma State College 
1801 Elast Cotati Avenue 
Rohnert Park (Cotati) 94928 
Ambrose R. Nichols, President 
707 795-2011 
Stanislaus State Ck)llege 
800 Monte Vista Avenue 
Turlock 95380 

Alexander Capurso, President 
209 634-9101 


14 


THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGES 

The 19 campuses of the California State Colleges, spanning the state from 
Humboldt County in the north to San Diego in the south, represent the largest 
system of public higher education in the Western Hemisphere and one of the 
largest in the world. Current enrollment exceeds 212,000 full-time and part-time 
students. The faculty and administrative staff number approximately 10,000. 

Elach college in this system, with a geographic and curricular character of its 
own, offers a basic program in the liberal arts. Course offerings leading to the 
bachelor’s and master’s degree and a limited number of joint doctoral degrees are 
designed to satisfy existing student interests while serving the educational and 
professional requirements of the state. 

The California State Colleges are dedicated to rigorous academic standards. 
The primary faculty responsibility is the instructional process, with recognition 
of the necessary role of research in institutions of higher education. 

Responsibility for the California State Colleges is vested in the Board of Trustees, 
appointed by the Governor, and its administrative officer, the Chancellor. The 
Trustees and the Chancellor set broad policy for the colleges while delegating 
responsibility for implementation to the colleges. A statewide Academic Senate, 
made up of representatives elected by the faculty at each college, recommends 
academic policy to the Board of Trustees through the Chancellor. 

While the oldest of the colleges, San Jose State College, was founded over a 
century ago, the California State Colleges system under an independent Board of 
Trustees was created by the Donahoe Act of 1960. 

The California State Colleges are now in a dynamic period of development. 
Prior to World War II there were seven State Colleges with a peak total enroll- 
ment of 13,000. Since 1947, twelve new colleges have been established and sites 
have been selected for new campuses in Ventura, San Mateo and Contra Costa 
counties. Enrollment in the system is expected to reach 300,000 by 1980. 


CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGE, FULLERTON 

ADVISORY BOARD 

Leland C. Launer, Chairman 

Partner, Launer, Chaffee and Hanna Fullerton 

El. B. Buster, Vice Chairman 

Vice President, West Coast, Townsend Company- Santa Ana 

Arnold O. Beckman 

Chairman of the Board, Beckman Instruments, Inc. Corona del Mar 

Mrs. Nicholas A. Begovich Fullerton 

Donald S. Bums 

President, Don Bums, Inc. — ^Volkswagen Corona del Mar 

H.L. (Jack) CaldweU 

Senior Vice President and Director, Macco Realty Company Newport Beach 

C. Stanley Chapman 

Chapman Ranch Fullerton 


15 


Advisory Board 


ADVISORY BOARD-Continued 

Rodney (Bud) Coulson 

California Pancakes, Inc. — 

Manuel £. Esqueda 

Assistant Manager, Bank of America 

William J. McGarvey, Jr. 

McGarvey-Thompson Realty, Inc 

Charles A. Pearson 

Anaheim Truck and Transfer 


Anaheim 

Santa Ana 

-Fullerton 

- Anaheim 

Corona del Mar 


John O’Hara Smith, Jr. 

Harold M. Williams 

Chairman of the Finance Committee, Norton Simon, Inc.. 


Fullerton 


THE COLLEGE 


ADME^ISTRATION 
OBJECTIVES AND fflSTORY 
SPECIAL PROGRAMS AND SERVICES 
RESEARCH CENTERS AND CLINICS 
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES 





„c! 


. 1 




4 






iiij 




' • ;■ >? • ■ 

■'.'‘'V'/tc^h i\Aj\ V * 

- ^ /viii'- iPAA : / ■;> ; 

^ A<-f':A ('‘A/ ^ ■ '■' / /ij/,.':' .v' 

y'y.AA.vir* .'uJy'AOtj-'iCi TAaO'Jir 


s 


ADMINISTRATION 


COLLEGE ADMINISTRATION 

President - - William B. Langsdorf 

Administrative Assistant Donald H. Card 

Executive Dean - 

Building Coordinator — Milton C. Blanchard 

Vice President, Administration - L. Donald Shields 

Contracts and Grants Assistant. Helen C. Carter 

Director of Development Bernard E. Foster 

Personnel Officer Forrest S. Pine 

Publications Manager Jerry J. Keating 

Coordinator for Campus Police, Safety and Security Russell J. Keeley 

Vice President, Academic Affairs Bernard L. Hyink 

Administrative Assistant Doris B. Carlton 

Dean, School of Letters, Arts and Science _..Miles D. McCarthy 


Dean, School of Business Administration and 

Economics — - 

Dean, School of Education 

Dean, School of Engineering 


Dean of Elducational Services and Summer Sessions- 
Dean of Graduate Studies 


Jack W. Coleman 

- Eugene L. McGarry 
-Robert G. Valpey 


Gerhard E. Ehmann 

Giles T. Brown 


College Librarian Ernest W. Toy, Jr. 

Director of Audiovisual Services Raymond E. Denno 

Dii>5ctor of Elxtension and Coordinator of Evening 

Gasses R. Harold Van Cleave 

Director of Office of Faculty Records — Lois S. Herron 

Director of Institutional Research and Studies Kenneth R. Doane 

Director of Instructional Television Allen M. Zeltzer 

Dean of Students.— Ernest A. Becker 

Administrative Assistant — Eric A. Johnson 


Director of New Educational Horizons 

Associate Dean of Students and Director of Admissions 

and Records 

Admissions Officer 

Registrar 


-James C. Fleming 
-Ralph Bigelow 


-John B. Campbell 
-Mildred H. Scott 


Associate Dean of Students and 

Director of Counseling and Testing.. 

Counselor 

Counselor 


Counselor 

Counselor.. 


(acting) Charles W. Buck 

Arthur W. Lynn 

Daniel T. Kawakami 

Treva Sudhalter 

-Jack Russell 


Psychological Consultant, Mental Health Program— Anthony R. Hybl 

Foreign Student Adviser Louise Lee 


Testing Program Supervisor and Research Analyst — 
Associate Dean of Students and 

Director of Relations with Schools - 

Associate Dean of Students and 

Director of Student Activities 

Activities Adviser 

Activities Adviser 

Director of Housing 


-Howard M. Morton 
Emmett T. Long 


T. Roger Nudd 

-Tom L. CyDonnell 

M. Patricia White 

Dudley A. Stier 


19 


Schools and Deparfmonts 


Director of Placement Services 

Placement Supervisor 

Director of Financial Aids — 

Director of Student Health Center 

Staff Physician 

Staff Physician — . 

Staff Psychiatrist. 

Staff Dermatologist- - 

Business Manager 

Administrative Assistant 

Budget Officer — 

Accounting Officer 

Chief of Plant Operation- 

Business Services Officer 


Max W. Burke 

—Bradley Weyman 

Thomas D. Morris 

Helen L. Morton, M.D. 

-William H. Wickett, Jr., M.D. 

Iris O. Moremen, M.D. 

Robert A. Rounds, M.D. 

-David V. Homme, M.D. 

Thomas A. Williams 

Dennis C. Wharton 

Donald J. Lewis 

Glenn R. Mitchell 

Beryl E. Kempton 

Paul H. Rodet 


SCHOOLS AND DEPARTMENTS 

School of Letters, Arts and Science - Miles D. McCarthy, Dean 

J. Justin Gray, Associate Dean 
Charles A. Povlovich, Associate Dean 
Hazel J. Jones, Associate Dean 

Anthropology Department -Hans H. Leder 

Art Department Gerald D. Samuelson 

Biological Science Department Donald D. Sutton 

Chemistry Department Andrew F. Montana 

Communications Department J. William Maxwell 

Drama Department — James D. Young 

English Department M. John Wagner 

Foreign Languages and Literatures Department Walter D. Kline 

Geography Department Gertrude M. Reith 

History Department Warren A. Beck 

Mathematics Department .Dennis B. Ames 

Music Department. Joseph W. Landon 

Philosophy Department Paul C. Hayner 

Physics Department - Raymond V. Adams 

Political Science Department. Ivan L. Richardson 

Psychology Department Robert E. Edwards 

Science and Mathematics Education Department— George C. Turner 

Sociology Department- F. James Davis 

Speech Department Lee E. Granell 


School of Business Administration and Economics Jack W. Coleman, Dean 

John C. Trego, Associate Dean 
John D. Lafky, Associate Dean 

Accounting Department -Sidney Klein 

Economics Department Levern F. Graves 

Finance Department Sylvia Lane 

Management Department . ..Donald R. Shaul 

Marketing Department Frank L. Roberts 

Quantitative Methods Department Herbert C. Rutemiller 


School of Education Eugene L. McGarry, Dean 

Health Education, Physical Education and Recreation 

Department Elmer L. Johnson 

Director of Athletics... John E. Caine 


20 


College Committees 


COLLEGE COMMIHEES 1968-69 


^resident's Cabinet 

William B. Langsdorf, Chairman 

Ronald M. Bristow 

Giles T. Brown 

Jack W. Coleman 

Gerhard E. Ehmann 

Donald H. Gard 

Bernard L. Hyink 

Lee R. Kerschner 

I ’acuity Council 

Lee R. Kerschner, Chairman 
Allen M. Zeltzer, Vice Chairman 
Joyce E. Pickersgill, Secretary 
George O. Enell, Treasurer 
Russell V. Benson 
^ Ronald M. Bristow 
Roland L. Calhoun 
A David M. Feldman 
Julian F. S. Foster 
George Giacumakis, Jr. 

Lee E. Granell 
Levem F. Graves 
Joan V. Greenwood 
Paul C. Hayner 
^ Bernard L. Hyink 
i Gregory D. Ivy 
Donald W. Keran 
Walter D. Kline 
'i William B. Langsdorf 
I Joseph W. Landon 

hampus Planning Committee 

William B. Langsdorf, Chairman 
Ronald M. Bristow 
Jack C. Emmons, College Facility 
Planner, Office of the Chancellor 
Bernard L. Hyink 

Academic Affairs Cabinet 

Bernard L. Hyink, Chairman 
^ Ralph Bigelow 
: Ronald M. Bristow 
Giles T. Brown 
Doris B. Carlton 
Jack W. Coleman 
Gerhard E. Ehmann 
J. Justin Gray 
: Hazel J. Jones 


Miles D. McCarthy 
Stuart F. McComb 
Eugene L. McGarry 
L. Donald Shields 
Robert G. Valpey 
Thomas A. Williams 
Robert Sandoval 


Robert A. Lemmon 
James A. McCleary 
Paul J. Pastor 
Ervie Pena 
Doris G. Phillips 
Gertrude M. Reith 
Frank L. Roberts 
Herbert C. Rutemiller 
Dan ton B. Sailor 
Robert Sandoval 

L. Donald Shields 
Morris G. Sica 
Edsel F. Stiel 
Donald D. Sutton 
Elric A. Teel 
Robert G. Valpey 

M. John Wagner 
Michael Yessis 

Charles A. Povlovich, Parliamentarian 


Stuart F. McComb 
John W. Olsen 
Herbert J. Powell, Consulting 
Architect 

Thomas A. Williams 


Lee R. Kerschner 
John D. Lafky 
Robert A. Lemmon 
Miles D. McCarthy 
Eugene L. McGarry 
Charles A. Povlovich 
Ernest W. Toy, Jr. 
John W. Trego 
Robert G. Valpey 


21 


College Committees 

Graduate Council 

Giles T. Brown, Chairman 
Marilyn M. Bates 
Sherwood P. Cummings 
J. Justin Gray 
Eugene B. Hunt 

Student Personnel Services Cabinet 

Ronald M. Bristow, Chairman 

Cary Adler 

Ralph Bigelow 

Charles W. Buck 

Max W. Burke 

James C. Fleming 

Bernard L. Hyink 


Bernard L. Hyink 
Perry E. Jacobson, Jr. 
John D. Lafky 
Alvin H. Rothman 


Eric A. Johnson 
Larry Johnston 
Thomas D. Morris 
Helen L. Morton 
T. Roger Nudd 
Dudley A. Stier 


Advisory Committee on Radiological Safety 


Roben E. Spenger, Chairman 
Raymond V. Adams, Radiological 
Safety Officer 


L. Jack Bradshaw 
Helen L. Morton, M.D 
Thomas A. Williams 


Student-Faculty Athletics Board 

James A. McCleary, Chairman 
John E. Caine, Secretary 
David E. Van Deventer 


Cody Combs 
Mitchell Wise 
David Woolsey 


Student-Faculty Lecture Series Board 

Ted C. Smythe, Chairman 
Joel M. Fisher 
William C. Lang worthy 
Joyce E. Pickersgill 

Student-Faculty Publications Board 

Sandra Sutphen, Chairman 
Alvin J. Keller 

J. William Maxwell, Executive 
Secretary 

Student-Faculty Public Events Board 

Robert E. Lepper, Chairman 
Edward L. Cooperman 
Leo O. Kreter 

L. Donald Shields, Executive 
Secretary 


Ike Adams 
Sue Bemis 
Ron Gobert 
Richard Staley 


Willis E. McNelly 
Richard De Santis 
Paul Friesen 
Larry Mortorff 


Michael Brown 
Ted Schoenbergei 
Larry Wright 


22 


Standing Committees 


Committee 


Computer Center Technical Advisory 

Kenneth R. Doane, Chairman 
Robert W. Carlile 
Manager 

Data Processing Operations 
Hughes Aircraft Company 
Fullerton 

Walter J. Kosinski 
President 

Interactive Computing Corporation 
Santa Ana 
James L. Malakoff 
Manager 

Data Processing Operations 
Beckman Instruments, Inc. 
Fullerton 

Thomas R. Sheehan 
Operations Manager 
Hunt Foods and Industries, Inc. 
Fullerton 


A. O. Williman 
Manager 

Computer Applications Branch 
Autonetics Division 
North American Rockwell 
Corporation 
Anaheim 

Raymond V. Adams 
John H. Bryden 
Edward T. Card 
Jack W. Coleman 
Fred R. Colgan 
Ronald W. Colman 
Munir R. El-Saden 


STANDING COMMIHEES OF THE FACULTY 
COUNCIL 1968-69 


Academic Standards 

Edsel F. Stiel, Chairman 
Ralph Bigelow, ex officio 
George L. Friend 

Curriculum 

Joan V. Greenwood, Chairman 

Leland J. Bellot 

Giles T. Brown, ex officio 

Ida S. Coppolino 

Munir R. El-Saden 

Lee E. Granell 

Educational Services 

Martin P. Andersen, Chairman 
Gerhard E. Ehmann, ex officio 
Danton B. Sailor 

Elections 

John H. Bryden, Chairman 
Charles G. BeU 
Roland L. Calhoun 
James E. Jordan 


Donald R. Henry 
Morris E. Morkre 
Harold Schultz 


Bernard L. Hyink, ex officio 
Arthur W. Lynn 
Miles D. McCarthy 
Jack A. Pontney 
Jerry Busch 


Donald A. Sears 
Robert E. Spenger 
Gerald Upson 


Irene L. Lange 
Alvin H. Rothman 
Howard Seller 


23 


Standing Committees 


Faculty Affairs 

Charles G. Bell, Chairman 
Natalie Barish 
George O. Enell 
Anne T. Feraru 

Fiscal Affairs and Statewide Issues 

Lawrence B. de Graaf, Chairman 
Kenneth R. Doane 
Levern F. Graves (Academic 
Senator) 

Frank L. Roberts 

International Education 

Barbara A. Hartsig, Chairman 
Oswaldo Arana 
Donald B. Bright 
Giles T. Brown, ex officio 

Library 

Gerald L. Boarino, Chairman 
Russell V. Benson 
William J. Ketteringham 

Personnel 

Edwin R. Carr, Chairman 
Stephen J. Barres 
J. Justin Gray 

Research 

David M. Feldman, Chairman 
Sidney Baldwin 
Doris H. Banks 
Bayard H. Brattstrom 
Walter J. Dennison, ex officio 

Student Affairs 

Michael E. Brown, Chairman 
Ronald M. Bristow, ex officio 
Ronald J. Crowley 
Fred H. Dorer 
Edwin Duerr 

Executive Committee 

Lee R. Kerschner, Chairman 
George O. Enell 
Julian F. S. Foster 
George Giacumakis, Jr. 

Joyce S. Pickersgill 


Alexander Omalev 
Donald R. Shaul 
David L. Walkington 


Herbert C. Rutemiller 
L. Donald Shields, ex officio 
Eric A. Teel (Academic Senator) 
Thomas A. Williams, ex officio 
Jerry Meng 


John B. Campbell, ex officio 
Gregory D. Ivy 
Louise G. Lee, ex officio 
Neil Cowd 


Doris G. Phillips 

Ernest W. Toy, Jr., ex officio 

Larry Johnston 


Paul C. Hayner 
G. Bording Mathieu 
Max Nelson 


Mildred R. Donoghue 
Burton L. Karson 
Sylvia Lane 
Michael P. Onorato 
L. Donald Shields, ex officio 


James C. Fleming 
Barbara A. Harris 
Willis E. McNeUy 
Paul J. Pastor 
Richard Straton 


Paulina June Salz 
Eric A. Teel 
Robert G. Valpey 
Allen M. Zeltzer 


24 


Preprofessional Committee 


PREPROFESSIONAL COMMITTEE 1968-69 


remedical Committee 

Miles D. McCarthy, Chairman 
Ronald M. Bristow 
Richard C. Gilbert 
Richard A. McFarland 


Andrew F. Montana 
Helen L. Morton, M.D. 
Mildred H. Scott 
Donald D. Sutton 


The president of the college and the chairman of the Faculty Council are ex 
fficio members of all faculty committees. 


CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGE, FULLERTON 
FOUNDATION 
BOARD OF TRUSTEES 


Charles J. Schwartz, President 
Norman Townshend-Zellner, 
Vice President 
Hilton L. Dalessi, Treasurer 
Mrs. Marion Falk, Secretary 
Sidney Baldwin 
Ernest A. Becker 
Mrs. Walter B. Chaffee 


William B. Langsdorf 
Thomas W. Mathew 
Charles A. Povlovich, Jr. 
Orrington C. Ramsay 
Orville F. Recht 
Phil N. Scheid 
L. Donald Shields 
Richard Wagoner 


25 


OBJECTIVES AND HISTORY 


OBJECTIVES OF CALIFORNIA STATE 
COLLEGE, FULLERTON 

The main functions of an institution of higher learning are to disseminate and 
advance knowledge. The philosophy which guides an institution can limit or pro- 
mote the successful achievement of these objectives. Therefore, from its inception, 
the college has directed its educational program toward the fullest possible devel- 
opment of the individuals who participate in it. For both faculty and students this 
entails a commitment to high standards of scholarship, a comprehensive rather than 
a narrow approach to major areas of study, and a concern with research and other 
creative activity. 

The college holds to the belief that an enduring educational experience must be 
founded upon exploration of our cultural heritage, through basic studies in the 
liberal arts and sciences, and that it can and should at the same time prepare for 
success in a chosen occupation or profession. Accordingly, the required general 
education program has as its objective the development in each student of: 

1. The effective use and interpretation of the written and spoken language. 

2. An understanding of the wide range of human endeavor and accomplishments 
in liberal arts and sciences, their interrelationships, and the various choices 
and values they represent. 

3. An understanding of information and principles in some areas of the liberal 
arts and sciences in sufficient depth to encourage critical and creative thought 
and expression. 

4. A spirit of inquiry into the past and into the future, in order to cope with 
conditions in the continually changing world. 

5. An understanding of the rights, privileges and responsibilities of citizenship 
in the community and nation, and of effective participation in today’s world. 

In addition, the college requires of all students who are candidates for a degree — 
whatever their special purpose — the pursuit of a subject major. 

(For specific details, see page 71). 


HISTORY OF CALIFORNIA STATE 
COLLEGE, FULLERTON 

Orange County is situated on a coastal plain southeast of the City of Los Angeles. 
A decade ago the county was regarded as being one of rural characteristics, with 
emphasis on the production of oranges and other citrus fruits. Today it is referred 
to as one of the fastest growing counties in the nation, having multiplied its pop- 
ulation almost five times in the last fifteen years. Orange County reached the one 
million mark in population in 1963, to make it the third most populous county in 
California. The median age of the population is 26.6 years, and 42 per cent are 
less than 20 years of age. Much of the county is still rural, the county having a 
population density of 1.37 persons per acre. There are sections, however, that are 
as dense as 16.64 persons per acre. Every indication points to continued growth, 
with a predicted population of two million by 1980. Thousands of acres of irri- 
gated agricultural land have been converted to subdivisions, business and industry, 


26 


Accreditation 


freeways, and schools. The electronics industry is the leader in growth among in- 
dustries and businesses in the county. 

California State College, Fullerton, was established by act of the Legislature 
under the terms of Chapter 1681 of the Statutes of 1957. On March 13, 1958, the 
Public Works Board selected the site of the college, located in the northeast section 
of the City of Fullerton. It now consists of 225 acres, and is bounded on the north 
by Yorba Linda Boulevard, on the west by State College Boulevard, on the south 
by Nutwood Avenue, and on the east by the Orange Freeway. The college 
is located within five miles of 60 percent of the industry and within 10 miles 
of 70 percent of the population of Orange County. It is also within easy driving 
range of Orange County beaches and mountains, and of the other cultural centers 
of southern California and their recreation and entertainment areas. 

Dr. William B. Langsdorf was appointed president of the college on January 16, 
1959, and with two aides came to Fullerton on March 2, 1959, to begin planning 
for the opening of the new college. Arrangements were made with the Fullerton 
Union High School District to lease quarters for the college administrative offices 
on the Fullerton Union High School campus, and to hold classes at the Sunny Hills 
High School for the 1959H50 school year. 

During the first decade the official fall enrollment grew from 452 to 11,020 
individuals. Enrollment is expected to surpass 30,000 students in 1978 and peak 
at 35,000 in the 1980s. 

In the fall of 1960, the college opened classes on its own campus where it occu- 
pied 12 temporary buildings. The first permanent building, the Letters and Science 
Building, was occupied in 1963. The Music-Speech-Drama Building was completed 
in 1964, the Physical Education Building in 1965, the Library and Audiovisual 
Center in 1966, the Commons, 1967. Other permanent buildings will be opened in 
approximately the following order: Humanities-Social Sciences Building and Art 
Center, 1969; Administration-Business Administration Building, 1970; Engineering 
Building, 1971; and Education Building, 1972. Additional buildings are being 
planned for the future. 


ACCREDITATION 

The college is fully accredited by the Western Association of Schools and 
Colleges, California State Board of Education, the American Association of Col- 
legiate Schools of Business, and the National Association of Schools of Music. 


27 


SPECIAL PROGRAMS AND SERVICES 


INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS 

The California State Colleges offer acadeniic year programs of study at a number 
of distinguished universities abroad. For 1969-70 the cooperating universities are: 
University of Aix-Marseille, France; Free University of Berlin and University of 
Heidelberg, Germany; The Hebrew University of Jerusalem and Tel Aviv 
University, Israel; University of Florence, Italy; Waseda University, Tokyo, 
Japan; University of Granada and University of Madrid, Spain; University of 
Stockholm and University of Uppsala, Sweden; National University, Taiwan. Aca- 
demic work successfully completed at the cooperating universities abroad may be 
applied toward the degree requirements of the college in accordance with college 
regulations. 

A selection among applicants from all California State Colleges is made on the 
basis of academic, linguistic and personal qualifications. The criteria are: 

(a) Upper division or graduate standing by the beginning of the academic year 
abroad; 

(b) Academic achievement; 

(c) Proficiency in the language of instruction; 

(d) Faculty recommendations. 

Cost to the student includes round trip transportation from San Francisco to 
the host university, room and board for the academic year, and medical insurance. 
In 1969-70 these costs are: France, Germany, Spain, $2,300; Israel, Taiwan, $2,000; 
Italy, Japan,' Sweden, $2,500. Payments may be scheduled throughout the year. 

Programs in Israel, Italy, Japan, Sweden and Taiwan do not require previous 
linguistic preparation; applicants for all other programs must demonstrate ade- 
quate facility in the language of instruction at the host university. 

Application for the 1970-71 academic year should be made early in the fall 
semester of 1969. Detailed information may be obtained at the counseling center, 
or by writing to the Office of International Programs, the California State Colleges, 
1600 Holloway Avenue, San Francisco 94132. 

LATE AFTERNOON AND EVENING CLASSES 

The educational program of the college is offered continuously from 8 ajn. 
until 10 p.m., Monday through Friday. Classes held during the late afternoon and 
evening hours are part of the regular college offering and are taught by the 
college faculty. 

Students enrolling in these classes must have met all admission requirements of 
the college, including the filing of an official application for admission, the filing 
of complete official transcripts from other schools and colleges, and in the case 
of lower division applicants, the completion of required tests for admission. 

A class schedule, listing all classes meeting in the late afternoon and evening 
hours, may be obtained at the Titan Bookstore. 


28 


Summer Sassfons 


SUMMER SESSION 

Nature of the Summer Sessions 

The summer session is designed to meet the needs of students who are interested 
in the enrichment of their educational background as well as completing require- 
ments for a degree or credential. Summer session courses are the equivalent of 
college courses offered in the fall and spring semesters, and apply toward gradu- 
ation and residence requirements as well as teaching credential requirements. Day- 
time and evening classes have been scheduled. Many courses have prerequisite 
requirements which students must meet. Master’s degree work is also offered. 

The college in 1969 will conduct two six-week summer sessions, from June 16 
through July 25, and from July 28 through September 5. There also will be 
a number of two-week and three-week workshops running concurrently. In addi- 
tion to much of the regular curriculum, summer offerings include special work- 
shops and seminars for teachers and other professional groups. A program of 
recreational activities is planned to serve a wide variety of interests. 

A tuition fee of $22.50 per unit is charged plus an Associated Students member- 
ship fee of $6 per person. The summer session class schedule announcing all 
courses is published in March, and may be obtained by writing the dean of summer 
sessions. Information may be obtained at any time by telephoning (714) 870-2611, 
or by visiting the college summer sessions office. 

Admission to the Summer Sessions 

Although the quality of the program and most of the course offerings are the 
same as in the regular session, the college does not require an advance application 
or transcripts from students registering for credit courses in the summer session. 
However, students must be high school graduates and are expected to have satisfied 
the prerequisites for the courses in which they register. Admission to summer 
session does not grant admission to the regular session. Admission to the summer 
sessions is completed at registration. 

Authorized Student Load 

Students may enroll for a total program not to exceed one unit per week of 
attendance. Furthermore, students may earn a total number of college credits 
taot to exceed the number of weeks required to earn those credits. This means 
that, for example, two two-unit two-week workshops meeting during the same 
two-week period cannot be taken simultaneously. 


EXTENSION PROGRAM AND SERVICES 

The college cooperates with all community agencies (business and professional 
associations, chambers of commerce, school districts, industrial firms, economic and 
cultural groups, city and county governmental units, etc.) in the development of 
educational programs. These activities may be classes, conferences, institutes, work- 
shops, seminars or they may be consultant services, depending upon the need. In 
this manner, the college provides opportunities for the professional, vocational, and 
cultural improvement of persons unable to pursue an academic program in resi- 
dence. 

Extension Courses. Off-campus extension courses may be planned for those wish- 
ing to earn college credit and under certain conditions this credit may be applied 
toward a degree or a teaching credential. Extension offerings are equivalent in level 
and quality to residence courses. These courses may be modified and designed to 


29 


College Library 

meet the particular needs of certain groups and may be initiated at various times 
during the year. Any adult may enroll in an extension course, provided he meets 
the prerequisites of the course. Matriculation is not required. Refer to the section 
of this catalog on fees and expenses for information on fees. 

Persons wishing information about organizing an extension course or about cur- 
rent extension offerings should address inquiries to the director of extension. 

Conferences and Institutes. The college is interested in taking an active part in 
the development of conferences and institutes. The conference director, in coopera- 
tion with the respective academic departments and schools will work with agency 
representatives in planning the program, selection of a competent staff, and the 
general conduct of the conference. 

Requests for information or assistance with panicular educational problems which 
might be met through the extension program should be directed to the conference 
director. 

THE COLLEGE LIBRARY 

The college library is housed in the first and fourth through sixth floors of Ae 
new Library Building completed in the summer of 1966. The total space occupied 
by the library is approximately 115,000 square feet. As collections and enrollments 
grow, the library will occupy the remaining two floors of the building. The floors 
now available are designed to seat approximately 1,625 persons and to house about 

205.000 volumes, besides related materials. Group study rooms, typing rooms, study 
carrels, seminar rooms, and individual and group music listening rooms are avail- 
able. The library has facilities for Xerox and Filmac copying. 

The main book collection will contain 245,000 volumes at the beginning of 
the 1969-70 academic year. During the year about 56,000 volumes will be added. 
The library also has about 9,000 volumes of sample elementary and secondary’ 
textbooks and juvenile literature, and a collection of about 20,000 pamphlets and 
other ephemera. 

The library is a selective depository for U.S. government documents. This 
collection will reach a total of nearly 80,000 items in the course of the academic 
year. The library is also a depository for California curriculum materials, which 
will reach about 3,800 items during the year, and for California state documents. 

In addition to these collections the library has about 9,000 reels of microfilmed 
U.S. government documents, chiefly State Department records, but also including 
such items as the Congressional Record and various presidential papers; about 

21.000 reels of other microfilmed materials, mostly files of newspapers and periodi- 
cals, and about 10,000 volumes on micro-opaque cards and sheet microfilm. Readers 
for these materials are available adjacent to their storage area on the fourth floor. 

The library subscribes to about 4,000 periodicals. In addition to the filmed 
back-files mentioned above, the periodicals collection contains about 10,000 bound 
volumes. 

Besides attempting to build a balanced collection of basic works, the library, 
as a part of its development program, has concentrated its efforts in several 
subject areas. As a result, relatively strong collections are now available in such 
fields as World War II, international relations since 1870, Kant, Shakespeare, 
Melville, Joyce, historiography and historical bibliography, ichthyology, and con- 
temporary music. As the result of a gift, a special collection of about 1,200 volumes 
on angling is also available. These collections will increase in strength and number 
during the next several years. 

Library hours are posted in the elevator lobby and at other convenient locations 
in the building. A library handbook is available at the reference desk, where 
professional librarians are on duty at all times to aid students and faculty in the 
use of library resources. 


30 


Audiovisual Center 


AUDIOVISUAL CENTER 

The Audiovisual Center is located in the basement of the Library Building and 
occupies approximately 20,000 square feet. Services to faculty and students include 
use of all types of audiovisual equipment and materials (motion pictures, filmstrips, 
instructional kits, tape recordings and study prints) ; campuswide distribution of 
AV materials and equipment upon request, rental of films from major rental libra- 
ries in the United States; for faculty: production of transparencies, embossographs, 
charts, posters and diagrams; production of three-dimensional media; and all types 
of still arid motion photography. Eight preview rooms and four audition rooms 
are available for faculty and student use. 

COMPUTER CENTER 

The present computing facilities include an IBM 1620, Model 2, with an IBM 
1311 disc drive and other peripheral equipment. This facility is used for instruc- 
tion, research and administrative applications. Instruction on computers is offered 
by several departments in the college. Scheduled processing of students’ programs 
is available several times daily. The Computer Center maintains a large library 
of computer programs and offers consulting facilities. 

A CDC 3300 computer located at a regional center in Los Angeles also is avail- 
able for use by the college. The college will replace its present computer with 
third generation equipment during 1969. 

INSTRUCTIONAL TELEVISION CENTER 

The Television Center is housed in the TV Studio of the Music-Speech- 
Drama Building and includes a large professional television studio, control rooms, 
and storage rooms. Television service available to the college community include 
(1) videotaping facilities and use of professional broadcast cameras and allied 
television equipment in the television studio and (2) a complete portable camera 
and videotape system available on or off campus for instructional use. 

PREMEDICAL-PREDENTAL COMMITTEE 

Student counseling with respect to preprofessional programs in medicine, den- 
tistry and other health sciences as well as professional school admission problems 
are the concern of this committee. (See membership listing, page 25.) All students 
wishing to prepare for dental or medical careers should register in the Office of 
the Dean of Letters, Ans and Science. 

PREMEDICAL PREPARATION 

Medical schools are currently seeking applicants with as broad and liberal an 
educational experience as possible. They recommend that applicants pursue collegi- 
ate major programs which are of vital interest to the student. However, all medical 
schools require a basic minimal training in the natural sciences which includes the 
following course work: 

one year of general biology or zoology with laboratory 

one semester of embryology or comparative anatomy 

one year of inorganic college chemistry including qualitative analysis with lab- 
oratory 

one semester of quantitative analytical chemistry with laboratory 

one semester of organic chemistry with laboratory 

one year of college physics with laboratory 


31 


College Foundation 

Most medical school applicants complete a baccalaureate degree program prior 
to beginning their medical training. However, applications to medical school are 
processed normally at the termination of the sixth semester (junior year). The 
medical college admission test, required of all medical school applicants, is taken 
normally during the Spring of the sixth semester (junior year). The prospective 
medical school applicant should therefore normally plan to complete the above 
natural science minimal requirements by the end of the junior year. Thus he should 
begin inorganic chemistry in his freshman year in order to satisfy the prerequisite 
requirements for the advanced courses in chemistry. 

Since medical school admissions are limited, the best prepared applicants are 
likely to have an advantage. Many medical schools recommend certain courses in 
the natural sciences in addition to those listed above in the minimal requirements. 
The prospective applicant is advised to consult the catalogs of those medical schools 
to which he anticipates applying for additional recommended preparatory subjects. 
He is further advised to consult a member of the Premedical Committee for assist- 
ance in planning his total collegiate program and to obtain copies of optimal 
programs from the Chairman of the Premedical Committee. 

THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGE, FULLERTON 
FOUNDATION 

The California State College, Fullerton Foundation, was established and incorpo- 
rated in October 1959 to provide essential student and faculty services which cannot 
be provided from state appropriations; to supplement the program and activities 
of the college in appropriate ways; and to assist otherwise the college in fulfilling 
its purposes and in serving the people of the State of California — especially those 
of the area in which the school’ is located. 

Services provided by the foundation include the operation of various college 
auxiliary organizations including the bookstore, residence halls, and food service; 
business administration of scholarship and student loan funds; sponsored research 
programs; and certain institutes. 

The foundation’s overall policies are administered by a board of trustees made 
up of members of the college faculty, administration and community leaders. 


32 


RESEARCH CENTERS AND CLINICS 


CENTER* FOR RESEARCH IN BUSINESS, ECONOMICS, 
AND THE COMMUNITY 

The Center for Research in Business, Economics, and the Community provides: 

(1) School of Business Administration and Economics and other faculty with 
additional opportunity to participate in research activities in order to 
improve and reinforce teaching and professional competence; 

(2) Professional research and consultation services to the local area normally 
considered as being serviced by the college, including private business, 

1 labor, agriculture, and local government agencies; 

(3) Educational services, e.g., seminars and conferences, to improve the level 
of understanding and competence of local decision-makers in specialized 
areas relating to business administration and economics; and 

(4) A focus, through research, for the education of students and citizens in 
the business and economic problems of the local community, and for the 
involvement of faculty in such educational programs. 

The operations of the Center are carried out by constituent institutes, programs, 
and projects for which the Center provides overall leadership and coordination. 
The institutes are long-term, continuing organizations designed to operate in se- 
lected major problem and functional areas of strategic significance and concern 
to the School. Programs and projects within the Center are organized to carry 
on work outside the Institutes’ area of interest, which are a smaller scale and for 
1 shorter time-span. 

Currently included within the Center for Research in Business, Economics, and 
he Community are: the affiliated Center for Economic Education; the Real Estate 
S^esearch Institute; the Technological Studies Institute; and the Joint Institute 
or Urban Studies. 

Center for Economic Education 

The Center for Economic Education is one of many such centers at colleges 
; ind universities in the United States working with the national Joint Council on 
! ^conomic Education to expand economic understanding. Center programs include 
i 1) services to schools and colleges, individual educators, and the community; 

I 2) research and professional training; and (3) operation of an economic education 
i nformation center. The Center consists of a broadly based executive policy board; 

, in administrative staff; and formally organized groups of participating users. Al- 
hough operating autonomously, the Center is affiliated with the Center for Research 
D Business, Economics, and the Community. 

^eo/ Estate Research Institute 

j The Real Estate Research Institute conducts a continuing research program, 
yith special emphasis on urban development in Orange County. Studies are under- 
aken in cooperation with various public and private agencies, including the 
University of California, but primary funding is from the Department of Real 
, :^ate of the State of California. Opportunities exist for student participation in 
he various research activities. 


33 


Governmental Studies 


Technological Studies Institute 

The Technological Studies Institute conducts an interdisciplinary program of 
technological studies including research activities closely integrated with special 
course offerings and a library collection on technology. Research activities include 
study of methodologry and techniques for measuring and analyzing technological 
change and its economic and social impacts; study of technology transfer and 
applications; and analysis of impacts of technological change on individuals, indus- 
tries and society. Curriculum activities of the program are coordinated through 
the Interdisciplinary Center of the College and courses included in the program 
are listed with that Center’s courses in the Catalog. 

Joint Institute for Urban Studies 

The Joint Institute for Urban Studies represents a cooperative effort by Cali- 
fornia State College, Fullerton and the University of California, Irvine to study 
the processes and problems of urban development with special reference to Orange 
County. 


CENTER FOR GOVERNMENTAL STUDIES 

The Center for Governmental Studies is part of the Department of Political 
Science’s expanding research and teaching activities. Established in 1965, the center 
has four major functions: first, to collect and make available fugitive governmental 
and political materials; second, to assist local government agencies and citizen 
groups in the study of local governmental problems; third, to provide students with 
instruction and experience in research techniques and methodology; and fourth, 
to provide facilities for community institutes and seminars. 

SPEECH AND HEARING CLINIC 

The College Speech and Hearing Clinic operates as a nonprofit California State 
College Foundation agency. In addition is an off-campus clinical program for 
graduate students that involves experiences within medical and paramedical set- 
tings. The primary purpose of the clinics both on campus and off campus is to 
provide opportunities for teaching, service and research. College students receive 
clinical experience and opportunity for observation. 

LABORATORY FOR PHONETIC RESEARCH 

The Laboratory for Phonetic Research operates under the direction of the 
Program in Linguistics and provides facilities for student and faculty research in 
the acoustic analysis of speech. The Laboratory' publishes completed projects in its 
series of research reports and through the ERIC Document Reproduction Service. 

TUCKER WILDLIFE SANCTUARY 

The Tucker Wildlife Sanctuary operates as a nonprofit California State College 
Foundation agency. The sanctuary provides for (1) a program of continuing edu- 
cational serv^ice to the community; (2) a research center for biological field studies; 
(3) a facility for teacher education in nature interpretation and conservation educa- 
tion; and (4) a center for training students planning to enter into the public service 
field of nature interpretation. 


34 


STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES 


Student Personnel Services at the college are administered from the Office of 
Admissions and Records, the Office of Relations with Schools, the Counseling 
and Testing Center, the Activities Office, Housing Office, the Office of Placement 
Services, and the Student Health Center. Collateral responsibilities include foreign 
student advising, coordination of the California State Colleges international student 
programs, selective service and veterans’ affairs, and financial aids. Coordination 
of this general program rests with the dean of students. 

RELATIONS WITH SCHOOLS 

The Office of Relations with Schools administers a collegewide program to articu- 
late college curricula with other colleges and schools and to offer preadmission 
guidance to prospective students, their parents, and school counselors. The college 
believes this program should be vigorously pursued so students may (1) choose 
the kind of college experience appropriate for them and (2) may have the proper 
academic preparation for the curricula of this college. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

ACTIVITIES 

The college recognizes the important role of student activities in education. 
The activities program represents a variety of areas intended to serve every student 
according to his interest, ability and available time. 

All registered students are members of Associated Students of California State 
College, Fullerton. The Associated Students are governed through the executive, 
legislative, and judicial branches of the Associated Students organization. The 
president and commissioners constitute the executive branch which has the responsi- 
bility for the development and administration of the program, including such 
activities as publications, religious clubs, intercollegiate athletics, intramural athletics, 
forensics, and music. The Associated Students Senate has full responsibility for 
legislation by which this program is directed and for the allocation of student funds 
for the program. The judicial branch serves as the legal body for interpretation of 
the constitution and enforcement of Associated Student policies. 

Student Organizations 

Student organizations are encouraged and aided by the college whenever stu- 
dents express a desire for activities which add to their educational opportunities. 
As a relatively young institution, the development of new organizations to serve 
the needs of a growing student population is rapid. More than 70 organizations 
are now recognized, including one local and six national social fraternities, one 
national and three local social sororities, departmental professional fraternities, and 
many service, special interest and religious groups. 

Student Pub/ications 

The college newspaper, the Titariy is published three times a week as a product 
of the journalism classes and financed by the Associated Students. In addition, a 
handbook is available for use by organizations in the development and operation 
of their program. The Titan Illustrated, a literary magazine, is also published by 
students. 


35 


Housing 


Student News Bureau 

The Student News Bureau was organized in 1960 to provide the outside press 
with news of student activities on the campus. It is financed by a budgeted alloca> 
tion from Associated Students. 

Athletics 

The intercollegiate athletic program consists of teams in baseball, basketball, 
cross country, golf, gymnastics, soccer, swimming, tennis, track and field, water 
polo and wrestling. Football will be added to the program in 1970. A year-round 
program of intramural activities includes basketball, badminton, flag football, hand- 
ball, softball, tennis and wrestling, swimming and weight lifting. 

The college is a member of the California Collegiate Athletic Association 
(CCAA). 

All athletic teams compete under rules of the National Collegiate Athletic Asso- 
ciation (NCAA). 

Intramural Activities 

The intramural program is conducted on a seasonal basis and involves a variety of 
athletic and recreational activities for both men and women. Rules and regulations 
w'hich govern participation in the intramural program are available in the Office 
of the Director of the Intramural Program or in the Office of Student Activities. 

Extramural Activities 

Participation by women in extramural volleyball, basketball, tennis, swimming, 
track, and golf is provided through membership in the Extramural Coordinating 
Council of Southern California and the American Recreation and Athletic Federa- 
tion for College Women. 

College Recreation Association 

Individual recreation opportunities in weight training, swimming, handball, volley- 
ball, basketball and badminton are available through membership in the College 
Recreation Association to members of the student body, faculty and staff. 

HOUSING 

The college provides housing for 573 unmarried students in two modern co- 
educational residence halls located adjacent to the campus. Designed for educational 
living, the halls have study areas, lounges for informal discussions, classrooms and 
a library. Social and recreational facilities which include a basketball coun, volley- 
ball coun, barbeque pit and swimming pool are provided for the students’ enjoy- 
ment. 

Rooms are mostly four-person occupancy; however, a few small doubles are also 
available. Each room has its own private bath. The buildings are fully air-condi- 
tioned and carpeted. A dining hall is conveniently located for resident students. 

The Residence Hall Directors and Resident Advisers of each hall attempt to 
promote a social, cultural and educational program which supports and expands 
the classroom experience. The resident has the opportunity to study, assume re- 
sponsibility through hall government, and discuss serious topics of the day with 
guest speakers. A new program in experimental education. Project Titan, was begun 
in the fall semester of 1967. Regularly scheduled college classes are scheduled in 
the residence hall in order to promote a meaningful dialdg between faculty members 
and students in an informal setting. 


36 


Student Health Services 


The Housing Office maintains listings of apartments and houses for students and 
faculty who are interested in off-campus living. For students looking for room- 
mates, a bulletin board with names of persons currently with an apartment to share 
is also provided. Further information regarding housing may be obtained by con- 
tacting the Housing Office. 

STUDENT HEALTH SERVICES 

The purpose of the Student Health Center is to help keep the student in class by 
providing high quality medical service early in the course of an illness, to provide 
a healthy and sanitary environment on campus in which to live and study, to 
stimulate better health awareness among the students, and to educate them to the 
high standards of good therapeutic and preventive care. 

The Student Health Center is in Room 580 of the Letters and Science Building 
and is open from 8:45 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. each weekday that classes are in session. 
No staff is available for night or weekend services, and there are no off-campus 
calls made at any time. Special care and time are given to sympathetic counseling 
of both emotional and physical problems. Several physicians and nurses are con- 
tinuously on duty during the day to care for emergencies and for the treatment 
of illnesses and injuries. 

Among the services presently offered are the following: 

1. Diagnosis and treatment of the usual medical and surgical problems. 

2. Physical examinations as required. 

3. Emergency care. 

4. Routine immunizations. 

5. Laboratory facilities. 

6. Followup care as may be recommended by the student’s private physician 
within the scope of available facilities. 

7. Electrocardiograms. 

8. Physical therapy treatment. 

9. Medical counseling. 

10. Psychiatric counseling and diagnosis. 

11. Specialists’ diagnostic services when directly referred by the Student Health 
Center. 

All fees for care in the Student Health Center, unless otherwise specifically stated, 
have been prepaid by the State of California and by the student’s registration fee. 
All undergraduates and all graduates registering for wore than 6 tmits of credit are 
eligible for all or any of the health services offered. Emergency service is available 
to everyone on campus. 

Health, Accident, Hospital Insurance 

All students are urged to carry this type of insurance. An excellent policy at a 
low premium is available to all students through the Associated Students’ Business 
Office. 

All students living in college-sponsored housing, and foreign students, are re- 
quired to be covered by this policy. 

PLACEMENT SERVICES 

A centralized Placement Office is maintained with responsibilities for assisting 
students in finding both part-time and career employment. The college believes 
ffiat it best serves both the student and employers only when its graduates have 
been placed in the professions for which they are prepared and trained. 


37 


Counseling and Testing Services 


Part-time Placement 

Students wishing part-time jobs either on or off campus are eligible to receive 
the assistance of the office if they are taking seven units or more. New students 
may receive service as soon as they have notice of their admission to the college. 
Secretarial skills are in great demand; but calls for schoolbus drivers, custodians, 
teacher aids, draftsmen, waiters, clerks, youth and recreation leaders, sitters, gar- 
deners, etc., are received. If students must augment their resources while going to 
school they are encouraged to limit their work hours to approximately 10 per week. 

Business, Industry, and Government Placement 

The Career Placement Interviewer assists graduating seniors and graduate students 
seeking career employment in business, industry, or public service through personal 
counseling in dehning occupational preference, providing active job leads and 
making up resumes. 

In addition, the Placement Center makes arrangements for the on-campus recruit- 
ment program which brings the employers to the students. Also available through 
the center are applications for computerized job placement service operated by the 
College Placement Council. It is called GRAD (Graduate Resume Accumulation 
and Distribution) and it is for the (DSCF alumni seeking new professional oppor- 
tunities. 

Located in the Placement Center is the Career Library with an ever-expanding 
selection of resource materials on career opportunities. Federal, state, county, city 
and armed forces brochures and applications are also available for student access. 

The Placement Center serves as liaison office for the Peace Corps, the military 
and V’’ISTA offering counseling and information brochures to any interested 
student. 

Educational Placement 

Students in the teacher education, pupil personnel services, supervision, or admin- 
istration curriculum of the college, who are in the final semester of a credential 
program, or who are in student teaching or directed field work, are eligible to 
register and receive the services of the Placement Center, chief of which is help in 
establishing a professional employment file. Such registrants are supplied informa- 
tion in openings and helped to establish their candidacies in the school districts and 
educational institutions. 

Students who are not in the student teaching program but who are completing 
their credential program at the College are also eligible for service. This includes 
those about to receive their master’s degree, who plan to apply for a, junior college 
credential. 


COUNSELING AND TESTING SERVICES 

Counseling 

Students who need assistance with such concerns as choosing an academic major 
or vocational goal, with study skills, or with personal problems affecting their aca- 
demic progress may obtain help through the Counseling Center. The staff of 
professionally trained counselors and psychologists has available a variety of re- 
sources including occupational information files, special testing materials, college 
catalogs, and directories of various kinds to assist the student. 

The Counseling Center also maintains contact with agencies and professional 
persons in the community to whom students may be referred. 

Counseling services are available only to fully matriculated, registered students. 


38 


New Educational Horizons 


Testing 

Collegewide testing programs are coordinated and administered by the Testing 
Center. These include college admissions tests and general tests for graduate school 
admission. In addition, the Testing Center provides advice and consulting services 
to instructional departments in the development and administration of admission, 
selection, and placement tests for use by a specific department. 

The Testing Center also conducts ongoing research on the validity and appro- 
priateness of tests used in college testing programs. 

Testing requirements for students seeking admission are listed in the admissions 
section of the catalog. Students seeking information about testing requirements for 
specific instructional programs should inquire in the appropriate instructional divi- 
sion or the Counseling and Testing Center. 

Foreign Students 

Special services for foreign students are coordinated by the foreign student 
adviser. These services include aid with problems concerning visa status and em- 
ployment; orientation to academic procedures and requirements; advisement related 
to finances, social standards, and customs; and to resources and opportunities offered 
by campus and community. 

International Programs 

Information concerning study opportunities for American students in foreign 
universities is available in the Q)unseling Center. The foreign student adviser co- 
ordinates the selection of students applying for admission to one of the interna- 
tional programs operated by the California State Colleges in France, Germany, 
Israel, Italy, Japan, Spain, Sweden, or Taiwan. 


NEW EDUCATIONAL HORIZONS 

New Educational Horizons is an innovative educational program concerned 
'vith the expansion of higher educational resources to meet the needs of all 
Students. Through direct focus on the disadvantaged student, it hopes to attain 
pertinent information that can be disseminated to education in general to effectuate 
the development of a system that is democratic, flexible and capable of serving the 
pluralistic society in which it exists. 


FINANCIAL AID 

Scholarships 

A limited number of scholarships are available for outstanding students. Qualified 
students should obtain scholarship applications from the Financial Aid Office, 
^d return by April 15 for the fall semester and December 15 for the spring 
^mester. Scholarship applications are evaluated by the Financial Aids Review 
Committee. Awards are based on scholastic record, financial need and personal 
qualifications. Some scholarships are limited to students majoring in specified 
disciplines. Departmental recommendations weigh heavily in such cases. 

Scholarships offered by California State College, Fullerton are made possible 
hy interested organizations, business firms and individuals. Recent contributors to 
^he scholarship program include: 

Alpha Chi Omega Sorority 

Bert Noble Foundation 

California Congress of Parents and Teachers, Inc. 


39 


Financial Aid 


CSCF Computer Center Scholarship Fund 

CSCF Staff Women’s Organization 

California State Employees Association (CSCF Chapter) 

California State Firemen’s Association 

Donna Cherry Memorial Scholarship 

Edward Mittleman Memorial Scholarship 

Epsilon Lambda Chapter, Epsilon Sigma Alpha Sorority 

Friends of the College Music Scholarship 

Fourth District, California Parents and Teachers Association 

Fullerton Rotary Club 

Gamma Phi Beta Sorority (Orange County Alumnae) 

Junior Women’s Civic Club of Garden Grove 

Kappa Delta Phi Sorority 

Kiwanis Club of Greater Fullerton 

La Habra Junior Women’s Club Scholarship 

Los Amigos Qub of Fullerton 

Lowell Joint Education Association Scholarship 

Mr. and Mrs. Rodney G)ulson (President’s Award) 

Mu Phi Epsilon Scholarship Fund 

Music Teachers Association of Orange County 

National Women Accountants Scholarship Fund 

Orange County Engineering Council Scholarship 

Roberta King Maxwell Memorial Scholarship Fund 

Sadie Landon Memorial Music Scholarship Fund 

Sheryl Cummings Memorial Scholarship Fund 

Society of California Accountants (Orange County Chapter) 


Loans 

The generosity of organizations and individuals enables the college to offer short- 
term loans to students who meet unexpected financial difficulties of a temporary' 
nature. Loans from these funds are made for various periods of time and to specified 
categories of students, according to college regulations and the wishes of the 
donors. The prime purpose of these loans is to meet educationally related expenses, 
and thus loans cannot be made for the purposes which are normally financed by 
private lending institutions. Application for a short-term loan may be made at any 
time during the school year. 

The following is a listing of the loan funds available during the 1969-70 school 
year: 

Altrusa C3ub of Fullerton Loan Fund 
Betty Casault Memorial Loan Fund 
Brea Rotary Club Loan Fund 

California Retired Teachers Association (Laura Settle Fund) 

CSCF Faculty Women’s Club Loan Fund 

Gerald D. Hudson Memorial Loan Fund 

Gordon S. Fyfe Memorial Loan Fund 

James Merrick Memorial Loan Fund 

Juliann Ashford Memorial Loan Fund 

Kenneth G. Ryhal Memorial Loan Fund 

Laura E. Imhoff Memorial Loan Fund 

Marcella Fisk Memorial Loan Fund 

Michael R. Young Memorial Loan Fund 

Pan-Hellenic Qub of Northern Orange County Loan Fund 

Rossmoor Women’s Club Loan Fund 


40 


Financial Aid 


Rotary Qub of Fullerton, Foreign Students Loan Fund 
Soroptimist International Club of Fullerton Loan Fund 
Student Emergency Loan Fund 
Trust-Davis Memorial Loan Fund 
Wilma Doig Steen Memorial Loan Fund 
Zonta Qub of FuUenon Loan Fund 

National Defense Student Loans 

California State College, Fullerton joins with the federal government and the 
State of California in making long-term, low-interest loans available to students 
under the National Defense Education Act. Details and applications are available 
at the Financial Aid Office. Deadlines for submissions of applications are December 
1 for the spring semester, April 1 for the summer sessions and June 1 for the 
fall semester. 

All unmarried applicants under age 25 are required to file a Parents’ Confidential 
Statement with the College Scholarship Service, Box 1025, Berkeley 94701, desig- 
nating California State College, Fullerton as one of the recipients. The Parents’ 
Confidential Statement assists the college to evaluate financial need, and, since it 
must be on hand before the loan application can be acted upon, early submission 
is advised. These forms can be obtained at most secondary schools or at the 
Financial Aid Office. 

United Student Aid Funds 

Long-term loans are also available under the United Student Aid Funds program 
to assist students who have completed their freshman year. United Student Aid 
Funds, Inc., a private, nonprofit corporation, will endorse loans to students upon 
recommendation by the college. 

A maximum of $1,000 per year, or a combined total of $3,000 may be borrowed 
for undergraduate or graduate education. The loan is repaid in 36 monthly install- 
ments, beginning the fifth month after the student leaves school. Maximum interest 
rate is 6 percent simple. Applications and additional information are available at 
the Financial Aid Office. 

Federal Insured Loan Program 

The college cooperates with the Federal Government and private lending insti- 
tutions in making guaranteed loans available to full-time students. A loan recipient 
under this program must meet the following qualifications: 

a. have an adjusted family income of less than $15,000 per year 

b. be a full-time student 

c. be enrolled and in good standing at the college or accepted for enrollment. 

The interest on these loans may not exceed 7 percent per annum on the unpaid 

balance. The United States Office of Education will pay all interest while the 
student is enrolled as a full-time student and 3J4 percent thereafter. Repayment 
ranges from 5 to 10 years following graduation, according to arrangements made 
^th the lender. Applications and further information may be obtained from the 
Financial Aid Office. 

College Work-Study Program 

The college cooperates with the Federal Government in providing work-study 
jobs. Students who can establish “need eligibility” may work up to 15 hours a week 
during the school year and up to 40 hours in the summer. Under this program 
there are on-campus opportunities such as library and instructional aides, clerks, 
computer center aides, and laboratory and research assistants. Off-campus jobs in 


41 


Financial Aid 


nonprofit community agencies include teacher aides, recreation leaders, office 
trainees, and administrative interns. Interested students should consult the Financial 
Aid Office for eligibility requirements. 

Educational Opportunity Grants 

Federal funds have been made available to the College to use in making grants 
to undergraduate students who display “exceptional financial need” and who would 
otherwise be unable to continue their education. These grants range from $200 to 
$800 per year and are non-repayable. These grants are always awarded in conjunc- 
tion with other forms of aid, and thus a Parents’ Confidential Statement is required. 
Deadlines are the same as for the National Defense Student Loans. 

Combined Infern-teaching and Master's Degree: 

A National Science Foundation supported program in biology was started in 1967. 
This program permits a limited number of qualified biology teachers to attend 
CSCF a half-day, each day, for two academic school years, in order to complete 
the regular master’s degree in biology. These teachers receive their full salaries from 
their school districts. Concomitantly, an equal number of qualified graduate students 
also seeking a master’s degree in biology are provided with stipends which permit 
them to continue their own graduate work, replace the teacher during these half 
days (as intern teachers), and complete the Standard Teaching Credential with 
specialization in secondary school teaching. Additional coursework in science educa- 
tion is required through consultation with the Department of Science and Mathe- 
matics Elducadon. 


42 


ADMISSION AND 
REGISTRATION 


ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 
REGISTRATION 
ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 


w ^ ■■ ■ ■ :/' 


^ :!jt>nfirr^'.. ciJttkjfitiinky -jnecyiriack^ , 

fcfwt<>^:fO*JWf Oppor^Jil^ 

^ F«dier^^'lw^<i: ''btr<* ma.<<c .3iT.^abi^^t?o-' Cfedi^' ',^i^sl« .to, SP'*'^' 
_J50 mdei^trswit^ftr wht)^ |S%^ibrf ‘^<;qrdE^^ «tV<l *4^1 

i>"-> 5rhci"4Hie -bj iTOiiic., ^'^ntmu‘« ttpat-^px^ 

yt^r' mi «rt P «w«rije4 to bp«iw 

t5<wi wii e^t i6rm& aid. imd, J^ni;# Cof^^ S^ttmef^t 

& uci^cr m f«t ^ Doffeim ^ix^ni ■'.. 

C to* ” ■ ■ ' '■ ""^'^ ' ''3' '"'' 

A srm«?4’ to 1^' 

l%v, ptoirr^ p<‘in'w«(i- .^wnii.'^ .m’lrt:!^?' of 

ttoj ftt^y^^Wtr J<3r|^ f;| >?.«f/| ‘fhAc>A,:M;jT^ftc«ii^ ttoiit 



MoonriJoSiDa^ 
T^j[Ma8)f?<u amaoAOA 


tW s^'kto^' ifcgjtc^ to' ’biotoj^>':i^ vrSfe- KiF*?fi^ 

r^cr.i tff !;ff:'ir towti' iiS^'i^Mt ih e jead^yf 



/ 


1 ' 






ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 


Requirements for admission to California State College, Fullerton are in accord- 
ance with Title 5, Chapter 5, Subchapter 2 of the California Administrative Code 
as amended by the Board of Trustees of the California State College on January 
21, 1965. A prospective applicant who is unsure of his status under these require- 
ments is encouraged to consult with a school or college counselor or the college 
admission office. 


ADMISSION AS A FRESHMAN 

An applicant who has had no college work will be considered for admission 
under one of the following provisions. Except as noted, submission of the results 
of the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or the American College Test (ACT) is 
required. 


California High School Graduates and Residents 
An applicant who is a graduate of a California high school or a legal resident 
for tuition purposes must have a grade point average and total score on the SAT 
or composite score on the ACT which provides an eligibility index placing 
him among the upper one-third of California high school graduates. For 1969-70 
the minimum eligibility index is 3,072 using the SAT (741 with the ACT). It is 
computed by multiplying the grade point average by 800 and adding the result 
of the total SAT score, or by multiplying the grade point average by 200 and 
adding the result to 10 times the composite ACT score. The grade point average 
is based upon the last three years and does not include physical education or 
military science. The table below does not cover every case, but gives several 
examples of the test score needed with a given grade point average to be eligible 
for admission. 


Grade point average 

3.20 and above 

2.80 

2.40 

2.00 

1.99 and below 


SAT! ACT needed 


Eligible with any score 
832/19 
1152/27 
1472/35 
Not eligible 


hfonresidents Graduating From High Schools in Other States or Possessions 
An applicant who is a nonresident for tuition purposes and who is a graduate 
pf a high school in another state or a U.S. possession must have an eligfibility 
index which would place him among the upper one-sixth of California high school 
graduates. For 1969-70, the minimum required eligibility index is 3,402 using the 
SAT (826 with the ACT) and is calculated as in the previous section. 


Graduates of High Schools in a Foreign Country 
A graduate of a foreign high school must have preparation equivalent to that 
required of eligible California high school graduates. The college will carefully 
review the previous record of all such applicants and only those with promise 
of academic success equivalent to that of eligible California high school graduates 
will be admitted. Such applicants are not required to take either the SAT or the 
act tests. Ordinarily, the college does not accept foreign student applicants 
directly from foreign countries. 


45 


Admission of Undergraduate Transfers 


Non-high-school Graduates 

An applicant who is over 21 years of age, but has not graduated from high 
school, will be considered for admission only when his preparation in all other 
ways is such that the college believes his promise of academic success is equivalent 
to that of eligible California high school graduates. 

High School Students 

A student enrolled in high school as a senior will be considered for enrollment 
in certain special programs if he is recommended by his principal and his prepara- 
tion and ability are such that in the judgment of the college, the probability 
of his academic success is equivalent to that required of eligible California high 
school graduates. Such admission is only for a given program and does not 
constitute the right to continued enrollment. 

Other Applicants 

An applicant not admissible under one of the above provisions should enroll in 
a junior college or other appropriate institution. Only under the most unusual 
circumstances will such applicants be permitted to enroll in the college. Permis- 
sion is granted only by special action. 

Recommended Preparation 

Overall excellence of performance in high school subjects and evidence of 
academic potential provide the best bases for predicting success at California State 
College, Fullerton. While no course pattern is required, the applicant to be 
prepared properly to undertake a full program of studies and particularly to 
pursue the required program in general education, is strongly encouraged to 
include the following subjects in his preparation for college work at Fullerton: 
college preparatory English; foreign language; college preparatory mathematics; 
college preparatory laboratory science; college preparatory history or social science, 
or both; and study in speech, music, art, and other subjects contributing to a 
general academic background. 


ADMISSION OF UNDERGRADUATE TRANSFERS 

An applicant who meets the requirements for admission with freshman standing 
and who has earned credit in one or more accredited junior colleges, colleges, or 
universities may be admitted if he has a grade-point average of 2.0 (grade C on a 
five-point scale) or better in the total program attempted at such colleges or 
universities and is in good standing at the last degree-granting college or university 
attended. 

An applicant who does not meet the requirements for admission with freshman 
standing must as a condition for admission have earned 60 or more units of college 
credit with a grade-point average of 2.0 (grade C on a five-point scale) or better 
in the total program attempted and must be in good standing as noted above. 

An applicant who does not meet the requirements set forth above may be found 
eligible for admission on probation with advanced undergraduate standing if, in the 
opinion of the proper college authorities, he is likely to succeed in an academic 
program. 


ADMISSION OF GRADUATE STUDENTS 


An applicant who has completed a four-year college course and holds an 
acceptable baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution, or who has 


46 


Admission of Foreign Students 


I completed equivalent academic preparation as determined by the college, will be 
admitted as an unclassified graduate student. Such admission does not constitute 
acceptance to graduate degree curricula. For information about requirements and 
procedures for admission to graduate degree courses of study (classified graduate 
status) see page 69 of this catalog. 


ADMISSION OF FOREIGN STUDENTS 

At the present, the college usually does not accept foreign student applicants 
[directly from foreign countries, with certain very rare exceptions. Only two cate- 
jgories of foreign students will normally be accepted: 

(1) Those who have completed a two-year transfer program in a junior college 
in the United States with a good academic record. 

(2) Those who have completed a bachelor’s degree in an accredited college in 
the United States and wish to enroll as graduate students. 

Application procedures are the same as for other students, except that foreign 
[language transcripts must be accompanied by certified English translations. 


THE SUMMER SESSION STUDENT 

Although the quality of the program and most of the course offerings are the 
Isame as in the regular session, the college does not require an advance application 
lor transcripts from students registering for credit courses in the summer session. 
■However, students must be high school graduates and are expected to have satisfied 
|the prerequisites for the courses in which they register; in addition, students are 
expected to file a request to register in the summer session. Admission to summer 
pession does not grant admission to the regular session. 


I COMMON ADMISSION AND INTRASYSTEM TRANSFER 

^ew Students 

An applicant admitted to a California State (College under regular admission 
triteria (as a first-time freshman, graduate of a high school in the United States 
pr its possessions; undergraduate transfer; unclassified graduate student) is eligible 
for admission to another State (College in the same term. An applicant to a Cali- 
fornia State College may request the transfer of his admission file to another state 
poUege without payment of an additional application fee. However, admission to 
^ny state college is dependent on the fulfillment of application procedures, appli- 
cation deadlines, and space and program availability. 

|nfrasysfem Transfer 

A student at a California State College who is eligible to continue at that college 
' eligible to enroll at any other state college, provided he is in good standing and 
|ias a “C’ average at the first institution, and applies for intrasystem transfer at 
east 10 days prior to the close of admission at the second state college. However, 
^ansfer to another state college is subject to space and program ^availability. Appli- 
fation for intrasystem transfer may be made to the Office of Admissions and 
Records at either state college. 

A student on probation at the first state college may apply for intrasystem trans- 
|cr as above. However, admission to the second state college will be subject to the 
<^licies and procedures governing probationary admission at the second state 
ollege. 

47 


Readmission of Foreign Students 

READMISSION OF FORMER STUDENTS 

A student previously enrolled in the college, planning to return after an absence 
of one or more semesters, must file a new application for admission in accordance 
with procedures set forth below. The application fee of $10 is required if the 
student was not enrolled in either of the two semesters prior to the semester to 
which he is seeking admission or if he was enrolled in another institution during 
his absence from California State College, Fullerton. Unless a leave of absence 
was granted, catalog requirements at the time of readmission will apply. 

Former Students in Good Standing 

A student who left the college in good standing will be readmitted provided 
any academic work attempted elsewhere since the last attendance does not change 
his scholastic status. Transcripts of the record of any work attempted in the 
interim are required. 

Former Students Who Were on Probation 
A student on probation at the close of his last enrollment will be readmitted 
on probation provided he is otherwise eligible. The student must furnish tran- 
scripts of any college work taken during his absence. 

Former Students Who Were Disqualified 
The readmission of a previously disqualified student is by special action only. 
Ordinarily the college will consider an application for reinstatement only after 
the student has remained absent for a minimum of one semester following dis- 
qualification and has fullfilled all recommended conditions. In every instance, 
readmission action is based on evidence, including transcripts of study completed 
elsewhere subsequent to disqualification, which in the judgement of the college war- 
rants such action. If readmitted, the student is placed on scholastic probation. 


PROCEDURES FOR ADMISSION 

All prospective students, whether for part-time or full-time programs of study 
in day or evening classes, must file an application for admission and other required 
documents within the announced filing period. Applicants must be formally ad- 
mitted to the college to enroll in classes. Because of probable enrollment limitations 
prospective students are advised to file applications for admission early in the filing 
period. 

How to apply: 

1. Submit a completed application for admission, including the statement of resi- 
dence, within the announced filing period accompanied by the required appli- 
cation fee of $10. 

2. Request required transcripts of record of all previous scholastic work from 
each school or college attended. The transcripts must be sent by the issuing 
institution directly to 

Office of Admissions and Records 
California State College, Fullerton 
800 North State College Boulevard 
Fullerton, California 92631. 


48 


Procedures for Admission 


The transcripts required are 
— for undergraduates — 

(a) the high school transcript, and 

(b) a transcript from each college or university attended. Undergraduate 
applicants for a teaching credential must submit two copies of the 
transcript from each college or university attended; 

— for graduates — 

(a) applicants for unclassified graduate standing with no degree or cre- 
dential objective must submit a transcript from the college or univer- 
sity where the baccalaureate was earned. 

(b) applicants for a master’s degree or teaching credential, or both, must 
submit two copies of the transcript from each college or university 
attended. 

All students are advised that they should also have a complete set of college 
transcripts for their personal use at all times of advisement. 

All transcripts must be received directly from the issuing institution to be 
considered official and cannot be returned to the student. Foreign language 
transcripts must be accompanied by certified English translations. 

3. If required, submit the scores from either the Scholastic Aptitude Test or 
the American College Test. Scores are required for all undergradute appli- 
cants with fewer than 60 completed semester units of study (90 quarter 
units) . 

Sfafemenf of Residence 

All applicants for admission to the College must file a Statement of Residence with 
their application. Students in continuous attendance during successive semesters are 
not required to complete this form after the initial filing unless there has been a 
change in their status. Students are held responsible for reporting any change in 
residence status to the Office of Admissions and Records. Any interruption in 
attendance requires a new Statement of Residence before re-entrance. 

The determination of residence status is governed by laws found in the Govern- 
ment Code and the Education Code, and by court cases interpreting these statutes. 
For admission and tuition purposes “a resident student” means any person who has 
been a bona fide resident of the State of California for more than one year im- 
mediately preceding the opening of the semester. The residence determination date 
is established by the Board of Trustees. 

Normally, the legal residence of an unmarried minor is that of his parents. Excep- 
tions to the rules on residency determination, or waivers of nonresident tuition, 
apply under certain conditions for exchange students, a child or spouse of an aca- 
demic or administrative employee of the California State Colleges, a minor child 
of an active member of the Armed Forces stationed in California, and full-time 
teachers in the public schools holding a valid credential and pursuing instruction 
for required certification qualification for their current position. 

Admission to Credential Programs 

Admission to the college as a student does not constitute admission to the teaching 
credential program. Students who plan to work toward teaching credentials must 
^Pply to the School of Education following procedures available from the School 
of Education. 


49 


Procedures for Admission 

Cancellation of Admission 

A student who is admitted to the college for a given semester but who does not 
register in the specified semester will have his admission canceled. The student must 
file a new application form when he again seeks admission and must follow the 
complete application procedure and meet the then current admission requirements. 

Honors at Entrance 

Honors at entrance are awarded to both freshmen and transfer students who 
have demonstrated outstanding achievement in past academic work. For first-time 
freshmen with no previous college units earned, a grade-point average of 3.5 on a 
5-point scale must be earned in the course work considered for admission to the 
college. Students who have completed fewer than 60 college semester units of credit 
must meet the grade-point average criteria for first-time freshmen and must also 
have earned a 3.5 grade-point average on all this past college work attempted. 
Students who have completed 60 or more semester college units are eligible if a 
grade-point average of 3.5 is earned in all college work completed. 

Undergraduate Entrance Testing Requirements 
All undergraduate students, who have completed fewer than 60 semester or 90 
quarter units of college work, are required to submit scores from either one of 
two national testing programs before eligibility for admission to the college can be 
determined. This requirement does not affect undergraduate students who have 
previously attended California State College, Fullenon and who have submitted 
ACT or SAT scores at the time of their first admission. 

Tests will be administered at established test centers. Dates that tests are given 
and location of established test centers may be obtained from high school and 
junior college counseling offices, the Testing Office at this college or by writing 
to the testing services. The addresses of the testing services are; 

American College Testing Program, P.O. Box 21-4127, Sacramento 95821 
College Entrance Examination Board, Box 1025, Berkeley 94701 

T o take one of these tests: 

1. Obtain a registration form and a Student Information Bulletin from your high 
school or junior college counselor, from one of the addresses above, or from 
the College Testing Center. Select a test center near your home from the list 
printed in the Bulletin. 

2. Send the completed registration form and the appropriate test fee to the 
proper address. Do not send to the Fullerton campus. 

3. Have your ACT or SAT scores reported to the Testing Center, California 
State College, Fullerton. These scores should be received before the deadline 
for application. Use the appropriate code number for score reports. 

If you have already taken either the ACT or SAT send $1 to the appropriate 
testing agency and request that your scores be reported to the Testing Center. 
Use appropriate code number when requesting such reports, and provide complete 
information concerning testing date, test center, name and address changes, etc. 
These test scores when included on high school or college transcripts are not 
acceptable. 

Health Requirements for Admission 

Undergraduate and graduate students registering for more than six units of 
credit must, upon admission, submit completed health history and physical exam- 
ination forms. In addition, evidence of a negative chest X-ray taken within 12 
months before their registration must be presented. A tuberculin skin test may be 


50 


Evaluations 


obtained in lieu of an X-ray at the Student Health Center. Evidence of a smallpox 
vaccination within the past five years is also required. 

Undergraduate and graduate students registering for six units or less of credit in 
any one semester must comply with the following: 

1. Filing a minimum informational form with the health center. 

2. Presenting evidence of a negative chest X-ray or a negative tuberculin skin 
test, signed by a physician, nurse, or public health department official and 
dated not more than 12 months prior to the date of registration at Cali- 
fornia State College, Fullerton. 

3. Evidence of a smallpox vaccination within the past five years. 

All of any of the following laboratory services may be completed at the Student 
Health Center for a charge of $1: VDRL, urinalysis, hemotocrit, tuberculin skin 
test and smallpox vaccination. 

All health requirements must be satisfactorily completed before the student 
will be allowed to complete registration. It is urged that the health clearance be 
obtained before the date of registration as this will conserve the student’s registra- 
tion time in considerable measure. 


EVALUATIONS 


Evaluation of Transfer Credits 

The Office of Admissions will evaluate previous college work in terms of its 
relationship to the requirements of California State College, Fullerton. All degree 
candidates will be issued a credit summary during the first semester of attendance 
which serves as a basis for determining specific remaining requirements for the 
student’s specific objectives. 

Once issued to a student, the evaluation remains valid as long as the student en- 
rolls at the date specified, pursues the objective specified, and remains in con- 
tinuous attendance. The student will not be held to additional graduation re- 
quirements unless such requirements become mandatory as a result of changes in 
the California Administrative Code or the California Education Code. If the 
student does not remain in continuous attendance and has not applied for and been 
granted a formal leave of absence, the evaluation issued upon readmission wiU 
specify the remaining requirements for the student’s specific objectives. 

In view of the foregoing regulations, the student should notify the Office of 
Admissions immediately if he changes the objective specified in his evaluation. 
While the evaluation for a student remains valid, the student is held responsible 
for complying with all changes in regulations and procedures which may appear 
in subsequent catalogs. 


cceptance of Credit 

Credit for work completed at accredited institutions will be accepted toward 
^he satisfaction of degree and credential requirements at the college within limi- 
^tions of residence requirements, junior college transfer maximums, and course 
applicability. 

General Policy 

_ Transfer credit is not limited to those courses which precisely parallel the 
onrses offered at the college. Credit is normally granted for all courses completed 
f other accredited institutions which reasonably correspond to one of the various 
urncula described in this catalog. Courses which do not appear to correspond 
itn offerings at the college are ordinarily not granted transfer credit. Courses 
vocational or shop-type courses, and remedial courses are examples of courses 


51 


Evaluations 


not accepted for transfer credit. Students who have completed work at professional 
schools in the field of art or music or similar fields may expect a reduction in credit 
if the work completed carrfes a credit value in excess of that normally allowed for 
corresponding courses or areas at the college. 

Transfer of Credit From a Junior College 

Upper division credit is not allowed for courses taken in a junior college. Cre- 
dential credit is not allowed for courses in professional education taken in a junior 
college. This does not invalidate credit for preprofessional courses taken at a 
junior college, such as introduction to education, art or design, arithmetic, or music 
for classroom teachers. After a student has completed 70 units of college credit, 
whether at a junior college or a four-year institution, or at both, no further 
junior college units will be accepted for unit credit. 

Credit for Military Service 

Students who have been in active military service for at least a year may be 
granted six units of undergraduate credit. Courses taken in service schools may be 
given credit on the basis of an evaluation which determines that they are of 
college level. Any credit for military experience will be given only upon request. 
Records verifying such experience must be filed with the Office of Admissions. 

Credit for Extension and Correspondence Courses 

The maximum amount of credit through correspondence and extension courses 
which may be allowed toward the bachelor’s degree is 24 units, of which not more 
than 12 may be transferred from another college or university. 

Credit by Advanced Placement 

Students who have successfully completed courses in the advanced placement 
program (defined as receiving a score of 3, 4 or 5) shall be granted credit toward 
graduation, advanced placement in the college’s sequence courses, and credit for 
curriculum requirements. 

Credit by Examination 

Students may be granted credit for a course toward graduation and to meet 
curriculum requirements by the satisfactory completion of a challenge examina- 
tion in that course requirement. The examinations are to be comprehensive and 
administered by the department in which the course is offered. Well in advance 
of the challenge examination the student will secure written approval of his major 
adviser and the chairman of the department in which the course is offered. Upon 
the successful completion of the examination, the notation on the permanent 
record of the student will be made as “CR” for the course. “CR” is to indicate 
credit for the course with a passing grade. Upon failure of the examination, the 
notation on the permanent record of the student will be made as “No CR” for 
the course. Credit by examination may not be used to fulfill the minimum resi- 
dence requirements. The challenge excnmnation for any course may be attempted 
only once. A maximum of 30 credits can be earned by challenge examination, 
including those achieved by advanced placement. 

College Level Examination Program 

The college will consider examination results from the (DoUege Level Examination 
Program of the College Entrance Examination Board for placement and credit. 
Study is currently underway to establish specific policy on placement and credit 
in degree curricula for those who complete one or more examinations in the College 
Level Examination Program. Further information about this program may be ob- 
tained from the Office of Relations with Schools. 


52 


REGISTRATION 


Orientation 

An orientation program for new students is conducted at the beginning of the 
registration period each semester. At this time, information relating to academic 
planning, student services and activities, and other aspects of college life as well 
as opportunities for student questions are provided. 

Registration 

Registration is the final step in enrollment. When a student has been admitted by 
the Office of Admissions, he should obtain a Class Schedule before the beginning 
of each term. The Class Schedule contains details regarding courses offered and 
the registration schedule. Students consult with their advisers during registration. 

At registration, every student is required to file a program card with the Office 
of the Registrar. The filing of a program card by the student and its acceptance 
by the college obligates the student to perform the designated work to the best 
of his ability. All undergraduates are urged to declare a major at the earliest 
practicable time and not later than at the time they have completed 60 units of col- 
lege work. Registration is not official until fees have been paid, and no student is 
allowed to attend classes until all steps in the registration process have been com- 
pleted. 

Late Registration 

The last day to register late each semester will be announced in the Class 
Schedule. Late registrants will find themselves handicapped in arranging their pro- 
grams and must pay a $5 late registration fee in addition to regular fees. 

Change of Program 

Each student is responsible for the program of courses he selects and lists when 
he registers. Changes may not be made thereafter without the filing of a change 
of program form in the Office of the Registrar. All applications for courses 
dropped or added cost a $1 change of program fee. No classes may be dropped 
during the last four weeks of instruction, although complete withdrawal from col- 
lege is still possible. 

Concurrent Enrollment 

A student enrolled at the college may enroll concurrently for additional courses 
at another institution only with advance written approval from the student’s aca- 
demic adviser on official forms filed in the Office of the Registrar. Permission 
will not be granted when the study load in the proposed combined program 
exceeds the units authorized at this college. 

Auditors 

A properly qualified student may enroll in classes as an auditor. The student 
must meet the regular college admission requirements and must pay the same fees 
as other students. An auditor may not change his registration to obtain credit 
after the last date to add courses to the study list. An auditor is not permitted 
to take examinations in the course. 


53 


Veterans 


VETERANS 

California State College, Fullerton is approved by the Bureau of Readjustment 
Education, State Department of Education, to offer programs to veterans seeking 
benefits under state and federal legislation. All students seeking veterans benefits 
must have a degree or credential objective. 

Applications for benefits should be filed well in advance of the semester in which 
the veteran plans to use these benefits in order to have the authorization at the 
time of registration. 


SELECTIVE SERVICE 

Male students requiring certification of student status for selective service purposes 
may request the Office of Admissions and Records to submit SSS Forms 103, 109, 
or 109A, to their local boards. The college requires that undergraduate students 
register for and complete 12 units a semester to be considered full time for this 
purpose. Graduate students who register for and complete nine units of study 
may be considered full time provided at least three units are 500-level courses. 

All students are advised that by enrolling each consecutive term at the mini- 
mal level to qualify for full-time certification they may not achieve the degree 
and credential programs within the time limit allowed by the Selective Service 
System. 

RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS 

California State College, Fullerton, does not have a Reserve Officers’ Training 
Corps program. However, a two-year program is available to eligible male students 
through cooperation with the University of Southern California where an Air 
Force ROTC program is conducted. For complete information, write the Professor 
of Aerospace Studies, University of Southern California, Los Angeles 90007. 


FEES AND EXPENSES 

Application fee (nonrefundable) 

Registration Fees 

Regular students (more than 6 units) 

Materials and service fee 

Associated Students fee 

College Union fee 

Total per semester 

Limited students (1-6 units) 

Materials and service fee 

Associated Students fee 

College Union fee 

Total per semester 

Music studio lesson fee 

Per lesson 

Summer Session fees 

Per unit or fraction of unit 

Associated Students fee 

College Union fee 

Extension fees 

Per unit or fraction of unit 


$10.00 


$51.00 

9.00 

8.00 

$68.W 

$ 26.00 

4.00 

^ 

$34.00 

-.-$1.00 to $10.00 

$ 22.50 

2.00 

4.00 

$18.00-36.00 


Fees and Expenses 


Other Fees or Charges 

Nonresident tuition fee (in addition to fees required of resident students, 


except for enrollment in extension or summer session) 

15 units or more per semester - $445.00 

Less than 15 units, per unit or fraction of unit 30.00 

Nonresident foreign students (in addition to fees required of resident 
students) 

15 units or more per semester $127.50 

Less than 15 units, per unit or fraction of unit 8.50 

Late registration fee (in addition to other fees listed above) 5.00 

Check returned from bank for any cause 2.00 

Change of program fee LOO 

Transcript fee (no charge for first copy) LOO 

Failure to meet administrative required appointment or time limit 2.00 


Auditors pay the same fees as others 

Fees are subject to change by the Trustees of the Calif omia State Colleges 

Refund of fees 

Upon withdrawal from college, the materials and service fee may be refunded 
if written application for refund, on forms provided by the college, is submitted 
to the Registrar not later than 14 days following the day of the term that instruction 
begins; provided that the amount of $10 shall be retained to cover the cost of 
registration. Late registration fees, change of program fees and application fees are 
not refundable. 

The entire fee may be refunded if a student is unable to continue his registration 
because of a college regulation or because of compulsory military service. Applica- 
tion for refund under such circumstances may be made at any time before the 
date when the student receives any academic credit for the courses for which he 
is registered. 

The difference between the applicable materials and service fee, less $5, may be 
refunded if the unit load of the student is reduced to a lower materials and service 
fee category within the 14 days following the day of the term that instruction 
begins. 

Parking fees 

Semester pass (nonreserved spaces): 

Regular student — - 

Limited student (1-6 units) 

Coin operated gate, per admission .. 

Summer session, each six-week period 

Typical Student Expenses 

Although each student must determine his own budget in keeping with his 
individual needs and resources, the college does provide an estimate for what is 
considered one semester’s minimum expenses for a single student. Not included 
transportation costs, since distance from home varies with each student. 


$13.00 

6.00 

- 25 

5.00 


55 


Fees and Expenses 


Materials and service fee * — 

Associated Students fee.— — 

Parking and health insurance fees 

Students living 
in campus 
residence halls 

$51 

9 

22 

Commuting 

students 

$51 

9 

22 

Room and board (17 meals per week) 

555 


Books and supplies f 

75 

15 

rjjnfhingr . 

- - 50 

50 

Miscellane^^u'^ 

100 

100 

College Union fee... — - 

8 

$870 

8 

$315 


* Out-of-state students add $445. Music students add $70 to $96 for music lesson fee. 
t Art and engineering students should budget additional funds for supplies. 


56 


J 


ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 


All undergraduate students working toward a degree or credential are assigned 
an adviser in the major field. Those seeking a credential will also be assigned a 
professional adviser in the School of Education. 

Graduate students in all instructional areas except education will be assigned a 
major adviser. In education, all will have a professional adviser. Those students 
seeking a credential for teaching secondary schools will be assigned both a pro- 
fessional adviser and a major adviser. 

California State College, Fullerton believes its students have the capability to 
plan their schedules and to make a selection among available sections of a course. 
Such matters are the proper responsibility of the student and not of his adviser. 

Advisers are assigned by department chairmen. The adviser is basically a resource 
person who will help the student plan his academic program so that he meets the 
requirements of the major or credential objective in the most desirable manner. 
While the adviser can provide valuable information and suggestions to the student, 
the ultimate responsibility for the program the student plans and the courses he 
chooses lies with the student himself. 


57 




1 


V'CL 




■y V . ■ ■ . V 


Hi:'--- yiv:> 


'■• -'r.'rv..-: ii'. "?>■* :- • 

,/:.. ^ '/V/. •.y':ii'.;:. !/' .'i.>’^'’f- 

: . • , -y . Aub'; r.'l' -V •> £ ■■ 

. A'^*' ^ Ai .i'l.'- l.-itf-X '• A in' 

!ij av??.'.''' v.inc'-rv 

., '> -, oi". ) -v Ay 

' y.< ' ■•■; " • t; ' .■' ■ ;• 

.■■ -i;- v; y i ' iA' .•y... 

r-' '"A' -yjj , v 

■ J. i; : 

y,, •■ ' ^ . ■ ■, • • ^ .y.^ 




REGULATIONS 


ill 

GENERAL REGULATIONS 
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR 

BACHELOR’S DEGREE 
the program of MASTER’S DEGREES 






GENERAL REGULATIONS 


ENROLUWENT DEFINITIONS AND REGULATIONS 

Unit of Credit 

Each college semester unit represents three hours of college work per week for 
one semester. Courses are of three types: 

(1) Lecture — one hour in class plus two hours of study. 

(2) Activity — two hours of class plus one hour of study. 

(3) Laboratory — three hours in class. 

Some courses may combine two or more of these types. 

Classification in College 

Undergraduate students who have completed 0-2914 semester units of work are 
classified as freshmen, 30-5914 semester units as sophomores, 60-8914 semester units 
as juniors, and 90 or more as seniors. 

Study List Limits 

A student is normally permitted to enroll in a maximum of 16 units each semester 
(engineering students are excepted), with 12 units considered the rmnmrum full- 
time load. However, upon written approval of his adviser, the student may cany 
additional units. The foregoing limits apply to undergraduate students attending 
college on a full-time basis. Students with outside responsibilities are strongly 
advised to reduce their program of study. The minimum full-time program of 
study for graduate students as defined in the “Graduate Policies and Procedures” 
section of this catalog. 

Undergraduate Students Taking Graduate Level Courses 
Graduate level (500) courses are organized primarily for graduate students. 
Undergraduate students may be permitted to enroll in a graduate level (500) 
course if: 

(a) They are within 9 units of completion of graduation requirements, or 

(b) They are exceptionally qualified seniors whose undergraduate work in the 
related field or fields has been of 3.5 grade-point average or better, and 
whose cumulative overall grade-point average is at least 3.25. 

Such cases shall require specific approval by the chairman of the department in 
which the course is offered and by the chairman of the student’s major department. 

Graduate level (500) courses taken under (a) above may be applied to a gradu- 
ate program. 

Graduate level (500) courses taken under (b) above may be applied to the under- 
graduate program only. 


trading System 
^^tisfactory grade 


A 

B 

C 

Cr or P ... 


GRADING PRACTICES 


Grade-point value 
4 
3 
2 

. None assigned 


61 


Grading Practices 

Unsatisfactory grade Grade-point value 

D 1 

F 0 

NR (No Report) 0 

Special grade 

E (Incomplete) .. — 0 

AU (Auditor) (no credit toward degree or credential) .. None assigned 

W (Passing withdrawal) None assigned 

NP (not passed — no credit) None assigned 

With the exception of the grades of E, AU, W, P, NP, and Cr, all units 
attempted are computed in the student’s grade-point average. 

Incomplete Work 

A grade of E may be given only when, in the opinion pf the instructor, a stu- 
dent cannot complete a course during the semester of enrollment for reasons be- 
yond his control. Such reasons are assumed to include: illness of the student, or 
of members of his immediate family, extraordinary financial problems, loss of out- 
side position, and other such exigencies. In assigning a grade of E, the instructor 
will file with his department a statement of the specific requirements for comple- 
tion of coursework. Such requirements will not include or necessitate retaking 
the course. This statement will also include a provisional grade indicating the 
quality of work completed at that time, and the instructor’s designation of the time 
limit allowed for completion of course requirements. Upon later completion of the 
course requirements, or upon expiration of the time limits for completion of course 
requirements, the instructor shall initiate a change to a grade of A, B, C, D, P, NP, 
or F. Instructional departments will determine procedures for completion of course 
requirements and assigning grades for such completed course work, in those spe- 
cial circumstances where the instructor is no longer available. 

Grade Reports to Students 

A report of the final grades assigned in classes is sent to each student at the end 
of each semester. 

Student Writing 

Students will be required to demonstrate, in all classes where written expression 
is appropriate, their ability to write clearly and correctly about the materials of 
the course. Ability of a student to demonstrate writing proficiency shall be used 
as a part of the final grade determination in any course. 

Examinations 

Final examinations are required in all courses and are given at times scheduled 
by the college. No examination may be scheduled for a class at another time unless 
approved by the dean of the school. No makeup final examination will be given 
except for reason of illness or other verified emergencies. 

Grade-Point Averages; Repetition of Courses 
Grade-point averages are calculated by dividing grade points earned by units 
attempted. Work attempted at all institutions, including California State College, 
Fullerton, is included in all-college calculations. Work attempted at other insti- 
tutions may not be included in CSCF-only averages. 

When any course is repeated both grades are considered in computing grade- 
point averages. However, successful repetition of a course originally passed carries 
no additional unit credit towards a degree or credential. 


62 


Transcripts 


TRANSCRIPTS 

Upon request to the Office of the Registrar, each student will be provided with 
one official copy of his college record without charge. A charge of $1 will be made 
for each additional transcript requested by the student. No transcript will be 
supplied for college work taken in other institutions. 

CONTINUOUS RESIDENCY REGULATIONS 

Good Standing 

“Good standing” indicates that a student is eligible to continue or to return, and 
is free from financial obligation to the college and from disciplinary action. A 
student under academic or disciplinary disqualification is not eligible to receive a 
statement of “good standing” on transcripts issued by the college. 

Election of Regulations 

A student remaining in continuous attendance in regular sessions and continuing 
on the same curriculum in a state college may, for purposes of meeting graduation 
requirements, elect to meet the graduation requirements in effect either at the time 
of his entering the curriculum or at the time of his graduation therefrom, except 
that substitutions for discontinued courses may be authorized or required by the 
proper college authorities. 

Leave of Absence 

A student may petition for a leave of absence and if approved may upon his 
return continue under the catalog requirements that applied to his enrollment 
prior to the absence. Except in the case of required military service a leave of 
absence may be granted for a maximum of one year. Illness and compulsory 
military service are the only routinely approved reasons for a leave of absence. 

Policy on Grades for Withdrawal 

Students are obliged to notify the Office of the Registrar of changes in their 
programs involving dropped classes. Failure to file an official change may result 
m a penalty mark being recorded. Through the sixth week of instruction in the 
semester no record of enrollment will be made of dropped classes. After six weeks 
students are expected to complete all courses in which they are enrolled. However, 
for reasons of ill health or other unforeseen problems the student may drop a class, 
or classes, and receive a grade (W — withdrawal, or F — failure) by obtaining the 
signature of the professors involved and filing the change with the Office of the 
Registrar on the forms provided. 

Ordinarily, classes may not be dropped during the last four weeks of instruc- 
^on, although complete withdrawal from college is still possible. 

Complete Withdrawal From College 

Students who wish to withdraw from the college must complete a withdrawal- 
from-college card. See section on refund of fees for possible refunds. No student 
P^ay withdraw after the date shown on the college calendar as the last day of 
instruction. Complete withdrawal from college is accomplished by following the 
procedures for dropping classes in addition to procedures for withdrawal. 


63 


Student Honors 


STUDENT HONORS 

Dean's List 

Academic achievement is recognized with the publication each semester of a list 
of students whose grade-point average for the previous term has been 3.5 or better. 
Students are notified in writing by the dean of students when they have earned 
this distinction. Eligibility is based on a minimum of 12 units of course work. 

Honors at Graduation 

Honors at graduation have been defined by the Faculty Council in three classi- 


fications: 

With honors GPA 3.5 

With high honors - GPA 3.85 

With highest honors- — GPA 4.0 


PROBATION AND DISQUALIFICATION 

Academic Probation 

Academic probation serves to identify and to bring to the attention of appro- 
priate college authorities a student who is experiencing academic difficulties. 

A student shall be placed upon academic probation if either his cumulative grade- 
point average or his grade-point average at California State College, Fullerton 
falls below 2.0 (grade of C on five-point scale). The student shall be advised of 
probation status promptly and, except in unusual instances, before the end of the 
first week of instruction of the next consecutive enrollment period. 

A student shall be removed from the probation list and restored to clear standing 
when he earns a cumulative grade-point average of 2.0 (C) in all academic work 
attempted, and in all such work attempted at California State College, Fullerton. 

Academic Disqualification 

A student on academic probation shall be subject to academic disqualification if: 

1. As a lower division student (fewer than 60 semester hours of college work 
completed) he falls 15 or more grade points below a 2.0 (C) average on all 
college units attempted or in all units attempted at this college. 

2. As a Junior (60 to 89^2 semester hours of college work completed) he falls 
9 or more grade points below a 2.0 (C) average on all college units attempted 
or in all units attempted at this college. 

3. As a senior (90 or more semester hours of college work completed) he falls 
6 or more grade points below a 2.0 (C) average on all college units attempted 
or in all units attempted at this college. 

A graduate student (unclassified or classified) shall be disqualified if he falls 
below a 2.0 (C) average in all units attempted at this college as a graduate student. 

Student Conduct 

The college properly assumes that all students are in attendance to secure a sound 
education and that they will conduct themselves as mature citizens of the campus 
community. Compliance with all regulations of the college is therefore expected. 
If, however, on any occasion a student or an organization is alleged to have cont' 
promised accepted college policies or standards, appropriate judiciary procedures 
shall be initiated through the established college jiidicial process. Every effort will 
be made to encourage and support the development of self-discipline and control 
by students and student organizations. The dean of students, aided by all members 
of the faculty and advised by the Student Affairs Committee of the faculty, is 


64 


Right of Petition 




responsible to the President of the College for the behavior of students in their 
relationships to the college. The President in turn is responsible to the Chancellor 
and the Trustees of the California State Colleges who themselves are governed 
by specific laws of the State of California. 

RIGHT OF PETITION 

Students may petition for review of certain college academic regulations when 
unusual circumstances exist. In such instances, students are requested to file a 
petition on a form designated for this purpose in the Office of Admissions and 
Records. All petitions must first be reviewed and signed by the student’s adviser. 
Action will then be taken on the petition and the student will be notified of this 
decision. A copy of the action will also be placed in the student’s folder in the 
Office of the Registrar. 

Students also have the right to appeal certain disciplinary actions taken by 
appropriate college authorities. Regulations governing original hearings and appeal 
rights and procedures have been carefully detailed to provide maximum protection 
to both the individual charged and the college community. Information about the 
operation of the judicial system involving student discipline may be obtained in 
the Office of the Dean of Students. 


65 


GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR 
THE BACHELOR'S DEGREE 


A student is eligible for graduation if he is in good standing and fulfills the 
following requirements: 

7 . General Education 

To be eligible for the bachelor’s degree from California State College, Fuller- 
ton, the candidate shall have completed a minimum of 50 semester units of general 
education including at least six units in upper division courses. The courses in 
general education shall be distributed in the following manner: 

Units \ 

(a) Social sciences 12 j 

The social sciences shall include required instruction in U.S. history < 

(Hist 170A or Hist 170B), U.S. (Constitution and California state and 

local government and American ideals (Pol Sci 100. If U.S. Constitution 
requirement fulfilled, Pol Sci 311 meets state and local government 
requirement), and courses in anthropology, economics, geography, his- 
tory, political science, sociology, and similar fields. Courses must be 
selected from three or more of these fields. | 

(b) Natural sciences 9 j 

The natural sciences shall include at least one course selected from the i 

physical sciences and at least one from the biological sciences. The 
physical sciences include astronomy, chemistry, geology and physics. 

The biological sciences include biology, botany, physiology and zoology. 

(c) Humanities 12 


The humanities shall include a year of instruction in college-level Eng- 
lish composition and literature. The remaining units may be chosen 
from the following subject fields: comparative literature, communica- 
tions, English, philosophy, and intermediate or advanced courses in 
French, German, Spanish, or other foreign languages. 

(d) Fine and applied arts — - 9 

The fine and applied arts shall include a course in oral communication. 
Additional courses shall be chosen from the following subject areas: 
art, drama and music. 

(e) Psychology 3 

This should be the standard introductory course in psychology. 

(f) Economics or mathematics 3 


Either a course in college mathematics which would have as its pre- 
requisite a minimum of two years of high school mathematics or its 
equivalent, or a college-level introductory course in economics will 
meet this requirement. 

(g) Health and physical education. 2 

A minimum of two units required by completing two semesters of ac- 
tivity courses which include instruction in health education. Not more 
than one activity course within any one semester may be counted 
toward general education. Credit in intercollegiate athletics courses 
may meet not more than one semester of the college general educa- 
tion requirement in physical education. Not more than six units of 
credit in physical education activities courses, including intercollegiate 


66 


Bachelor's Degree 


I 


athletics, may be applied toward credit for graduation. (A student 
under 25 years of age at the time of admission to the college is required 
to take both semesters of the requirement.) 

Units 

Total - 50 

All baccalaureate degree programs of the college will be expected to meet the 
college general education requirements. However, for certain degree programs, 
other than the bachelor of arts degree, where accreditation or certification may 
require a higher proportion of professional course work, the general education 
requirements as set forth by Title 5, California Administrative Code, may be sub- 
stituted for the college general education requirements, after due consideration 
of the alternative possibility of expanding the required number of units in the 
particular degree program. 

For 1969-70, transfer students certified under provisions of Title 5, California 
Administrative Code, as having met the 40-unit minimum general education-breadth 
requirements will be required to complete 10 additional units in general education 
selected from two or more sections (a) through (g) above. The six unit upper 
division requirement is applicable to transfer students. 

2. Units 

(a) Total units 

A minimum of 124 semester units is required for graduation with a bachelor 
of arts degree. The Bachelor of Science in Engineering requires a minimum 
of 136 semester units. 

(b) Upper division units 

Completion of a minimum of 40 units of upper division credit is required. 

(c) Resident units 

Completion of a minimum of 24 semester units in residence is required. At 
least one-half of these units must be completed among the last 20 semester 
units counted toward the degree. Extension credit, or credit by examination, 
may not be used to fulfill the minimum residence requirement. 

3. Scholarship 

(a) A grade-point average of 2.0 or better is required on all units attempted, 
including those accepted by transfer from another institution. 

(b) A grade-point average of 2.0 or better is required on all units in the major. 

(c) A grade-point average of 2.0 or better is required on all units attempted at 
California State College, Fullerton. 

Major 

Completion of all requirements for a major as specified by appropriate college 
authority is required. 

3. Multiple Majors and Second Baccalaureate Degrees 
Second Majors 

Within the units required for the baccalaureate it is possible for a student to 
complete the requirements for more than one major within a degree program 
'vhen the additional major is within the degree program of the first major. 
The student shall declare the additional major with the appropriate department 
not later than the beginning of the student’s final year of study. The com- 
pletion of additional majors will be noted at the time of graduation by appro- 
priate entries on the academic record and on the commencement program. 


67 


Bachelor's Degree 


Second Baccalaureate 

(a) First degree completed elsewhere, second at CSCF 

Students seeking a bachelor’s degree from CSCF after having received a 
baccalaureate from another institution may qualify for graduation with 
the approval and recommendation of the faculty upon completion of the 
following: 

(1) general education requirements 

(2) all requirements in the major field of study 

(3) residence and scholarship requirements 

(b) Two baccalaureates from CSCF 

A student completing a baccalaureate program at CSCF will have com- 
pleted the general education, residence, and scholarship requirements. With 
the approval and recommendation of the faculty, he may qualify for a 
second baccalaureate under the following circumstances: 

(1) The second field of study is offered in a different program (e.g. 
bachelor of arts to bachelor of science) 

(2) At least 24 units are earned in residence beyond the requirements 
for the first degree 

(3) All requirements of the major are fulfilled 

Units included in second baccalaureate programs may not apply to gradu- 
ate degrees or credential programs. 

6 . Minor 

Completion of a minor field is riot required for the baccalaureate degree at this 
time. 

7 . Graduation Requirement Check 

A candidate for graduation should file an application for a graduation require- 
ment check in the Office of the Registrar during registration of the semes- 
ter prior to the semester in which he expects to graduate. No graduation 
requirement check should be requested unless and until the senior has completed 
100 semester hours and a substantial portion of his major requirements (including 
the current work in progress). If the candidate does not complete the require- 
ments in the semester indicated, be inust request a second graduation check indi- 
cating the new date. 

8. Approval and Recommendation by the Faculty of the College 


68 


THE PROGRAM OF MASTER'S DEGREES 


Master’s degree programs offered at California State College, Fullerton are listed 
on page 77 and are described in the appropriate section of this Catalog under “Col- 
lege Curricula.” Program descriptions and additional information are contained in 
the Graduate Bulletin, copies of which are available in the Office of Admissions 
and the Graduate Office. 

Master’s degrees in other areas are under consideration and will be announced 
when approved. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE 
MASTER'S DEGREE 

General requirements for the master’s degree are 30 semester units of approved 
coursework completed within seven years with a 3.0 (B) minimum grade-point 
average. Of the 30 units of approved coursework: 

1. No less than 24 shall be completed in residence. 

2. No less than 12 shall be in graduate (500-level) courses. 

3. No more than a total of six shall be in extension and/or transfer credit. 

4. No more than six shall be allowed for a thesis, if appropriate. 

5. Six shall be in related fields outside the department or concentration. 

Some type of final evaluation, near the end of the student’s work toward his 
master’s degree, is required. It may be a thesis, a project, a comprehensive exami- 
nation, or any combination of these. 

Each student’s program for a master’s degree (including his eligibility, classified 
status, candidacy, and award of the degree) must be approved by an adviser, school 
or department committee, and the Dean of Graduate Studies. 


STANDARDS FOR GRADUATE STUDY 

Graduate study deals with more complex ideas and demands more sophisticated 
echniques, searching analysis, and creative thinking than undergraduate study. The 
esearch required is extensive in both primary and secondary sources and the 
uality of writing expected is high. The student is advised to consider these 
actors when deciding upon the amount of coursework to be undertaken during 
y one semester. 

STEPS IN THE MASTER'S DEGREE PROGRAM 

|E Admission to the College 
Declaration of Objective 
Securing Transcripts 
Taking Appropriate Tests 
Informal Advisement 

Classified Status (admission to a program) 

Advancement to Candidacy ( after 1 2 units with a B average) 

Successful Fulfillment of Study Plan Requirements 
|9. Final Steps 

0* Request for check on completion of requirements (see note below) 


69 


Masfer^s Degree 


b. Thesis or project approval ar)d arrangements for binding and microfilm 
ing (if appropriate) 

c. Written and/or oral examination (if appropriate) 

(Note that master's degrees are awarded only in January and June, Slu- 
dents completing requirements by the end of the first summer session and 
desiring certificates of completion must meet the same deadline for request- 
ing a check on completion as June graduates.) 

GRADUATE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 

The following are in addition to other policies and procedures applying to both 
undergraduates and graduates described elsewhere in this Catalog and in the appro- 
priate class schedule. Students are advised also to consult the Graduate Bulletin. 

Applicability of Catalog and Graduate Bulletin Regulations 

A student remaining in continuous attendance in regular sessions and continuing 
in the same curriculum may elect to meet the degree requirements in effect either 
at the time of his classification or at the time of the completion of degree require- 
ments, except that substitutions for discontinued courses may be authorized or 
required by the proper College authorities. 

Admission From Nonaccredited Schools 

A student who is a graduate of a nonaccredited school must apply for admission 
as an undergraduate to complete requirements for a bachelor’s degree from this 
institution. However, once admitted, a student in this category who gives evidence 
of unusual promise and superior background may petition the school or department 
concerned for reclassification as an unclassified graduate student, and if the petition 
is granted he may then proceed in the graduate program. 

Grade-Point Average Standards 

The required GPA for admission to a master’s degree program (classified status) 
varies with the department or school. Consult school or department descriptions 
of programs elsewhere in this Catalog and in the Graduate Bulletin. However, a 
student must have earned a 3.0 average in all postbaccalaureate coursework taken 
at this College plus such transfer courses as are applied to his study plan. Exception 
to this rule may be granted by a school or department in response to a student 
petition only if it is evident that courses whose grades are not to be computed 
in the GPA are inapplicable and inappropriate to the degree program. 

The 30 semester units of approved coursework required for the degree 
must be completed with a 3.0 (B) minimum grade-point average. If a student ap- 
proaches the completion of the degree requirements with less than a 3.0 average, 
he may request a change in his study plan to add no more than six units of course- 
work in order to achieve at least a 3.0 average (see “Changes in Study Plan,” as 
follows). If a student’s average at any time falls below such a level that it cannot 
be raised to a 3.0 within the prescribed limits of coursework, he has in effect 
withdrawn himself from his master’s program. 

Tests Required for Admission to Master's Degree Programs 

Although a graduate student may be admitted to the College in unclassified grad- 
uate status without taking tests, most of the master’s degree programs require the 
student to take certain tests, usually some part of the Graduate Record Examina- 
tion, before he can be considered for classified status. See program descriptions in 
this Catalog for the types of tests required. The GRE tests are nationally adminis- 
tered and are given only a few times a year on specified dates. A current list of 


70 


Master's Degree 


these dates is available at the Office of Counseling and Testing, school and depart- 
ment offices. The student must make written application for the tests on a form 
available at the above offices which must be submitted by the application deadline. 
Since test results are measured against those of students who normally take the 
tests in their senior year and since they are required before the student can be 
admitted to a degree program (that is, become a classified student), the taking of 
the tests should not be deferred. 

Limitation on Preclassification Coursework 
No more than nine units of postgraduate work taken prior to classified status at 
California State College, Fullerton may be applied to a student’s masters degree 
study plan. Students who receive postgraduate credit for courses taken during their 
final semester as a senior may accumulate as many as 12 units. 

Inapplicable Courses 

Courses numbered 100 to 299 and in the 700 series cannot be credited toward a 
master’s degree. Courses numbered 300 to 399 do not give graduate credit unless 
included on an approved graduate study plan. 

CR, S, or P Grades 

The applicability of courses to the master’s degree study plan in which grades 
CR, S, or P are given will be determined by each school or department. If it is 
determined that such work is applicable, unit credit toward the degree may be 
given but neither the units nor grades will be factors in GPA computations. It 
should be further noted that, according to College regulations, CR grades for chal- 
lenge examinations may not be used to meet residence requirements. Therefore, if 
such grades are included in the study plan they must be considered as part of the 
maximum of six units which may be transferred from other colleges or earned in 
extension. 

Theses and Projects 

When a thesis is required, the approved original bound copy and a microfilm of 
it must be deposited in the College Library. An abstract, of not more than 150 
'vords, must accompany the thesis, and will be published in the journal. Masters 
Abstracts. Arrangements for the binding, microfilming and publication of the ab- 
stract must be completed by the end of the semester in which the degree is to be 
granted and are made through the College Foundation Office. The fee for micro- 
filming, publication of the abstract, and the archival copy is $18 (for theses with 
niore than 240 pages there is an additional charge). The fee for binding is $7.50. 
When a project is required, it will be filed with the school or department of the 
degree program. Some record of the project, or the project itself, is preserved in 
the school or department and, when appropriate, in the College Library. When the 
school or department recommends, a project or its written record may be treated 
a thesis. The thesis and where appropriate the project must conform in matters 
of style and format to the rules in “Form of Master’s Thesis,” duplicated instruc- 
tions available in school or department offices, the Graduate Office, and the Library 
Reference Room. Since adherence to these rules must be checked and approved, 
students are advised to consult the Library adviser (in the Reference Room) well 
in advance of the final typing of the thesis. 

Changes in Study Plan 

The student must complete the courses shown on his approved smdy plan on 
file in the Graduate Office and in the school or department office with at least a 
^•0 (B) GPA. If a student wishes to make a change in his study plan, he should 


71 


Masfer^s Degree 


file the appropriate form (copies available in the Graduate Office, departments and 
schools) in the school or department of his master’s degree prior to registration. 
The recommendation for a change must be signed by his adviser. No course for 
which a grade has been assigned may be removed from a study plan. 

Minimum Full-Time Load 

Ordinarily, nine units of course work a semester shall constitute a minimum 
full-time program for graduate students, provided at least three units are in 500- 
level or higher courses. 

Courses Over Seven Years Old 

All coursework for the master’s degree must be completed w’ithin seven years 
of the date when all the requirements for the degree are completed, except that 
the College, at its option, may extend the time for students who pass a compre- 
hensive examination in the relevant course. Requests to take such comprehensive 
examinations should be made to school or department graduate studies committees. 

Graduate Assisfantships, Fellowships, and Financial Aids 
There are a limited number of appointments as graduate assistants available to 
outstanding graduate students who are working on graduate degree programs. 
These may pay up to $1,100 per semester. If interested, consult the chairman of 
the department in which degree study is being taken. Teaching fellowships are not 
currently available. 

The State of California each year awards a certain number of graduate fellow- 
ships (payment of fees only). Qualified students who are residents of California 
may make application for these through the Financial Aids Office. 

For information concerning other financial aids and part-time placement services, 
see pages 39 and 37, respectively. 

Waiver of Nonresident Tuition Fee 

Worthy graduate students who are not residents of California may, under certain 
circumstances, obtain a waiver of the nonresident tuition fee. Forms for this pur- 
pose are available at the Admissions and Records Office. 

International Study 

The college participates in the California State Colleges’ program of study abroad. 
Under this program, limited studies taken at designated foreign universities, when 
arranged in advance, may be applied toward the requirements of a degree awarded 
by CSCT. It is important that plans be completed several months before starting 
such a program. For details consult the foreign student adviser. 

Second Master's Degree 

A graduate student desiring to work for a second master’s degree from C^CF 
must request the school or department concerned and the Graduate Council for 
permission to enter a curriculum leading to the second master’s degree. If the request 
is granted the student must as a minimum satisfy all prerequisites and all require- 
ments of the new degree program. Approval of candidacy for the second degree 
will be given only after the first degree has been awarded. 

Postgraduate Credit for Seniors 

Students in the last semester of their senior year may petition on a form available 
in the Office of Admissions and Records to receive postgraduate credit for such 
current coursework as is not required for the bachelor’s degree. The applicability 
of such coursework to a master’s degree program must be determined by separate 


72 


A^ster^s Degree 


action by the appropriate school or department. Usually the student must have 
attained graduate standing and applied for classified status before this latter action 
is accomplished. 

Enrollment in 500-Level Courses by Seniors 

A senior may take a 500-level course if he is within nine units of completion of 
graduation requirements and with the specific approval of the chairman of the 
department or dean of the school in which the course is offered and by the chair- 
man or dean of the student’s major department or school. Postgraduate credit and 
applicability of such coursework to a master’s degree is determined as indicated 
under “Postgraduate Credit for Seniors.” 

A senior who is not within nine units of graduation may take a 500-level course 
only if in addition to the approval of the appropriate chairmen or deans he also 
has a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the field or fields of his intended graduate program 
and of 3.25 overall. Under these circumstances, postgraduate credit may not be 
given for a 500-level course. 


73 


■wu., ■ 


't'\ ^ 

,:i*v , .■.■'^•‘ ■'•- 

ns''" '■' 

V :■- .V.,::: ; ■ 

■■ '■ i'-:-'- -'■ ■' 

_ J: ,, ■ 

v‘i'; s.!.../M;-i:-'' v 

■ -v; .T,;viir;;''.t: 

' ---''-.v ;.j ^ 

iv :s: 






COLLEGE 

CURRICULA 


miiiioo 

AJUDIMIID 


iiS 






COLLEGE CURRICULA 


California State College, Fullerton offers the following baccalaureate degree pro- 
grams which are described on the pages listed: 

Page 

BA. Histoty — - — 106 

B.A. Linguistics 108 

B.A. Mathematics 109 

B.A. Music - 113 


BA. Anthropology 
B.A. Art 


Page 

81 

83 

B.A. Biological science 87 

B.A. Business administration - 138 

B.A. Chemistry 90 

B.A. Communications 93 

B.A. Comparative literature 96 


B.M. Music - 115 

B.A. Philosophy 116 

B.S. Physical education 166 


97 
124 
144 
173 
100 
103 
105 

B.A. German 103 

The following master’s degree programs are offered: 

Page 


B.A. Drama 
B.A. Earth science 

B.A. Economics 

B.S. Engineering „ 

B.A. English 

B.A. French 

B.A. Geography 


B.A. Physics 

B.A. Political science 

B.A. Psychology 

B.A. Russian area studies 

B.A. Sociology 

B.A. Spanish 

B.A. Speech 


117 

120 

122 

103 

128 

103 

130 


MA. Anthropology 

I M.A. Art 

M.A. Biology 


Page 
... 102 


M.B.A. Business administration — * 

M.A. Communications 96 

I MA. Drama 

M.A. Economics 

M.S. Education (with emphasis in 
elementary education, read- 
ing, school administration, 
school counseling or spe- 
cie education) 

Engineering 


82 M.A. English 

86 M.A. Foreign languages 104 

89 M.A. Cieography 105 

140 M.A. History - 107 

M.A. Mathematics 110 

99 MA. Music 115 

145 M.S. Physical education — 167 

M.A. Political science 121 

M.P.A. Public administration 121 

M.A. Psychology 123 

M.A. Social sciences 127 

162 M.A. Sociology 129 

177 MA. Speech 132 

The college is accredited by the California State Board of Education for pro- 
grams leading to the following credentials: 

1. Standard teaching credential with specialization in elementary school teaching. 

2. Standard teaching credential with specialization in secondary school teaching. 

3. Standard teaching credential with specialization in jumor college teaching. 
Standard teaching credential with specialization, in lieu of minor, in the 
teaching of exceptional children in the area of mentally retarded children. 

5. Standard teaching credential with specialization, in lieu of minor, in the 

teaching of exceptional children in the area of speech and hearing handicapped 
children. 

6. Restricted teaching credential to teach the trainable mentally retarded. 

7. Restricted teaching credential to teach the educable mentally retarded. 

8. Standard designated services credential with a specialization in pupil personnel 
services. 

Standard supervision credential. 


77 


AJUDIHRUD 3mUC 


HFKt »>s«itni{ti09sd nmwoitol: ^ nsiSo mtvMnl. «in9 

;l»93j^ Jm Mlrmb ns rM«t^ 

'jjBttSl,. \ *8*>^ : - ,■ 

»W>mH ..A.8 t8 “yaotoqOT.riSnA ..' 

Ml *ab»i08BU .A.a f8 : ... «A ./ 

m ' ,/ull . 

. :ti I ...; Muli- ^4^8 MI ■ ’ m> Wmnimfcift 

' :i^U MM ■- 0$ ., » 

HI AM »aobi6»moia(im(^ 

^ ntnmptii 9vht^t<im 

■til .«>iisrtfW, ,A8 • ^ — : tmnO. 

o$r yMW m ■ 

tt I ■ .'AM M . jRstemib^ • / 

aji ^Jlpiobo? ,AH 0^ ■/ 

101 ’ il3>i<i!s<^ ^AH COI i 

m jrts^a^^ ssAHa- •: •■ lOi , 

■ V. ' '•? ;.,v*./'''^''' •••'■' ' ■ '■■ m ’L 

^ :lwr59l&^ $1» 

. .. ... '■" ■ 

m — f'4M»Ei3.A4M £8 scsi^of^hihtU^. 

nA .. 

lU *'A.M ^ ^ ■ 

X^toH:*A*M'. OfJ aooirmuiim 

• 0j:£: .,1^44^ JM ^ ^ ' 

ty t; .A.M wiawCl •-- 

ai»«9t5« .tohBc^^^ td msifqrm ti7hM) mbBo^h'^ 

,?£I. ^ • ' .■ t jf0odCi« 

"■ ■^£1 Ut^ AM ~dq« '«> 'i^ls^mfoo '!ooA»! 

' \?£1 -A*M £ftl («Di^:wfb®' l<fe> 

•ttf .AM Itl ^,.1,...,...,^^ B*tha<WM8jfsa 

-oisq loi liobwh^ ^ fmoB 93«d8 jfcimoliliO ®ii» fcartto^m u 

j8!UJ?mbi!W-j oi 

foodam y!;mimmb irf ImhmS'^ 

4.«549«^».f. toib* yiAiJOSiw xTcb»3aMc«j^« kbrnb^sm :^.fiM>ssKS bttihmiTf - 
.^mxh^tys ■ s^iO^ wi^tm miib$;dhh9q^ Mw btbm%9V> aaMawtCff bififene^'' 
!^di m ' iioisi^n Jo id ^mmmi^^sq'. ififw kbii^bot? laoWt^j 
-xmibiwb b^biiiW xlliwoiHB ^ *3tw: i5<l;> m mtUidi> .tocHSqioxft lo 
!»ib id. te til ,.doii«s.viIfib9f|'e diiw Itbmfmo Iw«jto7<- 

hi>qqt::.&md hm d7tsiK^ lo <^1* twii «!nbfirfo kmbqxix^ lo 

Mfifdm do&^ aa kbmhn^ 

vff«tn3WTr '»if<ffrr#iih.'»i -irit r>» fo!)^:t^^^•il;1a':^-^ 


LETTERS, ARTS 
AND SCIENCE 


cI/Ia 








SCHOOL OF 
LEHERS, ARTS AND SCIENCE 

Dean: Miles D. McCarthy 


DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY 

Professor: Untereiner 

Associate Professor: Leder (chairman) 

Assistant Professors: Christensen, Joesink-Mandeville, Joseph, See 
Lecturers: Katz, Tatlock 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ANTHROPOLOGY 

The major in anthropology is designed for students desiring a broad generalist 
background, students preparing to become teachers of social sciences, and students 
preparing for graduate work in anthropology and in advanced areal and inter- 
national specializations. 

Unit Requirements 

The required minimum for the major is 45 units, in addition to those taken for 
the general education requirement, distributed as follows: 

Courses in Anthropology 

Thirty-three units must be taken in anthropology, 24 in upper division courses. 
Anthropology 201, 202, 203, 301, 401, 410, 470 and 480 are required. One course is 
required from areal offerings in the field: Anthropology 321, 322, 325, 328, 340, 
545, 347, 350, 360, and 361. Two courses are required from theoretical/institutional 
courses in the field: Anthropology *313, 403, *406, 411, 413, 415, *416, 420, 421, 

1 *422, 423, 425, 428, 429, 430, 450, *453, and 460. (The courses marked * are cross- 
listed with other departments and programs. They may be used to satisfy the major 
requirement for: either the courses in anthropology, or related courses.) 

Minimum units 53 

Related Courses 

Twelve upper division units are to be taken in the related social science fields 
^f economics, geography, history, political science, sociology, and psychology, to 
be approved by the major adviser. Advanced work in biological science, the fine 
^nd applied arts, and the humanities may be substituted for these units by stu- 
dents with specialized interests with the approval of their advisers. Students inter- 
^^ed in specializing in anthropological linpistics are urged to take courses from 
me college’s interdisciplinary program in linguistics. Students interested in special- 
in physical anthropology are urged to take some of the following Biological 
lienee courses: 161 Principles of Zoology, 312 Genetics; 361 Mammalian Anatomy 
Physiology; 424 Evolution; 463 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy; 465 Am- 
mal Ecology; and 471 Natural History of the Vertebrates. Students interested in 
^ecializing in primitive art are urged to take many of these Art courses: 451 

J peeanic Art; 452 Art of Non-European Africa; 461 Art of North American 
ddians; 462 Axt of Mesoamerica; 471 Art of Central and South America. 

^ Minimum units 12 

45 


Minimum total units for the major 


81 


Anthropology 


Students considering advanced professional careers in research, teaching, or 
applications of anthropology are urged to explore and sample widely from course 
offerings in the other social sciences, the biological and natural sciences and the hu- 
manities and arts. Through a judicious selection of these courses it is hoped that 
Anthropology majors will broaden their interests and diversify and develop their 
skills in working towards a variety of individualized career objectives. 

Teaching Minor in Anthropology 

The minor in anthropology is intended as a second field for persons completing 
a major in another discipline in preparation for a teaching credential. Twenty-one 
units must be taken in anthropology; 15 of these in upper division courses. An- 
thropology 201 or 203 and 202 and 301 are required. Two additional courses 
must be selected from areal offerings in the field: Anthropology 321, 322, 325, 328, 
340, 345, 347, 350, 360, and 361. Another course must be selected from theoretical/ 
institutional courses in the field: 313, 403, 406, 411, 413, 415, 416, 420, 421, 422, 423, 
425, 428, 429, 430, 450, 453, and 460. A final course must be either Anthropology 
401 or 480. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN ANTHROPOLOGY 

The program for this degree provides advanced study qf general anthropology 
as well as research and other learning experiences for students with specialized 
areas of interest or competence. 

Prerequisites 

Admission to the program requires: 

a) A B.A. degree with a minimum of 24 units in anthropology including the 
following courses or their equivalents: 

Ant 201 Introduction to Physical Anthropology or 

Ant 203 Introduction to Archaeology 

Ant 202 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology 

Ant 301 World Ethnography 

Ant 401 Ethnographic Field Methods 

Ant 410 Language and Culture 

Ant 480 History of Anthropology 

One areal course (e.g. Ant 328, Peoples of Africa) 

One theoretical or topical course (e.g. Ant 415, Culture and Personality) 

Reading courses and special examinations may be substituted for some of these 
prerequisites by the department. 

b) A GPA of 3.0 (B) for all work taken in anthropology. 

c) Evaluation and acceptance by the graduate study committee. 

Students with limited subject or grade deficiencies may be considered for ad- 
mission to the program upon completion of additional courses, selected by the 
graduate study committee, with at least a 3.0 (B) average. 


Program of Study 

The study plan for the degree must include the following: 

Uni 

1. Ant 501 Methodology of Anthropological Research 3 

2. Ant 502 Contemporary Theories in Anthropology. 3 

3. Ant 597 Project or Ant 598 Thesis — - 6 

4. Two additional graduate seminars in anthropology 6 

5. Upper division or graduate work in anthropology 6 

6. Upper division or graduate work in related fields 6 

30 


82 


Art 


Any adviser-approved 300- or 400-level course taken as a graduate student may 
be used for requirements 5 and 6. Ant 599 Independent Graduate Research may 
be used for requirement 5. 

For continuation in the program an average of 3.0 (B) for all work in the study 
plan must be maintained. A thesis or a project or in unusual cases two projects 
must be completed for the degree. Normally a student will register for thesis or 
project two times, for 3 units each semester. 

For further information, consult the Department of Anthropology. 

See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 69, and the Graduate Bulletin, 

DEPARTMENT OF ART 

Professors: Dietz, Hein, Ivy, Olsen, Partin, V. Smith 
Associate Professors: Kerciu, Samuelson (chairman) 

Assistant Professors: Ching, Evjenth, Gleeson, Jordan, Lagerberg, Lyon, Mack, 
Myers 

Instructor: Curran 
Lecturers: Henry, James 

The Department of Art offers a program which includes the several fields of 
art history, theory, and appreciation; drawing, painting, sculpture; design, and 
crafts; and art education. The broadest objective of the program is to contribute 
to the intellectual, social, and creative development of the student as he prepares 
for citizenship in a democratic society. More specifically, the art program provides 
opponunities for students: (1) to develop a knowledge and understanding of those 
general principles of visual organization and expression basic to all forms and fields 
of art; (2) to develop a critical appreciation and understanding of historical and 
contemporary art forms through a study of these principles as they relate to the 
range of artistic production of mankind; (3) to use these general principles as a 
means to express more clearly their ideas, thoughts, and feelings in the creation of 
visual forms; (4) to develop those understandings and skills needed to pursue gradu- 
ate studies in the field, to teach art in the schools, or to qualify for a position in 
business and industry as an art specialist. 

Undergraduate curricula leading to the bachelor of arts degree have been de- 
signed to meet the specialized needs of the following groups: (1) students who 
wish to study art as an essential part of their personal and cultural development; 
(2) students seeking vocational competence in art; (3) students planning to teach 
at the secondary level who wish either a teaching major or minor in art; and 
(4) students planning to teach in the elementary schools who wish to have art as 
either an academic major or minor. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree with a major in art, students must have 
^ C average in all courses required for the degree. No credit toward the major 
yill be allowed for specific major courses in which a grade of D is obtained. As 
is customary, the Art Department reserves the right to hold projects completed by 
^ student for class credit for a period of three years. 

MAJOR IN ART FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

Five course programs have been planned to meet the individual needs and in- 
terests of students working for the bachelor of arts degree with a major in art. 
. In the development of specific course offerings which make up these programs, 
Jt has been the concern of the art faculty to see that each program contains: (1) 
oasic courses in art history, theory, appreciation, and studio practice which have 
^ their primary focus the study of those general principles of visual organization 


83 


Art 


and expression underlying all fields of art; (2) more specialized courses which pro- 
vide for adequate preparation in depth in a single field of art. The teaching of art 
history, theory, and criticism is not confined to courses bearing that title. Rather, 
each studio course involves theory as well as the practice of art, includes as part 
of its content the study and reference to related historical art forms, and has as pan 
of its purpose the development of those critical abilities which are necessary to a 
valid evaluation and appreciation of the art expressions of man. 

Plan I provides for an emphasis in the area of art history, theory, and apprecia- 
tion and is particularly recommended for those students who wish to pursue gradu- 
ate studies in art history or museology. 

Plan II is designed for those students who prefer a studio-type program with an 
area of specialization selected from the following: (1) design; (2) crafts; (3) draw- 
ing and painting, or (4) sculpture. 

Plan III is for those students who wish to meet the requirements of the standard 
teaching credential with specialization in secondary teaching. i 

Plan IV is for those students who wish to meet the requirements of the standard 
teaching credential with specialization in elementary teaching. 

Plan V is for those students who wish to meet the requirements for teaching 
in junior college. 

All five plans require a minimum of 48 units in art or approved related courses 
with a minimum of 24 units of upper division in art except for Plan IV which re- 
quires a minimum of 36 units of art including a minimum of 24 units of upper 
division in art. 

In addition to the requirements listed below for the major, students must meet 
the other college requirements for a bachelor of am degree (see page 66). Stu- 
dents following Plans III and IV also must meet any specific requirements for the 
desired teaching credential (see section in catalog for School of Education). 
Graduate students who plan to meet the requirement for a standard teaching cre- 
dential with specialization in secondary school teaching with a major in art must 
complete six units in art as approved by the major adviser on and beyond the 
specific course requirements listed in Plan III before they can be recommended 
by the Art Department for student teaching. 

Students following Plan III divide their student teaching between two semesters 
and register for three units of credit each semester. (See prerequisites and course 
description for Art Education 749.) 

PLAN I: ART HISTORY AND APPRECIATION EMPHASIS 

Units 

Lower Division: Art history and appreciation (9 units); art structure (3 
units); approved electives (12 units) in: art, anthropology, drama, foreign 

languages, history, literature, music or philosophy 24 

Upper Division: Art history and appreciation (24 units) , including a minimum 
of 3 units in special studies and coverage of four of the following fields: 
primitive, classical, medieval, renaissance, baroque, modem. Oriental, 

American 24 

Reading knowledge of one modern foreign language 
Comprehensive examination in art history 

i 

PLAN II: STUDIO EMPHASIS 

Units 

Lower Division: Art history and appreciation (9 units); drawing and paint- 
ing including life drawing (9 units); design and crafts (6 units) 24 

Upper Division: Art history and appreciation (6 units); area of specialization 
(12 units); art electives (6 units) 24 


84 


Art 


PLAN lilt TEACHING EMPHASIS 
(Secondary) 

Lower Division: Art history and appreciation: Art 201 A, B (6 units); Art 
111 (3 units); drawing and painting: Art 107 A, B (6 umts); Art 117 A, 

B, C or equivalent (3 units); design: Art 103, 104 (6 units); crafts: 106A 
(3 units); required elective: Communications 218A, Introduction to Pho- 
tography (2 units) 29 

Upper Division: Art History and appreciation: Art 411 or 412 (3 units); 
drawing and painting: Art 307A (3 units); design Art 313A, 323A and 
453A (8 units); sculpture: Art 316A (3 units); crafts: Art 305A (3 units); 

upper division art electives (4 units) - - 24 

Fifth Yectr Credential Frogram: In the five-year program for the standard teach- 
ing credential, secondary, to be eligible for consideration for student teaching by 
the art faculty, the student must meet the following requirements: 

1. Be assigned by the Art Department Chairman to a faculty adviser in art 
concerned with teacher education. 

2. Fulfill credential requirements listed in the College Catalog within the 
School of Education for the curriculum on secondary school teacher edu- 
cation. 

3. Meet requirements listed under Plan III, Teaching Emphasis (Secondary) 
for the bachelor’s degree in An. 

4. Complete An 380 and Art Ed 441, Ed 311 and Ed 340 prior to enrollment 
in An Ed 442. 

5. Complete six additional upper division or graduate level units in art in an 
area of emphasis as part of the 30 units required beyond the bachelor’s 
degree. 

6. Obtain recommendation of the faculty adviser in an concerned with teacher 
education. 

7. Submit a portfolio of art work to be evaluated by the art faculty. 

PLAN IV: Teaching Emphasis 
(Elementary) 

Lower Division: Basic course in art history and appreciation, drawing and 

painting including life drawing (1 unit), design and crafts 12 

^Pper Division: Art history and appreciation (6 units) ; drawing and painting 
(3 units); design (3 units); crafts (3 units); electives (9 units) 24 

PLAN V: TEACHING EMPHASIS 
(Junior College) 

Lower Division: Same as Plan II. 

^Pper Division: Same as Plan II. 

See Junior College Teacher Education Program, page 154. 

MINOR IN ART FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

A minimum of 24 units is required for a minor in art for the bachelor of arts 
degree of which a minimum of 10 units must be in upper division courses. In- 
cluded in the program must be a basic course in each of the following areas: (1) 
^ history and appreciation; (2) design; (3) drawing and painting; and (4) crafts. 
J^ost students planning to qualify for a standard teaching credential with special- 
ization in elementary or secondary teaching and art for a minor must obtain ap- 
proval from the Art Department for the courses selected to meet the upper divi- 
sion requirements for a minor in art. 


85 


Art 


MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN ART 

The program of studies leading to the master of arts degree in art provides a 
balance of theory and practice for those who desire to teach art or wish to develop 
a sound basis for continued advanced work in this field. The program offers each 
student the opportunity to expand his intellectual and technical resources and to 
acquire greater richness and depth in terms of creative understanding and achieve- 
ment in one of the following areas of concentration: (1) drawing and painting 
(including printmaking); (2) crafts (including ceramics); (3) design; and (4) 
sculpture. 

Prerequisites for the Program 
Prerequisites to the program include: 

(1) an undergraduate major in art or 24 units of upper division art including at 
least 12 units of upper division study in the elected area of concentration with 
a GPA of 3.0 or better; 

(2) Portfolio Review — before any units may apply to the approved study program 
for the degree, the student must arrange for a faculty committee evaluation 
of the student’s background and review of creative work. Portfolio review 
dates are May 1 for the following fall semester, and December 1 for the 
following spring semester of each year. Arrangements may be made through 
the Art Office to meet these deadlines. 

(3) completion not later than the first semester of the aptitude test of the Graduate 
Record Examination. 

Program of Studies 

The degree program requires 30 units of graduate study approved by the student’s 
graduate committee of which 15 must be 500 level courses. The 30 units are 
distributed as follows: 

Units 

1. 500 level courses in art 15-21 

A. Core courses in art, history, philosophy, analysis and criticism 9 

(1) Art 500: Graduate Seminar in Art (3 units) 

(2) Art 501: Graduate Seminar in Art History and Apprecia- 
tion (6 units) 

(On the recommendation of the adviser, the student may 
substitute 3 units in Philosophy 311, Philosophy of Art, or 
a 400 number art history course as partial fulfilment of this 
requirement.) 

B. Course work in the area of concentration selected from one of 


the following areas 6 

(1) Drawing and painting 

(2) Crafts 

(3) Design 

(4) Sculpture 

C. Project or thesis 3-6 

2. Additional courses 9-12 

A. 500- and/or 400-level courses in art to extend the student’s field 

in depth 6 

B. 500-, 400- and/or 300-level courses either in courses outside the 

art department related to the student’s special area of interest 
or in courses within the art department outside the area of 
concentration to expand the student’s field in breadth 3-6 

Total 30 


86 


Biological Science 


All courses must be completed with a B average, and all courses in the area of 
concentration must be graded B or better. The Art faculty reserves the right to 
retain an example from the student’s Master’s exhibit for the college collection. 

For further information, consult the Department of Art. 

Also see “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 69, and the Graduate Bulletin. 

DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 

Professors: Bradshaw, Brattstrom, McCarthy,* McCleary, Sutton (chairman), 

Turner 

Associate Professors: P. Adams, Barish, Bright, Rothman, Walkington 
Assistant Professors: Greenfield, McClanahan, McWilliams, Weintraub 
Lecturer: Rosenberg 

The Department of Biology offers a program leading to the bachelor of arts 
degree in biology for students preparing to enter graduate and professional schools, 
for those preparing to teach, and for those preparing for careers in industry and 
government service. 

It is the conviction of the faculty in biology that the purposes of all these stu- 
dents can best be served by building their curricula on a core of courses funda- 
mental to the science of biology. This core curriculum includes biological prin- 
ciples, ecology, genetics, microbiology, and physiology. 

In considering the curricula beyond this core of subjects, the faculty in biology 
has agreed that the interests and goals of individual students can best be satisfied 
through individual counseling rather than through prescribed programs. After dis- 
cussion with their advisers, students will elect those upper division courses which 
will satisfy their individual interests and professional goals. Eight units of electives 
must be in one area of interest (e.g., biology, botany, microbiology, or zoology) 
and four units in another area. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree in biological sciences, students must have a 
C average in all courses required for the major including those in the related 
sciences. No credit toward the major will be allowed for biology courses in which 
a grade D is obtained. A proficiency in one modern foreign language (Russian, 
Spanish, German, French, others by petition) is required. A reading comprehension 
of a second modem foreign language is strongly recommended for students plan- 
ning graduate study leading to the Ph.D. degree. This requirement is normally met 
by completing three semesters of a college foreign language with a C grade or 
better or by taking a foreign language for two years in high school and one 
semester of intermediate language in college with a minimum of a C grade in 
^be college course. 

Advanced students will be permitted to enroll in Biological Science 499, Inde- 
pendent Study. All full-time upper division students are expected to attend the 
departmental seminars. 

^e Department of Biology also offers a curriculum for students majoring in 
other fields who wish to minor in biology. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 

One hundred twenty-four units including general education (see page 66), 
foreign language, 38 units in biology courses, and supporting courses in physical 
sciences and mathematics. The supporting courses must include one year of inor- 
ganic college chemistry including qualitative analysis with laboratory, two semesters 



87 


Biological Science 


of organic chemistry with laboratory, one semester of college mathematics, and 
one year of college physics with laboratory .t 

Minimum Course Requirements for the Major f 


Lower Division 

Biological Science Units 

101 Elements of Biology 5 

141 Principles of Botany 4 

161 Principles of Zoology 4 


13 13 


Upper Division 

Biological Science Units 

311 Microbiology 4 

312 Genetics Lecture 3 

315 Molecular Biology 4 

Electives — 14 units, of which 4 must be a course in Ecology 
and 4 must be outside area of emphasis 14 


25 25 


SUGGESTED EIGHT-SEMESTER PROGRAM OF MAJOR IN BIOLOGICAL 


Semester I 

Units 


Engl 101 Comp, and World Lit. 3 

Bio Sci 101 5 

Chem lOlA Gen. Chemistry 5 

Lang 203 or Hist 170A 
U.S. History 3 


16 

Semester III 

Physics 211 A 4 

Bio Sci 161 Prin. Zoology 4 

Pol Sci 100 or other General 

Education Course 3 

Math HOB or elective 4 


15 

Semester V 

Bio Sci 311 or Bio Sci 315., 4 

Chem 301A Organic Chem. 3 

Bio Sci 312 Genetics 3 

General education 6 


16 


38 

SCIENCE 

Semester II 

Uniti 

Engl 102 World Lit. and Comp. 3 


Bio Sci 141 Prin. Botany 4 

Math 150A, or Math 120 3-4 


Chem lOlB Gen. Chemistry 5 

15-16 


Semester IV 

Physics 21 IB 4 

Bio Sci 315 or Bio Sci 311 4 

Bio Sci elective 4 

General Education 3 


15 

Semester VI 

Chem 301B, 302A, 302B Organic 


Chem 5 

For Lang or electives 5 

Psych 101 Introd. Psych 3 

General education 3 


16 


t Those students seeking careers in biology at the Ph.D. level and careers in medicine should 
take a full year of organic chemistry, a year of analytical geometry and calculus, axrd 
quantitative diemistry with laboratory. 

t Substi^tions in the program may be made for transfer students and others upon the recommen* 
dadon of the adviser and the approval of the department chairman. 


88 


Biological Science 


Semester VII 

Bio Sci — upper div. electives 8 

For Lang or electives 5 

General education 3 


16 


Semeitur VIII 


Bio Sci — upper div. elective 

4 

For Lang or electives 

3 

Electives 

_ 6 

education 

3 

16 


Two one-unit physical education courses are suggested during the first two 
semesters to fulfill the general education requirement. 

Minimum Requiruments for Biological Scionco Minor t 


Biological science Units 

101, 141, 161 Principles - - 13 

424 Evolution or 

312 Genetics or 313 Human Genetics 3 

311 General Microbiology ^ 


361 Mammalian Anatomy and Physiology or 
315 Molecular Biology or 
444 Plant Physiology 


24 


MASTER OF ARTS IN BIOLOGY 

General Characteristics 

The program for this degree is based on the assumption that modem science 
necessitates broad preparation through the master’s level of training. It permits 
breadth of preparation and at the same time concentration in an area such as 
botany, microbiology or zoology. In design it offers sufficient breadth and depth 
to strengthen the student’s academic understanding and improve his competence 
for (a) advanced graduate work toward the doctoral degree in biological science, 
(b) teaching at all levels — elementary, secondary, and junior college, (c) techno- 
logical work in the health sciences, (d) participating in research programs, (c) 
entering the field of public health service, and (f) participating in various field 
service and conservation positions with both the state and national governments. 


Prerequiftitet 

Prerequisite to entering the program is a B.A. in Biology at CSCF or equivalent 
coursework with a GPA of at least a 3.0 in the major and related science courses. 
Satisfactory scores on the aptitude test of the Graduate Record Examination are 
tiso required. Students may be admitted provisionally with limited subject or grade 
deficiencies, but such deficiencies must be removed by completing additional courses, 
selected in conference with the adviser, with at least a B average. 


Pi^grams of Study— Thesis or Examination 

A student who meets the prerequisites may apply for Classified Graduate status. 
He must file a program of study, either (1) a thesis study plan or (2) an examina- 
tion study plan. 

The thesis study plan must include 30 units of adviser-approved graduate 
^ork, at least 12 of which must be at the 500 level. The study plan may include 
tix units of graduate level medical biology taken in an approved clinical laboratory 
school. All study plans must include Bio Sci 599 (Independent Graduate Research), 
and Bio Sci 598 (Thesis), and at least one departmental seminar. Twelve unitt must 
tie distributed between two of the following areas: biology, botany, microbiology, 

t Substi^tions in the program may be made for transfer students and others upon the recommen- 
dation of the adviser and the approval of the department diairman. 


89 


Chemistry 


or zoology. An added six units must be outside the principal area. Further electives 
may be possible. Required is a thesis or a published paper, or a paper accepted for 
publication, acceptable to the adviser and committee, covering a field or laboratory 
research problem. A final oral examination on his research is also required. 

The examination study plan for the degree must include 30 units of adviser- 
approved graduate work, at least 12 of which must be at the 500 level. All study 
plans must include between 3 and 6 units of Bio Sci 599 (Independent Graduate 
Research), and must include at least two department seminars. Twenty units 
must include coursework in the four areas of biology, botany, microbiology, and 
zoology. In addition a student must pass a written comprehensive examination, 
and an oral examination of from 1 to 3 hours. 

For more detailed information or advisement, students should consult the chair- 
man of the Biological Science Department, or the graduate coordinator of the 
Biological Science Department. 

Also see “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 69 and the Graduate Bulletin. 

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY 

Professor: Bryden, Shields • 

Associate Professors: Janota, Langwonhy, Montana (chairman), Prenzlow, Spenger, 

Wong 

Assistant Professors: Baur, Belloli, Dorer, Hiegel, Huotari, Willis 

The curriculum is planned to provide thorough instruction in the basic principles 
and concepts of chemistry for students who will (1) advance to graduate work 
in chemistry; (2) teach in the science programs of secondary schools; (3) seek 
employment in industry or government; or (4) pursue a chemistry minor of funda- 
mental courses in chemistry in support of other areas such as physics and biology. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree in chemistry, students must have a C 
average in all courses required for the majors including those in the related sci- 
ences. A reading proficiency in one modem foreign language (Russian, German, 
French) is required. This requirement may be met by taking either four semesters 
of college foreign language or three semesters of college foreign language provided 
the third semester is a course in Scientific French, German, or Russian. Under 
unusual circumstances the requirement may be met by examination upon approval 
by the Department Chairman. Examinations will be given in October and March 
of each academic year. For details of examination procedure, apply at Department 
office. A reading comprehension of a second modern foreign language is strongly 
recommended for students planning graduate study leading to the Ph.D. degree. 

No credit toward the major will be allowed for specific major courses in which 
a grade D is obtained. A placement test will be given to students in the Depart- 
ment of Chemistry to determine whether they are ready to start Chemistry lOlA. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN CHEMISTRY 

The Bachelor of Arts degree is granted under two plans: Plan A should be 
selected for those students planning a professional career in Chemistry (graduate 

* College administiative officer. 


90 


Chemistry 


work or chemical industry) and Plan B, for those students who are candidates for 
professional schools as medicine, dentistry, etc., or those planning careers in sec- 
ondary education. 

PLAN A 

Required courses in Chemistry: 


Courses Units 

Gen Chem (101A,B) 10 

Quant Chem (312) 4 

Org Chem (305A3) 10 

Physical Chem (371A,B) 6 

Phys Chem Lab (441) 4 

Adv Inorg (425) 3 

Instru. Anal (411) 4 

Indep. Study (499) or 

Senior Research (495) 2 

Electives (at least one lecture 
or lecture lab course) 3 


Total units 4<5 

Related areas {satisfies the general education requirement in physical science^ 
mathematics and biology ) : Units 

Physics (221A3,C); 222A,B 13 

Mathematics (150A,B, 250 and 291) - - 15 

Biology 5 

Total Units - - — 33 

79 

38 
__7 

124 


Total units in Science and Mathematics. — - 

General Education units, not including 12 units of physical science, 
mathematics, and biology (see the general education requirements 

page 66) - - — 

Undesignated units - — - 

Total units for the B.A. degree in Chemistry (Plan A) 


Required courses in Chemistry: 
Courses 

Gen Chem (10lA,B) 

Quant Chem (312) J 

Org Chem (305A3) 

Phys Chem (371A3) 

Phys Chem Lab (441) 

Adv Inorg (425) 

Ind Study (499) 


PLAN B 

Units 

.... 10 
„ 4 
.... 10 
__ 6 
... 4 
_ 3 


Senior Rsch (495). 
Total units 


39 


Related areas (satisfies the general education requirements in physical science^ 
'^^thematicSy and biology): Units 

Physics (211A,B) or (221 A,B) (222 A,B) 8-10 

Mathematics (150A,B, 250) 12 

Biology 5 

Total units 25-27 

Total units in Science and Mathematics 62-64 


91 


Chemistry 


General Education units, not including 12 units of physical science, 
mathematics, and biology (see the general education requirements 

page 66 38 

Undesignated units 24-22 


Total units for the B.A. degree in Qiemistry (Plan B) 


124 


MINOR IN CHEMISTRY 

A minimum of 24 acceptable units of chemistry, including organic chemistry 
(8) and physical chemistry (6), are required for a chemistry minor. 


Suggested Eight Semester Program 
First Semester (Freshman) 

Units 


Chem lOlA Gen. Chem. 5 

Math 150A Anal. Geo. and Calc. 4 

Eng 101 Composition and Lit. 3 

Hist 170A or 170B U.S. History 3 
PE Phys. ed. activity 1 


for a Major in Chemistry (Plan A) 
Second Semester (Freshman) 

Urdu 

Chem lOlB Gen. Chem. 5 

Math 150B Anal. Geo. and Calc. 4 
Phys 221 A, 222 A Fund. Physics.. 5 
Eng 102 Lit. and Composition.... 3 
PE Phys. ed. activity 1 


16 

Third Semester (Sophomore) 


Chem 305 A Org. Chem 5 

Math 250 Inter. Calc — 4 


Physics 22 IB, 222B Fund. Physics 5 
Pol Sci 100 Amer. Government 3 

17 


Fifth Semester (Junior) 

Chem 371 A Physical Chem. 3 

For Lang Mod. For. Lang 5 

General education courses 3 

Chem 312 Quant. Chem 4 

15 

Seventh Semester (Senior) 

Chem 441 Phys. Chem. Lab 3 

Chem (495 or 499) 2-3 

Chem 425 Adv. Inorg 3 

For Lang 203 or 303 3 

General education courses 4 


15-16 


18 

Fourth Semester (Sophomore) 

Chem 305B Org. Chem. 5 

Math 291 3 

Physics 22 1C Fundamental 

Physics 3 

Bio Sci 5 

16 

Sixth Semester (Junior) 

Chem 37 IB Physical Chem. 3 

Elective in chemistry 2-4 

For Lang 102 Mod. For. Lang. — 5 
General education courses 5 



Eighth Semester (Senior) 

Chem 411 Instr. Anal. 4 

Elective in chemistry. .. 2-3 

General education courses 9 


15-16 


This type of schedule allows the student to elect his last semesters according 
the branch of chemistry which attracts him the most. 

Below are listed the possible electives which would be available during the stU' 
dent’s last three semesters in residence. 

Possible elective in the sixth semester: 

Chem 403 Anal, of Org. Cmpds. 

Possible electives during the seventh and/or eighth semester: 

Chem 403 Anal, of Org. Cmpds. 

Chem 421 A, B Gen. Biochem. 

Chem 422A, B Gen. Biochem. Lab. 


92 


Communlcotfonf 


Chem 427 Prep. Techniques 
Chem 43 1 Ad v. Org. 

Chem 451 Quantum Chem. 

Suggested Program for a Major in Chemistry (Plan B) 

This program is essentially the same as under Plan A except the number of 
required chemistry, mathematics and physics courses is reduced. A student planning 
on a career in teaching will, in addition, fulfill requirements of the School of 
Education. 


DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATIONS 

Professor: Maxwell (chairman) 

Associate Professors: Alexander, Smythe 
Assistant Professors: Johnson, Mastroianni 
Instructor: Lawrence 
Lecturer: Overbeck 

The department offers a major in communications with emphases in advertising, 
news communication (journalism), photocommunication, public relations, tech- 
nical communication, and telecommunication. 

The M.A. program in Communications is designed to provide advanced study 
in communications and related disciplines for those who wish to teach, engage in 
research, or follow professional careers in the mass media of communication. 

The communications major helps to prepare those desiring various careers related 
to mass communication — careers that may involve newspapers and magazines, tele- 
^on and radio, advertising, public relations, photography, industrial or govem- 
niental communications, and teaching. Also, because of the program’s emphasis on 
general principles of communication, it can serve well those with aspirations for 
administrative work in many areas of business, industry, government and education. 
Additionally, communication courses will benefit those who wish a better under- 
standing of the functions of the mass media in a democratic society. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN COMMUNICATIONS 

Requirements: A combined total of 48 units — 36 within the Communications 
Department and 12 collateral units • in other departments, as follows: 

I Communications Cora (21 units) 

j ■^e courses in the core are required of all students majoring in communica- 
i tions.t 

^mm 101 Reporting and Writing (3) 

I ^mm 102 Reporting and Writing 0) 

Comm 333 Mass (Communication in Modem Society (3) 

Comm 407 Communication and the Law (3) 

^mm 425 History and Philosophy of American Mass Communication (3) 

^nim 426 World Communication Systems (3) 

Comm 427 Seminar on Current Issues in Mass Communication (3) 

®®*ll>ility may be i>ennitted in collateral units, depending on the student's preparation in 

1 f 

of extensive need for mathematics and science in the technical communication emphasis, 
a variation will be permitted, through advisement only, to include additional mathematics 
science in the program. Collateral xinits in other departments will exceed 12 for this 
®^pha$is, but total units required for the major svill not exceed 48. 


Communications 


EMPHASIS FOR COMMUNICATIONS MAJORS 

Every communications major must select an area of emphasis and complete the 
courses in it. 

t Advertising Umts 

Comm 353 Advertising Copy and Layout 3 

Comm 356 Advertising Production (1,1) 2 

0>mm 2 18 A Introduction to Photography 2 

Comm 354 Retail Advertising 3 

Comm 439 Mass Media Internship 2 

Comm 451 National Advertising Campaigns 3 

Collateral Requirements in Other Departments 

Art 103 Two-dimensional design 3 

Engl 303 The Structure of Modem English 3 

Mktg 351 Principles of Marketing- 3 

Phil 310 Ethics 3 

News Communication (Journalism) 

Comm 338 Newspaper Production 3 

Comm 332 Copy Editing and Makeup 3 

0)mm 335 Reporting of Public Affairs 3 

Comm 2 18 A Introduction to Photography 2 

Comm 218B Communications Photography 2 

Comm 439 Mass Media Internship 2 

Collateral Requirements in Other Departments 

Econ 403 Comparative Economic Systems 3 

Engl 462 Modem British and American Novels... 3 

Hist 476 United States Since 1933 3 

Psych 351 Social Psychology 3 

* Photocommunication 

Comm 2 18 A Introduction to Photography 2 

Comm 218B Communications Photography 2 

Comm 306 Photographic Production 2 

Comm 319 Documentary Film Production 3 

Comm 375 The Documentary Film 3 

Comm 3 58 A Publications Production 2 

Ck)mm 439 Mass Media Internship 2 

Collateral Requirements in Other Departments 

Art 103 Two-dimensional Design 3 

Art 3 38 A Creative Photography 3 

Econ 201 The American Economy 3 

Psych 351 Social Psychology 3 

Public Relations 

Comm 361 Theory and Practice of Public Relations — 3 

Comm 463 Public Relations Methods.- - 3 

Comm 465 International Public Relations 3 

Comm 358 Publications Production 2 

Comm 218A Introduction to Photography 2 

Comm 439 Mass Media Internship 2 

* This emphasis is still in its developmental stage. Other courses are being prepared for inclusion 

t This emphasis is still in its devMopmental stage. Other courses are b^g prepared for indov’^ 
in it. 


94 


Communications 


Collateral Requirements in Other Departments 

Econ 403 Comparative Economic Systems 3 

I Engl 303 The Structure of Modem English 3 

Mgmt 341 Principles of Management 3 

Psych 351 Social Psychology 3 

I 

j * Technical Communication 

I Comm 332 Copy Editing 3 

1 Comm 334 Feature Article Writing 3 

I Comm 401 Report Writing 3 

; Comm 403 Technical Writing 3 

Comm 404 Advanced Technical Writing and Editing 3 

I Collateral Requirements in Other Departments 

Physics 211 A Elementary Physics 4 

Physics 21 IB Elementary Physics 4 

I QM 361 Business and Economic Statistics 3 

QM 364 Computer Logic and Programming 3 

* Telecommunication 

^ Comm 380 Introduction to Radio and Television 3 

Comm 371 Radio-television News and Public Affairs 3 

i Comm 375 The Documentary Film 3 

Comm 218A Introduction to Photography 2 

I Comm 319 Documentary Film Production 3 

^ Comm 439 Mass Media Internship - 2 

I Collateral Requirements in Other Departments 

( Drama 382 Television Techniques 3 

Engl 303 The Structure of Modem English - — 3 

Psych 351 Social Psychology — 3 

Spch 333 Business and Professional Speaking 3 


MINOR IN COMMUNICATIONS 

This minor offers a basic core of writing and publication courses for teacher 
candidates and others who wish some training in communications. 

Requirements: A combined total of 21 units, as follows: 
j Lower division (maximum of 7) 

; Comm 101 or 102 (3) 

Comm 218A and 218B (2, 2) 

Upper division (minimum of 14 units) 

' Comm 331 or equivalent (3) 
j Comm 333 (3) 
i Comm 338 (3) 

’ Comm 358A or 358B (2) 

^ Comm 425 (3) 


TEACHER CREDENTIAL REQUIREMENTS 

Communications majors who are teacher candidates should complete the commu- 
jjication core and the news communication (journalism) emphasis. This program 
I^ ^Leen declared to be academic by the State Board of Education. Prospective 

t emphasis is still in its developmental stage. Other courses are bein^ prepared for inclusion in it. 
•^nie variation in these requirements may be permitted on the basis of professional exi>erienoe 
or interest. 


95 


Comparative Literature 


teachers must complete Communications 358AB as part of their major requirements. | 
These candidates must have their minor approved by the chairman of the Commu- 1 
nications Department and must complete the required professional education courses 
in addition to their major and minor requirements. (See Education,” • 

page 240.) 


MASnR OF ARTS IN COMMUNICATIONS 

The Master of Arts in Communications is designed to provide advanced study 
in communications and related disciplines, and to develop a research emphasis in 
one of the following: advertising, journalism education, news, photo-communica- 
tion, public relations, technical communication, or telecommunication. 

Such study will enable the graduate of the program to apply advanced com- 
munications concepts and skills in careers that may involve newspapers and maga- 
zines, television and radio, advertising, public relations, photography, and technical 
and scientific communications. Communications abilities are also highly applicable 
to administrative careers in industry, government and education. Students complet- 
ing the Communications M.A. with a journalism education research emphasis are 
eligible for journalism teaching positions in high school or junior college. 

Prerequisites 

Students must possess a baccalaureate degree and have completed a basic core 
of courses in communications as prerequisites to the M.A. program. Before admis- 
sion to classified graduate status, students 'must take the Graduate Record Exam- 
ination Aptitude Test. 

Program of Studies 

Students are required to complete 30 units of approved studies, including 18 
units in graduate level communications courses. Six of the 18 units of graduate 
level courses are applicable to research for a thesis or project. In addition, students 
must satisfy a “collateral field requirement” in a related discipline. 

For further information, consult the Department of Communications. Also see 
“The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 69 and the Graduate Bulletin. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

(An Interdisciplinary Program) 

The program in Comparative Literature is an interdisciplinary program directed 
by the Committee on the Program in Comparative Literature. The Committee is 
responsible for formulating curriculum policies, approving courses, and advising 
students. Courses in Comparative Literature are taught by faculty from the English 
Department and other departments whose courses are approved by the Committee. 
The Chairman of the English Department administers the program. The major 
in comparative literature provides professional competence and personal enrich- 
ment for students with an exceptional concern and appreciation for the study 
of the interrelationships between the languages and literatures of various civiliza- 
tions from the dawn of mankind to the present. The program offers courses in 
the study of literature with special emphasis on the global interrelatedness of 
literary form and content, theory and philosophy, genres and movements, providing 
an insight into the developments and backgrounds of mankind’s worldwide cultures 
and literatures. The literary works are read in English or English translations and 
the courses conducted in English. 


96 


Drama 


Ipp^r Division Requirements 

(A) 15 units selected from courses listed under comparative literature. 

(B) 3 units of French, German, Italian, Russian, or Spanish selected from course 
numbers 431, 441, 451, 461, or any other 400 course approved by the ad- 
viser. 

(C) 6 units selected from courses listed under English and numbered 300 or 
above 

(D) 3 units of either History 415 A or History llOA. 

(E) 9 units selected from any 300 or 400 literature course in comparative litera- 
ture, English, French, German, Italian, Russian, or Spanish. 

Total: 36 units. 

Majors in comparative literature are strongly advised to include in their pro- 
courses in related areas, such as art, anthropology, drama, history, linguistics, 
hilosophy. 

Students must consult with an adviser in comparative literature through the 
)epartment of English before submitting their individual courses of study for 
pproval by the Committee on the Program in Comparative Literature. 

DEPARTMENT OF DRAMA 

Professor: Young (Chairman) 

Associate Professors: Duerr, Kuni, Zeltzer 

Assistant Professors: Ellmore, Henry, Keller, Lollich, Mee, Pickering, Seethaler 
nstructor: Odle 
-ecturer: Cavan 

The Department of Drama program includes the several fields of playwriting, 
interpretation, acting-directing, technical theatre, theatre history and theory, 
adio-television and dance. Specifically, the course work is arranged to provide 
opportunities for students (1) to develop an appreciation for the theatre; (2) to 
oecome aware, as audience or participants of the shaping force of the theatre in 
ociety; (3) to improve the understandings and skills necessary for work in the 
beatre as a profession; (4) to prepare for teaching theatre; and (5) to pursue 
graduate studies. 

Any course in which the student receives less than C cannot be credited 
owards the major in drama. In addition to the course requirements, all students 
^ajoring in drama must participate in the casts or crews for a minimum of eight 
neatre productions, assignment to be determined by area emphasis, in consultation 
'^ith the adviser. 

MAJOR IN DRAMA FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

Four course programs have been planned to meet the individual needs and 
Interests of students working for the bachelor of arts degree with a major in 
kama. 

Flan I is for those who wish to study drama as a cultural contribution or 
^ho wish to pursue graduate degrees in drama with emphasis in theatre history 
‘^d theoty. It is strongly recommended that students electing this plan support the 
^ajor with approved electives from art, drama, music, foreign languages, litera- 
te* philosophy, or speech. 

Flan II is designed to develop the necessary competency for pursuing drama 
^ profession, or for pursuing graduate degrees in drama with an emphasis in 
area of concentration other than history of the theatre. Areas of concentration 


97 


Drama 


are: playwriting; acting-directing; interpretation; radio-television, technical thea- 
tre and dance. 

Plan III meets the requirements of the standard teaching credential with speciali- 
zation in elementary teaching. 

Plan IV meets the requirements of the standard teaching credential with speciali- 
zation in secondary or junior college teaching. A minor is required and will be 
selected with the aid of the departmental adviser. 

All four plans require a minimum of 36 units in drama with a minimum of 
24 units of upper division in drama. 

In addition to the requirements listed below for the major, students must meet 
the other college requirements for a bachelor of arts degree. Students following 
Plans III and IV also must meet any specific requirements for the desired teaching 
credential (see section in catalog for School of Education) . Graduate students who 
plan to meet the requirements for a standard teaching credential with specialization 
in secondary teaching and a major in drama must complete or be enrolled in 
six units in drama as approved by the major adviser beyond the specific course 
requirements listed in Plan IV before they can be recommended by the Drama 
Department for student teaching. 


PLAN It TKIATRI HISTORY AND THIORY IMPHASIS 

Lower Division: Acting or stage movement, technical theatre, costume or 
makeup, oral interpretation. 

Upper Division: Drama 370 A or B, Fundamentals of Directing (3 units); Drama 
473 AB, World Drama (6 units); Drama 475AB, History of the Theatre (6 
units); Drama 477, Contemporary Critical Techniques (3 units); electives, 

(6 units) - - 24 

PLAN III PROPISSIONAL IMPHASIS IN AN ARIA OP CONCINTRATION 

Lower Division: Same as in Plan I. 


Upper Division: In one of the following areas of concentration: 

Playwrltlng— Drama 364, Seminar in Playwriting (6 units), or Drama 364 (3 
units) and Drama 383, Radio and TV writing (3 units); Drama 468 A or B, 
Experimental Theatre (3 units); Drama 370AB, Fundamentals of Directing 
(6 units); Drama 475AB, History of the Theatre (6 units); Drama 473 AB, 
World Drama (6 units); Drama 477, Contemporary Critical Techniques (3 
units) - — 30 


Oral Infarpratatlon — Drama 311, Oral Interpretation (3 units); Drama 314AB, 
Reading Theatre (6 units); Drama 473A, World Drama (3 units); Drama 
475AB, History of the Theatre (6 units); electives (6 units in upper divi- 
sion drama courses) 24 


Acting-Diracting— Drama 370AB, Fundamentals of Directing (6 units); 
Drama 363 AB, Intermediate Acting, or Drama 470AB, Directing (6 units); 
Drama 473AB, World Drama (6 units); Drama 475AB, History of the Theatre 
(6 units); Drama 374, Dance (2-4 units); Drama 468AB, Experimental The- 
atre or Drama 463 AB, Advanced Acting (6 units) 32-34 

Radio-TaUvIftlon— Drama 370AB, Fundamentals of Directing (6 units); Drama 
380, Introduction to Radio and TV (3 units); Drama 382, TV Techniques 
(3 units); Drama 383, Radio & TV Writing (3 units); Drama 475AB, History 
of the Theatre (6 units); Drama 484, Educational Television Production 
(3 units); collateral requirements in Communications Department (6 units 
related to radio and television) 30 


98 


Drama 


Dane# — Drama 374AB» Dance Theatre and Production (4 units); Drama 377 A 
or B, Stage Costuming (2 units); Drama 475AB, History of the Theatre (6 
units); Drama 370A, Fundamentals of Directing (3 units); Drama 376A, 
Stagecraft (2 units); Drama 363 A, Intermediate Acting (3 units); Drama 
473AB, World Drama (6 units); Drama 474, Special Studies in Dance (2 

units) - 28 

Ttchnical Theatr#— Drama 376AB, Advanced Stagecraft (4 units) ; Drama 377 A 
or B, Stage Costuming (2 units); Drama 370A, Fundamentals of Directing (3 
units); Drama 475AB, History of the Theatre (6 units); Drama 386, Stage 
Lighting (2 units^. Drama 478, Rehearsal and Performance (1 unit); Drama 
488AB, Advanced Scene Design (6 units) 24 

PLAN lilt TEACHING EMPHASIS 
(EUm«ntary) 

Lower Division: Same as Plan 1 

Upper Division: Drama 311, Oral Interpretation, (3 units); Drama 314A, Read- 
ing Theatre (3 units); Drama 374A, Dance Theatre and Production, (2 units); 
Drama 377, Stage Costuming (2 units); Drama 402, Dramatic Activities for 
Children (3 units); Drama 403, Children’s Theatre, (3 units); Drama 475 A, 
History of Theatre, (3 units); electives (5 units) 24 

PLAN IVt TEACHING EMPHASIS 
(Secondary or Junior Collogo) 

lower Division: Drama 211, Introduction to Oral Interpretation (3 units); 
Drama 263 A or B, Beginning Acting (3 units); Drama 276A or B, Beginning 
Stagecraft (2 units); Drama 286, Design for the Theatre (3 units); Drama 
285 A, Theatrical Makeup (1 unit); Drama 377A, Stage Costuming (2 units) 14 
Upper Division: Drama 370AB, Fundamentals of Directing (6 units); Drama 
386, Stage Lighting (2 units); Drama 450, Theatre Management (2 units); 
Drama 472, American Theatre (3 units); Drama 473AB, World Drama (6 
units); Drama 475AB, History of Theatre (6 units) 25 

MINOR IN DRAMA 

The minor in drama consists of 23 units, 12 of which must be in upper division. 

' Lower Division: Drama 211, Introduction to Oral Interpretation (3 units); Drama 
263 A or B, Beginning Acting (3 units); Drama 276AB, Beginning Stagecraft 
(4 units); Drama 285 A, Theatrical Makeup (1 unit). 

Upper Division: Drama 314AB, Reading Theatre (6 units); OR Drama 370AB, 
^ Fundamentals of Directing (6 units); Drama 473 A or B, World Drama (3 units); 

Drama 475A or B, History of the Theatre (3 units), 
i Candidates for the secondary teaching credential who wish to minor in drama 
uiust obtain approval from the Drama Department. Students minoring in drama 
^ust participate in the casts or crews for a minimum of four theatre productions. 
Students must also enroll for Drama 442, Teaching Drama in the Secondary School, 
2 units. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN DRAMA 

The aster of arts degree in drama is designed to provide a program of 
coordinated graduate studies built on the framework of the undergraduate prepa- 
i'^tion; to provide added incentive for intellectual growth reflected in improvement 
iu teaching and professional recognition; and to provide a sound basis for con- 
tinued graduate study in the field of drama. The student is expected to demon- 
^trate a high degree of intellectual and creative competence and to demonstrate 


99 


English 


mastery of his field of concentration in one of the areas of emphasis in drama: 
(1) theatre history, (2) dramatic literature and criticism, (3) acting and directing, 
(4) playwriting, (5) technical theatre, (6) oral interpretation, (7) radio and tele- 
vision, (8) dance, (9) children’s theatre. 

Prer«quifitas 

In addition to the college requirements, students admitted to this program must 
have earned 24 upper division units in drama. Students will complete an oral inter- 
view before being admitted to a program of studies. 

Progrom of Studios 

The degree study plan in drama will include at least 30 units of adviser-approved 
graduate studies, 15 units of which must be in 500-level courses. Elach program 
will have 24 units in drama; a core of 6 units (Drama 500, Introduction to Gradu- 
ate Study— taken very early in the program, and Drama 598, Thesis); and six units 
of adviser-approved supporting courses in related fields in other departments. Before 
the degree is granted each student will pass an oral and written examination. 

For funher information, consult the Department of Drama. Also see “The 
Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 69, and the Graduate Bulletin, 

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH 

Professors: Cummings, Jones,* McNelly, Obler, Ramsay, Salz, Schneider, Sears, 
Wagner (chairman), Watkin 

Associate Professors: Austin, Cox, Greenwood, Haaker, Hodges, Huebner, Hughes, 
Rubinstein, Scott, Scoufos, Sharma, Tumas 
Assistant Professors: Edwards, Epstein, Friend, Gilde, Heinze, Hengeveld, Miller, 
Oleyar, Petalas, Pitkin, Seller, Shapiro, Spangler 
Instructors: Antonelli, Cabanel-Evans, Fuller, Hayden, Kilker, Mauch 
Lecturers: deFrance, Farmer, Hipolito, Lynn, Romotsky 

The English department offers courses designed to acquaint the student with 
the nature and development of our language, with the literatures of England and 
America, and with the disciplines involved in the various kinds of writing. Except 
for the required freshman English offerings, courses in world literature in Elnglhh 
translation are listed separately, under Comparative Literature. In addition the 
Department of English offers some specialized professional courses for the prepara* 
tion of teachers. On the senior and graduate levels, various opportunities are pro* 
vided for seminar work and independent study. 

English 101 and 102 or their equivalents or the consent of the instructor 
a prerequisite to all English and comparative literature courses numbered 200 and 
above. 

BACHILOR OF ARTS DIORIIi INOLISH MAJOR 

Requirements: A total of 36 units beyond English 101 and 102 or their equiva* 
lents, with the following distribution: 

Lower Division (maximum of 9 units) 

May include survey courses in British, American, or World Literature. 

Basic Course (3 units) 

201 Analysis of Literary Forms 
Upper Division (minimum of 27 units) 

Language and composition (minimum of 3 units), selected from the following- 
301 Advanced Composition 

* College tdminiitretive officer. 

100 


fngffih 


303 The Structure of Modem English 

490 History of the English Language 

American Literature: 

321 American Literature to Whitman 

322 American Literature from Twain to the Moderns 
Major Author Courses (9 units) 

333 Chaucer 

334 Shakespeare 

341 Milton 

Period courses (minimum of 6 units, at least 3 in a period preceding the Roman- 
tic Movement) selected from the following: 

335 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama 

336 Elizabethan Poetry and Prose 

337 Seventeenth Century Poetry and Prose 

342 The Age of Reason in English Literature 

343 The Romantic Movement in English Literature 

344 The Literature of the Nineteenth Century after 1830 

345 The Development of the English Novel through Jane Austen 

346 The Development of the Nineteenth-Century English Novel 

462 Modem British and American Novels 

463 Contemporary British and American Novels 

464 Modern British and American Drama 

466 Modern British and American Poetry 

Transfer students should consult with their advisers who may recommend the 
granting of further credit for lower division work completed at other institutions. 

Electives to complete a minimum of 36 units selected from additional courses 
m language and composition, period courses, literary criticism, senior seminars, and 
comparative literature. Comparative literature offerings are listed separately, but 
count toward an English major. 

A program of literary studies gains in perspective through the study of history, 
sociology, philosophy, and psychology. These fields offer vital lifelines which 
nourish and deepen understanding of literature. Students of literature are strongly 
advised to include such courses in their program, particularly in the areas of 
philosophy and psychology. 

English majors who intend to pursue graduate study are urged to acquire pro- 
ficiency in at least one foreign language. Note: Freshmen intending to major in 
^glish should complete two years of course work in a foreign language, or dem- 
onstrate equivalent accomplishment by transfer or by examination. 

MINOR IN ENGLISH 

Requirements: a total of 21 units. 

^oiver Division (maximum of 9 units) 

^^1| 211, 212, or any lower division course beyond English 101 and 102 or the 
equivalent. 

Lower Division electives (3 units) 

^Pper Division (minimum of 12 units), including: 

^erican Literature (minimum of 3 units), selected from the following: 

^21 American Literature to Whitman 

American Literature from Twain to the Moderns 

Language and composition (minimum of 3 units), selected from the following: 

^01 Advanced Composition 


101 


Foreign Languages and Literatures 


303 The Structure of Modem English 
490 History of the English Language 
Major Author Courses (minimum of 6 units) 

334 Shakespeare 
333 Chaucer or 
341 Milton 

MASTER OF ARTS IN ENGLISH 

To qualify for admission to the program for the M.A. in English (classified 
graduate status) a student must hold a bachelor’s degree in English from an ac- 
credited institution at which he has maintained at least a 3.0 grade point average 
in the major courses; or if he holds a bachelor’s degree in another major, he must 
have completed 24 units of upper-division course work in English with at least 
a 3.0 grade point average. If the student lacks the prerequisite number of English 
courses, he must make them up before he may begin work in the master’s degree 
program, earning at least a 3.0 in such make-up coursework. In the event that the 
student’s G.P.A. in prerequisite English courses is less than 3.0, he may be allowed 
to take from 6 to 9 units of probationary, adviser-approved coursework. If his 
GJP.A. in these probationary courses is 3.0 or better, he may be admitted (classi- 
fied) and the courses, if appropriate, may be applied to the master’s program. 

A student is required to have two years of one foreign language at the c allege 
level or 6 units of study in comparative literature. If taken as graduate work, these 
6 units may be applied to the master’s degree under “units in subjects related to 
English.” 


Program: 

Minimum units in courses restricted to graduate students (500 series) 18 

Maximum units in specified upper-division courses in English 6 

Units in subjects related to English 6 


Total 30 

During his last semester or session, the student must enroll in Independent Gradu- 
ate Research (English 599) as one of his “500” courses. At the conclusion of this 
course he will take the written comprehensive examination for the master’s degree 

Note: The student is strongly advised to take the steps necessary for admission 
to the program before registering for his first graduate courses. Part of the admis- 
sion process is to confer with the graduate adviser, who will analyze prerequisites 
and designate those courses which will apply to the degree program. Courses taken 
by an unclassified student do not necessarily apply toward a degree. At the time 
the student achieves classified status, no more than 9 units of postgraduate course- 
work may be applied to the master’s degree program. 

For further information, consult the Department of English. 

Also see “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 69, and the Graduate Bulletin' 


DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES 
AND LITERATURES 

Professors; Kline (chairman), Mathieu 

Associate Professors; Arana, Feldman, Merrifield, Shapley, Van Ginneken 
Assistant Professors; Boarino, Cartledge, Mayer, Vasari, Zimmermann 
Instructors; Pena, Tussing 

Lecturers: Bloom, Cochrum, Curiel, Vacherot, Valade 


102 


Foreign Languages and Literatures 


The program of the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures is de- 
signed to meet the needs of several types of students, including those who seek 
a liberal arts education with an emphasis on a foreign language and its literature; 
those who intend to teach at the elementary, secondary, or college level; those 
who plan to use foreign languages in professional careers; or those who desire 
to pursue graduate studies. The program emphasizes high standards of achievement 
in the practical use of the language, in the study of its literature and its culture, 
in the mastery of applied linguistics, and in methodology of teaching, the latter 
acquired in part through apprenticeship. 

A student may enroll at any point in the sequence of courses for which his pre- 
vious study has prepared him. A proficiency examination will be administered to all 
incoming students early in Orientation Week. 

Two awards are available annually to students majoring in this department: 
(1) a cash award to the winner of the F. F. Beer Annual E^ay Contest in French, 
German and Spanish; (2) a cash award, given by the Club Los Amigos of Fullerton, 
to an upper division student who is a prospective teacher of Spanish and whose 
scholarship merits recognition. 

MAJOR IN A FOREIGN LANGUAGE 

Three options are offered: French, German or Spanish. Requirements: Courses 
101, 102, 203, 204, 213, 214, or their equivalents completed satisfactorily; plus a 
minimum of 24 units of upper division courses, including 317, 375, 431, 441, 
451, 461. 

Attention is directed to the courses in foreign literatures in translation listed else- 
where in this catalog under Comparative Literature. These courses may not be 
counted toward a major in a foreign language. 

MINOR IN A FOREIGN LANGUAGE 

Reqmrernents: Courses 101, 102, 203, 204, 213, 214, or their equivalents, completed 
satisfactorily; plus nine units in upper division courses selected in consultation with 
the adviser. Minor concentrations are offered in French, German, Portuguese, Rus- 
sian and Spanish. 

MAJOR IN TWO FOREIGN LANGUAGES 

Two options are offered: Romance Languages Major (French and Spanish) and 
Germanic-Romance Languages Major (German and French or Spanish). A stu- 
dent electing the double major must fulfill all the requirements for a Major in a 
Single Language and, in addition, the requirements for a Minor in a Single Lan- 
guage. 

MAJOR IN LINGUISTICS 

Requirements for the bachelor of arts degree in linguistics are listed on page 
108. 

CREDENTIAL PROGRAMS 

All prospective teachers, before being admitted to a credential program, must 
pass a proficiency examination in which their skills of listening, speaking, reading. 
Writing and knowledge of linguistic principles will be tested. The examination is 
administered twice yearly, in September and February. Students should make 
^rangements with the Department to take the test during their senior year or 
during the first semester of their fifth year. 

STANDARD TEACHING CREDENTIAL WITH A SPECIALIZATION 
IN ELEMENTARY TEACHING 

. Smdents who are candidates for the standard teaching credential with a special- 
isation in elementary teaching must also complete the professional requirements, 
including Foreign Languages Education 432 and 433. 


103 


Foreign Languages and Literatures 

STANDARD TEACHING CREDENTIAL WITH A SPECIALIZATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 

The credential program is the same as for the liberal arts major, with the fol- 
lowing additional requirements: 

Foreign Languages Education 442; 

French or German or Spanish Applied Linguistics 466; 
plus six units in the major language selected with the approval of the adviser and 
taken in the senior year or thereafter at the 400 and 500 level. 

INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS 

In accordance with recommendations made by the Modern Language Association 
of America, the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures encourages all 
majors interested in a teaching career to participate in a study-abroad program. 
This will enable a student to perfect his mastery of the language and afford him 
additional insights into the foreign culture. To this end, the California State Col- 
leges International Programs offer a wide variety of study opportunities on the 
junior, senior and graduate level. Language majors are, however, required to com- 
plete a minimum of three literature courses at the 400 level on the Fullerton 
campus. For further information, see page 39. 

THE LANGUAGE LABORATORY 

Students enrolling in courses 101, 102, 203, 204 are required, in addition to the 
regular class periods, to practice for the minimum of prescribed time in the lan- 
guage laboratory. The 30-station laboratory operates like a library; students may 
use it at a time most convenient to them, preferably every day in sessions of 15 
to 30 minutes. Further details will be announced by each instructor and by the 
supervisor of the language laboratory. 

Students are invited to make use of the collection of literary and cultural record- 
ings in French, German, Portuguese, Russian and Spanish available in the language 
laboratory. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN FOREIGN LANGUAGES 

The degree of master of arts in foreign languages, with concentrations in French, 
German, or Spanish, requires a minimum of 30 semester units beyond the bachelor’s 
degree. A candidate presenting a B.A. which has fewer than 24 upper division units 
in the major, or is otherwise inadequate, normally will be required to take addi- 
tional courses to build a full undergraduate major before beginning the graduate 
program. The 30 units in the graduate program are distributed as follows: 

Units 


Language and linguistics courses (minimum of 9 on 500 level) 12 

Literature courses (minimum of 6 on 500 level) 12 

Subjects in an approved related field 6 

Minimum total 30 

A part of the 30 units may be assigned to a thesis. 


The candidate for the master of arts degree must consult a graduate adviser 
before beginning his program. He must take the Graduate Record Examination 
(aptitude and advanced test in the language area) before being admitted to clas- 
sified graduate status. 

For further information, consult the Department of Foreign Languages and Liter- 
atures. 

See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 69, and the Graduate Bulletin- 


104 


Geography 


DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY 

Professor: E^rick 

Associate Professors: Helin, Reith (chairman), Sutton 
Assistant Professors: Ketteringham, Pettyjohn 
Instructor: Sager 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN GEOGRAPHY 

The major in geography provides knowledge concerning variety and change in 
the earth’s physical foundation and in man’s economic, cultural and political rela- 
tionship to that foundation. In doing so it contributes to a broad, liberal education 
and furnishes sound preparation for employment in business, planning, and govern- 
ment service. The field also provides a foundation for teaching on the elementary 
and secondary levels and for advanced geographic study on the graduate level 
leading to university and college teaching and research. 

Unit Requirements 

The major consists of at least 36 units of geography, including no more than 13 
units of lower division work and excluding all work applied toward the general 
education requirement. To fulfill the major a student must complete, with no 
grade lower than a C, the geography core (Geography 100, 206, 210 and 233) 
and a 24 unit concentration in upper division geography, including at least one 
course from each of the following groups: 

Physical: 312, 323 

Human: 450, 453, 463, 464, 471, 472, 481, 483 
Technique: 475, 478, 479, 490 
Regional: 431 through 439, 445 

TEACHING MINOR IN GEOGRAPHY 

The minor in geography is intended as a second field for persons completing a 
inajor in another discipline in preparation for a teaching credential. It is designed 
give a basic understanding of earth science and geographic relationships helpful 
to the classroom teacher. The program provides a balance between the physical 
and social sciences. 

*t®quired Courses 

Geography Core. (Geography 100, 206, 210 and 233) 

One course from each of the following groups: physical, human and regional. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN GEOGRAPHY 

This program provides advanced study in geographic concepts, techniques and 
uiethods. Through seminars and research it develops the analytical and interpretive 
abilities of the student, and provides requisite background for employment in 
teaching, government and business. 

^^^requisifes: 

Admission to the program requires the equivalent of 27 semester units of geog- 
raphy distributed as follows: (1) nine units in introductory geography; (2) three 
^tiits in upper division physical geography; (3) six units in upper division human 
geography; (4) six units in upper division techniques; and (5) three units in 
!^PPer division regional geography. A 3.0 (B) average in all geography courses 
required prior to classification in the program. Course or grade deficiencies 
be made up with consent of the departmental graduate committee. Students 
to complete the Graduate Record Examination (advanced geography test) prior 
^0 classification. 


105 


History 


Program of Study: 

After completion of all prerequisites and removal of deficiencies, if any, the 
student is reviewed for classification into the program by the departmental gradu- 
ate committee. On acceptance, an official study plan is developed in consultation 
with the students graduate committee. Requirements for the degree include: 


Units 

Geography 500 Seminar in the Evolution of Geographic Thought 3 

Other seminars in geography 6-9 

Geography 597 Project or Geography 598 Thesis 6 

Elective upper division or graduate geography, including three units of 

technique 9-6 

Upper division or graduate work in related fields 6 

Total - 30 


Candidacy is attained on the satisfactory completion, i.e., B or better in all, of 
12 approved units of work, including at least three units in a 500-level geography 
seminar. A written or oral examination may be required for advancement to 
candidacy. Each candidate normally prepares two three-unit research projects, but, 
if recommended by the student's graduate committee, he may substitute a six-unit 
thesis. Students interested in foreign area studies are expected to demonstrate a 
proficiency in a suitable foreign language. 

For further information, consult the Department of Geography. 

See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 69, and the Graduate Bulletin. 

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY 

Professors: Beck (chairman), Brown,* Langsdorf,* Povlovich * 

Associate Professors: de Graaf, Etue, Feldman, Giacumakis, Onorato, Pivar, Put- 
nam, Sailor, Toy * 

Assistant Professors: Baker, Bellot, Breese, Flickema, Hansen, Hardy, Hunter, 

Jordan, Nagle, Shin, Van Deventer, Weleba, Woodard, Zatko 
Lecturers: Shumway, Stewart 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN HISTORY 

The undergraduate major in history is designed to provide an understanding of 
the present through a careful study of the past. This major may be pursued to ful- 
fill various professional and cultural objectives common to a liberal arts program- 
It serves, especially, as a preparation for teaching, law, government, and other pub- 
lic services, and as the foundation for advanced study at the graduate level. 

The major is composed of a minimum of 24 units in the upper division, plus 
the basic courses in world civilizations (History llOA-llOB) and United States 
History (History 170A-170B). The basic courses may also be used to meet general 
education requirements. Students majoring in history are encouraged to include in 
their lower division programs some work in such fields as anthropology, eco- 
nomics, geography, literature, philosophy, political science and sociology. 

Students intending to do graduate work in history should acquire a reading 
knowledge of at least one foreign language appropriate to the pursuit of advanced 
research in a field of history. 

The 24 units of upper division courses required for the major must include: 

History 399 Historiography (3 units) 

* College administrative officer. 


106 


History 


Six units in United States history 

Six units in European history (from ancient Greece to modem times) 

Six units in the history of Asia, Africa, and Latin America 

TEACHING MINOR IN HISTORY 

The teaching minor in history is composed of at least 20 units in history exclu- 


sive of the general education requirements: 

Recommended teaching minor: Units 

World civilization (or equivalent) 6 

Upper division work in history.. 15 

Total 21 


MASTER OF ARTS IN HISTORY 

General Characteristics: 

j The Master of Arts in History is designed to improve the student’s academic and 
f professional competence for educational services at the elementary, secondary and 
j junior college levels as preparation for advanced graduate work toward the 
doctoral degree in history. It is relevant to various other specialties in public or 
^ private enterprise and general cultural or community service. The program aims 
i to deepen the student’s understanding of the present through a careful study of 
f the past. 

Prerequisites: 

) Prerequisite to this master’s degree is an undegraduate major in history with at 
: least a CiPA of 3.0 in the upper division history courses. Each sudent’s background 
j and record are evaluated by the adviser. Satisfactory scores on the aptitude test and 
I the advanced test in history of the Graduate Record Examination are required, 
i Students with limited subject, grade, or breadth deficiencies may be considered 
' for admission to the program upon completing courses approved by the Graduate 
Coordinator in History in addition to those required for the degree, with at least 
' a B average. 

, Program of Study: 

I Of the 30 units of adviser-approved graduate courses on the study plan for 
J the degree, 15 must be in appropriate work at the 500-level, and six must be in 
I other supportive social sciences or related fields. The required courses are: 
i Hist 501 Seminar in the Content and Method of History (3 units); 

J Hist 590 History and Historians (3 units); 

Hist 598 Thesis (3 or 6 units) or 
Hist 599 Independent Graduate Research 

j A final oral examination on the thesis or a written comprehensive examination 
; approved by the Graduate Coordinator will be required. Students in this 
j program must demonstrate a broad cultural understanding of one or more foreign 
^ countries of import to the master’s degree study program. This requirement may 
I \ be met by a reading knowledge of an appropriate foreign language or an approved 
3 selection of comparative studies (12 units post B.A.), but the method must be 
approved by the student’s adviser. In certain programs an examination in statistics 
be substituted for the language requirement. 

, For further information, consult the Department of History. 

1 See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 69, and the Graduate Bulletin. 


\ 


107 


Interdisciplinary Center 

THE INTERDISCIPLINARY CENTER 

The Interdisciplinary Center has been established to encourage and develop a 
variety of courses and programs which often crosscut the established disciplines. 
Such courses may involve the interrelating and synthesizing of ideas, methods, or 
factual materials from two or more fields of knowledge. In addition to the courses 
being offered by the established departments and sponsored by the Center, there 
are currently some dozen courses offered by the Center itself (see page 236). The 
Onter hopes to increase these offerings and is expecting to sponsor a Faculty 
Interdisciplinary Seminar to which students may be invited. 

For information write to the Director, Dr. Paul C. Obler, Interdisciplinary Center. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN LINGUISTICS 


(An Interdisciplinary Program) 


The degree in linguistics is an interdisciplinary program administered by the 
Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures in collaboration with the 
Departments of Anthropology, English, Philosophy, and Speech through their 
representatives on the Linguistics Committee. 

This program is designed for students with an exceptional interest in and apti- 
tude for the study of the systems of human communication. It enables the under- 
graduate student to perceive the function of language in the development of 
civilization; to understand the essential relationships between language and thought 
and language and culture; to gain substantial familiarity with the structure of for- 
eign languages as well as English; to observe several types of linguistic structures; 
and to become conversant with the historical study of language and formal tech- 
niques and theoretical foundations of linguistic analysis. The program will enable 
the student with linguistic and philological interests to grasp the scope of the entire 
field and, in addition, to determine more accurately the most meaningful concen- 
trations in graduate study. 

Lower Division Requirements 
One year of Latin or Greek (6) 

Anthropology 202 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (3) 

Philosophy 210 Logic (3) 

Upper Division Requirements (minimum of 30 units) 


Linguistics 406 Descriptive Linguistics (3) 

Linguistics 530 Historical Linguistics (3) 

Linguistics 490 Linguistics in Relation to Other Disciplines ( 1-4) 
Linguistics 410 Language and Culture (3) 

English 490 History of the English Language (3) 

317 course in a modem foreign language (3) 

Linguistics 341 Phonetics (3) 

Linguistics 404 General Semantics (2) 

Linguistics 375 The Philosophy of Language (3) 

One elective (or more) from the following: 

Mathematics 305 Elements of Set Theory (3) 

Quantitative Method 364 (Computer Logic and Programming (3) 
Psychology 161 Elementary Statistics (3) or 
Mathematics 335 A, B Probability and Mathematical Statistics (3) 
Speech 403 Speech Development (3) 

English 303 Structure of Modem English (3) 

Mathematics 304 Mathematical Logic (3) 

4(X) course in a modem foreign language (3) 


108 


Mathematics 


Philosophy 368 Symbolic Logic (3 ) 

Linguistics 402 Phonetic Analysis of Speech (3) 

Linguistics 499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Students must consult with an adviser in linguistics through the Department of 
Foreign Languages and Literatures, before establishing their individual course of 
study. 


DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS 

Professors: Ames (chairman), Gilbert 

Associate Professors: Benson, Egbert, V. J. Klassen, V. M. Klassen, Sandberg, Stiel 
Assistant Professors: Beck, Buchman, Dinerstein, Marley, Miller, Zee 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MATHEMATICS 

The program of studies in mathematics offers courses stressing the understanding 
of mathematical concepts and the axiomatic approach. A sufficient variety of courses 
is given to satisfy the needs of: 

(1) The proficient student aiming toward graduate study, 

(2) The student planning to use mathematics in a career in industry and gov- 
ernment service, 

(3) Preprofessional students in other science areas, 

(4) The prospective elementary and secondary teacher. (See special programs 
of study below.) 

In addition to mathematics, the major in the regular program will be required 
to pursue a year of general college physics with a calculus prerequisite. 

The department encourages the study of a modem foreign language. Each major 
is expected to complete with at least a C average a semester of German, French, 
Russian, Spanish or its equivalent. In particular those students considering grad- 
uate work should complete the 203 or 303 course in German, French, or Russian. 

No credit toward the major will be allowed for specific major courses in which 
a grade of D is obtained. To qualify for a baccalureate degree in mathematics, 
students must have a C average in all courses required for the major including 
those in the related sciences. 

A placement test is given to students in the Department of Mathematics to 
tletermine their readiness to start the calculus. 

The basic courses in mathematics may also be used to meet the general education 

requirements. 


jy Major Program in Mathematics 

Required courses: ^^^ts 

Math 150A,B Analytic Geometry and Calculus 8 

Math 250 Intermediate Calculus - - ^ 

Math 291 Linear Algebra — — 5 

Math 306 Vector and Tensor Analysis | ? 

Math 307 Elementary Differential Geometry ) 

Math 302 Modem Algebra - 3 

Math 350A,B Advanced Calculus - - ^ 

Math 407 Abstract Algebra 


(choice of three).. 


Math 412 Complex Analysis 
Math 414 Topology 
Math 450 Real Analysis 

Any other 400-level course in mathematics 


39 


109 


Mathematics 


Minor Program in Mathematics 

A mathematics minor shall consist of 20 units of coursework selected from the 
courses offered by the Mathematics Department. They must include Mathematics 
291 and at least six upper division units from the Mathematics Department. Each 
course must be completed with a grade C or better. 


Option in Mathematics for Teacher Education 


for Elementary or Secondary Education 


Math 150A-B Analytic Geometry and Calculus 

Math 250 Intermediate Calculus 

Math 291 Linear Algebra 

Math 302 Modem Algebra ] / i . x 

Math 330 Number Theory ] 

Math Ed 311 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics — Algebra 

Math Ed 312 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics — Geometry.—. 
Math 315 Euclidean Geometry ) / l • \ 

Math 320 Projective Geometry ) oice; 

Math 335AorB Probability and Mathematical Statistics. 

Electives in mathematics, 300 courses or higher 


Units 
. 8 
. 4 
. 3 

. 3 

. 3 
. 3 

. 3 

. 3 
. 9 


39 

Grade requirements and foreign language requirements for the candidate in the 
option for teacher education are as above. Furthermore, he may choose either the 
year of physics with the calculus prerequisite or a semester each of chemistry for 
science majors and a semester of physics with a calculus prerequisite. 

Minor Program in Mathematics for Teacher Education 

A. For elementary education the minor shall consist of 20 units of course work 
selected from the course listings in mathematics and mathematics education. These 
courses must include Mathematics DOB and Mathematics Education 303 A,B. 

B. For secondary education the minor shall consist of 20 units of course work 
selected from the course listings in mathematics and mathematics education. These 
courses must include Mathematics 291 and six units of upper division courses in 
mathematics or mathematics education. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN MATHEMATICS 

Genera! Characteristics: 

The M.A. in Mathematics is designed to provide advanced study for students 
interested in continuing studies for a Ph.D. in mathematics, junior college teach- 
ing and mathematical analysis in industry. 

Prerequisites: 

Prerequisites to the program include: 

(1) possession of a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution; 

(2) an undergraduate major in mathematics or a combination of courses and 
work experience which the student’s graduate committee evaluates as satis- 
factory preparation. 

Students with limited preparation or grade deficiencies may be considered for 
admission to the program, upon completion of committee-approved courses with at 
least a B average. 


110 


Music 


Program of Study: 

The degree program requires 30 units of graduate study approved by the sm- 
dent’s graduate committee. Sixteen of these units must be 500-level mathematics 
courses. Each student will be required to take electives to insure competence in 
algebra, analysis, topology and geometry. Nine units will be required outside the 
student’s major field of interest which may consist of algebra, analysis, topology, 
geometry or applied mathematics. 

Proficiency in reading mathematics literature in an adviser-approved foreign 
language will be required before advancement to candidacy and before the depart- 
ment will recommend the awarding of the degree, the candidate must pass exami- 
nations (written and/or oral) designed to test his competence in the course work 
he has taken. 

For more detailed information or advisement, students should communicate with 
the Chairman of the Department of Mathematics. 

See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 69, and the Graduate Bulletin. 


DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC 

Professors: Gray,* Landon (chairman), Lewis, Thorsen 
Associate Professors: Fuszek, Kreter, Michalsky, Reims 

Assistant Professors: Charlton, Karson, Kincaid, McCarty, Paul, Remsen, Vaughan 
Instructors: Chadwick, Unruh 
Lecturer: Minor 

Lecturers in applied music (part time): Bloch (clarinet), Caudill (string bass), 
Chassman (violin, viola), Fleming (trombone), Goodwin (percussion), Hender- 
son (french horn), Howard (flute), Imry (guitar), Kemalyan (voice), Kidd 
(trumpet), Lustgarten (cello), Moritz (flute), Muggeridge (oboe), Nowlin 
(bassoon), Olsson (voice), Plummer (violin), Remsen (harp), Stockhammer 
(flute), Voorhies (piano). Weaver (piano), Shaffer (organ). 


The Department of Music offers courses in music for both majors and non- 
n^ajors. The fundamental purpose of the music major curriculum leading toward 
^he baccalaureate degree is to provide the necessary training in each of the related 
aspects of music such as its history and literature, theoretical studies, and musical 
performance. Such a program of studies is based on the need to provide serious 
students with a core curriculum which will prepare the individual in such areas 
(a) the knowledge of the history and relationships of music as an art form, (b) 
a comprehensive and analytical understanding of musical literature, (c) a working 
knowledge of music theory and structure, (d) a high degree of competence in a 
performing field, and (e) a specialization within the major. 

The music program is designed to educate: 


1. Students in general, in terms of composite minors, music minors, or broad 
offerings in the humanities or liberal arts. 

2. Students preparing to teach in the elementary and/or secondary schools, with 
a major field concentration in music (special music teachers). 

L Students preparing to teach in the elementary schools with a major field con- 
centration in music (classroom teachers) . 

Students preparing to teach in the junior colleges and four-year colleges with 
a major field concentration in music. 


College administrative officer. 


Ill 


Mus/c 


5. Students other than music majors preparing to teach as classroom teachers in 
the elementary schools. 

6. Students wishing to prepare for various vocations in music, such as: 

a. Church music directors and organists 

b. Teachers of music in private studios 

c. Music librarians 

d. Professional performers of music 

e. Composers and arrangers 

f. Industrial and recreational music directors 

REQUIREMENTS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC 

Note: Special requirements are available in detail from the office of the Depart- 
ment of Music. 

1. Placement examinations in basic piano, voice, theory, and performance will 
be given all music majors at the time of entrance to the college. Students 
deficient in any of these areas will be expected to take additional work as 
recommended by the faculty adviser. 

2. Music majors will be expected to declare a principal area of performance with 
the approval of the department chairman and faculty adviser, no later than the 
beginning of the junior year. It will be expected that each student will pre- 
pare for suitable development within this major area of performance, culmi- 
nating in the successful presentation of a senior recital before he may be ap- 
proved for graduation. The following steps should be taken as a part of this 
preparation: 

a. Declaration of an area of performance concentration (voice, piano, instru- 
ment, or combination solo instrument or voice and conducting) at the 
time of entrance to the college. 

b. Demonstration of performance progress before a faculty jury each se- 
mester. 

c. Appearance in at least one minor recital or an assisting performer at 
least once each semester. 

3. All music majors are required to participate in a major performance group 
(band, orchestra, or chorus) each semester of the regular school year. Students 
who are wind or percussion instrument majors in their applied field must 
register for band (or orchestra if designated by instrumental faculty) every 
semester; string majors must register for orchestra every semester; voice majors 
must register for chorus every semester. Music education majors whose per- 
formance area is piano or organ should be assigned to one major performance 
group by academic adviser. Exceptions to this requirement may be made only 
by action of the music faculty. 

4. Instrumental and piano majors are required to take part in small ensembles 
for a minimum of two semesters. 

5. The major area of performance concentration for major in music requires 
work in applied music, as follows: 

a. Piano, voice and instrumental majors — must complete a minimum of ^ 
semesters of applied music in the major field of concentration, leading 
toward the successful presentation of a senior recital in the major per- 
formance field. 

b. Choral or instrumental conducting majors — must complete a minimum oi 
eight semesters of applied music in the major field of performance con- 
centration, in addition to a minimum of six units in conducting, leading 


112 


Music 


toward the successful presentation of a joint recital in the major per- 
forming field or a conducting recital or both. 

c. A functional piano examination will be taken at the beginning of the 
junior year by all music majors. 

d. Composition majors must complete a minimum of eight units, including: 
Mu 322A, B; Mu 370 (2-4 units); Mu 371 (2 units). This course of study 
will culminate in the successful completion of a composition recital, for 
the B.A. degree. 

6. Senior transfer students entering California State College, Fullerton with a 
major in music, or graduate students in music entering to complete credential 
requirements are expected to complete a minimum of one semester of suc- 
cessful upper division work in music before they may be approved for di- 
rected teaching. Required courses and competencies expected of all the college 
music majors must be satisfied before endorsement by the faculty committee 
for acceptance in the credential program. 

7. Elementary credential candidates majoring in music (B.A. in Music) are re- 
quired to complete 2 units of Mu 499 in the semester immediately preceding 
Student Teaching and to take Mu 599 for one unit concurrently with Student 
Teaching. Normally, both courses will be taken in the student’s graduate year. 

8. All music majors will be expected to attend a weekly departmental organization 
class (Mu 4(X)) each semester of enrollment. 

MUSIC DEGREE PROGRAMS 

The Department of Music offers a variety of courses and programs leading 
to baccalaureate and graduate degrees in teaching and the professions. These 
degrees may be earned in two degree patterns. It is possible to elect suitable 
concentration within these specializations in such areas as applied music, composi- 
tion, conducting, music education, and music history and literature. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MUSIC 

This program prepares students in either (1) music history and literature, or 
(2) music for elementary classroom teachers. 

The music history and literature specialization provides suitable preparation for 
advanced degrees in musicology and for certain preprofessional goals, including 
the fields of musical acoustics, music therapy, ethnomusicology, library science 
m music, and music in industry and recreation. 

The emphasis for classroom teaching is not designed for the music specialist 
in public schools (see Bachelor of Music) and would require additional course 
'^'ork in some areas if used as preparation for most graduate degrees in music. 

The bachelor of arts in music shall consist of no fewer than 45 units, of which 
at least 25 shall be in the upper division. The following minimum requirements are 
basic to this degree objective: 

Muric Requirements: 

l^ower Divison Units 

^nsic Theory (Mu 111A,B; 211 A3) - - 12 

Music History and Literature (251) — 3 

Applied Techniques (including ensemble, principal instrument or voice) 4 

Total 19 


113 


Music 


Upper Division Urdu 

Music Theory 6 

(Note: Majors in musicology must include Mu 3 12 A3 (4), counter- 
point, and Mu 321A, Form and Analysis, or Mu 323A, Orchestra- 
tion) 

Music History and Literature (Mu 351 A,B) 6 

Specialization in the major and general electives in music 14 

Music History and Literature * Classroom Teaching 

Emphasis Emphasis 

Must include two period or Must include Mu 333, Music 

specialized music history and and (3hild Development 3 units 

literature courses _.4 units 

Total 26 

Total, lower and upper division 4S 

Allied Requirements: 

Music History and Literature Emphasis 

1. An academic minor 20 

(by approval of the academic adviser and the department) 


To provide suitable preparation in academic disciplines outside the field 
of music in such areas as 

(a) liberal arts studies; 

(b) supportive courses for advanced degrees in musicology; and, 

(c) preprofessional goals 

2. Foreign language, to be satisfied by one of the following: 

(a) four years study of foreign language at the secondary school level, 

(b) a pass examination given by the Department of Foreign Languages 
and Literatures, or 

(c) completion of the second semester of the 10-unit beginning course 
in foreign language. 

Classroom Teacher Emphasis 

1. Diversified studies in academic areas appropriate for classroom teachers 
such as English, literature, mathematics, science, art, drama, social sci- 
ences, foreign language, and physical education and health by consulta- 
tion with the major and professional advisers. 

2. A course in diction or foreign language. 

(May be satisfied by a minimum of 1 semester of foreign language or 
Mu 390, Diction for Singers) 

3. Completion of Ed 311, Ed 331 and admittance to Teacher Education. 

BACHELOR OF MUSIC 

This degree program is for the development of persons specializing in perform- 
ance and applied music techniques.f 

* Elementary credential candidates must take a minimum of two units each of piano and voic* 
(nonprincipal) and pass satisfactorily the junior level proficiency in each, 
t This program also can prepare the student for a teaching career as a music specialist in the 

lie elementary or secondary schools and junior colleges of California. Tne music education 
emphasis is a five year program leading toward the Standard Teaching Credential, Secondary 
Schc^l Teaching Specialization. Holders of this credential, secondary specialization, may teach 
music in either or both secondary and elementary public schools of California. For compl^^^ 
professional education requirements, see School of Education section. In the post-graduate 
year, students must complete the music education techniques block (Mu Ed 441, 442, 44^ 
and 449) before admission to student teaching. 


114 


Music 


The music major, professional degree program, shall consist of no fewer than 
64 semester units, of which at least 36 shall be in the upper division. The following 
minimum requirements are basic to this degree objective. 

Lower Divioion 

Music Theory (Mu inA,B; 211 A,B) 


Music History and Literature (Mu 251) 
t Applied techniques: 

Principal instrument or voice 

Major performance ensemble 




Units 
- 12 
» 3 

.. 12 


Total . 


27 


Upper Division 

Music Theory (Mu 312A, 321A, 322A, 323A) 8 

Music History and Literature (Mu 351 A3) ^ 

Applied techniques: 

Principal instrument or voice 4] 

Major performance ensemble 4) 

t Specialization in the major (to be selected in consultation with and with 
the approval of the academic adviser) from appropriate areas of: 

Chamber or allied performance ensembles 2] \i; 

13 } 


Composition, conducting, and/or performance- 
Total 


37 


Total, lower and upper division 64 

MINOR IN MUSIC 

The minor in music may be used as an appropriate area of study by persons 
whose majors are in other fields, or may be used to satisfy minor field requirements 
for elementary or secondary teaching credentials. A maximum of 12 units from 
the lower division may be included in work counted toward the music minor. The 
niusic minor requires a minimum preparation of 20 units. 

Composite of Lower Division and Upper Division Units 

Theory of Music (selected from Mu 101, 111A,B, 211 A3 or aoy 300- or 

400-level theory classes for which student is qualified) 6 

Music History and Literature (Mu 100, 251, 350 or courses at the 4(X) 

or 500 level for which student is qualified) - - 4-6 

Applied Techniques (including ensemble, conducting, piano or voice, or- 
chestral instruments, and principal instrument or voice).- 8-10 

Note: Students expecting to use the minor for teaching must complete 
four units (two courses) of Mu 281 a-e. Orchestral Instruments and a 
niinimum of two units in an ensemble appropriate to their area of speciali- 
zation. — 

Total 20 


MASTIR OF ARTS IN MUSIC 

The program of studies leading to the master of arts in music provides advanced 
f^udies in breadth as well as in an area of graduate specialization. The program 
IS further intended to provide advanced course work with a suitable balance in 

education lower division emphasis vdll include principal instrument or voice — 4 units; 
functional piano and/or voice— 4 units. Upper division emphasis will include conducting— 
o units; and orchestral instruments — 8 units. 


115 


Philosophy 


such music studies as theory, composition, history, literature and advanced applied 
techniques. There are suitable graduate specializations in the areas of history and 
literature of music; advanced applied techniques; theory-composition; and music 
education. 

The master of ans in music is especially designed for teachers and supervisors 
of music; persons intending to specialize in applied fields in the pursuit of occu- 
pational goals; individuals preparing for college teaching; and persons intending to 
pursue advanced degrees beyond the master’s level. 

Prerequisites for Admission to the Program 

The student must have a baccalaureate degree with a major in music (or the 
equivalent of a major, i.e., 24 upper division courses in music). Opportunity is 
given the student to remove deficiencies by taking certain prescribed courses. 
Such courses cannot be applied to the master’s degree program. The student must 
also take the aptitude and advanced music tests of the Graduate Record Exam- 
ination and pass the graduate music placement-proficiency examination. 

Requirements for the Degree 

The degree program requires 30 units of graduate study, no more than nine of 
which shall be outside the field of music, and at least 12 of which must be in 
500-level courses in the major. The student will take Mu 500 (Graduate Studies 
in Music, two units) early in his program, and must include at least four units in 
history and literature of music, four in advanced techniques, two in theory com- 
position, and an added six units in one of the above, or in music education, as an 
area of specialization. A thesis or project is required, for which three units may 
be granted. In addition, each program will include at least six units of study out- 
side the field of music, but supportive to the program. Each program is individu- 
ally designed in conference with the adviser. 

For funher information, consult the Department of Music. 

Also see “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 69, and the Graduate Bulletin. 

FEES FOR APPLIED MUSIC 

Studio lesson fee, half-hour lessons (one unit) and examination, per lesson, 
$1 to $10. 


DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY 

Professors: Alamshah, Becker,* Hayner (chairman) 

Associate Professor: Silvers 
Instructors: Cronquist, Hitchcock 
Lecturer: Cox 


BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PHILOSOPHY 

The major in Philosophy is designed to provide the undergraduate student with 
(1) information about the achievements of the world’s outstanding philosophers 
in the analysis and resolution of philosophic issues, and (2) some measure of skill 
in analyzing and resolving such issues as they arise in his own areas of inter^- 
Courses in Philosophy are selected to provide both breadth and depth in exploring 
and analyzing philosophic concerns. 

* College administiative officer. 


116 


Physics 


Requirements for the Major: 

A. A minimum of 30 units in Philosophy. 

B. Lower Division (Maximum of 6 units beyond general education require- 
ments). 

1. Philosophy 290 (3) 

2. Philosophy 291 0) 

Note: Students who have taken their lower division work elsewhere will be 
given credit for equivalent coursework. Up to 6 units of such coursework may 
be allowed for credit at the discretion of the department. 

C. Upper Division (Minimum of 24 units) 

1. Philosophy 300 (3) 

2. Philosophy 301 (3) 

3. At least 9 units at the 400 level, to include: 

a. At least one seminar, (3) 

b. Philosophy 499, and (3) 

c. A 400 level elective other than a seminar. (3) 

A program in philosophy profits greatly through the study of literature, 
psychology, and the social sciences. Students of philosophy are advised to supple- 
ment their studies in philosophy with coursework offered in these fields. Philosophy 
majors are urged to acquire proficiency in a foreign language. 

MINOR IN PHILOSOPHY 

Requirements for the Minor: 

A. A minimum of 21 units in Philosophy. 

B. Lower Division (Maximum of 9 units beyond general education require- 
ments) . 

1. Philosophy 290 (3) 

2. Philosophy 291 0) 

C. Upper Division (Minimum of 12 units) 

1. Philosophy 300 (3) 

2. Philosophy 301 0) 


DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS 

Professon: Adams, R. (chairman), Blend 
Associate Professor: Dittman 

Assistant Professors: Bengtson, Cooperman, Crowley, Johnston 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PHYSICS 

The program leading to the bachelor of arts in physics provides the funda- 
piental instruction basic to the needs of the student who is preparing (1) to teach 
in elementary or secondary schools, (2) to undertake graduate work in physics 
or related fields, (3) to pursue additional collegiate studies leading to professional 
<iegrees in dentistry, law, medicine, nursing, and other professional, related areas, 
and (4) to seek employment in technical and applied fields. 

The faculty is concerned that the student of physics shall have adequate educa- 
non in other liberal arts subjects, including foreign language. Through curriculum 
requirements and through elective subjects, the physics student will be expected 
ro have a broad education in traditional liberal arts subjects, the several sciences, 
mathematics. In particular, the student is urged to make his selections of 
elective courses outside the field of physics. 


Physics 


To qualify for the bachelor of arts in physics, students must have a C average 
in all courses required for the major, including those in mathematics and the related 
sciences. A proficiency in one modern foreign language (Russian, German, or 
French) is required. A reading comprehension of a second foreign language is 
strongly recommended for students planning graduate study leading to the Ph.D. 
degree. This requirement is normally met by completing two semesters of funda- 
mental foreign language (10 units) plus one semester of scientific foreign language 
(3 units) with a grade of C or better in each course. Under unusual circumstances 
the requirement may be met by examination upon approval of the department 
chairman. Application must be made in the departmental office by October 15 for 
examination during the fall semester and by February 1 for examination during 
the spring semester. 

No credit toward the major will be allowed for major courses in which a 
grade of D is received. 


MINIMUM DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE * 

Lower Division Units 

Freshman Seminar 1 

General chemistry (satisfies general education physical science requirement) 10 
Mathematics: analytic geometry and calculus (satisfies general education 

mathematics requirement) 12 

Fundamental physics 13 

Modem foreign language (Russian, German or French) 

Proficiency in one language required. (For details see paragraph above.) 


Upper Division Physics f 

431 Electricity and Magnetism 3 

441 Analytical Mechanics 3 

411 Theory of Wave Motion 3 

455 Introduction to Quantum Physics 3 

453 Nuclear Physics or 

451 Modern Physics 3 

416 Thermodynamics 3 

481A Experimental Physics (electrical measurements and electronics) 3 

481B Experimental Physics (mechanics, acoustics, physical optics, atomic 

spectra 3 

48 1C Experimental Physics (atomic and nuclear physics) 3 

48 ID Experimental Physics (selected experiments in classical and modem 

physics) 3 

Total (upper division) 30 

Roquirod Mothomotics 

Mathematics courses in addition to analytic geometry and calculus 9 


MINOR IN PHYSICS 

A minimum of 20 units of physics are required for a minor. These shall include 
12 units of lower division physics (or equivalent as determined by the department 
of physics), and a minimum of 9 units of upper division physics, including a mini- 
mum of 3 units of Experimental Physics. 

* Substitutions in the program may be made on approval by the draartment chairman. .. 

t Theory courses will normally be taken in the order of listing. Laboratory courses will nonnAny 
be taken in numerical order of course number. 


118 


Physics 


Suggested Eight-semester Program for Mafor in Physics 
Semester 1. Freshman Units 

Phys 101 Freshman Seminar 1 

Math 150 A Analytic Geometry and Calculus 4 

Engl 101 Composition and World Literature 3 

For Lang 101 Fundamental Russian, German, or French — — 5 

Any required general education course 3 

Any physical education activity course 1 

17 

Semester 2. Freshman 

Math 150B Analytic Geometry and Calculus 4 

Engl 102 World Literature and Composition 3 

For Lang 102 Fundamental Russian, German, or French 5 

Phys 221 A, 222 A Fundamental Physics 5 

Any physical education activity course 1 

Total 18 

Semester 3. Sophomore Units 

Math 250 Intermediate Calculus 4 

Phys 22 IB, 222B Fundamental Physics 5 

For Lang 203 Intermediate Russian, German, or French 3 

Chem lOlA General Chemistry 5 

Total 17 

Semester 4. Sophomore 

Math 291 — Linear Algebra 3 

Phys 22 1C Fundamental Physics 3 

Any required general education course 3 

Any required general education course 3 

Chem lOlB General Chemistry 5 

Total 17 

Semester S. Junior 

Upper division mathematics 3 

Phys 431 Electricity and Magnetism 3 

Phys 481 A Experimental Physics — 3 

Any required general education course 3 

Bsc 101 Elements of Biology 5 

Total 17 

Semester 6. Junior 

Upper division mathematics 3. 

Phys 441 Analytical Mechanics 3 

Phys 48 IB Experimental Physics 3 

Phys 411 Theory of Wave Motion 3 

Any required general education course 3 

Any required general education course 3 

Total 18 


119 


Political Science 


Semofter 7. Senior Units 

Phys 455 Introduction to Quantum Physics 3 

Phys 48 IC Elxperimental Physics 3 

Any required general education course 3 

Any required general education course 3 

Elective 3 

Total 15 

(Honor students may add Physics 491, Senior Report (1).) 

Semester 8. Senior 

Phys 416 Thermodynamics 3 

Phys 453 Nuclear Physics or 

Phys 451 Modem Physics • 3 

Phys 48 ID Experimental Physics 3 

Electives 6 

Total 15 

(Honor students may add Physics 492, Senior Report (2).) 


GRADUATE WORK IN PHYSICS 

The Physics Department offered three graduate courses in Physics in 1968-69, 
and it is expanding its graduate course offerings in 1969-70. 


DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Professors: Baldwin, Hyink *, Mason, Richardson (chairman) 

Associate Professors: Bell, Foster, Kerschner 

Assistant Professors: Brown, Feraru, Fisher, Harlow, Keller, Kim, M. Lepper, 
Sutphen, Yinger 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 

The undergraduate major in political science prepares students for teaching, gov- 
ernment employment on the local, state and national level, foreign service, grad- 
uate work in political science, law school, or leadership in civic and political ac- 
tivities. Political science is also of value to prospective special librarians and 
journalists. 

Unit and Course Requirements 

The major consists of 30 units in political science of which at least 24 units must 
be in the upper division, plus 12 units in related departments taken with the ap- 
proval of the adviser. These units are in addition to those meeting the general edu- 
cation requirements. Prospective majors are encouraged to take courses in anthro- 
pology, economics, geography, history, philosophy, psychology, sociology, and 
statistics. 

All majors are required to take: 

Political Science 100 (American Government) 

Political Science 231 (Political Analysis) 

Political Science 306 (Research Proseminar) 

The public administration courses are designed to prepare students for public 
service careers with local, state and federal government agencies, and for graduate 

* College administrative officer. 


120 


Political Science 


work in public administration. Students will have opportunities to study, observe, 
and serve as interns in governmental agencies in the area. 

The prelaw student may work out an individual program in consultation with 
his adviser to meet the specific requirements for admission to the law school of his 
choice. Courses in related fields may include work in anthropology, economics, his- 
tory, psychology, and sociology; also in accounting and report writing. 

TEACHING MINOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 

The teaching minor is composed of 21 units of political science, in addition 
to those meeting the general education requirements. Fifteen of these units must be 
taken from the courses required of all majors in political science. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 

This degree is planned for students interested in advanced graduate work toward 
the doctoral degree in political science, for the professional improvement of high 
school and junior college teachers, government employees, personnel in the military 
services, and for individuals interested in civic and political leadership. 

Pr«requislt«* 

A student desiring to enter the M.A. program must have completed a minimum 
of 24 hours of upper division work in political science and/or pertinent related 
fields, with a GPA of 3.0 as approved by the Graduate Coordinator. The aptitude 
test of the Graduate Record Examination is required, and the GRE Advanced Test 
in Government may also be required. A reading knowledge of a foreign language, 
a demonstrated knowledge of appropriate research methods (PS 306 or its equiva- 
lent), of statistics or computer programming or both will be required by the 
M.A. committee as preparation if pertinent to the student’s professional needs. 

Each student’s record and background will be carefully evaluated before ad- 
mission to classified status. Students may be considered for admission to the pro- 
gram with limited subject deficiencies which must be removed by taking courses 
or challenge examinations as approved by the Graduate Coordinator. Grade and 
subject deficiencies must be removed before admission to classified status. Courses 
taken to remove deficiencies may not be counted toward the requirements for the 
M.A. degree. 

Program of Study 

A student must design a study plan of 30 units of course work, subject to the 
approval of his M.A. committee (as part of the requirements for admission to 
classified status). At least 18 of these units must be in political science, of which 
15 units, must be 500-level courses. Three to six units may be a thesis or project. 
A comprehensive final written examination and an oral examination are required. 

No more than 9 units of postgraduate work taken prior to classified status may 
be applied to a student’s master’s degree program. 

For advisement and further information, consult the Department of Political 
Science. 

See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 69, and the Graduate Bulletin. 

MASTER OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 
Otnural Charactarlitlcsi 

The general objective of the program is to educate persons for the vital area of 
nianaging public agencies and functions. Within this, there are three specific ob- 
jectives. First, to educate those who wish to enter a generalist career such as that 
of city manager, county manager, or city administrative officer. Second, to increase 
the competence of those already embarked on a general administrative career. 
Third, to aid functional specialists who feel the need for a broader education in 


121 


Psychology 


administration due to promotion into an administrative position within the func- 
tional specialty. This would include employees in such areas as public works, plan- 
ning, personnel, and finance. 

Prerequisites 

A student desiring to enter the program must have a bachelor’s degree from an 
accredited institution with an undergraduate major in political science or a combi- 
nation of courses and work experience which the M.P.A. coordinator evaluates as 
satisfactory experience. Additional prerequisites are a B average in the upper 
division courses in the student’s major and satisfactory completion of the Aptitude 
Test of the Graduate Record Examination. 

Students with limited subject or grade point deficiencies, but who have exten- 
sive experience in an administrative capacity, may be classified in the program 
after they have demonstrated their ability for advanced work by taking 6-9 units 
of approved courses with grades of not less than B. Such courses are in addition 
to those required on the graduate program. 

Program of Study 

The degree study plan must include 30 units of committee-approved coursework 
of which 15 must be at the 500 level. A minimum of 15 units must be in public 
administration, but the remainder may be assigned on an interdisciplinary basis 
from courses related to the needs of individual students. Unless the student has had 
acceptable governmental experience, he must undertake an internship (Political 
Science 429). Course requirements will include a thesis or project. 

No more than 9 units of postgraduate work taken prior to classified status may 
be applied to a student’s master’s degree program. 

For advisement and further information, consult the Department of Political 
Science. 

See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 69, and the Graduate Bullethi. 


DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY 

Professors: Edwards (chairman), Lindley, Schmidt, Tsai 
Associate Professors: Calhoun, Carlson, Dondis 

Assistant Professors: Curtis, Jaffee, Krivanek, Lindner, McFarland, Newell 
Lecturers: Ebersole, Thomas 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN PSYCHOLOGY 

The major in psychology consists of 36 units of lower and upper division work 
dei^igned for students (1) who want a sound background in psychology as a science, 
(2) who want a basic understanding of human behavior as a supplement to some 
other major course of study, and (3) those who wish to acquire a thorough under- 
graduate training in psychology in anticipation of graduate study. 


Roquiromonts for the Major 

Lowor Division Units 

Psychology 101 Introductory Psychology 3 

Psychology 161 Elementary Statistics 3 

Psychology 202 Principles of Psychology 3 


122 


Psychology 


upper Division 

A minimum of 27 units of upper division work is required for a major in psy- 


chology. Fifteen units are required as follows: Units 

Psychology 302 Experimental Psychology: Learning and Motivation 3 
Psychology 303 Experimental Psychology: Sensation Perception or 

Psychology 321 Physiological Psychology 3 

Psychology 351 Social Psychology or 

Psychology 331 Psychology of Personality 3 

Psychology 461 Group Psychological Testing 3 

Psychology 408 History of Psychology 3 


A minimum of 12 additional units in psychology courses will be selected in con- 
sultation with the academic adviser. Not more than 3 units of Psych. 499, Inde- 
pendent Study, may be counted toward the major. 

Recommended Related Courses 

Courses from each of the following areas according to the student’s interests; 
(1) social sciences; (2) physical sciences; (3) biological sciences; (4) mathematics; 
(5) humanities. 

Students planning to do graduate work in psychology are advised to plan addi- 
tional work in biological and physical sciences and to include at least a one- 
semester course in college mathematics. Undergraduate work in foreign languages 
is also recommended. 


MASTER OF ARTS IN PSYCHOLOGY 

This degree is planned to extend the body of psychological knowledge developed 
in the undergraduate major and result in the development of greater depth in 
understanding the content of psychology; increased skill in research capabilities; 
the professional reporting of research; potential career skills; and sound preparation 
for students planning to go on to advanced graduate work. On completion of this 
program, students will have a better understanding of the many and complex dis- 
ciplines in psychology as well as an understanding of related behavioral and scien- 
tific areas of study. 

Praraquititei 

Students to be admitted to the program must: (1) meet the general prerequisites 
for graduate work formulated and recommended by the college; (2) have com- 
pleted a bachelor’s degree with a major in psychology or 24 units in upper division 
psychology including a course in statistics, a course in the history of psychol- 
ogy, an upper division laboratory course in psychology, at least two of the follow- 
ing courses: physiological psychology, learning, sensation and perception, motiva- 
tion, and at least one of the following courses: social psychology, personality, 
developmental psychology; psychological testing; (3) have completed a course in 
college mathematics, a course in the biological sciences beyond the college’s general 
education requirement, and a course in sociology or anthropology beyond the col- 
lege’s general education requirement; (4) have completed a baccalaureate degree 
'vith a 2.5 general average and a 3.0 average in psychology; (5) show satisfactory 
performance on the aptitude test and the advanced test in psychology, which are 
parts of the Graduate Record Examination. 

of Study 

The Master of Arts in Psychology requires a minimum of 24 units of approved 
graduate work in the major field, including the completion and acceptance by the 
Psychology Department Graduate Study Committee of a written thesis, plus six 
units of approved work for graduate credit from other related areas. 


123 


Science and Mathematics Education 


The student, in consultation with an adviser on the staff of the Psychology De- 
partment, shall develop a program of studies which will be submitted to the 
Graduate Study Committee of the Department of Psychology for approval. 

Course requirements for the M.A. in Psychology: 

Units Totals 


Psychology 500 Advanced General Psychology 3 

Psychology 510 Advanced Experimental Design 3 

Psychology 520 Seminar: Experimental Psychology 3 

Psychology 521 Seminar: Personality and Social Psychology^ 3 

Psychology 598 Thesis 3-6 

Related courses outside psychology 6 

Elective courses in psychology 6-9 


15-18 

6 

6-9 


Total units for M.A. in psychology 30 


Students will be required to pass a comprehensive examination in psychology in 
addition to satisfactory performance in the above courses. 

For further information, consult the Department of Psychology. 

See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 69, and the Graduate Bulletin. 


DEPARTMENT OF SCIENCE AND 
MATHEMATICS EDUCATION 

Professors: Lay, Turner (Chairman) 

Associate Professors: Fletcher, R. Lepper 
Assistant Professors: Bachman, Williams, Woyski 
Lecturers: Allan, Streitberger, Waian 

The Department of Science and Mathematics Education offers three programs 
in the general science area: Earth Science Program, Nature Interpretation and Con- 
servation Program; and the Science and Mathematics Education Program. Degrees 
and curricula offerings in each area are described below. 

PROGRAM IN EARTH SCIENCES 
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EARTH SCIENCE 

This program is designed to provide a broad foundation in the earth sciences to 
prepare students for (1) graduate work in one of the earth sciences, (2) teaching 
earth science in secondary and elementary schools, (3) employment in government 
and industry, and (4) other major fields supported by an earth science minor. 

To qualify for the bachelor of arts in earth science, students must have a C 
average in all courses required for the major including those in related fields. 
No credit will be allowed toward the major for earth science courses passed with 
a grade of D. A proficiency in one modem foreign language (German, Russian, 
French, others by petition) is required. This requirement is normally met by 
completing one semester of readings in scientific foreign language (303) with a 
grade of C or better. Alternatives may be substituted by petition. Proficiency 
in English composition is required. This requirement is normally met by passing 
an upper division course in composition; the department may waive the require- 
ment for students who consistently submit written work of superior quality. 


124 


Science and Mathematics Education 


Minimum Course Requirements for the Earth Science Mafer 

Of the 124 units required for graduation, 36 units are in earth science, 45 units 
in related fields, 35 units in general education courses which are not included 
among the related fields, and eight units are undesignated. 

The upper division units in earth science, Studies in Geoscience, are offered in 
four blocks which unify the major concepts of the geosciences. Each block 
consists of problems of increasing complexity designed to explore a wide variety 
of ideas and techniques. Each student may choose his own sequence of topics 
as he progresses through a block, and may progress at his individual rate. Although 
each student is required to take all the blocks, he is free to develop his special 
interests within the framework provided. 

Course! in Earth Science 

Lower Division Units 

101 Physical Geology 4 

102 Historical Geology — 4 

200 General Astronomy - 4 


Total 12 

Upper Division 

301 Studies in Geoscience — 6 

302 Studies in Geoscience - - 6 

401 Studies in Geoscience 6 

402 Studies in Geoscience — 6 


24 


Total - 36 

Courses in Related Fields 

Mathematics 150A,B Anal. Geom. and Calculus 8 

Chemistry 101 A,B General Chemistry 10 

Physics 221A,B and 222 A,B Fundamental Physics 10 

Biology 101 Principles of Biology - 5 

Geography 312 Geomorphology 3 

Electives, chosen from related fields in consultation with major 
adviser - 9 


Total 45 

General Education courses, not including those in related fields 35 

Electives, undesignated 8 


Total 124 


RECOMMENDED PROGRAM FOR A MAJOR IN EARTH SCIENCE 
High School Proparatlon 

Mathematics — 4 years, including trigonometry 
Chemistry and/or Physics 

Modem Foreign Language — 3 years (German, Russian, or French preferred) 
Alternate courses if high school preparation is deficient: 

Trigonometry (junior college) 

^emistry 100 (3 units) 

German 101 and 102 or Russian 101 and 102 (10 units) 


125 


Science and Mathematics Education 


Freshman I Units 

English 101 Lit. & Comp. 3 

Math 150A An. Geo. & Calc. 4 

Chem 101 A General Chem. 5 

Earth Sci 101 Phys. Geol. 4 

P.E 1 

17 

Sophomore I 

Phys. 221 & 222A Funda. 5 

Earth Sci 200 Gen. Astro 4 

Geog 312 Geomorphology 3 

Gen. Education course 3 

P.E 0 


15 

Jumor I 

Earth Sci 301 Studies in 

Geoscience 6 

Elective in related field 3 

Gen. Education courses 6 

15 


Senior I 

Earth Sci 401 Studies in 

Geoscience 6 

Elective in related field 3 

General Education course 3 

Elective 3 


15 


Freshman II Units 

English 102 Comp. & Lit 3 

Math 150B An. Geo. & Calc — . 4 

Chem 101 B General Chem 5 

Earth Sci 102 Hist. Geol. 4 

P.E 1 

17 

Sophomore II 

Phys. 221 & 222B Funda 5 

Biology 101 Principles 5 

Gen. Education course 3 

Gen. Education course 3 

P.E 0 

16 

Junior II 

Earth Sci 302 Studies in 

Geoscience 6 

Elective in related field 3 

Gen. Education courses 6 

15 


Senior II 

Earth Sci 402 Studies in 

Geoscience 6 

General Education course 3 

Elective 3 

Elective 3 


15 


MINOR IN EARTH SCIENCE 

A minimum of 20 units are required for a minor. These will typically include 
eight units of lower division earth science and 12 units of Studies in Geoscience. 
The topics for study shall be selected by the student in consultation with his minor 
adviser. 


EMPHASIS IN NATURE INTERPRETATION AND CONSERVATION 

In recognition of the need for education in nature interpretation and conservation 
the Department of Science and Mathematics Education is developing coursework 
in these disciplines. Much of the coursework for these areas will take place at the 
nearby Tucker Wildlife Sanctuary. This sanctuary has been designated as a Center 
for Research and Nature Interpretation. In addition to research and coursework, 
the sanctuary will provide a continuing public service to the community through 
its daily programs in nature interpretation. This service is provided by resident 
professor-naturalists and student-naturalists in training at the facility. School groups 
as well as adults are invited to attend the regularly scheduled programs. 


126 


Social Sciences 


Courses Presently Offered 

460 Applied Conservation (4) 

570 Elements of Nature Interpretation (3) 

Additional courses leading to departmental certification in Conservation Studies 
and a possible graduate degree program are in preparation. Students interested in 
such coursework should contact the Department of Science and Mathematics Edu- 
cation for additional information. 

PROGRAM IN SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS EDUCATION 

The Department of Science and Mathematics Education prepares students to 
teach in the areas of science and mathematics at the elementary and secondary 
levels, provides guidance for experienced teachers in the study and use of edu- 
cational practices developed for the teaching of sciences and mathematics and 
helps teachers develop original ideas in their areas of specialization. 

The offerings of this department include basic professional training courses re- 
quired for teacher certification, advanced coursework in science and mathematics 
education, and certain academic content offerings designed especially for teacher 
preparation. 

Requirements for teaching majors and minors in science and mathematics are 
listed under the respective academic departments. 

REQUIRED COURSEWORK 

The following courses offered by the Department of Science and Mathematics 
Education are required for teaching credential candidates. 

Elementary School Credential Candidates— Any Major 

Math Ed 303A Fund. Concepts of Math, — Arithmetic 
Sci Ed 310 Elementary Experimental Science 

Secondary School Credential Candidates— Science 

Sci Ed 442 Teaching Science in the Secondary School 
Sci Ed 749 Student Teaching in Science — Secondary 

Secondary School Credential Candidates— Mathematics 

Math Ed 303 A,B Fund. Concepts of Math. — Arithmetic 
Math Ed 311 Fund. Concepts of Math. — Algebra 
Math Ed 312 Fund. Concepts of Math. — Geometry 
Math Ed 442 Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary School 
Math Ed 749 Student Teaching in Mathematics — Secondary 


MASTER OF ARTS IN SOCIAL SCIENCES 

(An Interdepartmental Program) 

The master of arts in social sciences allows a student to pursue advanced work 
in two related fields.* Selection may be made from the following: anthropology, 
economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology. The 
thirty (JO) units approved by the graduate adviser, from the department of the 
student’s first field, are to be arranged in one of the following unit blocks: 


Two Fields: First field 

18 or 15 

units 

Second field 

12 or 15 

units 


30 30 

units 

* Consult individual departments about i)rercquisites. 





127 


Sociology 

Specific requirements include: 

At least 12 units of graduate courses (500 level); 

An upper division or graduate level course in research methods and bibliography 
in one of the social sciences; 

Thesis or project (or approved papers prepared for graduate seminars, in lieu 
of a project) 

Oral examination on the thesis or project and on the courses offered for the 
degree; 

Completion of the aptitude test of the Graduate Record Examination; 

The Advanced Test in Social Sciences of the Graduate Record Examination 
may be required. 

There is no foreign language requirement, but certain fields may require work 
in statistics. An undergraduate major in social sciences, or 24 units of upper divi- 
sion courses in social sciences (approved by the adviser) with a GPA of at least 
3.0 is required. The graduate adviser will be selected from the first field. In case 
of the 15-15 pattern, the adviser is chosen from the department in which the thesis 
or project is written. 

^e also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 69, and the Graduate Bulletin. 


DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY 

Professor: Davis (chairman) 

Associate Professors: Hagedorn, Jacobson, Palisi, J. R. Smith, Works 
Assistant Professors: Copp, Derenne, Franklin, Lackey, McComb, Mend, Poorkaj, 
Ransford, Tygart 
Lecturer: Bell 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SOCIOLOGY 

The major in sociology provides knowledge concerning the structure and func- 
tioning of human society. It may serve as preparation for: (1) graduate study 
in sociology and careers in teaching and research, (2) employment or graduate 
study in social work, corrections and related careers, or (3) careers in business 
and industry, various areas of government service, and the study of law. Sociology 
has applications to a wide range of careers and to participation as a citizen. 

Unit Requirements 

The required minimum for the major is 42 units, in addition to those taken for 
the general education requirement, distributed as follows: 

Courses in Sociology 

Thirty units must be taken in sociology, 24 in upper division courses. So- 
ciology 201 is required, and 3 additional units are acceptable from lower divi- 
sion offerings. The minimum of 24 upper division units must include 331 A, 

33 IB, 341, 481, and at least one of the following: 436, 470, 473, 477. 

Minimum imits 30 

Related Courses 

Twelve upper division units are to be taken in the related fields of anthro- 
pology, economics, geography, history, political science, and psychology, to 
be approved by the major adviser. 

Minimum units 1^ 

Minimum total units for the major - 


128 


Sociology 


TEACHING MINOR IN SOCIOLOGY 


For teaching credential purposes a minor consists of 21 units in sociology, dis- 
tributed as follows: 

Credits 

201 5 

202 or 411 or 413 or 431 — 3 

341 or 451 - 3 

477 or 480 or 481 3 

Electives in sociology - 9 


21 

Social Welfare 

Students seeking employment or graduate study in social work may major in 
sociology; but satisfactory preparation is also provided by other majors, such as 
psychology, anthropology, economics, or political science. The best preparation 
for a welfare position with the B.A. degree, or for graduate study in social work, 
is a broad background in the social sciences. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN SOCIOLOGY 

The program for this degree provides advanced study in general sociology. 
It offers an opportunity to broaden one’s knowledge of society, to strengthen 
skills of sociological analysis, and to do research in depth in an area of particular 
interest. It may be used as preparation for study toward the doctorate in sociology, 
for junior college teaching, participation in research, or for a variety of positions 
in business and industry, corrections, the community, or government. 

Prerequisites 

Admission to the program requires a minimum of 18 upper division units in soci- 
ology, including the following courses or their equivalents: 

331 A Social Research Methods (design, collecting data, etc.) 

33 IB Social Research Methods (elementary statistics) 

341 Social Interaction 
481 Sociological Theory 

Also required is a GPA of 3.0 (B) for all work in sociology, a 2.5 average for all 
previous college work, and satisfactory performance on the aptitude test of the 
Graduate Record Examination. Students with limited grade or course deficiencies 
may be considered for admission to the program upon attaining a B average in 
courses approved by the Graduate Coordinator. 


Program of Study 

The study plan for the degree must include the following: Units 

1. Sociology 531 Methods and Measurements in Sociology . 3 

2. Sociology 581 Analysis of Sociological Theory 3 

3. Sociology 598 Thesis 6 

4. Any two graduate seminars in sociology (3 units each) 6 

5. Upper division or graduate work in sociology 6 

6. Upper division or graduate work in related fields 6 


30 

To complete the requirements, the candidate must successfully defend the thesis 
m an oral examination by a committee, and pass a written comprehensive examina- 
tion. 


129 


Speech 

For requirements “5” and “6” above, any adviser-approved 400-level or 300-lcvel 
course taken as a graduate student may be used. Additional seminars, or Sociology 
599, Independent Graduate Research, may be used for requirement “5”, but not 
in lieu of the thesis. Normally the student will register for thesis two different 
times, for three units each semester. 

For further information, consult the Department of Sociology. 

Also see “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 69, and the Graduate Bulletin. 


DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH 

Professors: Andersen, Fessenden, Long *, Nelson 
Associate Professors: Good, Granell (Chairman), Kaplan, Nichols 
Assistant Professors: Booth, Cockerham, Enell, Harris, Keele, Riley, Treon 
Lecturer: Young 

Course work in the Department of Speech is directed toward five goals: (1) to 
provide an understanding and appreciation of the importance of the role of oral 
communication in our society; (2) to provide professional training in such areas 
as teaching, business, law, and others where the ability to speak well and to 
communicate effectively is basic; (3) to prepare specialists in public address and in 
speech pathology and audiology; (4) to provide active intramural and intercollegi- 
ate forensic programs; and (5) to correlate school and community clinic experi- 
ences with the theory, principle, and history of speech pathology and audiology. 

COURSE PROGRAMS 

The major in Speech for the Bachelor of Arts degree requires a total of 36 units, 
24 of which must be from 300- and 400-level courses. 

Course programs are planned (1) to prepare students who seek to fulfill the 
liberal arts objectives of the college with an emphasis in the field of speech, (2) 
to prepare students who seek a standard teaching credential and (3) to prepare 
students who seek a program leading to the Restricted Credential authorizing 
service as a Speech and Hearing Specialist. 

Major in Speech With Emphasis in Public Address 

Lower Division Requirements: 

A basic course in logic and evidence: Speech 235 
The basic course in public speaking: Speech 231 
Up to 6 units of electives selected from Speech 138, 202, 204, 211 
Upper Division Requirements: 

A course in discussion: Speech 324 or 424 
A course in phonetics: Speech 341 
An advanced course in public speaking: Speech 334 
An advanced course in argument: Speech 335 
A course in rhetorical history: Speech 434 or 436 

Electives in public address, adviser approved, to complete the required 36 units 

Major in Speech With Emphasis in Speech Pathology and Audiology 

Lower Division Requirements: 

The basic course in public speaking: Speech 231 
6 units of electives selected from Speech 138, 202, 204, 211 or 235 

* College administrative officer 


130 


Speech 


Upper Division Requirements: 

A course in discussion: Speech 324 or 424 
A course in phonetics: Speech 341 
An advanced course in public speaking: Speech 334 
A course in speech science: Speech 340 
A general course in speech correction: Speech 342 
An advanced course in speech pathology: Speech 441 
A course in audiology: Speech 463 

Electives in speech pathology and audiology, adviser approved, to complete the 
required 36 units 


STANDARD TEACHING CREDENTIAL PROGRAMS 
General Elementary Credential 

Lower Division Requirements: 

A minimum of 9 units to include Speech 202, 231, 235 


Upper Division Requirements: 

Speech 301, 324 or 424, 334, 335, 341, 434 or 436 and 6 to 9 units of adviser 
approved electives 


General Secondary Credential 

Lower Division Requirements: 

Speech 138, 211 or 311, 231, 235 

Upper Division Requirements: 

Speech 324 or 424, 334, 335, 338, 341, 434 or 436, 442 and 6 units of adviser 
approved electives 

The fifth year is required for either of the above credential programs. Speech 
Education 442 must be taken by the student seeking the secondary teaching creden- 
tial before he can be approved for student teaching. 

For a junior college credential the student follows the program given for the 
secondary school credential. In addition, the Master of Arts degree in Speech is 
required. 


Program Leadin9 to the Restricted Credential Authorizing 
Service as a Speech and Hearing Specialist 

L Bachelor of Arts Degree — Major in Speech with emphasis in Speech Pathology 
and Audiology. (See Speech Major section, above) 

IL A fifth year of specialized preparation (full-time pursuit of upper division 
and/or graduate course work) 

III. Preparation must include a minimum of 65 semester hours of course work 
and clinical practice as follows: 


Human Development and Bases for Speech, Hearing and Language, and Goals of 
Public Education: 

Speech 340 — Speech Science 
Speech 341 — Phonetics 


Speech 403 — Speech and Language Development 

Psych 361 — Developmental Psychology (3) or 
Educ 312 — Human Growth and Development (3) 
Hi — Educational Psychology (3) or 

Educ 311 — Psychological Foundations (4) 

Peech 452 — Therapeutic Procedures 


Umts 
.. 3 
_ 3 
- 3 

„ 3 


3-4 

3 


18-19 


131 


Speech 


Disorders of Speech, Hearing and Language Primary Field: 

Speech 342 — Survey of Problems in Communication 3 

Speech 441 — Speech Pathology: Non-Organic 3 

Speech 443 — Speech Pathology: Organic 3 

Speech 451 — Diagnostic Methods in Speech and Hearing 3 

Speech 463 — Audiology 3 

Speech 464 — Audiometry 3 

Speech 465 — Speech-Reading and Auditory Training 3 

Speech 557 — Articulation, Voice, Stuttering, Aphasia, etc. (3) repeated for 
a total of 9 units 9 

30 

Related Areas: 

Educ 471 — Exceptional Children 3 

Educ 452 — Principles of Guidance (3) or 
Psych 321 — Physiological Psychology (3) or adviser approved related 
courses 3 

6 

Clinical Practice and Student Teaching in Speech and Hearing: 

Speech 458 — Clinical Practice 3 

Speech 558 (a) — Advanced Clinical Practice 2 

Speech 558 (b) — Advanced Clinical Practice 2 

Speech 459 — Clinical Practice and Student Teaching in Speech Correction 
and Lip Reading 4 


11 


MINOR IN SPEECH 

The minor for secondary teaching or junior college teaching is 22 units as fol- 
lows: Speech 101 (not to be included as credit for minor), 138, 231, 235, 324 or 
424, 334, 341 or 403, 434 or 436, and 442. 


MASTER OF ARTS IN SPEECH 

General Characteristics 

This degree, with concentrations in public address or speech pathology and 
audiology, is a coordinated program of graduate studies to provide incentive for 
intellectual growth, to contribute to improvement in teaching and professional 
advancement, and to provide a sound basis for continued graduate study in speech. 
The student is expected to demonstrate a high degree of intellectual and creative 
competence, to evaluate critically, and to show mastery of his field of concentra- 
tion. 


Prerequisites 

In addition to the college requirements, students admitted to this program must 
possess at least 24 semester units of upper division studies in speech and adviser- 
approved background studies supporting the area of emphasis: a minimum of 18 
semester units must be in or directly related to the area of emphasis. To advance 
in the program, students must pass an oral qualification examination and demon- 
strate their effectiveness in graduate studies in the initial courses taken. 


132 


Speech 


Program of Studies: 

The degree study plan will include at least 30 units of adviser-approved graduate 
studies, 15 units of which must be in 500-level courses. Each program will have at 
least 15 units in one of the areas of concentration; ^ core of six units, to include 
Speech 500 (Introduction to Graduate Study — taken very early in the program), 
and Speech 597 (Project), Speech 598 (Thesis), or Speech 599 (Independent Re- 
search); and six units of adviser-approved supporting courses in related fields. A 
written comprehensive examination is required of all candidates. 

For further information, consult the Department of Speech. 

See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 69, and the Graduate Bulletin. 


133 



mm crfGiWiTWe 


-SSIw Lsu^'i- '7ff'»^. ' .1 ■',*‘>„_ ,t. ^ ■'' ' "^^.'-.iL. . . -r. 'Tvf^ i 









.-sai^SS^ 

Sri',' V ■ '' '. ■ ' ’•>■ ‘ ' ■ ■* '■' ■ -'ij,-. ■«■'■ '''^^^' -'^^5^.«'''‘-'-'|i^^'-?'^;|-'^; 


'^' >fck«. ’ *8** *^< 

'.tteij JfftyvtfiftV, trf: ' ' ■ 

.r«»sFr:' , w'd ■ r*'> ■pfi),¥^ {fepjjjf -(^y 

- si«<i«rT- If, J, wj, i 

«K*t , »«ij . - • 

':, -v. i.^■■7.•4<i|■ 




sr..*^ emhwi n^' ]n ^ 


N. ^ • A-*! V -#^ 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

AND ECONOMICS 








immuMi 
m:M a >:j: 

-T'-' ^ . 


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 

Dean: Jack W. Coleman 


Department of Accounting 

Professors; Coleman (acting chairman), Hirsch, Wiseman 
Associate Professors: Dennison, Woo 

Assistant Professors: Corman, Frye, Gustafson, Hardman, Lockett, Waxman 
Lecturer: Whitney 

Department of Economics 

Professors; Graves, Klein (chairman), Phillips, Townshend-Zellner 
Associate Professors; Kasun, Lafky, Pontney 

Assistant Professors; Cayton, Dolp, Harlow, Horton, Lancaster, Michaels, Morkre, 
Pickersgill, Schick, Thompson 
Lecturers; Bell, Chapman, Young 

Department of Finance: 

Professor: Tsagris 

Associate Professors: Lane (chairman), Nichols 
Assistant Professors; Mlynaryk, Roebuck, Sharma 

Department of Management 
Professors: Barres, McCloud, Shaw 

Associate Professors: Colgan, McKee, Shaul (chairman), Trego 
Assistant Professors: Babcock, Baillie, Hall, Hill, Lockareff, Loubet, Merritt, 
Wiley 

Lecturers; Hough, Kirpalini 

Department of Marketing; 

Professors: Forrest, Roberts (chairman), T. Smith 
Associate Professor: Lange 
Assistant Professor: Busby 
Lecturers: King, Layden, Lundstrom 

Department of Quantitative Methods 
Associate Professors: Blank, Joun, Rutemiller (chairman) 

Assistant Professors: Brown, Mitchell, Sikes 
Lecturers: Colman, Mueller 

THE UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM IN BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 

Through a study of the various theoretical and practical business policies and 
procedures, the School of Business Administration and Economics affords a 
basic education for managerial and professional positions in business, government, 
and education. Although emphasis is given to theory, factual content which is essen- 
bal in specific vocations such as accounting, economics, finance, marketing, manage- 
p»ent, and business education is provided to enable students to enter apprenticeships 
in these fields with the expectation that their education should expedite their prog- 
ress, either to managerial positions or to staff positions as professional accountants, 
economists, educators, and marketing and business consultants. 

In our ever-expanding, complex society, the managers of tomorrow must be men 
and women with breadth of understanding and vision. Students who concentrate 

137 


Business Administration 


in a special area are encouraged to elect courses in other divisions of the college, 
particularly in the areas of the behavioral, social, and political sciences, and foreign 
languages. It is assumed that the first half of their college work toward a bachelor’s 
degree represents a required basic education in communication, mathematics, a 
laboratory science, social science, and the humanities. With the broadening of our 
cultural and business horizons, it is desirable to become increasingly better versed in 
the language of our neighbors, Spanish, and in such languages as French, German, 
and Russian. Since the understanding of mathematics is becoming increasingly 
important in business and the social sciences, students who contemplate enrollment 
in either business administration or economics are encouraged to take four years of 
high school mathematics. College algebra, or three years of high school mathematics 
including a second course in algebra, will be a minimum prerequisite for entrance 
to the program. 

If credits for either or both elementary accounting and principles of economics 
have not been earned, it will be necessary to enroll in these courses the first semes- 
ter of the junior year. 

Students enrolled in the school and working toward a college degree are subject 
to the general requirements of the college as to courses and credit hours required 
for graduation. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The degree requirements are as follows: 

1. Completion of a minimum of 50 semester credit hours in business administra- 
tion and economics courses in the School of Business Administration and 
Economics, of which 35 semester credit hours must be upper division courses. 

2. Completion of at least 15 semester credit hours in the School of Business 
Administration and Economics at the college. 

3. Completion of the required core courses in the School of Business Adminis- 
tration and Economics. 

4. Completion of 12 semester credit hours of required courses in an area of 
concentration to be selected by the student. 

5. Completion of at least 62 semester credit hours in areas other than business 
administration and economics. 

6. Students must attain at least a 2.0 grade point average (C average) in all 
college work attempted, in all courses taken in the School of Business Admin- 
istration and Economics, and in his area of concentration. 

CORE: The business administration and economics courses listed below are re- 
quired of all students majoring in business administration: 


Course 

Economics lOOA-B, or 200 Principles of Economics — 5-6 

Economics 310 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory or 

Economics 320 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory t 3 

Quantitative Methods 265 Computer Programming and Applications 3 

Accounting 201A-B Elementary Accounting 6 

Finance 330 Business Finance 3 

Management 341 Principles of Management 3 

Management 346 Business Law 3 

Marketing 351 Principles of Marketing 3 

Quantitative Methods 361 Business and Economic Statistics 3 


t Students should ascertain departmental requirement. 


138 


Business Administration 


Units 

Quantitative Methods 462 Math Models in Business and Economics* 3 

Management 449 Seminar in Business Policies* * 3 


38-39 

AREAS OF CONCENTRATION FOR MAJORS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

A student in business administration should select an area of concentration by the 
second semester of the junior year and take the required courses in the area. 

Accounting Ufdts 

301A-301B Intermediate Accounting — 6 

302 Cost Accounting - — 3 

And at least one of the following courses: 

308 Federal Income Tax 3 

401 Advanced Accounting 3 

402 Auditing - — 3 

407 Integrated Data Processing Systems — 3 

Economic! 

310 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory — 3 

320 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory — — 3 

421 Monetary and Fiscal Policy 3 

Management 446 Managerial Economics 3 

Finonco 

324 Money and Bankings - 3 

331 Financial Analysis — - - 3 

And at least two of the following courses: 

335 Investment Principles and Practices 3 

336 Principles and Practices of Real Estate 3 

337 Real Estate Finance 3 

338 Real Estate Valuation — 3 

431 Capital and Money Markets 3 

433 Problems in Business Finance^ 3 

Monogomont 

342 Production Operations Management. 3 

343 Personnel Management 3 

444 Management of Systems 3 

446 Managerial Economics 3 

Maricuting 

353 Marketing Administration — 3 

452 Marketing Research 3 

459 Marketing Problems — 3 

A minimum of one of the following courses: 

307 Distribution Costs 3 

352 Principles of Retailing... 3 

354 Principles of Advertising 3 

355 Credit and Credit Administration 3 

356 Creative Motivation in Marketing 3 

* Quantitatiye Methods majors will take QM 463 in lieu of QM 462; economics majors, QM 

** Students taking business economics as their area of concentration will take £con 410— Govem- 
nient and Business — ^in lieu of Mgmt 449 — Business Policies. 


139 


Business Administration 


Units 


357 Industrial Purchasing 3 

358 Physical Distribution 3 

454 Advertising Problems 3 

458 International Marketing 3 

Quantitativ# Methods 

Quantitative Methods majors are required to take Mathematics 150A, Calculus 

461 Advanced Statistics 3 

At least three of the following courses: 

364 Computer Logic and Programming 3 

446 Computer Programming Theory 3 

464 Computer Applications in Industry 3 

465 Linear and Non-Linear Programming 3 

467 Statistical Quality Control — 3 

Mktg 452 Marketing Research 3 

Econ 440 Advanced Econometrics 3 


BUSINESS EDUCATION 

Students who wish to major in Business Administration in preparation for a 
career as a secondary school teacher in business subjects must meet the require- 
ments of the School of Business Administration and Economics and the secondary 
school teacher education program including the requirements for the proper cre- 
dential as outlined in the catalog. 

The requirements for a major in this area are as follows: 

1. The core requirements as set forth for all business administration majors, 
page 138. 

2. Twelve hours of advanced work in one of the six areas of concentration: 

a. Accounting 

b. Economics 

c. Finance 

d. Management 

e. Marketing 

f. Quantitative methods 

3. Completion of four to six credit hours of electives which may include secre- 
tarial studies • to meet the School of Business minimum requirement of 50 
credit hours in business administration and economics courses. 

4. A maximum of 12 credit hours in the secretarial field, including those applied 
as electives, may count toward the degree in business administration and 
economics.* 

5. Completion of at least 62 credit hours in areas other than business administra- 
tion and economics are required for the degree. 

Education courses required for a credential will be detailed by the School of 
Education. 


MASTiR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Applicants, as well as continuing students should read carefully the college 
requirements for master’s degree programs, page 69. 

Note: The School of Business Administration and Economics requires that a 
student include 6 units of 500-level course work among the 12 units to be completed 
before advancement to candidacy. 

* The college does not offer work in secretarial training, typewriting, or business machines. Con- 
suit the dean of the School of Business Administration and Economics to arrange for transfer 
of approved courses to satisfy these requirements. 


140 


Business Adminisfrttfion 


Tfi« Programs for the M.B.A. Degree 

The School of Business Administrarion and Economics offers two plans for the 
M.B.A. degree. 

Plan I is a broad integrated program designed primarily for students with an 
undergraduate degree in a field other than business administration or economics. 
To insure breadth in the program, the student is not permitted to take more than 
nine units in any one functional area. 

Plan II is an integrated program allowing some concentration in an area of spe- 
cialization. Under this plan the student is required to complete 12 units in an area 
of concentration. It is designed primarily for students with baccalaureate degrees 
in business administration and economics. 

The degree is earned by completion of 30 units in courses approved for graduate 
work with an overall grade-point average of not less than 3.0. 

The M.B.A. degree can be achieved via three combinations: 

a. 30 units of course work; or 

b. 27 units of coursework and an approved project; dr 

c. 24 units of coursework and an approved thesis. 

The procedural steps for admission to, and completion of, the Master of Busi- 
ness Administration degree follow: 

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 

1. Apply for admission to the college in unclassified graduate status and declare 
the objective to be an M.B.A. Plan I or an M.B.A. Plan II. If the student specifies 
the M.B.A. Plan II, he must also specify his area of concentration. This must be 
accomplished at the Office of Admissions and Records before the dates estab- 
lished in the college calendar. 

2. Apply for admission to the M.B.A. program. Please read carefully page 69, 
and as indicated please secure informal advisement from the Graduate Office of 
the School of Business Administration and Economics. The informal advisement 
should occur at least three weeks prior to your first registration, but in any event 
during the first semester of work. 

3. Complete the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business before or during 
the first semester of residence. 

Candidates for the M.B.A. degree must complete the prescribed coursework, 
must satisfactorily pass a comprehensive examination and must receive the endorse- 
ment of the faculty of the School of Business Administration and Economics. 


PLAN I 

Praraquititai 

Acceptance into the program requires the completion of the following pn 
requisites or equivalent with a grade-point average of not less than 2.5. 

•Math 120 Finite Mathematics or Uni 

Math 150A Calculus — - - 3 

•QM 264 Computer Programming 1 

Acctg 300 Accounting Fundamentals - - 3 

Econ 300 Basic Economics - 3 

Fin 330 Business Finance - - 3 

Mgmt 341 Principles of Management - — 3 

Mgmt 346 Business Law 3 

Mktg 351 Principles of Marketing 3 

QM 361 Business and Economic Statistics 3 

Total - - - ^ 


* QM 265, Computer Programming and Applications, will satisfy both the mathematics require' 
ment and the computer programming requirement. 

141 


Business Administration 


CURRICULUM 

The coursework required of all candidates (24 units) under this option is as 
follows: 

Accounting Units 

Required 

t500 Industrial Accounting 3 

501 Seminar in Administrative Accounting 3 

Electives 

407 Integrated Data Processing Systems 3 

502 Seminar in Accounting Theory 3 

504 Seminar in Contemporary Managerial Accounting Problems 3 

Other 400- and 500-level accounting courses 

Economics 

Required 

510 Competition, Monopoly and Public Policy 3 

512 Comparative Economics Seminar 3 

Electives 

511 Economic Problems and Public Policy 3 

Other 400- and 500-level economics courses 

Finonco 

Required 

532 Seminar in Corporate Financial Management ... 3 

Electives 

533 Seminar in Financial Administration 3 

534 Seminar in Financial Markets 3 

535 Seminar in Investment Management — 3 

536 Seminar in Risk Management 3 

Other 400 and 500 level finance courses 

Management 

Required 

544 Seminar in Organization Behavior, Theory, and Administration.... 3 

Electives 

541 Seminar in Project Operations Problem Solving 3 

542 Seminar in Labor Relations 3 

543 Seminar in Personnel Administration 3 

548 Seminar in International Management 3 

549 Seminar in Policy Planning and Administration 3 

Other courses at the 400 level that are approved 

Marketing 

Required 

551 Seminar in Marketing Problems 3 

EUectives 

452 Marketing Research 3 

552 Seminar in Pricing and Price Policy 3 

553 Seminar in Product Planning 3 

554 Seminar in Promotion . — 3 

555 Seminar in Marketing Research. — 3 

556 Seminar in Consumer Behavior 3 

559 Seminar in Marketing Thought and (Concepts 3 

Other 400- and 500-level marketing courses (except Marketing 459) 


t Accounting majors must substitute another acceptable course for Accounting 500. 

142 


Economics 


Quantitative Methods 

Required Umts 

S6l Statistical Decision Theory, or 

560 Operations Research 3 

Electives 

446 Computer Programming Theory 3 

461 Advanced Statistics 3 

464 Computer Applications in Industry 3 

465 Linear and Nonlinear Programming 3 

561 Seminar in Operations Research 3 

565 Seminar on Computers in Industry 3 

566 Design of Experiments 3 

Other 400- and 500-lcvel courses 


PLAN II 

Praraquisitas 

1 Acceptance into the program requires the completion of the following prerequi- 
sites or equivalent with a grade-point average of not less than 2.5. 


•Math 120 Finite Mathematics or 

Math 150 A Calculus 3 

•QM 264 Computer Programming 1 

Acctg 201 AB Accounting Principles 6 

Econ lOOAB Principles of Economics 6 

Fin 330 Business Finance J 

Mgmt 341 Principles of Management 3 

Mgmt 346 Business Law 3 

Mktg 35.1 Principles of Marketing 3 

QM 361 Business and Economics Statistics 3 

Total 31 


In addition to the prerequistes listed above, each student will be held responsible 
to the department of his choice for the specialized undergraduate background ( pre~ 
requisites) prescribed for that area of concentration. The area of concentration 
shall be selected from accounting, finance, management, marketing, and quantita- 
tive methods. 

CURRICULUM 

The curriculum required of candidates under the M.B.A. Plan II is as follows: 

I 1. The required graduate core program in the Plan II M.B.A. shall be 15 to 18 
units: 

j t Acctg 500 Industrial Accounting 3 

t Fin 532 Seminar in Corporate Financial Management — 3 

Mgmt 544 Seminar in Organizational Behavior, Theory, and Administra- 
tion 3 

Econ 512 Comparative Economics Seminar or 

Econ 510 Competition, Monopoly, and Public Policy 3 

Mktg 551 Seminar in Marketing Problems 3 

QM 563 Statistical Decision Theory, or 

j QM 560 Operations Research 3 

• QM 265, Computer Progr amming and Applications, will satisfy both the mathematics re- 
quirement and the computer programming requirement. , , . 

T Accounting majors will make arrangements with the Accounting Department and substitute 
i an acceptable course. 


Economies 

2. In addition to the graduate core, each student shall elect an area of concen- 
tration of at least 12 units to be approved by an adviser, the department chair- 
man concerned, and the graduate coordinator. Candidates under the M.B.A. 
Plan II program are required to complete a total of 30 units. 

For further information, consult the Graduate Coordinator in the School of 
Business Administration and Economics. 

See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 69, and the Graduate Bulletin. 

BACHILOR OP ARTS DIORII IN ICONOMICS 

The economics major is designed to prepare students for positions in business 
education, and government, and for graduate work in economics and related dis- 
ciplines. 

Required of all students for the degree: 

1. Completion of 37 semester credit hours of courses in business administration 
and economics in the School of Business Administration and Economics, of 
which 24 semester credit hours must be in upper division courses. 

2. Completion of at least 15 semester hours in the School of Business Admin- 
istration and Economics at the college. 

3. Completion of the major course requirements for economics majors, in the 
School of Business Administration and Economics. Students in economics are 
required to take Quantitative Methods 265 or equivalent as prerequisite to 
Quantitative Methods 361. 

4. Completion of at least 62 semester credit hours in areas other than business 
administration and economics. 

5. Students must attain at least 2.0 grade-point average (C average) in all college 
work attempted, and in all courses in the School of Business Administration and 
Economics. 

Business administration and economics courses required of all students majoring 
in economics are listed below: 


Lewar Diviiion 

Course Units 

Econ 200 or lOOA-B Principles of Economics 5-6 

Acctg 201A-B Elementary Accounting 6 

QM 265 Computer Programming and Applications 3 

Total 14-15 

Upp«r Division 

Course 

Econ 310 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory 3 

Econ 320 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory 3 

Econ 410 Government and Business 3 

Econ 420 Money and Banking 3 

QM 361 Business and Economic Statistics - 3 

QM 362 Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Economics 3 

Nine hours of electives in Economics or in related fields approved by 
the student’s adviser 9 

Total 27 


144 


Economics 


MINOR IN ECONOMICS 

A minor in economics may be achieved by taking the following courses: 


Economics Units 

200 or lOOA-B Principles of Economics. S-6 

310 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory 3 

320 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory 3 

Electives 9 


Total - -.20-21 


MASTER OF ARTS IN ECONOMICS 

The master of arts in economics is a part-time, evening (and late-aftemoon) 
degree program, designed especially for candidates who will be employed full or 
part-time while working for the M.A. degree. 

The procedural steps for admission to, and completion of, the Master of Arts 
in economics degree follow. 

Admission Requirements 

1. Apply for admission to the college in unclassified graduate status and declare 
the objective to be a Master of Arts in economics degree. This must be accom- 
plished at the Office of Admissions before the dates established in the college 
calendar. 

2. Apply for admission to the Master of Arts in economics program. Please read 
carefully page 69, and as indicated secure informal advisement from the Graduate 
Office of the School of Business Administration and Economics. The informal 
advisement should occur at least three weeks prior to your first registration, but 
in any event during the first semester of work. Specific admission requirements 
include: 

a. An overall grade-point average in all undergraduate work of not less than 2.7. 

b. Competency in mathematics through fulfillment of one of the following: 
Courses in college algebra and calculus; completion of (Ualifomia State College, 
Fullerton courses QM 265 and QM 362 (or equivalent); satisfactory com- 
pletion of a mathematics proficiency test developed by the Department of 
Economics, comprising mathematical applications in economics. 

c. Satisfactory level of performance in a written examination in economics. 

d. Satisfactory level of performance on the Graduate Record Examination 
(Verbal and (Juantitative), aptitude only. 

e. Interview. 

Pruruquitifut 

Acceptance into the program requires the completion of the following pre- 
requisite courses, or equivalent: 

!• For students without an undergraduate major in economics (a grade-point 
average of not less than 3.0 in the following prerequisites is required) : 

Units 


Principles of economics 

Intermediate Microeconomic Theory .. 
Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory 

Statistics (analytical) 

Money and banking 

Government and business 

Monetary and fiscal policy 


Total . 


24 


145 


Economics 


2. For midents with an undergraduate major in economics: 24 semester units of 
work in economics or related courses (e.g., statistics), with a minimum grade- 
point average of 3.0. The 24 units must include the following courses or 
their equivalent, with a minimum grade of 3.0 in each course: Intermediate 
Micoreconomic Theory, Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory, statistics, (ana- 
lytic) , money and banking. 


Program 

1. A core of 12 graduate units in economics is required: 

Economics 502, Advanced Microeconomic Analysis 

Economics 503, Advanced Macroeconomic Analysis 

Economics 505, Methodology in Economic Research Seminar- 
Economics 506, Seminar in Micro- and Macro-Economic 

Applications (project required) 


Units 
. 3 
. 3 
. 3 

. 3 


Total 12 

2. EJectives*: 

a. Elect one graduate course in economics (other than the required core 

courses, and outside the quantitative field) 3 

b. Elect one upper-division or graduate-level course in quantitative or 

mathematical economics 3 

c. Elect two upper division or graduate level courses in fields other than 

economics, yet related to economics and approved as part of the 
student’s integrated program — — 6 

d. Elect two upper division or graduate level courses both in economics 

or both in other related fields, or one in economics and one in 
other related fields 6 


Total 18 

For further information, consult the Graduate Coordinator in the School of Busi- 
ness Administration and Elconomics. 

See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 69, and the Graduate Bulletin. 

* If nine or more iinits are taken in fields outside economics in elective areas c. and d., then 
three of these units must be at the graduate level. 


146 


EDUCATION 


r j’; f •Arrvr.'.-,; , \sr)V 

•■' . , ■■■■■'■' '-f./'.. . 'vv/-: •; .:,p (,:■ 

^ ‘ . '<■ ' • “r :•?.•■- 

V ;■ ■ vi ' ' ^ ■■■. . 


v: 


>■ 


n-Jii 


A,: 




^ V'i., :;-.. 







.. . r ^ '• . 

Q). 'I’C ' : • ■' 


SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 


Dean: Eugene L. McGarry 


Professors: Brockmann, Carr, Coppolino, Croy, Denno,* Dietz (Art Education), 
Doane,* Ehmann,* Fierman, Gilmore, Hartsig, Imhoff, Jones (English Educa- 
tion), Lake, Landon (Music Education), Lay (Mathematics Education), Mc- 
Comb,* McGarry, Schneider (English Education), Turner (Science Education) 
Associate Professors: Alexander (Journalism Education), Bennett, Cox (English 
Education), Cusick, Donoghue, Feldman (Foreign Language Education), Fletcher 
(Mathematics Education), Good (Speech Education), Gould, Holmes, Kravitz, 
Lemmon, R. Lepper (Science Education), McCullough, Nelson, Preble, Sica, 
Smith 

Assistant Professors: Bachman (Mathematics Education), Bates, Gerfen, Henry 
(Drama Education), Lyon (Art Education), McLaren, Moffett, Powlison, 
Schmidt, Simpson, Stark, Williams (Science Education), Zimmerman (Foreign 
Language Education) 

Instructor: Chadwick (Music Education) 

Lecturers: Ferguson, Kane, Streitberger (Science Education) 

The courses, programs, and services of the school are directed toward the 
following objectives of students: 

1. Master of Science in Education with concentration in elementary curriculum 
and instruction, school administration, school counseling, special education, or 
reading. 

2. Preservice teacher education (elementary school, secondary school, junior 
college, mentally retarded) 

3. In-service teacher education 

4. Professional preparation of administrative and counseling personnel for the 
public schools 

5. Program for the preparation of reading specialists 

6. Major in physical education leading to the bachelor of science degree 

7. The portion of the general education requirements in physical education and 
health 

8. Master of Science in Physical Education 

Instruction concentrates on the central principles of human behavior, human 
development, human learning, individual differences, physical activity, the school 
^ a basic institution of our culture, the methods and materials associated with 
effective teaching, school administration, school counseling, and the current and 
persistent problems that confront administrators, teachers, counselors and other 
professional workers in educational institutions. In addition to using published 
source materials and attending class sessions for presentations and discussions, many 
of the school’s courses require field work in schools and other educational agencies. 

PUBLICATIONS AVAILABLE FROM THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 

1. Master of Science in Education with concentration in elementary curriculum 
and instruction. 

2. Master of Science in Education with concentration in reading. 

3. Master of Science in Education with concentration in school administration. 

4. Master of Science in Education with concentration in school counseling. 

College administrative officer. 


149 


Education 


5. Master of Science in Education with concentration in special education. 

6. Admission to teacher education standards, instructions, application. 

7. Admission to student teaching standards, instructions, application, 
in elementary school teacher education, 
in secondary school teacher education, 
in junior college teacher education, 
in teaching mentally retarded children, 
in teaching children with speech and hearing handicaps, 
in school administration and supervision, 
in pupil personnel services, 
for specialists in reading, 
for Administrator Internship Program. 


PRESERVICE TEACHER EDUCATION 

ADMISSION TO TEACHER EDUCATION 

To become a candidate for a teaching credential the student must be enrolled, 
in good standing, and must be admitted to “teacher education” in the Office of 
Admission to Teacher Education of the School of Education. Application for 
admission to teacher education should be filed during the first semester of the 
junior year or the first semester of attendance at the college, if the student enters 
with advanced standing. 

Admission to teacher education is required of each student before he files the 
application for student teaching.t 

A faculty committee will review information concerning the applicant’s intel- 
lectual resources and mastery of important concepts in the common curricular 
areas of higher education, command of fundamental skills of communication 
(English language usage, written composition, speech, hearing, reading compre- 
hension, handwriting, mathematical skills), scholarship, personality and character, 
interest in teaching, and health. Data related to these criteria are gathered from 
transcripts and records from other schools and colleges, group and individual 
tests, personality inventories, estimates of the potential of the applicant, and from 
the Student Health Center. Students should normally qualify for admission and 
be advised of their status during the second semester of the junior year or their 
first semester of attendance if they enter with advanced standing with degrees from 
accredited colleges. 

Students who show weaknesses in any of the fundamental skills of communication 
are advised of their standing. If there are weaknesses in only one or two of the 
areas noted above, the student will be advised of refresher courses and given a 
specified time to meet the standard. 

If the applicant has serious deficiencies in communication skills or does not meet 
the standards of mastery in the common curricular areas, personality and character, 
scholarship, interest in teaching, or health, the faculty committee will deny ad- 
mission to teacher education. 

The student must arrange to take the required battery of group and individual 
tests and inventories necessar>" to provide information needed by the faculty' 
committee. The tests of breadth of understanding, reading, English usage, number 
skills, composition, handwriting, and personality are given by the School of Educa- 
tion for admission to teacher education; consult the Office of Admission to Teacher 
Education of the School of Education for dates. 

The student who comes to (DSCF to work toward a credential for teaching in a 
secondary school and who already has a bachelor’s degree must, before he is ad- 

t Exceptions will be made in the case of new transfer students. 


8. Program 

9. Program 

10. Program 

11. Program 

12. Program 

13. Program 

14. Program 

15. Program 

16. Program 


150 


Education 

mitted to teacher education, consult with an adviser in the major and must submit 
a statement, signed by the adviser, which indicates the following: 

1. That the student’s undergraduate preparation in his major is considered to be 
adequate for the credential sought, or 

2. Specific courses which the student must complete to have a major adequate 
for the credential sought, and which he must complete before he will be 
admitted to student teaching. These may be in addition to the minimum of the 
six upper division or graduate units required in the major in the postgraduate 
year, or may, in part or in whole, satisfy this six unit minimum requirement. 

Full details on standards and procedures for admission to teacher education are 
described in “Instructions and Standards for Admission to Teacher Education,” 
which is available from the Office of Admission to Teacher Education School of 
Education. 


STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS FOR CREDENTIALS FOR TEACHING 

The curricular requirements for credentials for teaching in California elemen- 
tary schools, secondary schools and junior colleges are included in the curricula 
descriptions. Upon the completion of the requirements, the student will submit 
an application for a credential to the State Department of Education in Sacramento. 
On these applications the student is asked about his citizenship status, his profes- 
sional conduct, and he is asked to sign an oath of allegiance. He must also submit 
a health examination form signed by a qualified physician, two fingerprint-identi- 
fication cards and the legal fee, which is currently $20. The forms are available in 
the Credentials Office of the college. 

PERSONNEL SERVICES FOR TEACHER EDUCATION STUDENTS 

Advisement is available to any student seeking a public school credential and a 
bachelor of arts degree. During registration, the student should consult an adviser 
in the department in which he expects to major and an adviser in the School of 
Education who will help him select courses and build his program. A student from 
another institution should bring transcripts of previous work and a tentative selec- 
tion of courses. Transferred education courses must be of upper division level and 
taken within the past 15 years to be applicable to upper division credential require- 
ments. 

TEACHER EDUCATION CURRICULA 

California State College, Fullerton is accredited by the California State Board 
of Education for programs leading to the following credentials: 

1. Standard teaching credential with specialization in elementary school teaching 

2. Standard teaching credential with specialization in secondary school teaching 

3. Standard teaching credential with specialization in junior college teaching 

4. Standard teaching credential with specialization, in lieu of minor, in the 
teaching of exceptional children in the area of mentally retarded children. 

5. Standard teaching credential with specialization, in lieu of minor, in the teach- 
ing of exceptional children in the area of speech and hearing handicapped 
children 

6. Restricted teaching credential to teach the trainable mentally retarded. 

7. Restricted teaching credential to teach the educable mentally retarded. 

8. Standard designated ser\'ices credential with a specialization in pupil personnel 
services. 

9. Standard supervision credential. 

The School of Education has administrative responsibility for teacher education. 
^ curricula provide for completing the requirements for graduation with the 
bachelor of arts degree at the end of the usual four collegiate years and an addi- 


151 


Education 


tional year of work to satisfy requirements for a teaching credential. Preparation 
for teaching in a junior college requires the master’s degree. Details of the pro- 
grams are provided in special brochures available from the School of Education or 
the Credentials Office. Information about the professional services authorized by 
the above credentials will be provided by professional advisers or the Credentials 
Office. 

Curriculum in Elementary School Teacher Education * 

The program leading to the recommendation for the standard teaching creden- 
tial with specialization in elementary school teaching includes the following: 

1. A bachelor’s degree from an approved institution. 

2. A fifth year of college or university postgraduate education taken at the upper 
division or graduate level. (If the student does not complete all requirements, 
the credential may be awarded on the basis of partial fulfillment at the end 
of four or more years of work if he has a bachelor’s degree from an approved 
institution and has completed the student teaching requirement.) 

3. A minimum of 45 semester hours in five of the following six areas: (1) social 
sciences, (2) natural sciences, (3) humanities (excluding foreign languages), 
(4) fine arts, (5) mathematics, and (6) foreign languages. The humanities 
requirement must include a year of English and a course in advanced com- 
position. (To prepare himself to meet professional responsibilities, an ele- 
mentary school teacher education candidate should include in his program 
Art 100, Music 101, PE 123, PE 149, and Speech 101 or Speech 231.) These 
45 semester hours of coursework for the credential can be met through the 
college general education requirements for the bachelor’s degree with the 
proper selection of courses. (Not more than six hours of coursework taken 
to satisfy these requirements shall apply toward the fulfillment of the re- 
quirements for either a major or a minor.) 

4. Three semester hours of coursework in the theory of the structure, arithmetic 
and algebra, or the real number system or three semester hours of coursework 
in calculus. (Math Ed 303A meets this requirement.) 

5. One of the following: 

a. A major consisting of at least 24 semester hours of upper division or gradu- 
ate level courses in an academic subject matter area commonly taught in the 
public elementary schools. These majors are currently available for this 
specialization at the college: anthropology, art, biological science, chem- 
istry, communications with a journalism emphasis, comparative literature, 
drama, economics, English, French, geography, German, history, linguistics, 
mathematics, music, philosophy, physics, political science, psychology, soci- 
olog>% Spanish, speech. (Note: the specifications above are state minima, 
and do not necessarily satisfy requirements for a major for graduation from 
the college.) 

b. A major and a minor, each of which is in a subject matter area commonly 
taught in the public elementary schools, and one of which is in an aca- 
demic subject matter area. The academic major shall consist of at least 
24 semester hours of upper division or graduate coursework. If the major 
is not an academic one, it shall consist of 28 semester hours of upper division 
or graduate coursework. (With a nonacademic major, i.e., business admin- 
istration or physical education, only the major and minor subjects may 
be taught in kindergarten and grades 1 through 9.) This minor shall consist 
of a minimum of 20 semester hours of coursework. When the major is in an 

* Regulations for the credential are subject to change by the State Board of Education; any cur- 
ricular changes will be available in later college publications. 


152 


Educ€tflon 


academic subject matter area specialized preparation in such areas as mem- 
tally retarded or speech and hearing handicapped may be substituted, 
c. Two minors in subject matter areas commonly taught in the public elemen- 
tary schools and a major, other than education and educational methodol- 
ogy, not commonly taught therein. If the major is not in an academic sub- 
ject matter area, each minor shall be in an academic subject matter area. If 
the major is in an academic subject matter area, one of the minors shall be 
in an academic subject matter area. These minors shall consist of a minimum 
of twelve semester hours course work. Specialized preparation in such areas 
as mentally retarded or speech and hearing handicapped may be substituted 
for one of the minors. 

6. Courses selected from the following ones offered by academic departments 
as part of the basic preparation for elementary teachers. A minimum of 
three courses, selected with the approval of a professional adviser, must be 
completed before student teaching. 

Art 380 Art and Child Development (3 units) 

English 433 Children’s Literature (3 units) 

Math Educ 303B Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics (3 units) 

Music 333 Music and Child Development (3 units) 

PE 333 Physical Education and Human Development (3 units) 

Sci Educ 310 Elementary Experimental Science (3 units) 

7. Professional education requirements which are currently met by the following 
program: 

Educ 311 Psychological Foundations of Education (4 units) 

Educ 329 Fieldwork in Methods of Teaching in Elementary Schools (1 unit) 
Educ 331 Elementary School Principles, Curricula, and Methods (7 units) 
Educ 339 or 739 Student Teaching in the Elementary School (8 units) 

Educ 401 Sociological, Historical, and Philosophical Foundations of Education 
(4 units) 

Note; Admission to the college does not include admission to the elementary 
teacher education program. Procedures for admission to teacher education are out- 
lined on page 150. It is the responsibility of each student to file an application for 
admission to teacher education in his junior year and to complete the requirements 
for admission to teacher education before enrolling in Education 329 and Educa- 
tion 331. 

Admission to teacher education does not include admission to student teaching. 
Each student is responsible for meeting the requirements and following the pro- 
cedures for admission to student teaching given on page 160. 

Composite Lower Division, Upper Division, and Fifth Year Work 

A student seeking recommendation for the standard teaching credential with 
specialization in elementary school teaching after five years of preservice teacher 
education should complete — 

In the lower and upper division: 

a. Coursework listed in 3, 4, and 5 above. 

b. A minimum of three courses from item 6 above. These courses are to be 
selected in consultation with and with the approval of his professional 
adviser. 

c. Courses in professional education 
Junior year, Education 311 (4) 

Senior year, second semester. Education 329 (1) and Education 331 (7) 

d. Additional courses selected in consultation with his professional adviser. 


153 


Education 


In the fifth year: 

a. Courses in professional education 
First semester, Education 739 (8) 

Second semester, Education 401 (4) 

b. Additional courses from item 6 above as needed and other courses selected 
in consultation with his professional adviser. 

(The applicant for the standard teaching credential with specialization in 
elementary school teaching must complete 30 units of upper division and/or 
graduate work after he has completed all requirements for the bachelor’s 
degree.) 

A student seeking the standard teaching credential with specialization in elemen- 
tary school teaching on partial fulfillment of requirements should complete — 

In the lower and upper division: 

a. Coursework listed in 3, 4, and 5 above. 

b. A minimum of three courses from item 6 above. These courses are to 
be selected in consultation with and with the approval of Jiis professional 
adviser. 

c. Courses in professional education 
Junior year. Education 311 (4) 

Senior year, first semester. Education 329 (1) and Education 331 (7) 

Senior year, second semester. Education 339 (8) 

d. Additional courses selected in consultation with his professional adviser 

In the fifth year (to be completed during the first seven years of teaching) : 

a. Courses in professional education 
Education 401 (4) 

b. Additional courses from item 6 above as needed and other courses selected 
in consultation with his professional adviser. 

(The applicant for the standard teaching credential with specialization in 
elementary school teaching must complete 30 units of upper division and/or 
graduate work after he has completed all requirements for the bachelor’s 
degree.) 

Curriculum in Junior College Teacher Education 

The program requirements leading to the college-recommended standard teach- 
ing credential with a specialization in junior college teaching are: 

1. A master’s or higher degree from CSCT or from an accredited institution. 

2. Preparation in subject matter areas commonly taught in public junior colleges 
in either of the following: 

a. An academic major in a single subject commonly taught in public junior 
college. (The subject in which a master’s degree has been granted consti- 
tutes a major in that subject for these purposes.) 

b. If the major is nonacademic (the candidate holds a master’s degree in a 
subject such as business administration or physical education), the can- 
didate must have an academic minor of a minimum of 20 semester hours 
in a single subject commonly taught in the public junior college. Twelve 
of the units in the minor must be of upper division or graduate level. 

3. Professional education requirements in (^SCDF recommended program: 

Units 

Educ 744 Principles of Junior (College Teaching 3 

Educ 799 Junior College Student Teaching and Seminar 4 


154 


Education 


Admission to Junior College Teacher Education Program 

Admission to the college does not constitute admission to junior college teacher 
education. 

The candidate must: 

Have a master’s or higher degree from a fully accredited institution in a field 
in which the college offers a major 

or 

have classified graduate status (master’s degree candidacy) at CISCIF and 
possess a baccalaureate degree. 

Admission to junior college teacher education follows in general the procedure 
described on page 150. For exact procedures see Credentials Office. 

The student is responsible for filing his application for admission as early as 
possible and is also responsible for admission to teacher education. 

Application for junior college student teaching and seminar is not included in 
admission to the program. The student is responsible for following the procedures 
listed on page 160 under “Application for Student Teaching.” 

The courses in professional education listed above will be taken in sequence. 
The student must have postgraduate standing before he enrolls in these courses. 
Student teaching may be taken in either the last semester in which the master’s 
degree will be completed or after the degree has been granted. 

N.B.: The above is a description of the program leading to the recommenda- 
tion of the college for the credential. This program includes student teaching 
and work in professional education not required by the state. The college pro- 
gram is designed to meet the job placement needs of candidates for positions 
in junior colleges. 


Curriculum in Preparation of Teachers of the Mentally Retarded 

Students preparing for the regular Mental Retardation Credentials (this qualifies 
the teacher to work with either educable or trainable mentally retarded children) 
must complete the curriculum in either elementary or secondary school teacher 
education as described on pages 152 and 158. When the major is in an academic 
area commonly taught in the elementary or secondary schools (as appropriate), 
the 22 units of specialized preparation described below (not including student 
teaching) may be substituted for the minor. On successful completion of the pro- 
gram the student will be recommended for the standard teaching credential with 
specialization in elementary or secondary teaching with specialized preparation to 
serve as a teacher of exceptional children, area of the mentally retarded. Upon 
receipt of this credential, the student will be authorized to teach in special classes 
for the mentally retarded as well as in regular classes at the appropriate level. 

Students desiring to prepare as teachers of the mentally retarded should proceed 
as follows: 

1. Apply for admission to teacher education as described on page 150. 

2. File the “Application to Enter the Program for Specialization in the Teaching 
of Mentally Retarded Pupils” at the same time as application is made to be 
admitted to teacher education. (Application forms are available from the 
School of Education.) 

3. Arrange for a personal interview with a faculty member involved in the 
program. This faculty member will advise the student about the appropriate 
sequence of courses. 

4. Upon completion of the necessary prerequisite courses, apply for admission 
to student teaching as described on page 160. Students in this specialized 


155 


Education 


program will have their student teaching assignment divided between regular 
classes and special classes. 

Students seeking recommendations for this special credential to teach the men- 
tally retarded should complete the courses listed below in lieu of the minor 


required for the Standard Teaching Credential. 

Units 

Educ 471 Exceptional Children 3 

Educ 473 Mental Retardation and Brain Injury 3 

Educ 474 Curriculum and Methods for Teaching the 

Mentally Retarded - 3 

Educ 475 Observation and Individual Instruction with the 

Mentally Retarded 3 

Educ 779 Student Teaching with Mentally Retarded Pupils 4 

Educ 452 Principles of Guidance 3 

Speech 403 Speech Development 

or Educ 470 Language and Communication Problems of Exceptional 
Children 3 

Electives from courses related to teaching the mentally retarded (4 units); 
electives must be approved by the adviser 

Total number of units in special education not 
including student teaching 22 


Requirements for a Restricted Credential to Teach the 
Educable Mentally Retarded 

Upon completion of the requirements for this credential, an individual is qualified 
for service at all grade levels with service restricted to teaching the mentally 
retarded. Students seeking this credential must: 

1. Obtain the Baccalaureate Degree. 

2. Complete a fifth year of college work. 

3. Complete 27 hours of course work in special education and related fields. 

4. Complete student teaching with educable mentally retarded children. 

5. Proceed as indicated for teachers of the mentally retarded (see page 155). 


Specialized course work for this credential is as follows: Units 

Educ 312 Human Growth and Development 3 

Educ 471 Exceptional Children 3 

Educ 473 Mental Retardation Educational Development 3 


Educ 474 Curriculum and Methods for Teaching the Mentally Retarded 3 

Recommended Sequence of Courses in Professional Education for Students 
Preparing as Teachers of the Mentally Retarded 



Elementary 

Secondary 

Junior year, first semester 

. Educ 311 (4) 

Educ 311 (4) 

Junior year, second semester 

Educ 471 (3) 

Educ 471 (3) 
Educ 340 (3) 

Senior year, first semester 

.... Educ 331 (8) 

Educ 442 (3) 

Educ 473 (3) 

Educ 473 (3) 

Senior year, second semester — 

Educ 474 (3) 

Educ 474 (3) 
Educ 401 (4) 


156 


Education 


Fifth year, first semester 


Elementary 

Educ 475 (3) 
Speech 403 (3) 
Electives in special 
education (4) 
Educ 401 (4) 


Secondary 

Educ 475 (3) 

Electives in special 
education (4) 

Educ 779 (4) 

Educ 749 (2) 

Educ 452 (3) 


Fifth year, second semester Educ 779 (4) 

Educ 739 (4) 
Educ 452 (3) 


Requirements for a Restricted Credential to Teach the 
Trainable Mentally Retarded 

Successful completion of this program qualifies the student for a credential 
restricted to the teaching of the trainable mentally retarded. A fifth year of study 
is not required; courses may be completed either as an undergraduate or a graduate 
student. The student does not need to complete requirements for the Standard 
Elementary or Standard Secondary Teaching Credential. 

In addition to the completion of the requirements for the baccalaureate degree 
at California State College, Fullenon or other accredited institutions, the student 
must follow Plan I or Plan II listed below. 

Recommended Sequence of Courses in Professional Education for Students 
Preparing as Teachers of the Trainable Mentally Retarded 

Plan I: Recommended for students selecting program in the junior year 

(credential will be issued with bachelor’s degree upon completion of program) . 
Major: Recommend Psychology, Sociology, or Speech, but others are accept- 


able. 

Junior year, first semester Educ 311 (4) 

Junior year, second semester -Educ 471 (3) 

Senior year, first semester - Educ 473 (3) 

Educ 479 (6) 

Senior year, second semester Speech 403 (3) 

Educ 779 (4) 

Plan II: For Graduate Students 

Units 

Educ 311 Psychological Foundations of Education 4 

Educ 471 Exceptional Children (optional) 3 

Educ 473 Mental Retardation and Brain Injury 3 

Speech 403 Speech Development (optional) 3 

Educ 479 Seminar and Practicum in Education of the TMR 6 

Educ 779 Student Teaching with the Mentally Retarded 4 


Curriculum in Preparation of Reading and Remedial Reading Specialists 

Teachers who wish to enter the program for the preparation of specialists in 
reading and remedial reading, including both primary and secondary school levels, 
niay enroll in the following 18-unit specialty: 

Sequence of Courses in Reading 

Units 


Educ 506 Curriculum and Research: Reading 3 

Educ 516 Etiology of Reading Difficulties 3 

Educ 581 Analysis of Reading Difficulties 3 


157 


Education 


Umts 

Educ 584 Linguistics and Reading 3 

or 

Educ 585 Word Perception Skills in Reading 3 

Educ 583A Remedial Reading: Casework 3 

Educ 583B Remedial Reading: Casework 3 


Completion of the reading sequence will entitle the student to a statement of 
completion of the reading specialty. 

Curriculum in Secondary School Teacher Education * 

Credential requirements and the program leading to the recommendation for 
the standard teaching credential with specialization in secondary school teaching 
includes the following: 

1. A bachelor’s degree from an approved institution. 

2. A fifth year of college or university postgraduate education taken at the upper 
division or graduate level. (The postgraduate year is defined by California 
State College, Fullerton as 30 semester units of upper division or graduate 
level coursework completed after the bachelor’s degree.) 

3. Forty-five semester hours of coursework, including the English and the com- 
petency described below, and including four of the following six areas: (1) 
humanities (excluding foreign languages), (2) social sciences, (3) natural 
sciences, (4) mathematics requiring as a prerequisite an understanding and 
knowledge of high school algebra and geometry, (5) fine arts, and (6) foreign 
languages. The humanities requirement must include a year of English, and 
in addition, the applicant for the credential shall demonstrate competence in 
composition either by passing a course in advanced composition or by passing 
an examination in lieu thereof. 

(Note: This 45 semester hours of coursework for the credential can be met 
through the college general education requirement for the bachelor’s degree 
with proper selection of courses. Not more than six hours of coursework 
taken to satisfy these requirements shall apply toward the major or minor for 
the credential.) 

4. Preparation in subject matter areas commonly taught in the public secondary 
schools for the purpose of credential requirements for majors and minors. 

a. One of the following: 

Option 1. A major in an academic subject matter area commonly taught 
in the public secondary schools. 

Option 2. A major and a minor, each of which is in a subject matter area 
commonly taught in the public high schools, and one of which 
is in an academic subject matter area. 

b. Major requirements for the credential must include at least 24 upper divi- 
sion and graduate level units. At least six units in the major must be taken 
at the graduate level. Six postgraduate units in the minor may be taken in 
lieu of this requirement for the major. See the general course numbering 
code on page 183 for the description of graduate level courses for the cre- 
dential. Also see the appropriate sections of this catalog for descriptions of 
requirements in specific majors. The college will recognize single subject 
areas as satisfying Option 1 provided the student supplies additional upper 
division or graduate units in supporting areas structured by the department 
in which the baccalaureate degree is taken and in consultation with the 
other departments involved. This option should be considered carefullyi 

* This is the curriculum for the standard teaching credential with specialization in secondaO' 
school teaching. Credential requirements are subject to regulatory cnanges. Any such change* 
will be described in later college publications. 


158 


Education 


since it may not be practical in terms of job placement. Some departments 
of the college will require that the student must present a minor. Stu- 
dents must consult with academic and professional advisers concerning 
Option 1. 

c. Minor requirements vary, but must include 20 units in a single subject in 
this credential program at CSCF. (Note: A minor is not required for 
graduation from the college but is required for the recommendation of the 
college for Option 2.) 

Each student will complete a major planned with and approved by his 
major adviser. Majors presently available are: art, biology, business admin- 
istration, chemistry, communications with journalism emphasis, drama, 
economics, English, French, geography, German, history, mathematics, 
music, physical education, physics, political science, Spanish, and speech. 

Elach student will complete a minor planned with and approved by his 
professional adviser. Minors presently available are: art, biology chemistry, 
communications with journalism emphasis, drama, economics, English, 
French, geography, German, history, mathematics, music, physical education, 
physics, political science, Spanish and speech. Students may also present 
specialized preparation to serve as a teacher of exceptional children in the 
area of the mentally retarded or speech and hearing handicapped in lieu of 
the minor. 

Students majoring in business administration and physical education must 
have an academic minor with a minimum of 20 units in subjects commonly 
taught in the public secondary schools. Students with these majors must 
complete 12 units of upper division or graduate level work in the minor 
area. 

5. Credential requirements in courses for preservice professional education are 
met in the following program in professional education: 

Courses in Professional Education 

Units 


Educ 340 Principles and Curricula of Secondary Education 3 

Educ 311 Psychological Foundations of Education 4 

Educ 401 Sociological, Historical, and Philosophical Foundations of Educa- 
tion - — - - 4 

Educ 442 Teaching (art, English, etc.) in the Secondary Schools (also 

listed in respective departments) 3 

Educ 449 Field Work in Methods of Teaching in Secondary Schools 1 

Educ 749 Student Teaching (art, English, etc.) in the Secondary School 
and Seminar (also listed in respective departments) 6 


Students normally will begin their work in professional education in the junior 
year, and it is expected that, except for Education 401, the courses above will 
t>e taken in the indicated sequence. Students who begin their work in professional 
education as seniors or as graduate students will follow a somewhat different 
sequence, and should consult professional advisers when planning their programs. 
Graduate students without professional education backgrounds may be required 
extend their program beyond a single academic year to complete the college 
secondary school teacher education program. In all cases students are required 
to take Education 340 the first semester they are enrolled in professional education. 

Wofe; Admission to the college does not include admission to the secondary 
School teacher education program. See the description on page 150 for the 
procedures for admission to teacher education which does include admission to this 
credential program. It is the responsibility of each student to file his application 
^or admission to teacher education by the end of the semester in which he com- 


159 


Education 


pletes Education 340. It is also the responsibility of each student to arrange to 
complete his requirements for admission to teacher education early in his work 
in professional education. Students must be admitted to teacher education prior 
to taking Education 442 and Education 449. 

Admission to teacher education does not include admission to student teaching. 
See the description of the procedures for admission to student teaching on this 
page. The student must observe the deadline and must meet other requirements for 
admission to student teaching. 

Curriculum in Preparation of Teochers of Speech and Hearing Handicapped 

Details of this teacher education program are found on page 131. The program 
is administered by the Speech Department in consultation with the School of 
Education. 

Program Leading to the California Credential— Speech and Hearing Specialist 

Students wishing to pursue the major in Speech and Hearing and to complete a 
fifth year for the “Restricted Teaching Credential for Services as a Speech and 
Hearing Specialist” (1967) should follow the major for Speech for the B.A. degree 
with emphasis in Speech Pathology and Audiology to be followed by a fifth year 
of adviser-approved specialized preparation. 

Required in the undergraduate and graduate years will be the completion of 
65 semester units constituting a well-integrated program that includes 18 semester 
units in courses that provide fundamental information applicable to the normal 
development and use of speech, hearing, and language, and their relationship to the 
educative process, and 42 semester units in courses that provide information about 
and training in the management of speech, hearing, and language disorders and that 
provide information supplementary to these fields. 

STUDENT TEACHING 

Each candidate for the standard teaching credential with specialization in elemen- 
tary school teaching will do his student teaching in the last semester of his senior 
year or in his postgraduate year at the college. Each candidate for the standard 
teaching credential with specialization in secondary school teaching, or for the 
standard teaching credential with specialization in junior college teaching will do 
his student teaching during a postgraduate year. Details about student teaching in 
special education classes are available in the Office of Special Education. Student 
teaching assignments are made in the elementary and secondary schools of districts 
geographically accessible to the college. Junior college student teaching assign- 
ments are made in nearby junior colleges. Students will be assigned to work under 
the supervision of carefully selected supervising teachers; a college supervisor makes 
frequent visits to the student teacher and the supervising teacher. Student teachers 
meet in a weekly seminar under the leadership of the college supervisor to discuss 
performance and problems. 

Application for Student Teaching 

Admission to teacher education as described above is the first step in a cumulative 
and continuing evaluation of a candidate’s fitness to teach. The applicant for 
admission to student teaching must have a grade-point average of 2.5 in the major, 
2.5 in the minor, and 2.5 in professional education. Marks of C, or better, are 
required in all professional education courses. Applicants for admission to elemen- 
tary school student teaching must be classified as postgraduate students or be within 
15 units of the baccalaureate degree. Applicants for admission to secondary school 
student teaching or to junior college student teaching must be classified as post- 
graduate students. All applicants must have completed at least 12 units at California 
State College, Fullerton. The applicant must present a favorable report on health 


160 


Education 


status and history. He must present evidence of readiness for student teaching 
responsibility as testified by the major adviser, the professional adviser, and other 
college faculty. This evidence relates to scholarship, breadth of understanding, 
command of the subjects to be taught, fundamental skills of communication, person- 
ality and character, interest and potential for teaching, and health. 

Competence is required in all subjects and skills for which the candidate is seeking 
a credential. For the elementary school teacher education student, this includes all 
subjects and skills commonly taught in the first eight grades of the public schools. 
Secondary school and junior college teacher education students must meet the 
requirements for major and minor (s) as specified by the academic divisions. 

All instructors of the college are asked to participate in the continuing evaluation 
of students in relation to those aptitude, personality and character traits which are 
considered essential to admission to the teaching profession. Dependability in 
fulfilling assignments, class attendance, ability to get along with people, industry, 
and emotional stability are representative criteria. In addition to the evaluations 
by instructors, the applicants may be interviewed by a faculty committee, and 
attention will be directed to general appearance, dress, vitality, poise, temperament, 
integrity, and social attitudes. 

The application for admission to student teaching is submitted to the coordinator 
of elementary education or the coordinator of secondary education. The application 
must be submitted by October 15 or March 1 of the semester preceding the 
semester in which the student teaching assignment is expected. A faculty committee 
will gather the information described above and report to, the student in time to do 
planning for the following semester. 

Except for graduate students 'who are in their first semester of study at CSCF, 
applications will be accepted only from those who have completed all requirements 
for admission to teacher education. 

Full details on standards and procedures are described in “Instructions and 
Standards for Admission to Student Teaching,” available in the Office of Elemen- 
tary and Secondary Education. 

Study Limits of Student Teachers 

Students who enroll in Educ 339 or 739, Student Teaching in the Elemen- 
tary School, will be limited to one additional course for that semester. Students 
who enroll in Educ 749, Student Teaching in the Secondary School, will be 
limited to two additional courses for that semester. It is expected that students 
will not carry out-of -college work responsibilities during the semester of the student 
teaching assignment. 

If a student is under hardship because of these limitations, he may submit a 
petition to the coordinator of elementary education or to the coordinator of 
secondary education, as appropriate, requesting permission to carry not more than 
13 units, including student teaching. The petition must set fonh, in full, the 
circumstances necessitating the petition. 

Permission to Substitute Teaching Experience for Student Teaching 

A candidate for a teaching credential who has had two years of successful, 
regular teaching experience must petition the School of Education, through his 
professional adviser, for permission to substitute such experience for the student 
teaching requirement. Substitution of teaching experience for student teaching will 
l>e considered only if the applicant: 

1. Has been admitted to teacher education at the college. 

2. Has submitted an official verification from his former supervisor, principal, 
or superintendent to the School of Education certifying at least two years of 
successful, regular teaching experience at the appropriate level. A form for 
this verification is available in the Office of the School of Education. 


161 


Other Credential Programs 

OTHER CREDENTIAL PROGRAMS 

Administration and Supervision 

Students are required to take Educ 503, Foundations of Administrative Leader- 
ship, during their first registration in school administration, or be accepted in the 
internship in school administration. To continue in the program beyond this course 
the student must be granted a “letter of admission to the program” and possess an 
official CSCF program evaluation. Both the internship and the regular credential 
program are an integrated whole. Students who desire only isolated courses from 
the program are normally denied admission to such courses. Experienced school 
administrators, holding a California Administrative credential and exempt from 
degree requirerhents may register for any course in the School Administration con- 
centration. Teachers wishing to take courses in school administration directed at 
helping them to understand administration problems are welcome to take selected 
courses. 

A selected number of teachers, who have completed a minimum of five years 
teaching experience, will be offered an opportunity to study and to practice school 
administration as school interns in administration. A candidate must obtain admis- 
sion to the program and agreement must be reached with a sponsoring school or 
college district to employ the candidate as a full-time administrator during the 
school year. All candidates will be given a temporary credential for supervision and 
administration according to the regulations of the California Administrative Code, 
Title V, Section 6555. Such candidates should register in two courses; 

Educ 561 Organization of School Systems 
Educ 563 Principles of School Personnel Administration 
Both courses must be completed in the summer session if the student is to do his 
internship beginning in the fall semester. Applications for admission to the admin- 
istrator internship program should be sent to Dr. Ernest G. Lake, Chairman, Intern- 
ship Program in School Administration, by June 1. Careful planning of electives 
will enable candidates to receive the master of science degree in education with a 
concentration in school administration upon further study after completing the 
requirements of the internship. 

Pupil Personnel Services 

Students must take Education 452, Principles of Guidance, during their first reg- 
istration in this field. At or near the end of this course, students are normally 
admitted to the program by a screening process. Students who transfer this course 
in from other institutions must see an adviser for approval of the next course before 
continuing in the program. Details of this program are contained in a brochure 
available from the School of Education. 

School Psychometry 

Students interested in school psychometry and school psychology follow the pro- 
gram for school counseling outlined above and then add certain adviser approved 
courses for the Standard Designated Services credential in School Psychometr> 
and/or School Psychology. 

GRADUATE PROGRAMS 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

General Characteristics 

This degree is reserved for professionally qualified graduate students who desire 
to prepare for or advance their careers in school counseling, school administration, 
special education, reading, or elementary curriculum and instruction. Most students 


162 


Other Credential Programs 


in school counseling and administration can meet credential requirements in either 
Pupil Personnel Services or Administration (including supervision) while complet- 
ing the degree. 


Prerequisites 

Only students who have a teaching credential, successful teaching experience, an 
approved academic major, acceptable scores on the Graduate Record Examination 
(area tests or aptitude test), 30 units of adviser-approved study past the bacca- 
laureate degree, a 2.5 GPA on previous academic and related work, and who have 
been screened into the program on these and professional leadership criteria, may 
proceed to the last 30 units of study on the program. Credit will be given for 
previous postbaccalaureate studies when possible. While otherwise well-qualified 
students may be admitted with limited subject or grade deficiencies, these may 
often be removed in the first 30 units of postbaccalaureate study. 


Programs of Study 

Elementary Curriculum and Instruction 


Units 


The final adviser-approved 30 units (minimum) will include the following: 

Core Studies - - 6 

Educ 510 Research Design and Analysis (3) 

One of the following: 

Educ 402 Comparative Education (3) 

Educ 403 History of Education (3) 

Educ 406 Educational Sociology (3) 

Educ 501 Philosophy of Education (3) 


Supporting courses from other disciplines 6 

Courses for the concentration in elementary curriculum and instruction 18 

Tnoo or More of the following: 


Educ 530 Curriculum and Research in Elementary Education: Foreign Lan- 
guages (3) 

Educ 531 Curriculum and Research in Elementary Education: Language Arts 

Educ 532 Curriculum and Research in Elementary Education; Mathematics (3) 
Educ 533 Curriculum and Research in Elementary Education: Science (3) 
Educ 534 Curriculum and Research in Elementary Education: Social Studies 
(3) 

Educ 537 Seminar for Elementary Education (3) 

One of the following: (3 units) 

Educ 597 Graduate Project (1-3) 

Educ 598 Thesis (1-3) 

Electives selected with approval of the adviser (0-6) 


Reading Units 

The final adviser-approved 30 units (minimum) will include the following: 

Core Studies - 6 


Educ 510 Research Design and Analysis (3) or 
Educ 511 Survey of Educational Research (3) 
One of the following: 

Educ 402 Comparative Education (3) 

Educ 403 History of Education (3) 

Educ 406 Educational Sociology (3) 

Educ 501 Philosophy of Education (3) 


163 


Other Credential Programs 


Supporting courses from other disciplines.. 

Courses for the concentration in reading 

Educ 506 Curriculum and Research: Reading (3) 
Educ 516 Etiology of Reading Difficulties (3) 
Educ 581 Analysis of Reading Difficulties (3) 
Educ 582 Analysis of Reading Practices (3) 

Educ 583 A Remedial Reading: Casework (3) 

Educ 583B Remedial Reading: Casework (3) 

Educ 597 Graduate Project (1-3) or 

Educ 598 Graduate Thesis (1-3) 


Units 
. 6 
.20 


School Administration 

Students concentrating in school administration will take Educ 503, Foundations 
for Administrative Leadership, as soon as they identify their interest in this M.S. 
degree. The final adviser-approved 30 units (minimum) will include the following: 

Ufdts 

Core Studies 6 

Educ 511 Survey of Educational Research (3) or 
Educ 510 Research Design and Analysis (3) 

(By specific permission of the adviser) 

One of the following: 

Educ 402 Comparative Education (3) 

Educ 403 History of Education (3) 

Educ 406 Educational Sociology (3) 

Educ 501 Philosophy of Education (3) 

Supporting courses from other disciplines — 

Courses for the concentration in school administration 

Educ 505 The Supervision of Curriculum (4) 

Educ 561 Organization of School Systems (3) 

Educ 563 Principles of School Personnel Administration (2) 

Educ 567 AB Field Work and Seminar in School Administration (2-2) 

(Project or Thesis) 

One of the following 

Educ 566 The Elementary School Principal and Supen^isor (3) 

Educ 586 The Secondary School Principal and Supervisor (3) 

School Counseling 

Students concentrating in school counseling will take Educ 452, Principles of 
Guidance as soon as they identify their interest in this concentration in the M. S. 
Education degree. At or near the end of this course students are normally admitted 
to this program by a screening process. Students who transfer this course in from 
other institutions must see an adviser for approval of the next course before con- 
tinuing in the program. This second course then becomes the screening course for 
transfer students. 

The final adviser-approved 30 units (minimum) will include the following: 

Units 

Core Studies 6 

Educ 510 Research Design and Analysis 0) or 
Educ 511 Survey of Educational Research (3) 

One of the following: 

Educ 402 Comparative Education (3) 

Educ 403 History of Education (3) 



164 


Other Credential Programs 


Educ 406 Educational Sociology (3) Units 

Educ 501 Philosophy of Education (3) 

Supporting courses from other disciplines 6 

Courses for the concentration in school counseling 20 

Educ 550 Counseling Theories and Processes (3) 


Educ 551 Educational and Career Orientation (3) 

Educ 552 Group Processes in Guidance (3) 

Educ 553 Administration and Organization of Pupil Personnel Services (3) 

Educ 559AB Field Work in Pupil Personnel Services (3-3) 

Educ 597 Project or Educ 598 Thesis (1-1) 

Students interested in school psychometry and school psychology follow the 
program for school counseling outlined above and then add certain adviser ap- 
proved courses for the Standard Designated Services credential in School Psychom- 
etry and/or School Psychology. 


Special Education 

Students electing to concentrate in special education shall, in addition to the 
prerequisites for admission to the masters program, either (1) possess a California 
credential authorizing service as a teacher of exceptional children or (2) have 
completed requirements comparable to those required for the minor for a Cali- 
fornia credential to teach exceptional children. 

Before a candidate can be awarded the Master of Science degree in Education 
with a concentration in special education, he must complete Educ 510 or Educ 511 
and one of Educ 402, Educ 403, Educ 406, or Educ 501. In addition, six semester 
hours of upper division or 500-level courses must be taken in disciplines other than 
education; such courses must be approved by the student’s adviser and should 
support the special education concentration. The remaining 18 hours of the stu- 
dent’s coursework will be selected from the following list with the approval of 
the student’s adviser and shall include Educ 514; additional courses may be added 


as needed. 

Umt, 

Educ 503 Foundations for Educational Leadership — 3 

Educ 514 Graduate Seminar: Behavioral Research on Children 

with Learning Disorders - - 3 

Educ 521 Group Processes in the Qassroom — 3 

Educ 522 Behavior Disorders in the Classroom.... 3 

Educ 523 Learning Disorders in the Classroom - 3 

Educ 552 Group Processes in Guidance 3 

Educ 555 Individual Diagnosis — 3 

Educ 570 Graduate Clinic in Exceptional Children: 

Advanced Developmental Psychology 2 

Educ 571 Graduate Clinic in Exceptional Children: 2 

Advanced Psychology of Learning — 2 

Educ 572 Psycho-Educational Clinic 2 

(May be repeated for credit to maximum of 4 units) 

Educ 581 Analysis of Reading Difficulties..- - 3 

Educ 597 Graduate Project or 

Educ 598 Thesis - - 1-3 


For further information, consult the appropriate Program Office in the School 
of Education. 

See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,’’ page 69, and the Graduate Bulletin. 


165 


Health Education, Physical Education, and Recreation 

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH EDUCATION, PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION, AND RECREATION 

Professors: Johnson (Chairman), Omalev, Pastor 

Associate Professors: Barrett, Caine, Little, Stovall, Yessis 

Assistant Professors: Albrecht, Fardy, Fulton, Hanauer, Scheel, Witchey 

Instructors: Matson, Wolfe 

Lecturer: Morrison 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

The department offers a bachelor of science in physical education for students 
preparing to teach, for those preparing to pursue graduate work in physical edu- 
cation and for those preparing for careers in business, industry and government 
service. 

The major consists of 40 units in health education, physical education and recre- 
ation, and six units of electives in upper division in supporting and related fields. 
Electives are to be approved by the students’ departmental adviser. Requirements 
for the major, including proficiency requirements, prerequisite and lower division 
courses, are indicated below. 

Proftciency Requirements for Major Students 

All physical education majors must demonstrate proficiency in the areas of 
aquatics, rhythms, gymnastics, combatives (men), modem dance (women) and in 
individual and team sports. Intensive skill courses in these areas should be taken 
in the lower division. All major students must attain satisfactory proficiency in all 
categories listed below in any one of the following ways: 

1. Complete courses PE 205 Professional Activities 
Sports/Dance series (4 courses at two units each) 

or 

2. Pass proficiency screening test as administered by the course instructor. 

Proficiency Series 

Aquatics: PE 111, PE 112, PE 113 (select one) 

Combatives: PE 132M Combatives (M) 

Rhythms: PE 141 or PE 142, PE 143 (W) , PE 144 (W) 

Gymnastics: PE 131 or PE 151 

Individual sports: PE 130, PE 136, PE 137, PE 139, PE 138 or PE 135, PE 150, 
PE 157 

Team sports PE 121M and 122M, PE 121W and 122W 


MAJOR IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Prerequisites Units 

Chemistry 100* •• Introductory Chemistry 4 

or 

Physics 211 A* Elementary Physics 4 

or 

Physical Sci 201* Modern Physical Science 4 

Biology 101 Elements of Biology 5 

Biology 361 Mammalian Anatomy and Physiology 4 


* Chemiitry or Physics or Physical Science as taught at California State College, Fullerton. 

•• Two semesters of team sport competition on an intercollegiate team may oe taken In lieu or 
team sports requirement (applies to both men and womezi)* 


166 


Health Education, Physical Education, and Recreation 


Electives: Interdisciplinary Units 

Six units of electives in upper division in supporting or related fields. Elec- 
tives will be approved by the student’s departmental adviser 6 

Total 6 

Courses in Health, Physical Education and Recreation 

Lower Division (all required) 

HE 101 Personal and Community Health 2 

HE 102 Prevention and First Aid 2 

PE 201 Introduction to Physical Education and Recreation 3 

Rec 203 Recreation Programs and Activities 2 

Total 9 

Upper Division (all required) 

PE 324 Theory and Principles of Human Motor Learning 3 

PE 325 Case Studies in Human Motor Learning. 3 

PE 416 Kinesiology (pre/Bio 361) 3 

PE 417 Physiology of Exercise (pre/Bio 361) 3 

PE 418 Adapted and Corrective Activities (pre/PE 416) 3 

HE 419 Environmental Health (pre/HE 101) 3 

PE 420 Tests and Measurements in Physical Education 3 

Total 21 

Upper Division (Any five courses) f 

PE 311 Analysis of Aquatics - 2 

PE 312 Analysis of Combatives - 2 

PE 313 Analysis of Folk, Square, and Social Dance 2 

PE 314 Analysis of Individual and Dual Sports 2 

PE 315 Analysis of Modem Dance (W) 2 

PE 317A3 Analysis of Team Sports (W) 4 

PE 318 Analysis of Team Sports (M) 2 

PE 319 Analysis of Gymnastics and Tumbling 2 

Total 10 

Total in health, physical education and recreation 40 

MINOR IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

A minor consists of 22 units of work as listed below: 

Lower Dlvifiem HE 102, PE 201, Rec. 203. 

Uppor DivUiont PE 324, PE 416 or PE 417, PE 419 or PE 420 and select any 
three courses (6 units) from the analysis series: t 
PE 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 317A, 317B, 318, 319. 

For information about teaching credentials, consult the Credentials Office or the 
chairman of the department. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION 
Oanorol Charoctorlstlcs 

The program of studies leading to this degree is designed to prepare carefully 
selected individuals as master teachers of physical education by providing the 

t Students must hive completed the proficiency skills test essentiil to the course u t prerequisite 
to enrollment in any of the courses listed in the series PE 311-319. 


167 


Health Education, Physical Education, and Recreation 

technical knowledge and scholarship necessary to interpret to others through 
modern methods of education: (1) the basic subject matter of physical education; 
(2) the conduct and application of experimental research pertinent to physical 
education; (3) the ability to evaluate critically the basic issues affecting physical 
education; and (4) the application of concepts from related fields having signifi- 
cance for physical education. 

The program is also designed to prepare teachers of physical education at the 
college level as well as to provide the background for continued study in a doctoral 
program in physical education. 

Prerequisites 

Prerequisites to the program include: 

(1) completion of 24 approved upper division units in physical education; 

(2) a GPA of 3.0 or better, for all upper division work taken in physical educa- 
cation and a 2.5 GPA for all previous college work. (Contingency provisions: 
grade point deficiencies in individual courses in physical education may be 
met by taking 6-12 hours of approved courses at California State College, 
Fullerton, and earning a 3.0 grade point average in these courses. Such 
courses, while counted toward the prerequisites for the Master of Science 
program, may not be used to fulfill the program requirements.) 

(3) completion of the Aptitude Test of the (Graduate Record Examination. 

Program of Study 

The degree program consists of 30 units of graduate study with a GPA of 3.0 
or better. Coursework shall include 21 units of 500 level courses of which 10 units 
shall be in the core studies. Further work includes 12-17 units in physical education 
electives with eight of these units concentrated in one special area. Six units of 
work must be in disciplines other than physical education. A thesis and an oral 
examination at the conclusion of the program are required; a written examination 


may also be required. 

I. Core Studies (minimum 10 units) Units 

PE 510 Research Design in HEPER 3 

PE 598 Thesis 4 

At least one of the following: 

PE 515 Seminar in Physical Education...- - — 3 

PE 516 Philosophical Bases of Physical Education 3 

PE 520 International Physical Education 3 


II. Electives (12-17 units) in Physical Education, including a minimum of eight 
units in one of the following concentrations: 

(PE 599 Independent Research, 1-3 units, may be applied to any of the con- 


centrations which follow.) 

A. Administrative: 

PE 532 Curriculum Design in Physical Education 3 

PE 530 Administration and Supervision of HEPER 3 

PE 533 Facilities Development and Planning 2 

B. Scientific: 

PE 552 Bio-Kinetics — 3 

PE 555 Scientific Bases of Training 3 

PE 551 Seminar in Exercise Physiology 3 

PE 545 Seminar in Evaluation of Physical Education- — 3 

PE 540 Seminar on Problems in Adapted Physical Education. 3 


168 


Health Education, Physical Education, and Recreation 


C. Scientific Sports: 

Must include two courses from the Scientific area above: Units 

PE 560 Advanced Study in Performance: 

(a) Tennis-Badminton — 2 

(b) Gymnastics — 2 

(c) Track and Field 2 

III. Supporting courses from other disciplines 6 

For further details, consult the Chairman of the Health Education, Physical Educa- 
tion and Recreation Department. 

See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 69, and the Graduate Bulletin. 


169 


" /-Ir f: .^;;, AfY',r ■ - 

■'' ••■-";■:■••' • ■ ,:• . .,. ■ ■ ,; .I}'-,: 

' ; ■■' ■' ' ■' •■.•■-- .. ;• 

.■'■ -?- ''1;'' - '■- ".ii; ••; . 


• :. „ C'U’.y , ' 


fi' ','v'’J<v."' 


.‘' 'Tc;' 


ENGINEERING 






SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING 


Dean: Robert G. Valpey 


Professors: Cohn, El-Saden (Chairman, Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering),- 
Hunt (Chairman, Electrical Engineering), Valpey 
Associate Professor: Kemmerly 

Assistant Professors: Chiang (Chairman, Structural Engineering and Engineering 
Mechanics), Duckworth, Ho, Krishnamurthy, Rizza 

COURSES IN ENGINEERING 

The School of Engineering offers programs at the undergraduate and graduate 
level. The individual courses are described in the section of this catalog on an- 
nouncement of courses. At the undergraduate level, the school prescribes certain 
patterns of courses, combined with those of other academic departments and 
schools of the college, as a program of 136 semester units leading to the bachelor 
of science in engineering. At the graduate level, the school offers a sequence of 
courses as a program of 30 semester units leading to the master of science in engi- 
neering. In both the undergraduate and graduate programs specific options in 
major fields are offered. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ENGINEERING 

The heart of the engineering program is a core curriculum somewhat broader 
than that of the traditional engineering program. This core includes courses in 
mathematics, physics, chemistry, basic engineering sciences, and the humanities, 
and provides a firm basis for more specialized knowledge at an advanced level. 
Beyond the basic core, the student may choose topics in one of the major subject 
options listed below. A minimum of 32 hours of study will constitute a major 
option. During his first IVi years, all students in engineering will take the same 
program emphasizing the interrelationship of all engineering subjects to form the 
broad background required of all modem engineers. 

The program of 136 semester units presumes that the entering student brings a 
high school preparation which includes geometry, trigonometry, two years of alge- 
bra, either physics or chemistry, and mechanical drawing. Students deficient in 
any of tljiese areas will be expected to make them up during the summer before 
first registration. Placement examinations are required in mathematics and chem- 
istry. The major options in undergraduate engineering are: 

Electrical engineering 
Mechanical and aerospace engineering 
Structural engineering and engineering mechanics 
Engineering science 

A smooth transition from a junior college into upper-division engineering is 
assured when the following program, as a minimum, has been completed. Students 
deficient in any of these areas may look to our summer catalog for offerings that 
niay make up any deficiencies: 

Mxmmum Number 
of Semester 
Units 

Analytic Geometry and Calculus — — 14 

Chemistry (for engineering and science majors).. 8 

Physics (for engineering and science majors). 8 

Engineering Graphics - 2 


173 


Engineering 


Mnmnum Nianber 
of Semester 
Units 

Properties of Engineering Materials 2 

Computer Programming 2 

Electric Circuits 3 

Analytical Mechanics 3 

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE 
Lower Division Science and Mathematics (all required for B.S.) 

Math 150A Analytic Geometry and Calculus 4 

Math 150B Analytic Geometry and Calculus 4 

Math 250A Intermediate Calculus 3 

Math 2 SOB Intermediate Calculus 3 

Chem 101 A General Chemistry 5 

Chem 105 General Chemistry for Elngineeis 3 

Phys 221 A Fundamental Physics 5 

Phys 221B Fundamental Physics 5 

32 

Nonengineering General Education 

See current departmental listing of authorized electives 34 

Lower Division, Engineering (all required for B.S.): 

Engr 101 Introduction to Engineering 1 

Engr 102 Graphical Analysis 2 

Engr 201 Mechanics 3 

Engr 202 Properties of Engineering Materials 3 

Engr 203 Electric Circuits 3 

Engr 203 L Electric Circuits Laboratory 1 

Engr 205 Digital Computation 2 

15 

Upper Division, Engineering (all required for B.S.)i 

Engr 302 Dynamics 3 

Engr 303 Electronics 3 

Engr 303L Electronics Lab 1 

Elngr 304 Thermodynamics 3 

Engr 305 Transpon Processes 3 

Engr 306A Unified Laboratory 1 

Engr 30$B Unified Laboratory 1 

Engr 308 Engineering Analysis 3 

Elngr 312 Linear Systems Analysis 3 

Elngr 417 Engineering Economy 2 

23 

Upper Division Courses for Option (32 units required for B.S.)t 

Four options are offered within the bachelor of science in engineering program: 
electrical engineering, mechanical and aerospace engineering, structural engineer- 
ing and engineering mechanics, and engineering science. For each option, 32 units 
are required for the B.S. The following list may not be all-inclusive or restrictive. 
The selected courses for the option must receive written approval of the appro- 
priate adviser. 


174 


Engineering 


Electricol Engineering Option (32 units required for B.S.): Unitf 

tEngr 309 Networks and Transmission Lines — 2 

tEngr 310 Electronic Circuits: Discrete and Integrated 3 

Engr 311 Field Theory 3 

tEngr 315 Electronics and Circuits Laboratory -- 1 

tEngr 360 Electrical Engineering Design Projects Lab 2 

tEngr 370 Seminar in Electrical Engineering 1 

tEngr 375A, B Electrical Engineering Lab 2,2 

Engr 402 Elements of Digital Computers — 3 

Engr 402 L Digital Techniques Laboratory 1 

Engr 403 Numerical Analysis - - 3 

Engr 404 Analog Computation 2 

Engr 404 L Analog Computation Laboratory 1 

Engr 413 Electromechanical Energy Conversion — 3 

Engr 41 3L Electromechanical Energy Conversion Laboratory 1 

Engr 416 Feedback Control Systems 3 

Engr 419 Electromagnetic Field Theory 3 

Engr 423 Engineering Probability and Statistics . 3 

Elngr 434 Direct Energy Conversion 3 

Engr 443 Electronic Cmmunication Systems 3 

Engr 443 L Electronic Communication Systems Lab 3 

Engr 445 Pulse and Digital Circuits 3 

Engr 446 Radar Systems - 3 

Engr 455 Solid State Electronics 3 

Engr 499 Independent Study - 1-3 

Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Option (32 units required for B.S.): 

Engr 301 Strength of Materials 3 

Engr 316 Applied Thermodynamics — 2 

Engr 317 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 4 

Engr 320 Physical Metallurgy - - - 3 

Engr 333 Applied Aerodynamics 3 

Engr 335 Mechanical Analysis 3 

tEngr 361 Mechanical Engineering Design Projects Lab 2 

tEngr 371 Seminar in Mechanical/Aerospace Engineering 1 

tEngr 376A, B Mechanical Elngineering Lab 2,2 

Engr 403 Numerical Analysis 3 

Engr 406 Dynamic Response 3 

Engr 406L Dynamic Response Laboratory 1 

Engr 407 Transfer and Rate Processes 3 

Engr 410 Space Dynamics — 3 

Elngr 412 Theory of Elasticity — — 3 

Engr 415 Gas Dynamics - 3 

Engr 416 Feedback Control Systems 3 

Engr 421 Mechanical Design — — 3 

Engr 423 Engineering Probability and Statistics 3 

Engr 425 Turbomachinery 3 

Engr 432 Aerospace Vehicle Structures 3 

Engr 433 Aerodynamics 3 

Engr 434 Direct Energy Conversion 3 

Engr 437 Propulsion — 3 

Engr 441 Stability and Control of Flight Vehicles 3 

Engr 473 Intro to Nuclear Engineering 3 

Engr 499 Independent Study 1-3 

t Indicates required courses within the option. 

175 


Engineering 


structural Engineering and Engineering Mechanics Option 


(32 units required for B.5.): Units 

Engr 301 Strength of Materials - - 3 

Engr 323 Structural Analysis 3 

Engr 324 Soil Mechanics and Foundations 3 

Engr 324L Soil Mechanics and Foundations Lab 1 

Engr 326 Structural Design 3 

Elngr 403 Numerical Analysis 3 

Engr 408 Reinforced Concrete Design..- 3 

Engr 409 Intermediate Structural Design 3 

Engr 411 Dynamics of Structures - 3 

Engr 412 Theory of Elasticity 3 

Engr 414 Matrix Analysis of Structures 3 

Engr 418 Foundation Design 3 

Engr 420 Limit Analysis of Structures- 3 

Engr 427 Interdeterminate Structures 3 

Engr 430 Design of Steel Structures 3 

Engr 432 Aerospace Vehicle Structures 3 

Engr 499 Independent Study 1-3 


Engineering Science Option (32 units required for B.S.): 

The program in engineering science is to be selected by the student and his 
adviser and submitted for approval to a committee of the School of Engineering 
(supplemented, if appropriate, by members of the science and mathematics fac- 
ulty). The courses are to be selected from upper division electives in engineering, 
physics, chemistry, mathematics, and biology (additional prerequisites for science 
course? may be required), to meet a special and specific engineering science objec- 
tive of the student, such as engineering physics, computer science, etc. 

DETAIL OUTLINE OF TYPICAL * EIGHT-SEMESTER PROGRAM 
FOR B.S. IN ENGINEERING 
(136 Units) 


Semester 1 Freshman Units 

PE (any activity) 1 

General Education Elective 3 

Math 150A Calculus 4 

Chem 101 A General Chemistry 5 

Engr 101 Introduction to Engineering 1 

Engr 102 Graphical Analysis 2 

16 

Semester 2 Freshman 

Math 150B Calculus 4 

Physics 221 A Fundamentals of Physics 5 

Chem 105 Chemistry (for engineers) 3 

Engr 205 Digital Computation 2 

General Education Elective — 3 


17 


* Note; This program is merely a guide. The student may lighten his academic load each 
semester to meet his needs. For example, a 15-unit load would take nine semesters. (Indeed, 
the national average time to complete a “four-year” engineering curriculum is 4.7 years.) 


176 


Engineering 


Semester 3 Sophomore 

General Education Electives 6 

Math 250A Calculus - 5 

Physics 22 IB Fundamental Physics 5 

Elngr 201 Mechanics - - 5 

17 

Semester 4 Sophomore 

PE (any activity) — — ^ 

General Education Electives - ^ 

Math 250B Calculus ^ 

Engr 202 Properties of Engineering Materials 3 

Engr 203 Electric Circuits 3 

Engr 203 L Electric Circuits Lab — - 1 

17 

Semester 5 Junior 

Engr 303 Electronics - ^ 

Engr 303L Electronics Lab 1 

Engr 304 Thermodynamics 5 

Engr 305 Transport Processes - 3 

Engr 306A Unified Laboratory — 1 

Engr 302 Dynamics ^ 

Engr 308 Engineering Analysis — 3 

17 

Semester 6 Junior 

General Education Electives ^ 

Engr 312 Linear Systems Analysis - 3 

Engr 306B Unified Laboratory — - 1 

Engineering Option Courses - - 9 

18 

Semester 7 Senior 

General Education Electives — 3 

Engr 417 Engineering Exonomy . 2 

Engineering Option Courses 12 

17 

Semester 8 Senior 

General Education Electives ^ 

Engineering Option Courses — - 11 

17 

136 

, Note: A student may be required to take the engineering mathematics review course oflFered 
extension. This course is open to all who may feel the need for such a refresher course. No credit. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING 

Applicants, as well as continuing students, should read carefully the college re- 
quirements for mastei;’s degree programs, page 69. 

The procedural steps for admission to and the completion of the degree “master 
of science in engineering” are as follows: 


177 


Engineering 

Admission Procedure 

1. Apply for admission to the college in unclassified graduate status and declare 
the objective to be a master of science in engineering. Proof of a degree from 
an accredited college or university must be supplied. This must be taken care 
of at the Office of Admissions before the dates established in the college calendar. 

2. Apply for admission to the School of Engineering master of science program. 
This must be taken care of at the office of the School of Engineering after admis- 
sion to the college but before registration. 

Prerequisites 

Admission to the engineering program requires a 2.5 undergraduate grade point 
average; however, students may be admitted with grade deficiencies. Such de- 
ficiencies must be made up by completing 6 to 12 units of adviser-approved courses 
in addition to those required for the degree, with at least a 3.0 average. A com- 
mittee of the engineering faculty will evaluate each student’s record for specific 
course deficiencies in the engineering field. Making suitable allowance for actual 
engineering experience, the committee will require each student, prior to admission 
to the program, to make up such deficiencies as the committee determines. 

Note: A student may be required to take the enmneering mathematics review course offered in 
extension. This course is open to all who may feel the need for such a refresher course. No credit. 

Advancement to Classified Graduate Status 

Achievement of this status requires the following; 

1. Meeting the prerequisites of the previous paragraph. 

2. Before completing 9 units at CSCF toward a M.S. degree, a student shall 

fill out an application card for classified status and make an appointment with 

the adviser at the office of the School of Engineering. 

3. Preparing, in consultation with his adviser, an approved graduate study plan. 

Advancement to Candidacy 

Achievement of this status requires the following: 

1. Having been granted classified status in the master of science in engineering 
program. 

2. Having completed 12 units of coursework on his master’s degree study plan, 

including six units of 500-level courses with a GPA of not less than 3.0. 

3. Filing an advancement to candidacy card in the Graduate Office. 

Graduation 

Final achievement of the master of science in engineering requires: 

1. Having been admitted to candidacy status. 

2. Filing a request for check on completion of requirements in the Graduate 
Office prior to the appropriate deadline. 

3. Having completed 30 units of approved work with an overall GPA of not 
less than 3.0. 

4. Completing satisfactorily a final oral examination. 

5. Receiving approval of the faculty of the School of Engineering and the Dean 
of Graduate Studies. 

The Program for the Master of Science in Engineering 

Qualifications for the master of science in engineering requires the following: 

1. Completion of a minimum of 30 units of approved upper division or graduate- 
level work including: 

(a) a minimum of 6 units of approved upper division or graduate mathe- 
matics (certain engineering courses may fulfill this requirement). 

(b) a minimum of 15 units of approved 500 level courses. 


178 


Engineering 


2. An overall GPA of 3.0. 

A candidate for the master of science in engineering may pursue one of five 
options currently offered by the School of Engineering: 

Electrical engineering 

Mechanical and aerospace engineering 

Structural engineering and engineering mechanics 

Systems engineering 

Engineering science 

A student is normally required to select a minimum of 15 units within these 
options. These 15 units may be 400-level and 500-level courses. The 400-level 
courses are listed in the undergraduate program (preceding) and the 500-level 
courses are listed below: 

Electrical Engineering Units 

Engr 501 A, B Microwaves - 3,3 

Engr 503 Information Theory and (Doding 3 

Elngr 504 Linear Network Synthesis 3 

Engr 505 Nonlinear Control Systems 3 

Engr 506 Digital Computer Systems 3 

Engr 507 Statistical Communication Theory 3 

Engr 513 Optimal Control Systems 3 

Engr 515A, B Quantum Electronics - — 3,3 

Engr 521A, B Antenna Theory — — 3,3 

Elngr 523 Solid State Devices - 3 

Engr 553A,B Plasma Dynamics - - - — 3,3 

Elngr 555 Electromagnetic Field Theory — - — 3 

Engr 557 Sampled-Data Systems 3 

Engr 559 Active Network Synthesis 3 

Engr 570 Seminar in Electrical Engineering 1-3 

Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 

Engr 508 Intermediate Fluid Mechanics 3 

Engr 511 Advanced Dynamics 3 

Engr 512 Gyrodynamics 3 

Engr 516 Advanced Principles of Heat Transfer 3 

Engr 518 Advanced Fluid Mechanics - 3 

Engr 520 Incompressible Boundary Layer Theory 3 

Engr 522 Theory of Hydrodynamic Lubrication 3 

Engr 524 Advanced Thermodynamics 3 

Engr 525 Compressible Boundary Layer Theory 3 

Engr 530 Advanced Strength of Materials 3 

Engr 569 Orbital Mechanics 3 

Engr 573 Aerospace Guidance Systems 3 

Engr 575 Kinetic Theory and Statistical Thermodynamics 3 

Structural Engineering and Engineering Mechanics 

Engr 509 Theory of Plates and Shells — 3 

Engr 510 Numerical and Approx Meth. in Structural Mech. 3 

Engr 511 Advanced Dynamics — 3 

Engr 517 Theory of Inelasticity 3 

Engr 518 Advanced Fluid Mechanics — 3 

Engr 519 Advanced Structural Mechanics 3 

Engr 545 Advanced Structural Design 3 


179 


Engineering 


Ufttts 

Engr 547 Advanced Dynamics of Structures 3 

Engr 549 Theory of Elastic Stability 3 

Engr 577 Reliability Analysis of Structures 3 

Systems Engineering 

Engr 403 Computer Method^ in Numerical Analysis 3 

Engr 404 Analog Computation 2 

Engr 404L Analog Computation Laboratory 1 

Engr 416 Feedback Control Systems 3 

Engr 423 Engineering Probability and Statistics 3 

Engr 581 Linear Systems Engineering 3 

Engr 582 Estimation Theory in Systems Engineering 3 

Engr 585 Optimization Techniques in Systems Engineering 3 

Engr 587 Operational Analysis Techniques in Systems Engineering 3 

Elngr 591 Analytical Methods in Engineering 1-6 

Engr 592 Advanced Engineering Analysis 3 


(Up to 9 units in systems engineering may be selected from approved subjects 
offered irt the School of Business Administration and Economics.) 

Engineering Science 

The program in engineering science is to be selected by the student and his 
adviser and submitted for approval to a committee of the School of Elngineering 
(supplemented, if appropriate, by members of the science and mathematics fac- 
ulty). The courses selected are to meet a special and specific engineering science 
objective of the student, such as engineering physics. 

In addition to those courses offered in the specific options, the following three 
courses apply to any option, though they are not necessarily required. 

Elngr 597 Project 1-6 

Engr 598 Thesis 1-6 

Engr 599 Independent Graduate Research 1-3 

For further information, consult the School of Engineering. 

See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 69, and the Graduate Bulletin. 


180 


ANNOUNCEMENT 
OF COURSES 



i, ^ ^ ;v . 









GENERAL COURSE NUMBERING CODE 

100-299 Lower division courses of freshman and sophomore level, but open also 
to upper division students. 

300-399 Upper division courses of junior and senior level, which do not give 
graduate credit unless included on an approved graduate study plan (such 
as a credential or graduate degree program) for a specific graduate 
student. 

400-499 Upper division courses of junior and senior level which give graduate 
credit when taken by a graduate student. (Note limitations in specific 
graduate programs.) 

500-599 Graduate courses organized primarily for graduate students.* 

700-799 Graduate professional courses in the postgraduate program, not applicable 
to graduate degrees. 


PREREQUISITES 

Students are expected to meet stated prerequisites for all courses. However, in 
exceptional cases, and at the discretion of the division in which the course is taught, 
students may be allowed to meet prerequisites by examination. 

INDEPENDENT STUDY 

Under the independent study program, the upper division student can pursue 
topics or problems of special interest beyond the scope of a regular course under 
the supervision of a faculty adviser. The work is of a research or creative nature, 
Jtnd normally culminates in a paper, project, comprehensive examination, or per- 
formance. Before regfistering, the student must get his topic approved by the pro- 
fessor who will be supervising independent study. The catalog numbers for inde- 
pendent study in departments are 499 and 599. Independent study courses may be 
repeated. A student wishing to enroll in more than six units of independent study 
in any one semester must have the approval of his major adviser and of the chair- 
man of the department (s) in which the independent study is to be conducted. 

* Note exceptions on page 61 . 


183 


SCHOOL OF LEHERS, ARTS AND SCIENCE 


ANTHROPOLOGY 

201 Introduction to Physical Anthropology (3) 

Man in biological and evolutionary perspective. Methods, findings, concepts, and 
issues in the study of primates, fossil men, and races. 

202 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (3) 

The nature of culture and its significance for man. Uniformities and variations 
in human cultures. Cultural analyses of major institutional forms such as the family, 
economy, government, religion and art with an emphasis on preliterate peoples. 
A consideration of central problems of cultural comparison and interpretation. 

203 Introduction to Archaeology (3) 

Relationship of archaeology, prehistory, and culture history; field methods and 
analysis of archaeological data. A survey of world culture history, from Pleistocene 
beginnings to the threshold of civilization; and introduction to the world’s early 
centers of civilization. 

301 World Ethnography (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. A general survey of 
the peoples of the world and a study of representative cultures with special 
reference to their situation in the history and geography of the world. 

313 Human Genetics (3) 

(Same as Biological Science 313.) 

321 The American Indian (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. A cultural survey of 
North American Indians north of Mexico; origins, languages, culture areas, cultural 
history; the impact of European contacts. 

322 Peoples of Mesoamerica (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. General survey of the 
culture history and ethnology of the Mesoamerican culture-area, with treatment 
of each of the principal subareas in depth. Analysis of both the native civilizations 
of Mesoamerica and the present-day ethnological societies, emphasizing sociopolit- 
ical organization, economic systems and religious systems. 

325 Peoples of South America (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. A cultural survey of 
Central and South America. Description of selected cultures representative of dif- 
ferent cultural areas before and after contacts with Western countries. 

328 Peoples of Africa (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. A cultural survey of 
Africa. Description of selected cultures representative of different cultural areas 
before and after contacts with Western and Asian countries. 

340 Peoples of Asia (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. Survey of culture- 
areas and societal types of central, southern, and east Asia, with special emphasis 


184 


Anthropology 


on India and China. Analysis of Asian civilizations and nonliterate societies, em- 
phasizing sociopolitical organization, economic systems, and religious systems. 

345 Peoples of the Middle East (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. A cultural survey of the 
Middle East with descriptions of selected cultures (Arab urban, nomadic, Jewish, 
Turk, Berber, Kurd). 

347 Peoples of the Pacific (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. A survey of the native 
peoples and cultures of the Pacific Islands, including Australia; the social and 
cultural patterns of representative cultures of various areas; special ethnological 
and theoretical problems. 

350 Peoples of Europe (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. Representative groups 
considered in modem and historical perspective, stressing especially rural-urban 
relationships and the dynamics of change. 

360 Contemporary American Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. Application of an- 
thropological methods, categories of analysis, and types of interpretation to 
American culture. Survey and critique of selected community studies and other 
kinds of relevant research. 

361 Afro-American Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. An introduction to 
African culture. A survey of African cultural characteristics in the New World, 
as they relate to contemporary events, including art, ideas, dance and literature. 

401 Ethnographic Field Methods (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthropology 202 and 6 additional units of anthropology or con- 
sent of instructor. Anthropological field research by students on various problems 
using participant observation techniques. 

403 Archaeological Fieldwork (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthropology 202 or 203 and consent of instructor. Participation 
in the excavation of a local archaeological site. Archaeological mapping, photog- 
raphy and recording. Laboratory methods of cataloging, preservation, description 
and interpretation of archaeological materials. Saturday field sessions. (6 hours 
field work per week). 

406 Descriptive Linguistics (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 406.) 

410 Language and Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. The study of language 
as a factor in culture. Introduction to anthropological linguistics. Trends in the 
study of language and culture. (Same as Linguistics 410) 

41 1 Folklore (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. An introduction to the 
study of folktales, myths, legends, proverbs, riddles and other forms of the verbal 
traditions of peoples. Major concepts and theories and research methods in the 
study of folklore. 


185 


Anthropology 


413 Ethnological Music (3) 

Music, musicmaking, and musicians in various nonliterate societies. 

415 Culture and Personality: Psychological Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthropology 202 and Psychology 331 or 351 or Sociology 341 or 
consent of instructor. Comparative study of the relationship between the individual 
and his culture. Child training in non western cultures. Survxy of important con- 
cepts, studies, and research techniques. Changing viewpoints and new directions in 
culture-personality studies. 

416 The Quest for Self: East and West (3) 

(Same as Interdisciplinary Center 403) 

420 Primitive Value Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. Study of what properly 
is considered “common sense” in the everyday life of people living within differing 
sociocultural environments. 

421 Anthropology of Religion (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. Examination of beliefs 
and practices in the full human variation of religious phenomena, but with an 
emphasis on primitive religions. The forms, functions, structures, symbolism, and 
history and evolution of man’s religious systems. Analysis of major categories, 
concepts, and theoretical models used by anthropologists in the study of religion. 

422 Jewish and Comparative Mysticism (3) 

(Same as Interdisciplinary Center 422.) 

423 Comparative Aesthetics and Symbolism (3) 

An analysis of the metaphysical and mystical systems underlying the “gram- 
mars” of the art, poetry, languages, myths, music, and rituals of various nonliterate 
and literate peoples and their development into creative experiences. 

425 Anthropology of Law and Government (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. Sources of law- 
government in primitive societies; the cultural background of law; the functions 
and development of law and government in primitive polities; transitions to and 
comparisons with classical and modem legal and political systems. 

428 Social Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. A study of the social 
organization of preindustrial societies; religious, political and economic institutions; 
status and value systems; conditions and theories of change. 

429 Kinship and Social Organization (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthropology 202 and 428 or consent of instructor. Kinship sys- 
tems in primitive society and their significance in the organization of social life- 
Theories of kinship, marriage regulations, and kinship role patterns. Analysis of the 
formal properties of diversely structured kinship systems and techniques of kinship 
and structural analysis. 

430 Economic Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. Analysis of anthro- 
pological concepts of economy, ecology, and technology; relationship between 
habitat, economy, and culture. A survey of the different types of economic 


186 


Anthropology 

systems found throughout the world; outline of the economic development of 
mankind. 

440 Human Evolution (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 201. Advanced human evolution; human physiological 
and related cultural evolution as displayed in the fossil record, adaptations, problems 
in human evolution. 

450 Culture and Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or Education 301 or consent of instructor. The 
transmission of values, implicit cultural assumptions, and the patterning of educa- 
tion in cross-cultural perspective, with special attention to American culture and 
development problems. 

453 Culture and Habitat (3) 

(Same as Geography 453.) 

460 Culture Change (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 and 301 or consent of instructor. Interrelations 
between cultural, social and psychological processes in the dynamics of culture 
growth and change. Impact of western technology on tribal and peasant societies. 
Anthropological contributions to the planning of directed sociocultural change in 
selected areas. 

470 Philosophical and Behavioral Foundations of Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 and open to lower division students with the 
consent of the instructor. Consideration of basic assumptions and contexts of an- 
thropological work. The synthesis of ideas and methods into professional skills 
and careers. 

480 History of Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: At least 12 units of anthropology or consent of instructor. His- 
torical antecedents of modem anthropology. A systematic survey of the develop- 
ment of anthropology as a scientific field; an examination of the principal contribu- 
tions of leading anthropologists, past and present. Reinterpretations and emerging 
trends. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: At least 15 units of anthropology and consent of the adviser. Stu- 
dent selection of an individual research project involving either library or field- 
work. There are conferences with the adviser as necessary, and the work results 
in one or more papers. May be repeated for credit. 

501 Seminar: Methodology of Anthropological Research (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthropology 202, 401, and consent of instructor. Examination, 
analysis and evaluation of the contemporary methodological spectrum in anthro- 
pology and of new trends in research planning and implementation. Consideration 
^d critique of specific cases involving differing research designs. 

502 Contemporary Theory in Cultural Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 480 or consent of instructor. Critique of the basic 
assumptions and theoretical positions of leading contemporary anthropologists. 

*®4 Seminar: Selected Topics in Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisites: Completion of undergraduate major in anthropology and/or gradu- 
standing or consent of instructor. The topic chosen and a general outline of 


187 


Art 


286 Design for the Theotre (3) 

(Same as Drama 286.) 

301 Western Art: Ancient to Classic (3) 

A study of the developments in art from prehistoric time to the classic period in 
Greek art. 

302 Western Art: Classic to Renaissance (3) 

Provides broad familiarity with the major styles of classic, medieval, and Russian 
art. Lectures, discussions and field trips. 

305A,B Crafts (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103 and 104, or 205A, or 100 and 432 or the equivalent. A 
study and evaluation of basic craft concepts, processes, and materials as they relate 
to the development of utilitarian forms. (6 hours activity) 

306A,B Advanced Ceramics (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Art 106 A or 106B. Further experiences in the study and evaluation 
of form as related to the creative use of ceramic concepts and materials including 
design, forming, glazing, and firing. (6 hours activity) 

307A,B Advanced Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

Prerequisites: one semester of drawing and one semester of painting. The study, 
evaluation and creative use of the concepts and materials of drawing and painting 
with emphasis on individual exploration, growth, planning and craftsmanship. (9 
hours laboratory) 

309 Art Techniques (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 100 or the equivalent. Creative use of a variety of drawing 
and painting materials. (6 hours activity) 

313A,B Interior Design (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104, 107A,B. The elements and principles of design as they 
relate to the organization of our domestic environment. (6 hours activity) 

316A,B Sculpture (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104 and 117B. (6 hours activity) 

317A,B Advanced Life Drawing (3,3) 

Prerequisite: three units lower division life drawing. Drawing and painting from 
the live model (9 hours laboratory) 

323A,B Advertising Design (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104, 107 A, B. Development and projection of ideas in rela- 
tion to the technical, aesthetic, and psychological aspects of advertising art. 
hours activity) 

333A,B Industrial Design (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104 or 205A, 107 A,B. Planning and designing of projects 
in relation to the technological, psychological, and social aspects of contemporary 
society. (6 hours activity) 

338A,B Creative Photography (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103 and Communication 218A, or its equivalent, or consent 
of the instructor. Photography as an art medium with emphasis on the creative 


190 


Art 


use of photographic concepts, materials, processes and techniques. Field trips to 
be arranged. (6 hours activity) 

347A,B Printmaking (3/3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B and Art 117A,B,C. An introduction to concepts and 
materials involved in printmaking including lithography, etching, woodcut, aqua> 
tint, monoprint and serigraphy. (9 hours laboratory) 

350A/B Painting for Non-Art Majors (3,3) 

Opportunities for students with little or no background in art to work creatively 
with various painting media both indoors and outdoors. (9 hours laboratory) 

353A,B Textile Design and Construction (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Art 100 or Art 103. Concepts and processes of design as they relate 
to fabric surfaces. (6 hours activity) 

363A,B Illustration (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Art 103, 107A,B, Art 117A,B,C. Development and projection of 
ideas relative to the needs of story, book, and magazine, and film illustration. (6 
hours activity) 

380 Art and Child Development (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 100 and Education 311. The study and evaluation of art con- 
cepts, materials, and processes as they relate to and promote child development. 
(6 hours activity) 

406A,B Ceramic Analysis (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Art 106A,B Art 306A. An introduction to the physical and chemical 
aspects of ceramic materials. Study and evaluation of ceramic materials as they are 
related to the development of the ceramic art form. (6 hours activity) 

411 Foundations of Modern Art (3) 

Basic problems of painting and sculpture of the Realism, Impressionism, Post 
Impressionism periods. 

412 Art of the 20th Century— 1900 to Present (3) 

Fundamentals of modem painting, graphics, and architecture. 

421 Oriental Art: China (3) 

A study of the historical development of the arts of China and their relation 
to Chinese philosophy and culture. 

422 Oriental Art: Japan (3) 

A study of the historical development of the arts of Japan and their relation to 
Japanese philosophy and culture. 

426 Glass Forming (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 106A,B, Art 306A, and approval of instructor. A course in the 
chemistry, handling and manipulation of glass and its related tools and equipment 
for the ceramic artist. (6 hours activity) 

431 Renoissance Art (3) 

Basic problems of painting, sculpture and architecture of the Renaissance period. 
Lectures, discussion and field trips. 

^3 Baroquo and Rococo Art (3) 

Basic problems of painting, sculpture and architecture of the Baroque and 
Bococo period. Lectures, discussion and field trips. 


191 


Art 


451 Oceanic Art (3) 

An introductory survey of the styles of the aboriginal people of the following 
regions: Australia, Melanesia, Micronesia, Polynesia and Indonesia. 

452 Art of Non-European Africa (3) 

An introduction by region and tribal group to the art forms of West Coastal 
Africa and the Sudan, Niger River kingdoms, Yourba kingdoms, Cameroon chief- 
tainships. Congo tribes. Central Africa and East Coastal Africa. 

453A,B Display and Exhibition Design (2,2) 

A course in the appropriate and creative use of materials, processes, and design 
concepts as they relate to the special problems involved in the planning and pre- 
paring of displays, exhibits, bulletin boards, wall cases, and art portfolios. (More 
than 6 hours laboratory) 

461 Art of North American Indian (3) 

An introduction to the art forms and style groupings of the following American 
Indian groups: Eskimo, Pacific Northwest, California, Eastern Woodlands, Mound 
Builders, Southwestern and Northern Mexico. 

462 Art of Mesoamerica (3) 

An introduction to the art and architectural forms of Mesoamerica from the 
early, formative stages to the Spanish Conquest. 

471 Art of Central and South America (3) 

An introduction to the art styles and cultural regions of Central America and 
South America. 

481 Special Studies in Art History and Appreciation (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Opportunities for intensive study and 
evaluation in one area of art history and appreciation. 

483 Special Studies in Design (1—3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Opportunity for intensive study in the 
design areas listed below. Each area listed may be repeated to a maximum of 8 
units, but no more than 3 units of credit may be obtained in any one area in * 
single semester. 

483a Advertising Design (2 hours activity for each unit) 

483b Interior Design (2 hours activity for each unit) 

483c Design and Composition (2 hours activity for each unit) 

483d Display Design (More than 3 hours laboratory for each unit) 

483e Textile Design (2 hours activity for each unit) 

485 Special Studies in Crafts (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Opportunity for intensive study in the 
craft areas listed below. Each area listed may be repeated to a maximum of eigh^ 
units, but no more than three units of credit may be obtained in any one area 
a single semester. (2 hours activity for each unit) 


485a 

Jewelry 

485b 

General Crafts 

485c 

Ceramics 

485d 

Weaving 


192 


Art 


486 Special Studiei in Sculpture (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Art 316A3 and permission of the instructor. Opportunity for 
intensive study in the following sculptural processes: modeling, carving, fabrication 
and casting. May be repeated to a maximum of eight units but no more than three 
units of credit may be obtained in a single semester. (2 hours activity for each unit) 

467 Special Studies in Drawing and Painting (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Opportunity for intensive study in the 
drawing and painting areas listed below. Each area listed may be repeated to a 
maximum of eight units, but no more than three units of credit may be obtained 
in any one area in a single semester. (3 hours laboratory for each unit) 

487a Painting 

487b Life Drawing 

487c Drawing 

487d Printmalcing 

488A«B Advanced Scene Design (3,3) 

(Same as Drama 488 A, B.) 

489 Special Studies in Creative Photography (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 338A,B. Advanced projects in photography as a means of per- 
sonal expression. (6 hours activity) 

500 Graduate Seminar in Art (3) 

Selected advanced problems in art and art education. Each student will present 
research results in oral or written form. 

501 Graduate Seminar in Art History and Appreciation (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 500. Directed research with emphasis on the relationship between 
historical backgrounds and developments in art and the student’s area of concen- 
tration. May be repeated to a maximum of eight units. 

502 Seminar in Contemporary Art (3) 

Selected advanced problems and directed research in relation to the contempo- 
rary art form. 

503 Graduate Problems in Design (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Intensive study with emphasis on planning, 
tlevelopment, and evaluation of individual projects in the design areas listed below. 
May be repeated to a maximum of eight units in each area, but no more than three 
^ts of credit may be obtained in any one area in a single semester. 

503a Advertising Design (2 hours activity for each unit) 

503b Interior Design (2 hours activity for each umt) 

503c Design and Composition (2 hours activity for each unit) 

503d Display Design (More than 3 hours laboratory for each unit) 

503e Textile Design (2 hours activity for each unit) 

505 Graduate Problems in Crafts (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Intensive study with emphasis on planning, 
development, and evaluation of individual projects in the crafts areas listed below. 


193 


Art Education 


May be repeated to a maximum of eight units but no more than three units of 
credit may ue ootained in a single semester. (2 hours activity for each unit) 

505a Jewelry 
505b General Crafts 
505c Ceramics 

506 Graduate Problems in Sculpture (1^) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Intensive study with emphasis on 
planning, development, and evaluation of individual projects in sculpture. May be 
repeated to a maximum of eight units but no more than three units of credit may 
be obtained in a single semester, (2 hours activity for each unit) 

507 Graduate Problems In Drawing and Painting (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Intensive study with emphasis on planning, 
development, and evaluation of individual projects in the drawing and painting areas 
listed below. May be repeated to a maximum of eight units but no more than three 
units of credit may be obtained in a single semester. (3 hours laboratory for each 
unit) 


507a 

Painting 

507b 

Lifo Drawing 

507c 

Drawing 

507d 

Prlntmaklng 


597 Proloct (3-6) 

Prerequisites: Art 5(X), Art 501, and recommendation of the student’s graduate 
committee. Art 501 may be taken concurrently with Art 597 on approval of in- 
structor. Development and presentation of a creative project in the area of con- 
centration beyond regularly offered coursework. No more than three units may 
be taken in any one semester. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Prerequisites: Art 500, Art 501, and recommendation of the student’s graduate 
committee. Art 501 may be taken concurrently with Art 598 on approval of 
instructor. Development and presentation of a thesis in the area of concentration 
beyond regularly offered coursework. No more than three units may be taken in 
any one semester. 

599 Indapandant Graduate Rasaarch (1-3) 

Open to graduate students in art with the consent of the department chairman. 
May be repeated for credit. 


ART EDUCATION 

332 Industrial Arts for Elomontary Toachors (2) 

Prerequisite: Ed 311 or consent of the instructor. Creative selection, organiza- 
tion and use of materials and tools in construction activities. Includes correlation 
experiences with the social studies, science, and other units of work. (4 hours 
activity) 

360 Elomontary School Crafts (2) 

Studio activities and techniques of crafts appropriate to the elementary school. 
Strongly recommended for elementary teaching credential candidates. (4 hours 
activity) 


194 


Astronomy 


370A3 Art Activity (2,2) 

Oppominiries to observe, analyze, and evaluate child growth in and through 
creative art experiences. (4 hours activity) 

429A,B Arts and Crafts for Teaching Exceptionai Chiidren (2,2) 

Methods of using a variety of art materials and processes with emphasis on those 
experiences which meet the needs of retarded or handicapped children. (4 hours 
activity) 

441 Studio Probiems in Secondary Art Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in Art, or permission of instructor. Advanced indi- 
vidual studio problems with projects related to specific learning experiences in Art 
Education at the secondary school level. (6 hours activity) 

442 Teaching Art in the Secondary Schooi (2) 

Prerequisites: Education 311, Education 340, Art 380, Art Education 441, admis- 
sion to teacher education, senior standing or consent of the instructor. See pages 
158-160 under Secondary Education for description of standard teaching credential 
program. Objectives, methods, and materials including audiovisual instruction for 
teaching are in secondary schools. Required, before student teaching of students 
presenting majors in art for the standard teaching credential. The student who has 
not had teaching experience must register concurrently in Education 449. 

749 Student Teaching in Art in the Secondary School and Seminar (3) 

See page 312 for description and prerequisites. 

ASTRONOMY 

(Offered by the Department of Science and Mathematics Education) 

200 General Astronomy (4) 

Prerequisite or co-requisite: Mathematics 150A. High school physics recom- 
mended. Methods of astronomy, celestial motion, solar system, stellar types, galactic 
structure, theories of origin of the universe and solar system. (Same as Earth Science 
2(X) and Physics 200) (3 hours lecture, 1 hour quiz) 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 

101 Elements of Biology (5) 

An introduction to basic concepts in the study of living organisms and to the 
characteristics of the natural environment. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

141 Principles of Botany (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 101. Emphasis will be placed on the dynamic aspects of 
botany although the traditional areas of morphology and classification will not be 
^icglected. Required of all biology majors. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

1A1 Principles of Zoology (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 101. An introduction to the principles of animal biology 
'vith special reference to the structure, classification, physiology, behavior and 
ecology of animals. Required of all biology majors. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours labora- 
tory) 

^01 Field Biology (3) 

Prerequisites: one year of biological science or permission of instructor. A course 
^or nonmajors designed to acquaint the interested student with the plant and 
^mal life of this region. Several weekend field trips will be arranged to study 
different biotic communities. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 


195 


Biological Science 


311 General Microbiology (4) 

Prerequisites: one semester courses in biology and chemistry. An introduction 
to the study of the moiphology, growth and physiology of the bacteria and other 
microorganisms. A consideration of the role of microorganisms as agents of change 
in the natural processes important in health, industry and agriculture. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

312 Genetics Lecture (3) 

Prerequisite: one year of college biology or permission of the instructor. The 
general principles and modern developments in the study of heredity. 

312L Genetics Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 312. The use of a variety of organisms and methods for 
exploring basic principles of genetics. (3 hours laboratory) 

313 Human Genetics (3) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 101 or equivalent. Principles of heredity with emphasis on 
methods of analysis, on interaction of genes and environment, and on gene popu- 
lations in humans. (Same as Anthropology 313) 

314 Readings in Biological Sciences (1) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 101 or equivalent. Directed readings of classical and con- 
temporary biological literature with periodic group discussions concerning the 
methods and principles studied. This course is designed for the nonmajor and is 
open to seniors only. (3 hours laboratory) 

315 Molecular Biology (4) 

Prerequisite: a year of general chemistry and two semesters of college biology. 
An introduction to the physical and chemical aspects of biological science, using 
subcellular activities as the primary focus of the course. Topics include studies of 
modem data-gathering methods, subcellular structure and function, bioenergetics, 
biosynthesis and an introduction to heredity at the molecular level. (2 hours lec- 
ture, 6 hours laboratory) 

325 Marine Biology (4) (Formerly 425) 

Prerequisites: Bio Sci 101 or equivalent, or permission of the instructor. Physical 
and chemical aspects of the ocean as a background for the study of marine organ- 
isms and habitats, including food cycles, communities, identification, ecolog>’» 
methods of collecting, and preserving local marine algae, invertebrates, and fish. 
(3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory or field work) 

342 Plant Anatomy (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 141 or one year of college biology or equivalent. The 
origin, development, and maturation of leaves, stems, roots, and flowers of vascular 
plants. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

344 Plant Morphology (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 141 or one year of college biology or equivalent. A study of 
the morphology and classification of the lower plant groups and a general survey 
of the major groups of plants exclusive of angiosperms and gymnosperms. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

361 Mammalian Anatomy and Physiology (4) 

Prerequisite: one year of college biology or permission of instructor. Study of the 
structure and function of the human organism. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 


196 


Biological Scloneo 


362 Hiffological Technique (3) 

Prerequisite: one year of college biology or permission of instructor. Theory and 
practice of the preparation of cells and tissues for microscopic study. 1 hour lec- 
ture, 6 hours laboratory) 

401 Biogeography (3) 

Prerequisites: Bio Sci 141, 161, and 424 or 465 or permission of instructor. A 
study of the present day distribution of plants and animals based upon classification, 
fossil records, morphology and geography. 

403 Biofystemotics (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 312 and 424. An introduction to the principles and tech- 
niques of biosystematics, including evolutionary mechanisms, the species concept, 
taxonomic procedures and nomenclature. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

412 General Cell Physiology (4) 

Prerequisites: one year of college biology and one semester of organic chemistry 
or permission of the instructor. Characteristics of life at the cellular level; processes 
by which the cell obtains energy and material and forms new cell substances; con- 
trol of these processes by the ceU; organization of structures and enzyme systems 
within the cell. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

413 Pathogenic Microbiology (4) 

Prerequisite: one semester of microbiology or bacteriology. Study of the biology 
of infectious disease: mechanisms of microbial pathogenicity; host defenses; mode 
of action of antibiotics and other antimicrobial agents; characteristics of specific 
pathogenic bacteria, fungi and viruses. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

414 Immunology (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 311 and 315, Chem 301A, or permission of the instructor. 
Study of the nature of antibodies and antigens, their role in immunity, and the 
specificity of their reactions. Laboratory experiments will show the kinetics of 
antibody formation and the mechanisms of antibody-antigen reactions. Techniques 
in serodiagnosis will be performed. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

416 Limnology (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 141 and Chem lOlB. Comparative physical, chemical and 
biological characteristics of inland waters and estuaries. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory) 

420 General Oceanography (3) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 141 and 161, and Chem 101 AB (may be concurrent), 
Physics 211. Introduction to oceanography including the study of the extent of 
the oceans; the chemical nature of the sea; marine geology; cau^s and effects of 
currents and tides; and interrelationships of plants and animal life. 

421 Biological Oceanography (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 420. Biological factors of the marine environment; physi- 
ological and ecological relationships; methods of sampling, identification and 
analysis. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

424 Evolution (3) 

Prerequisite: one year of college biology or permission of the infractor. A study 
of evolution, including the history of evolutionary thought; origin of umverse, 
earth and life; geological and paleontological history of the earth; evidences for 
evolution derived from comparative anatomy, embryology, genetics, zoogeography; 
niechanisms of evolution. 


197 


Biological Science 


424L Evolution Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 424 (may be taken concurrently). (3 hours laboratory) 

426 Marino Ecology (4) 

Prerequisite: upper division or graduate standing in Biological Sciences, and 
successful completion of Bio Sci 425 or 461 or 446. A course in the fundamentals 
of ecology embracing the aspects of the interrelations of organisms and their 
environment with emphasis on productivity, population dynamics, behavior and 
biological associations. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

436 Microbial Growth and Physiology (4) 

Prerequisites: one semester courses in microbiology and organic chemistry. An 
advanced treatment of the growth, physiology and structures of the microorgan- 
isms, with emphasis on study of the free-living bacteria, yeasts and molds. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

439 Microbial Ecology (4) 

Prerequisite: one semester of microbiology or bacteriology. The interaction of 
microbes and their environment; the influence of physical and chemical factors on 
the distribution and activities of microbial populations; the effects of microbes on 
the living and nonliving environment. Basic principles of microbial enrichment, 
selection and succession. On completion of the basic experiments each student 
will select and perform a Held and laboratory study in microbial ecology. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

441 Plant Taxonomy (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 141 or one year of college biology or equivalent. An intro- 
duction to the study of classification of conifers and the flowering plants through 
field collecting and laboratory study and identification of representative kinds. (2 
hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

443 Plant Ecology (4) 

Prerequisite: Plant Taxonomy 441. Relation of plants to their environment with 
emphasis on climatic and soil factors influencing their structure, behavior, and 
distribution. (2 hours lecture, 6 houn laboratory) 

444 Plant Phytlology (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 141 or equivalent and one semester of organic chemistry or 
permission of the instructor. A study of plant growth, nutrition, food synthesis, and 
metabolism. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

445 Mycology (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 141. A study of the comparative morphology and taxonomy 
of the fungi with an emphasis on morphological, physiological and reproductive 
characteristics demonstrating evolutionary relationships. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory) 

446 Algology (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 141 or equivalent. A study of the comparative morphology 
and taxonomy of the algae including a consideration of the physiological and 
chemical characteristics demonstrating evolutionary relationships. (2 hours lecture, 
6 hours laboratory or field work) 

452 Economic botany (3) 

Prerequisites: Bio Sci 141 or permission of the instructor. An examination of 
man*s dependence upon and economic interest in plants throughout the world. 


198 


Biological Science 


461 Invertebrate Zoology (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 161, or a year of college biology or permission of in- 
structor. Evolution, classification, physiological adaptions, and biology of inverte- 
brate animals. Includes dissection, identification and observation of living animals. 
(2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory, or field work) 

463 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) 

Prerequisite: a year course in general zoology or biology, or permission of the 
instructor. A comparative study of the chordates, with emphasis on morphology 
and evolution of various organ systems from fish through mammals. Includes thor- 
ough dissection of dogfish, necturus, and cat. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

464 Embryology (4) 

Prerequisite: a year course in general zoology or biology or permission of the 
instructor. Study of development from fertilization through organogenesis with 
laboratory work on the frog, chick, and pig. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

465 Animal Ecology (4) 

Prerequisite; three semesters of college biology or permission of the instructor. 
A survey of the physical, chemical, and biological factors of the environment as 
they affect the distribution and mode of life of animals. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory; one or more weekend trips per semester required) 

466 Studies in Animal Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: one year of college biology or permission of the instructor. An 
introduction to the current problems in animal behavior including sensory capaci- 
ties, orientation, innate and learned patterns, and social behavior of invertebrates 
and vertebrates. 

467 Entomology (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 161, or a year of college biology or permission of instructor. 
Anatomy, physiology, evolution, and biology of insects and other terrestrial arthro- 
pods. Laboratory includes detailed dissection, collection, identification, and obser- 
vation of living arthropods. (2 hours lecture, and 6 hours laboratory or field work) 

468 Comparative Animal Physiology (4) 

Prerequisites: principles of zoology, Chem 101 A, lOlB, and organic chemistry. 
A comparative survey of organ systems and physiological processes among inver- 
tebrate and vertebrate animals. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

469 Ichthyology (4) 

Prerequisites: a year of college biology, comparative vertebrate anatomy, and 
natural history of the vertebrates, or permission of the instructor. The biology, 
^ructure, physiology, ecology, evolution and economic importance of fishes. 
Laboratory and field work in identification, collection, and natural history of 
fishes. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory or field work per week; one or more 
Weekend trips per semester required) 

^71 Natural History of the Vertebrates (4) 

Prerequisites: one year of college biology; comparative vertebrate anatomy, 
evolution, or permission of the instructor. Natural history, behavior, distribution, 
and ecology of the vertebrates. Laboratory and field emphasis on identification, 
behavior, maintenance of living and preserved animals. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory or fieldwork; one or more weekend trips per semester required) 


199 


Biological Science 


472 Parasitology (4) 

Prerequisite: one year of general biology or permission of instructor. A con- 
sideration of the symbiotic relationships existing at all levels of animal organization. 
Emphasis will be placed on the natural history, biology, physiology, ecology and 
laboratory recognition of symbiotic organisms. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours labo- 
ratory) 

476 Herpetology (4) 

Prerequisites: a year of college biology, comparative vertebrate anatomy, and 
natural history of the vertebrates; or permission of the instructor. The biology, 
structure, physiology, ecology, distribution, evolution, and behavior of amphibians 
and reptiles. Laboratory and field work in identification, collection, study of 
amphibians and reptiles including studies on reptile and amphibian behavior and 
physiology. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory or field work per week; one or 
more weekend trips per semester required) 

491 Senior Seminar (1) 

Prerequisites: senior standing in one of the sciences with a GPA of 2.8, or 
permission of the instructor. Topics in the biological sciences and related fields, 
selected by the faculty and students participating in the course. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Open to qualified students who wish to pursue independent study in biology 
under general supervision. May be repeated for credit. 

502 Seminar in Biology (3) 

Open to graduate students only by permission of the instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 

504 Molecular Genetics (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 312, 315 and Chem 301 AB. The organiaztion, replication and 
function of the genetic material and informational macromolecules in organisms 
from the viruses to the higher plants and animals. Topics include: chromosomal 
structure and function, recombination, mutagenesis, genetic coding, protein syn- 
thesis and genetic aspects of development. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

510 Seminar in Physiology (3) 

Selected topics within the area of physiology. Open to graduate students and 
other qualified students by permission of instructor. May be repeated. 

511 Seminar in Microbiology (3) 

Selected topics in the area of microbiology. Open to graduate students and other 
qualified students by permission of instructor. May be repeated. 

512 Seminar in Genetics (3) 

Selected advanced topics within the general area of genetics. Open to graduate 
students and to other qualified students only by permission of instructor. May be 
repeated. 

514 Seminar in Immunology (3) 

Selected topics in immunochemistry, immunobiology and medical immunology. 
Open to graduate students and other qualified students by permission of instructor. 
May be repeated. 

515 Seminar in Molecular Biology (3) 

Selected advanced topics in molecular biology, such as macromolecular structure, 
thermodynamics in biological systems and molecular regulation of cellular activi- 


200 


Chemistry 

ties. Open to graduate students and other qualified students by permission of 
instructor. May be repeated. 

516 Viruses and Virus Infections (4) 

Prerequisite: a course in microbiology or bacteriology. A study of viruses as 
molecules, as living organisms and as infectious agents. Further consideration of 
vinis infections of man, other animals, bacteria and plants; comparison of viruses 
with rickettsiae and other obligate parasites. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

517 Seminar in Ecology (3) 

Selected advanced topics within the general area of ecology. Open to graduate 
students and to other qualified students only by permission of instructor. May be 
repeated. 

520 Seminar in Marine Science (3) 

Selected advanced topics within the general area of marine science. Open to 
graduate students and to other qualified students only by permission of instructor. 
May be repeated. 

540 Seminar in Botany (3) 

Selected advanced topics within the general area of botany. Open to graduate 
students and to other qualified students by permission of the instructor. May be 
repeated. 

560 Seminar in Zoology (3) 

Selected advanced topics within the general area of zoology. Open to graduate 
students and to other qualified students by permission of the instructor. May be 
repeated. 

598 Thesis (1-3) 

May be repeated for a maximum of 6 units of credit. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Open to graduate students only by permission of a staff member. May be re- 
peated for credit. 


CHEMISTRY 


100 Introductory Chemistry (4) 

Prerequisite: one year of high school algebra. Fundamental principles of 
chemistry with emphasis placed on the chem^try of inorganic compounds. Does 
not apply as credit for majors in the physical or biological sciences or for minors 
in the physical sciences. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

101A,B General Chemistry (5,5) 

Prerequisites: high school algebra and either high school^ chemistry or high 
school physics or Chemistry 100. High school physics and trigonometry strongly 
recommended. Intended for majors and minors in the physical and biological 
sciences. Chemistry placement test required. 

101 A— The fundamental principles of chemistry including stoichiometry, gas 
laws, solid and liquid states, changes of state, modem atom concepts, chemical 
bonding and chemical equilibrium with emphasis on quantitative acid-base chem- 
istry. Laboratory: experiments applying elementary physical chemistry and volu- 
nietric quantitative analysis. (3 hours lecture discussion, 6 hours laboratory) 


201 


Chemistry 


lOlB— Oxidation-reducrion chemistry, introduction to chemical thermodynamics 
and chemical kinetics, discussions of the chemistry of representative and transition 
elements, and introductions to biochemistry, organic and nuclear chemistry. Labo- 
ratory: Experiments concerning gravimetric and volumetric quantitative analysis, 
selected topics in qualitative analysis and inorganic preparations. (3 hours lecture 
discussion, 6 hours laboratory) 

105 General Chemistry for Engineers (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry lOlA. Description the same as Chemistry lOlB. Open 
only to engineering majors. Not open to students with credit in Chemistry lOlB. 

201 Modern Physical Science (4) (See course description under Physical Science) 

205 Glassblowing (1) 

Elementary training in the manipulation of glass leading to the construction of 
scientific glass apparatus. Enrollment limited with preference given to junior and 
senior physical science majors. (4 hours laboratory) 

211 Quantitative Analysis (4) 

Prerequisites: two semesters of college chemistry. Stoichiometry and the funda- 
mentals of volumetric and gravimetric quantitative analysis. Students completing 
Chemistry 10 IB with a grade of C or better will not receive credit. (2 hours lec- 
ture discussion, 6 hours laboratory) 

301 A3 Organic Chemistry (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry lOlB or equivalent. Chemistry 301B must involve con- 
current enrollment in Chemistry 302B. A course in organic chemistry designed for 
the non-chemistry major. Emphasis is placed on modem theories of structure and 
reaction mechanism. Recommended for biology majors and students planning to 
enter a paramedical profession. 

302A,B Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1,1) 

Chemistry 302A may be taken concurrently with Chemistry 301B and 302B. 
Chemistry 302B must be taken concurrently with Chemistry 301 B. A course de- 
signed to give training in the basic techniques of the organic chemistry laboratory , 
including synthesis of typical aliphatic and aromatic compounds. (3 hours labora- 
tory) 

305A,B Organic Chemistry (5,5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 10 IB or equivalent. A comprehensive course in organic 
chemistry designed for the chemistry major. Emphasis in lecture and laboratory’ 
is placed upon modem theories of smicture and reaction mechanism with applica- 
tions of modem instmmental and spectroscopic methods. (3 hours lecture discus- 
sion, 6 hours laboratory) 

312 Quantitative Chemistry (4) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 101 A3» (grade C or better) or CHiemistry 211. Physics 
211 A3, or Physics 221 A3 strongly recommended. Modem analytical chemistry 
including contemporary separation methods, nonaqueous quantitative chemistry, 
and introductions to instrumental methods of analysis in electrochemistry, absorp- 
tion spectroscopy, and radiochemistry. (2 hours lecture discussion, 6 hours lab- 
oratory) 

351 Introduction to Biochemistry (4) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 251 or Chemistry 301B and five units of biology. A 
survey of the chemistry and metabolism or proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, hot- 


202 


Chemistry 

mones, in plants, animals, and microorganisms. (3 hours lecture discussion, 3 hours 
laboratory) 

371 A,B Physical Chemistry (3^) 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 250A,B, Physics 221A,B, and Chemistry lOlB. Chem- 
istry 312 recommended. Equivalent courses may be substituted. A study of the 
fundamental laws and theories of chemistry. Thermodynamics, solutions, chemical 
and phase equilibria, electrochemistry, transport phenomena, introduction to atomic 
and molecular structure, rotation and vibration spectroscopy, statistical mechanics, 
kinetics are the major topics discussed. Discussions with emphasis on the use of 
fundamental principles to solve problems. 

403 Analysis of Organic Compounds (4) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 305 A, B and Chemistry 312 or equivalents. Isolation and 
identification of organic compounds using chemical and instrumental techniques. 
(2 hours lecture discussion, 6 hours laboratory) 

411 Instrumental Analysis (4) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 312, 301 A,B, Chemistry 371 A3 and Physics 221 A3. 
Advanced topics in absorption and emission spectroscopy, nuclear magnetic reso- 
nance, electron spin resonance, mass spectrometry, gas chromatography. X-ray 
methods, electrochemistry and radiochemistry. (2 hours lecture discussion, 6 hours 
laboratory) 

421A,B General Biochemistry (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 30lB or equivalent. Survey of major areas of biochemis- 
try, including chemistry and functions of compounds of biochemical interest. 

422A,B General Biochemistry Laboratory (2,2) 

Prerequisites: Concurrent or prior enrollment in General Biochemistry 421A,B. 
Laboratory designed to illustrate the chemistry and metabolism of carbohydrates, 
lipids, and proteins, and to introduce the student to research methods. (6 hours 
of laboratory) 

425 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 101A3 or equivalent and Chemistry 301A3 and Chem- 
istry 371 A3. A comprehensive inorganic chemistry course with an introduction to 
modem theories of chemical bonding and structure. Theoretical treatments include 
molecular orbital and ligand field theory with their extensions, coordination and 
transition metal chemistry, various aspects of nonmetal chemistry and a discussion 
of hydride properties. 

427 Preparative Techniques (4) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 312, 301 A3 and Chemistry 425 (concurrent enrollment 
acceptable) or equivalents. Laboratory exercises using advanced techniques and 
modem methods for the preparation and identification of chemical compounds. 
Readings in the current literature required. 

431 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 301A3, Chemistry 371A and Chemistry 371B. Theo- 
retical aspects of organic chemistry with emphasis on the modem concepts of 
structure and chemical reactivity. 

441 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (4) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 371 A,B. Laboratory exercises illustrating the physical 
principles of chemistry. (2 hour lecture discussion, 6 hours laboratory) 


203 


Chemistry 


451 Quantum Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 371 A3. An introduction to the application of quantum 
mechanics. Postulates and theories approximation methods, the electronic structure 
of atoms and periodic system, molecules and the chemical bond, and introduction 
to group theory. 

495 Senior Research (1-^) 

Prerequisite: Three one-year courses in chemistry and senior standing. Must have 
consent of supervising instructor before enrollment. Open only to students with a 
3.0 grade point average in chemistry. An introduction to the methods of chemical 
research through a research project carried out under the supervision of one of 
the Chemistry Department faculty. May be repeated for credit. 

499 Independent Study (1~3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of supervising instructor before enrollment. Study of some 
special topic in chemistry, selected in consultation with the instructor and carried 
out under his supervision. May be repeated for credit. 

500 Research in Chemistry (1-6) 

Prerequisites: Admission to graduate standing and consent of supervising instruc- 
tor before enrollment. Research in one of the fields of chemistry on an individual 
basis under the supervision of an appropriate faculty member. 

505 Seminar (1—2) 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing and consent of department. Student presenta- 
tions of recent contributions to the Chemical Literature. May be repeated for credit. 

511 Theory of Separations (2) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 312, 301 A,B, 37lA,B. The theory, application, and limi- 
tations of physical and chemical separation techniques. 

551 Quantum Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 451. Elementary applications. Perturbation theory, colli- 
sion problems, relativistic theory of the electron, theories of valence, complex 
compounds and complex crystals. 

555 Chemical Kinetics (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 550 or permission of the instructor. Analysis of reacting 
systems; theories of chemical kinetics; discussion of gas phase, liquid phase and 
surface reactions including recent developments. 

561 Statistical Thermodynamics (3) (Formerly 461) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 550 or equivalent. A study of statistical mechanics and 
its application to chemical problems. 

572 X-Ray Crystallography (3) (Formerly 472) 

Prerequisites: Physics 221A,B, Mathematics 250, and Chemistry 301 A3i or equiva- 
lent courses. Morphological crystallography, crystal symmetry and crystallographic 
groups. X-rays and X-ray diffraction, the recording and interpretation of diffrac- 
tion phenomena, and the analysis of crystal structures, including computer appli- 
cations. 

575 Theory of Spectroscopy (3) (Formerly 475) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 451 or equivalent. Group theory, symmetry mode, in- 
tensities and selection rules, selected topics from electronic spectra of atoms and 
molecules, UV, IR, NMR, ESR and Raman spectroscopy. 


204 


Communicotions 


598 Thesis (1-2) 

Prerequisites: An officially appointed thesis committee and advancement to candi- 
dacy. Guidance in the preparation of a project or thesis for the Master’s degree. 

COMMUNICATIONS 

101 Reporting and Writing (3) 

Introduction to news reporting and writing, with emphasis on news gathering, 
evaluation, and the principles of clarity and conciseness. Typing ability required. 

102 Reporting and Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: Communication 101 or permission of instructor. Concentration on 
writing of more advanced news stories and news features. Typing ability required. 

21 8A Introduction to Photography (2) 

An introductory lecture and laboratory course in photographic theory and the 
application of photographic principles. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours lab) 

2188 Communications Photography (2) 

A lecture and laboratory course applying photographic principles to the require- 
ments of mass communications. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours lab) 

290 History and Aesthetics of Motion Pictures (3) 

(Same as Drama 290) 

306 Photographic Production (2) 

Class assignments will include production of photographs for college publica- 
tions and television programs. Application of photocommunication principles to 
media problems under deadline conditions. (3 hours lab per unit) 

319 Documentary Film Production (3) 

Fundamentals of documentary film script writing, production planning, and 
execution. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab) 

331 News Communication (3) 

An introduction to the news communication media, with experience in news 
writing. (Not open to students with credit in Communications 101-102.) 

332 Copy Editing and Makeup (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 101 and 102, or permission of instructor. Practice 
and theory of editing information materials for publication in newspapers and 
magazines. (6 hours activity) 

333 Mass Communication in Modern Society (3) 

The basic structure and the interrelationships of newspapers, magazines, filnu, 
radio, television, in terms of their significance as social instruments and economic 
entities in modem society. 

334 Feature Article Writing (3) 

Nonfiction writing for newspapers and magazines, including study of sources, 
methods, and markets. Open to nonmajors. 

335 Reporting of Public AfFoirs (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 101 and 102, or permission of instructor. Coverage 
in depth of significant events pertinent to operations of governmental units and 
related organizations. 


205 


Communicttfions 


338 Newspaper Production (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. A lecture and activity course in which 
members of the class constitute the editorial staff of the college newspaper. The 
group meets four hours per week for critiques in news reporting, writing, editing 
and makeup, followed by production. With consent of instructor, the course may 
be repeated up to a maximum of 9 units credit. (More than 9 hours lab) 

353 Advertising Copy and Layout (3) 

Writing of copy and layout of advertisements, based on study of sales appeals, 
attention factors, and illustrations. (6 hours activity) 

354 Retail Advertising (3) 

Principles and procedures of retail advertising; utilization of mass media; super- 
vised field assignments in the analysis of specific advertising needs. 

356 Advertising Production (1) 

Preparation of advertisements for the college newspaper, magazine and yearbook. 
Advertising accounts assigned to each student. Weekly critique sessions. Individual 
consultation with instructor. (5 hours lab) 

358A,B Publications Production (2,2) 

A workshop for students engaged in the production of the college magazine and 
yearbook and other types of student publications, as scheduled by appropriate 
college authorities. Activities will include writing, editing, photography, art work, 
and layout. Open to nonmajors. (More than 6 hours lab) 

361 Theory and Practice of Public Relations (3) 

Examination of basic principles of public relations and their application in non- 
commercial as well as commercial fields, including industry, education, government 
and welfare. 

371 Radio-television News and Public Affairs (3) 

Theory and practice of covering news events and public affairs for radio and 
television. Student material will be prepared for broadcast locally. (6 hours activity) 

375 The Documentary Film (3) 

Purpose and development of the documentary; current trends; critical analysis; 
production requirements; future of the medium in business, government and edu- 
cation, and television. Students will analyze selected documentary films. 

380 Introduction to Radio and Television (3) 

(Same as Drama 380) 

401 Report Writing (3) 

Planning, organizing and writing of various kinds of reports for business, educa- 
tion and government. (Consideration will be given to use of graphic aids and 
preparation of copy for reports that are to be printed. Recommended for non- 
majors. 

403 Technical Writing (3) 

The study of uses of technical writing in industry, science and engineering, and 
the completion of written assignments designed to test understanding of, and pro- 
vide experience with various forms. 

404 Advanced Technical Writing and Editing (3) 

Writing and editing of technical material for reports, proposals, special publica- 
tions and journals. 


206 


Communications 


407 Communication and the Law (3) 

Development of Anglo-American concept of freedom of speech and press; 
statutes and administrative regulations affecting freedom of information and of 
publishing, advertising and telecommunications. Problems of libel and slander, 
rights in news and advertising, contempt, copyright, and invasion of privacy. Open 
to nonmajors. 

425 History and Philosophy of American Mass Communication (3) 

The development of American mass communication beginning with newspapers 
and periodicals and continuing through radio and television. Includes ideological, 
political, social and economic aspects. 

426 World Communication Systems (3) 

The examination of major mass communication systems, both democratic and 
totalitarian, and the means by which news and propaganda are conveyed inter- 
nationally. 

427 Seminar on Current Issues in Mass Communication (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Consideration of problems such as the extent 
to which the mass media should be regulated by the government, “objective” 
versus “interpretive” news reporting, and ethical and legal questions of particular 
cases. 

439 Mass Media Internship (2) 

According to his vocational preference, the student serves a supervised intern- 
ship with a newspaper, magazine, radio or television station, press association, adver- 
tising agency, or public relations firm. 

451 National Advertising Campaigns (3) 

Advanced study of advertising campaigns; utilization of news media — ^television, 
newspapers, magazines, etc. — in national advertising programs. Design of complete 
campaign from idea to production. 

463 Public Relations Methods (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 361 or equivalent, or consent of the intsructor. 
Means by which public relations concepts are carried out through the mass media. 

465 International Public Relations (3) 

Application of public relations principle to the requirements of international 
operation in business, education, religion and philanthropy. 

467 Public Relations for Educational Institutions (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 361 or permission of the instructor, famines the 
theory and practice of public relations as it applies to public and private schools 
at all levels, including the methods, policies, programs and , problems inherent in 
educational public relations. 

473 Telecommunication Regulation (3) 

Prerequisites: Communications 380, comparable course, consent of instructor, 
drama 380. Self-regulation, governmental regulation, and international regulation 
of broadcast programming. 

475 Telecommunication Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 380 or Drama 380. Theory and practice of pro- 
gramming for television and radio. 


207 


Comparative Literature 

477 Telecommunication Station Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications 380. Functions and policies of broadcasting station 
and network management. Effects of government, public opinion, employee groups, 
and ownership. Technical, legal, financial and other obligations. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the department chairman. Individually supervised mass 
media projects and research on and off campus. Research and projects may in- 
volve newspapers, magazines, radio, television, and public relations agencies. May 
be repeated for credit. 

500 Mass Communication Theory (3) 

Prerequisite; B.A. degree, background in mass communications, or consent of in- 
structor. Theory of mass communication in terms of communicator, media, and 
audience. (Consideration of extensive research regarding probable effects of mass 
communications. 

501 Literature of Mass Communications (3) 

Types, sources, and uses of mass communication literature; application to indi- 
vidual graduate studies. 

510A Seminar in Mass Communications Research (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing and 24 units of undergraduate communications 
study or consent of the instructor. A survey of the research areas, methods, and 
techniques of communications research. Research in selected problems in com- 
munications. 

51 OB Seminar in Mass Communications Research (3) 

Prerequisite: (Dommunitations 510A. Application of research techniques to prob- 
lems in the following areas: advertising, broadcasting, news-editorial, public rela- 
tions, journalism education and history of the mass media. 

512 Graduate Seminar: Journalism Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing. Study of selected problems in journalism educa- 
tion with emphasis on individual research. 

597 Project (3 or 6) 

Completion of a creative project in the area of concentration beyond regularly 
offered course work. 

598 Thesis (3 or 6) 

Completion of a thesis in the area of concentration beyond regularly offered 
course work. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1—3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the department chairman. Individually supervised mass 
media projects or research for graduate students. May be repeated for credit. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 
(Offered by the Department of English) 

305 The Hebrew Prophets: Poets, Philosophers, Humanists (3) 

(Same as Interdisciplinary Onter 305.) 

312 The Bible as Literature (3) 

A comprehensive survey of Biblical literature emphasizing intrinsic literary 
qualities as well as the influence of major themes of both Old and New Testa- 
ment writings upon western literary traditions. 

208 


Comparative Literature 


315 Classical Mythology in World Literature (3) 

The origins, elements, forms and functions of classical mythology in works from 
the earliest times to the present. 

316 Celtic and Germanic Mythology (3) 

A basic study of the principal Celtic and Germanic myths with some discussion 
of literary and archeological relationships. 

324A Advanced World Literature (3) 

Selected readings in Indian, Chinese, Japanese, Middle Eastern and European 
literature from the beginning to 1650. 

324B Advanced World Literature (3) 

Selected readings from Oriental and Western literature from 1650 to the present. 

332 Medieval Literature of Western Europe (3) 

Selected readings in modern English translation from the medieval literature 
of England and the continent from St. Augustine to Sir Thomas Malory. 

333 Literature of the Renaissance (3) 

Major phases of the Renaissance as a literary movement, from Erasmus to Mon- 
taigne and Cervantes. 

373 Masters of Russian Literature (3) 

Reading, discussion, and interpretation of selected works by Pushkin, Dostoyev- 
sky, Tolstoy, Chekhov, Pasternak, and others, and their relationship to Western 
literature. * 

374 Modern Russian Literature (3) 

A study of literary trends and representative works of Russian writers from 
Maxim Gorky to the present times. Special consideration of the Soviet literary 
theory and its impact upon their literature. Lectures and readings in English. 

375 Hispanic Literature (3) 

A study of selected translations from Hispanic literature and their relations to 
world literature. Readings in the picaresque novel, Cervantes, Golden Age drama, 
Galdos, Unamuno, Lorca. 

376 Main Trends in Spanish-American Literature (3) 

An introduction to the main currents of Spanish-American literature, emphasiz- 
ing contemporary writers such as Alegria, Asturias, Borges, Puentes, Neruda. Close 
attention will be given to the relation between the artistic expression and the 
ideological values of the same period. 

^02 Art, Literature, and the Development of Consciousness (3) 

(Same as Interdisciplinary Center 402.) 

403 The Quest for Self: East and West (3) 

(Same as Interdisciplinary Center 403.) 

404 The Nature of Love: Plato to Joyce (3) 

(Same as Interdisciplinary Center 404.) 

405 Psychoanalysis and Drama (3) 

(Same as Drama 405 and Interdisciplinary Center 405.) 


209 


Drama 


425A Oriental Literature (3) 

A study of selected translations of Indian and Chinese literature. 

425B Oriental Literature (3) 

A study of selected translations of Japanese literature. 

450 The Naturalists (3) 

A study of naturalism in the works of Turgenev, Balzac, the brothers Goncourt, 
Maupassant, Zola, Huysmans, Ibsen, Verga; and also the works of Gissing, Moore, 
Hardy, Garland, Crane, Norris, Dreiser, London, and O’Neill. 

453 The Novel in France and Germany (3) 

Reading, discussion, and interpretation of outstanding novels in translation with 
a view toward determining some principles of the narrative arts. Emphasis on 
Goethe, Stendhal, Flaubert, Mann, Kafka, Proust, and others. 

454 Contemporary Movements in European Literature (3) 

A study of modern literary movements, including naturalism, realism, symbol- 
ism, expressionism and surrealism, with reading and discussion of selected exam- 
ples. 

473A,B World Drama (3,3) 

Reading, discussion and interpretation of great plays of the world in translation, 
emphasizing them as literature for performance. First semester from ancient Greece 
through the mid-19th century; second semester, from Ibsen to the present. (Same 
as Drama 473A3») 

482 Senior Seminar: Major Writers (3) 

Directed research and writing, group discussion, and lectures involving intensive 
study of major writers. The student should consult his adviser and the schedule 
of classes for the sections available. This course number may be repeated with 
different content for additional credit. 

491 Senior Seminar: Greek Tragedy (3) 

Fifth century Greek tragedy through the extant works of Aeschylus and 
Sophocles, and ten plays of Euripides. (Same as Drama 491.) 

582 Graduate Seminar: Dante (3) 


DRAMA 

211 Introduction to Oral Interpretation (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101, a high school speech course, or consent of instructor. 
A fundamentals course devoted to theory, methods, and practice in the perform- 
ance of oral communication of different types of literature. (Same as Speech 211.) 

241 Voice Production for the Actor (2) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Fundamental techniques, methods, and train- 
ing to give the actor maximum use of his voice in theatre. (Correction of speech 
faults and regional accents. Introduction to problems of stage dialects. Study of 
basic interpretative material. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

245A,B Mime and Pantomime (2,2) 

Theory and practice of mime and pantomime for drama, dance and education 
(expression and gesture). Provide historical and contemporary knowledge md 
techniques with emphasis on individual development of creative skill in mime 
and pantomime. (4 hours — activity) 

210 


Drama 


263A,B Beginning Acting (3,3) (Formerly 273AB) 

Laboratory practice and discussions of the form and content of the art of 
acting: (A) action, motivation and circumstances of behavior on stage; (B) prob- 
lems in characterization. (6 hours activity) 

271 Introduction to Theatre Arts (3) 

A study of the evolution of theatre, motion pictures, radio and television as 
composite arts. Emphasis is placed on the visual and production aspects as influ- 
enced by different cultures, traditions, and technologies. Field trips to certain 
significant productions. 

272 Understanding Theatre (3) 

A nontechnical survey course for the general student leading to an appreciadon 
and understanding of the theatre as a medium of communication and entertainment 
and as an art form. Field trips to certain significant productions. 

276A,B Beginning Stagecraft (2,2) 

Participation in the preparation and execution of the departmental and student 
productions: (A) production organization; the theatre plant; tools; construction; 
two and three dimensional scenery; introduction to scenic design; fundamentals of 
scene painting and basic stage lighting; (B) the stage setting; mechanical drawing; 
stage management; lighting and sound for the theatre. (More than 6 hours pro- 
duction) 

285A,B Thaafrical Makaup (1,1) 

Theory and practice in makeup for stage and television. Emphasis on develop- 
ment of individual skill in techniques of character analysis, application in pig- 
ment, plastic, hair makeup, and selection and use of makeup equipment. (3 hours — 
activity) 

286 Daiign for the Theatro (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 103, 104 or Drama 276A or 276B, or consent of instructor. 
Study and practice in the principles of designing for the stage. Practical work in 
the designing and planning of sets for drama productions. (Same as Art 286.) 

390 Hiftory and Aosthotici of Motion Picturos (3) 

History and development of motion pictures as an art form combimng lec- 
tures, readings, discussion, and screening of films. (Same as Communications 290) 

311 Oral Intorprotation (3) 

Prerequisite: Drama 211 or Speech 211 or consent of instructor. The principles 
and practice of reading aloud from the printed page. Analysis of selections from 
prose and poetry are emphasized. The development of voice control and projection 
of idea and motion. (Same as Speech 311.) 

314A,B Raadiiig Thaatra (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Drama 211 or Speech 211. Oral reading in which the emphasis is 
placed on group and individual reading of dramatic literature. The first semester 
will emphasize modem and contemporary dramatic literature and the second semes- 
ter will include selections from the EUizabethan, Renaissance and Romantic periods. 

341 Phenatici (3) 

(Same as Speech 341, Linguistics 341) 

363A,B Intarmadiata Acting and Charactariiatlon (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Drama 263. Continuation of Drama 263 A,B, Acting. Emphasis on 
extended and integrated speech and movement problems in characterization. En- 

211 


Drama 


couraging the student to begin development of style and ensemble acting. Labora- 
tory scenes, extensive analysis and exploration. (6 hours activity) 

364 Seminar In Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: Evidence of student’s previous interest in creative writing and con- 
sent of the instructor. Study of superior models, development of style, and group 
criticism and evaluation of each student’s independent work, as it relates to play- 
writing. May be repeated for credit. (Same as English 364) 

370A,B Fundomnntals of Directing (3/3) 

Prerequisite: A, prerequisite to B. Consent to instructor. The study of prere- 
hearsal problems and procedures, of the structural analysis of plays, and of com- 
position, picturization, pantomimic dramatization, movement, and rhythm onstage. 
Practice in directing scenes. (6 hours activity) 

374A/B Dance Theatre and Production (2/2) 

Prerequisite: Physical Education 143 or the equivalent or consent of instructor. 
Cannot be taken concurrently with Drama 478AB. Theory and practice of cre- 
ative and expressive movement in relation to the theatre and dance production. 
(More than 6 hours — production) 

376A/B Advanced Stagecraft (2/2) 

Participation in the supervising of major areas of technical production; stage 
management, lighting design, production management. Cannot be taken concur- 
rently with Drama 478AB. (More than 6 hours — production) 

377A/B Stage Costuming (2/2) 

Prerequisites: Stagecraft 376A or permission of the instructor A, prerequisite to 
B. Principles and theory of costumes for stage and television including both his- 
torical and contemporary techniques and application. (More than 6 hours — pro- 
duction) 

380 Introduction to Radio and Television (3) 

The history and development of the broadcasting industry and its impact and 
influence on our society. A study of the basic broadcasting practices, audiences, 
production and programming. (Same as Communications 380) 

382 Television Techniques (3) 

Survey of the development and current trends in television techniques, program- 
ming, and production. 

383 Radio and Television Writing (3) 

Study of the principles and practices and experience in the writing of scripts 
and other forms of continuity for both radio and television. 

386 Stoge Lighting (2) 

Prerequisites: Drama 276AB or equivalent. Studies in the theory and practice of 
lighting for stage and television. Special emphasis in design. Students must enroll 
concurrently for one unit of credit in Drama 478 A or B in order to participate in 
practical application of stage lighting coordinated with the directing class program. 

402 Dramatic Activities for Children (3) 

Theory and practice in the use of creative dramatics, storytelling, puppetryi 
assembly programs, role-playing, and other aspects of dramatics as tools for the 
teacher, group worker, recreation major, and others who work with children. 


212 


Drama 


403 Children's Theatre (3) 

Prerequisites: Drama 263A or B; Drama 276A and Drama 370AB or equivalent; 
or consent of the instructor. Theories and principles of production in the formal 
theatre arts for children. Analysis and evaluation of appropriate theatrical forms. 

405 Psychoanalysis and Drama (3) 

(Same as Interdisciplinary Center 405.) 

> 450 Theatre Management (2) 

Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Discussion and practice of the basic elements 
! of Public Relations as applied to theatre with a detailed analysis of various adver- 
tising mediums and experimentation in their use. A study of the various financial 
aspects of academic, community, and professional theatre operations including prac- 
tical experience in front-of-the-house management and box office operation through 
the department’s public presentations. Students must enroll concurrently for one 
I (1) unit of Drama 478A or 478B. 

I 463A,B Advanced Acting (3,3) (Formerly 373A,B) 

I Prerequisite: Drama 363 A,B. A study of historical theories and techniques of 
I styles of acting as an art form. The first semester will include Greek through 
Renaissance periods and the second semester will include the Neoclassic periods 
I to contemporary styles. (6 hours activity) 

468A,B Experimental Theatre (3,3) (Formerly 378A,B) 

Prerequisites: consent of instructor. Cannot be taken concurrently with Drama 
478AB. An activity course in which dramatic principles are applied through pro- 
duction of full length and one-act plays using various styles of acting and staging. 
(More than 3 hours production per unit) 

470A3 Directing (3,3) 

Theory and practice in directing scenes from plays for their oral and visual values 
I as theatre. Second semester students will each direct public performances of two 
! one-act plays. (6 hours activity) 

^ Drama 471 Kabuki Theatre (3) 

Prerequisite: Upper division standing or consent of instructor. A study of the 
history and development of the Kabuki Theatre, emphasizing the three types of 
Kabuki plays (Jidaimano, Sewamono, Shosagoto) and theories of production of 
Kabuki drama. 

472 American Theatre (3) 

Prerequisites: Drama 271, Drama 272, or the equivalent and junior standing. The 
development of the art of theatre in the United States from colonial times to the 
present day; its place and potentialities as a force in a democratic society. 

473A,B World Drama (3,3) 

Reading, discussion and interpretation of great plays of the world in translation, 
emphasizing them as literature for performance. First semester from ancient Greece 
through mid-19th century; second semester, from Ibsen to the present. (Same as 
Comparative Literature 473AB) 

474 Spocial Studios in Dance Theatre and Production (1*-3) 

Prerequisites: Drama 374A,B or the equivalent and consent of instructor. Oppor- 
tunity for intensive study in theory and practice in dance theater and production. 


213 


Drama 


May be repeated to a maximum of eight units but no more than three units of 
credit may be obtained in a single semester. (More than 3 hours production per 
unit) 

475A/B Hisfory of the Theatre (3,3) 

Examinations of the evolution of all major aspects of world theatre. (A) From 
ancient Greece to the end of the 18th century, (B) 19th and 20th centuries. 

477 Senior Seminar in Contemporary Critical Techniques (3) 

Prerequisite: (Donsent of instructor. Introduction to major contemporary modes 
of criticism and their application to selected plays and area productions. 

478A,B Rehearsal and Performance (1-3) 

Acting in stage productions, major technical assignments in stage productions, 
or participation in television or children’s theatre productions. Any upper division 
or graduate student who is interested should enroll. This class cannot be taken 
concurrently with either 374AB, 376AB or 468AB. (More than 3 hours production 
per unit.) 

488A,B Advanced Scene Design (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Drama 286, or equivalent beginning work in design. Lecture in 
scene design with emphasis on style, ornamentation and illusion leading to prac- 
tical problems in designing for the stage and television. (Same as Art 488AB.) 

491 Senior Seminar: Greek Tragedy (3) 

(Same as Comparative Literature 491.) 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Open to advanced students in drama with the consent of the department chair- 
man. May be repeated for credit. 

500 Introduction to Graduate Study in Drama (3) 

Introduction to methodological problems in graduate research. Location of source 
materials, including library and original data; research and project design and 
execution; interpretation of researches. 

501 Graduate Seminar: Advanced Theatre Theory and Appreciation (3) 

Prerequisites: Drama 500. Directed research with emphasis on the relationship 
between historical backgrounds and developments in the theatre and the student’s 
area of concentration. 

511 Graduate Seminar in Interpretation (3) 

Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. The historical and philosophical backgrounds 
in the development of interpretation and its relationship to contemporary theory 
and practice. (Same as Speech 511.) 

571 Graduate Seminar: Major Writers (3) 

Directed research and writing, group discussion, and lectures covering Shake- 
speare. The student should consult his adviser and the schedule of classes for the 
section appropriate to his program. (Same as English 57i.) 

572 Production Planning In Theatre Arts (3) 

History and philosophy of production problems in theatre arts. Organization of 
the college theatre as it relates to the total college program. Planning of the 
production within the limitations of budgets and physical facilities. 


214 


Earth Science 


\ 


573 Graduate Seminar, Literary Genres (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. As appropriate to the specialized research 
and publications of the instructor, this course will offer directed research and 
writing, group discussion and lectures covering such major literary types as: 
tragedy, comedy and historical drama. With consent of the adviser, this course 
may be repeated with different content for additional credit. (Same as English 572.) 

597 Project (3) 

Development and presentation of a creative project in the area of concentration 
beyond regularly offered coursework. May be repeated to a maximum of six units. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Development and presentation of a thesis in the area of concentration beyond 
regularly offered coursework. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1^) 

Open to graduate students in drama with the consent of the department chair- 
man. May be repeated for credit. 

DRAMA EDUCATION 

442 Teaching Drama in the Secondary School (2) 

Prerequisites: Education 340, Education 311, admission to teacher education, 
senior standing or consent of the instructor. The student who has not had 
teaching experience must register concurrently in Education 449. See page 158 
under Secondary Education for description of Standard Teaching Credential pro- 
gram. Objectives, methods, and materials including audiovisual instruction for 
teaching drama in secondary schools. 

484 Educational Television Production (3) 

Theory and practice in the activities, methods of lesson preparation, and pres- 
entation of educational television productions. 

749 Student Teaching in Drama in the Secondary School ond Seminar (6) 

See page 312 for description and prerequisites. 

EARTH SCIENCE 

(Offered by the Department of Science and Mathematics Education) 

101 Physical Geology (4) 

(Same as Geology 101) 

102 Historical Geology (4) 

(Same as Geology 102) 

200 Generol Astronomy (4) 

(Same as Astronomy 200) 

301, 302, 401, 402 Studies In Geoscience (2-6 units each) 

Open to majors in earth science and related fields. Students may elect from two 
to six units per semester with approval of instructor. Guided independent study of 
problems in earth science. Supervision is geared to the experience and maturity of 
each student. Problems are designed to explore significant aspects of earth science 
J^nd may be taken in any sequence. (1 hour of discussion or conference and 3 hours 
of laboratory, supervised study, and field work for each 2 units.) 


215 


English 


301 Studies in the area of geochemistry. Prerequisites: Physical geology and 
general chemistry. Problems in the identification and classification of rocks, min- 
erals, soils, water types; geochemistry of crystalline solids, magmatic, marine, and 
meteoric liquids, and atmospheric and volcanic gases; properties, growth, symmetry, 
and morphology of crystals; genesis of earth materials and the interdependence of 
their development. Optical, chemical. X-ray, and physical experimental techniques. 
Field methods of collecting and evaluating data. 

302 Studies in the area of geobiology. Prerequisites: Historical geology and a 
semester of biology. Problems in the reconstruction of geologic history by evolu- 
tionary trends in fossils, by radioactive isotope determinations, by stratigraphic 
sequence, by relationships of sedimentary facies, by analysis of rock structures in 
field and laboratory. Inter-relationships of flora and fauna and the genesis of rocks, 
oceans, and atmosphere. Techniques for identification and classification of fossils. 
Preparation and interpretation of maps, diagrams, and aerial photographs. 

401 Studies in the area of geo-fluids. Prerequisite: Fundamental physics. Prob- 
lems in the energy systems of oceans, atmosphere and surface and underground 
water and their interfaces; morphology and genesis of shorelines and seafloor; 
dynamics of oceans and atmosphere; physics of clouds and water vapor; classifica- 
tion and analysis of weather systems; composition and structure of oceans and 
atmosphere; evolutionary development of oceans and atmosphere. Methods and 
instruments. 

402 Studies in the area of geophysics. Prerequisites: Fundamental physics. 
Astronomy recommended. Problems in the techniques and applications of seis- 
mology to earthquakes, exploration, and the earth’s interior; measurement and inter- 
pretation of gravitation, terrestrial magnetism, and terrestrial heat; extra-terrestrial 
radiation, plasmas, and upper-atmospheric phenomena; lunar and planetary struc- 
tures, surfaces and atmospheres; hypotheses of the origins of planets, atmospheres, 
oceans, continents, and mountains. Geophysical instruments and methods of investi- 
gation. 

499 Independent Study (1-^) 

Study of some special topic in earth science, selected in consultation with the 
instructor and carried out under his supervision. May be repeated for credit. 

ENGLISH 

For world literature in English translation see courses under Comparative Litera- 
ture. English 101 and 102 are normal prerequisites for all courses numbered 200 
or above. 

101 Composition and World Literature (3) 

Analytical and critical writing based on the study of representative works from 
Classical and Biblical literature to the Renaissance. 

102 World Literature and Composition (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or the equivalent. The study of representative works 
from the Renaissance to the modem age, as a basis for continuing practice m 
analytical and critical wridng. 

201 Analysis of Literary Forms (3) 

The main literary forms — prose fiction, poetry, and drama— are studied and ana- 
lyzed. Various critical methods are applied to representative works mainly fro^ 
English and American literature. Especially recommended for prospective teachers 
of literature. 


216 


English 


202 The Short Story (3) 

Critical analysis of selected American and European short stories, aimed at an 
understanding of the structure and technique of the short story. 

206 Introduction to Poetry (3) 

The course is designed to increase students’ understanding and appreciation of 
the art of poetry. The primary activity will be close reading of poems written in 
English. 

211 Masters of British Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: Limited to students who are of sophomore standing or who have 
obtained the consent of the instructor. An introduction to major periods and move- 
ments, major authors, and major forms through 1760. 

212 Masters of British Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: Limited to students who are of sophomore standing or who have 
obtained the consent of the instructor. An introduction to major periods and 
movements, major authors, and major forms from 1760 through modern times. 

301 Advanced Composition (3) 

Ejcercises in creativity, analysis, and rhetoric as applied in expository writing. 
Required of English majors seeking the secondary credential. 

303 The Structure of Modern English (3) 

Prerequisite: junior standing. The grammar of contemporary English applied 
to problems in writing. Modern English usage. Required of English majors seeking 
the secondary credential. 

321 American Literature to Whitman (3) 

Emphasis on major writers: Hawthorne, Poe, Melville, Emerson, Thoreau, Whit- 
man, and others. 

322 American Literature from Twain to the Moderns (3) 

Emphasis on Twain, James, Crane, Hemingway, Faulkner, O’Neill, Frost, Eliot. 

333 Chaucer (3) 

A study of The Canterbury Tales and of Chaucer’s language, with particular 
emphasis upon the understanding of the vocabulary, pronunciation, grammar, and 
syntax of the East Midland dialect of Middle English, as indispensable to literary 
appreciation. 

334 Shakespeare (3) 

An introduction to Shakespeare’s art through a detailed study of the more 
famous plays. 

335 Elixabethan and Jacobean Drama (3) 

Studies of representative English dramatists of the late 16th and early 17th 
centuries. Emphasis on the development of the dramatic tradition in the plays of 
Marlowe, Jonson, Webster, Beaumont and Fletcher, and others. 

336 Elizabethan Poetry and Prose (3) 

A study of the nondramatic literature of the English Renaissance from More to 
Campion. Emphasis on Renaissance thought and the works of Spenser. 

337 Seventeenth Century Poetry and Prose (3) 

A survey of the major writers of the period from 1603 to 1660 exclusive of Milton. 


217 


English 


341 Milton (3) 

An intensive study of the poetry and prose in the light of Milton’s intellectual 
development. 

342 The Age of Reason in English Literature (3) 

Swift, Pope, Johnson, Boswell, Addison, and Steele. The Restoration, the Age of 
Reason, and foreshadowings of Romanticism. 

343 The Romantic Movement in English Literature (3) 

Bums, Blake; Wordsworth, Coleridge; Byron, Shelley, and Keats. The reaction 
against rationalism, the rise of revolutionary and liberal thought, humanitarianism, 
and emphasis on individual creativity. 

344 The Literature of the 19th Century after 1830 (3) 

A study of literature in its relationship to the problems which emerge from the 
social, cultural, scientific, and industrial revolutions of the Victorian period. 

345 The Development of the English Novel through Jane Austen (3) 

A study of the English novel from its beginnings to the 19th century considering 
such novelists as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, and Austen. 

346 The Development of the 19th-Century English Novel (3) 

A study of such novelists as the Brontes, Thackeray, Dickens, Eliot, and Hardy. 

351 Science Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101. The study of science fiction as a genre, including fu- 
ture-scene fiction, the utopian novel, the superman novel, and short fantasy 
stories. 

364 Seminar in Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: Evidence of student’s previous interest in creative writing and con- 
sent of the instructor. Study of superior models, development of style, and group 
criticism and evaluation of each student’s independent work. Depending on the 
specialized writing field of the instructor, the various sections will concentrate on 
fiction, plays, or poetry. May be repeated for credit. 

433 Children's Literature (3) 

A study of masterpieces of the world’s literature for children. Illustrates literary 
qualities appealing to children and demonstrates the ways in which children’s 
literature reflects the particular cultural differences of the various Oriental, classi- 
cal and modem cultures. 

435 Studias In Shakaspaar# (3) 

Prerequisite: English 334 or consent of the instmetor. An intensive study of 
selected plays with primary emphasis upon problems of dramatic structure and 
artistic meanings. 

451 Phllofophical Rackgroundt of Modorn LItaratura (3) 

(Same as Interdisciplinary Center 451.) 

462 Modarn British and Amarlcan Novels (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American, or world literature; an upper divi- 
sion literature course; or consent of the instructor. The development of modem 
British and American novels from 1900 to 1950. 

463 Contemporary British and American Novels (3) 

The novel in English since World War II. 


218 


English 


464 Modern British and American Drama (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American, or world literature; an upper divi- 
sion literature course; or consent of the instructor. The development of British 
and American drama from 1900 to the present. 

466 Modern British and American Poetry (3) 

Prerequisite: survey of English, American or world literature; an upper divi- 
sion literature course; or consent of the instructor. The development of British 
and American poetry from 1900 to the present. 

490 History of the English Language (3) 

Prerequisite: senior or graduate standing. The historical development of English 
vocabulary, phonology, morphology, and syntax from Indo-European to modem 
American English. 

491 Senior Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: an undergraduate course in the area to be studied, a B average or 
better in English courses, or consent of the instructor. 

Directed research and writing, group discussion, and lectures covering selected 
topics from language studies, intensive studies of major writers, criticism, and 
literary types, periods, and ideological trends. 

499 Independent Study (3) 

Open to advanced students in English with the consent of the department chair- 
man. May be repeated for credit. 

570 Graduate Seminar: Language Studies (3) 

Directed research and writing, group discussion, and lectures covering philology, 
historical development, and structure of English. Individual offerings under this 
course number may deal with only one aspect of language studies. The student 
should consult his advisor and the schedule of classes for the sections appropriate 
to his graduate program. This course number may be repeated with different con- 
tent for additional credit. 

571 Graduate Seminar: Major Writers (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research and publication of the instructor, this 
course will offer directed research and writing, group discussion, and lectures cov- 
ering major figures such as: Shakespeare, Milton, Chaucer, Melville, Twain, Haw- 
thorne, Joyce, and Coleridge. The student should consult his adviser and the sched- 
ule of classes for the sections appropriate to his graduate program. This course 
number may be repeated with different content for additional credit. 

572 Graduate Seminar: Literary Genres (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research and publication of the instructor, this 
course will offer directed research and writing, group discussion and lectures, 
covering such major literary types as: the epic, the novel, the short story, lyric 
poetry, tragedy, comedy, and historical drama. The student should consult his 
adviser and the schedule of classes for sections appropriate to his graduate pro- 
gram. This course number may be repeated with different content for additional 
credit. .(Same as Drama 573.) 

3^3 Graduate Seminar: Cultural Periods (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research and publication of the instructor, this 
course will offer directed research and writing, group discussion, and lectures 
covering the literature of a particular cultural period from the Anglo-Saxon to 
*^odern times. The student should consult his adviser and his schedule of classes 


219 


English Education 


for the sections appropriate to his graduate program. This course number may 
be repeated with different content for additional credit. 

574 Graduate Seminar: Special Problems in Literature (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research and publication of the instructor, this 
course will offer directed research and writing, group discussion, and lectures 
covering special problems such as: the detailed critical study of varying in- 
fluences on literature, including philosophical, religious, scientific, geographic, 
and other ecological viewpoints. The student should consult his adviser and his 
schedule of classes for the sections appropriate to his graduate program. This 
course number may be repeated with different content for additional credit. 

579 Graduate Seminar: Problems in Criticism (3) 

Directed research and writing, group discussion, and lectures covering historical 
development and schools of criticism. Individual offerings within this course 
number may deal with only one aspect of critical problems. The student should 
consult his adviser and the schedule of classes for the sections appropriate to his 
graduate program. This course number may be repeated with different content for 
additional credit. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (3) 

Research projects in areas of specialization beyond regularly offered course work. 
Oral and written reports. This course number may be repeated with different 
content for additional credit. 


ENGLISH EDUCATION 

442 Teaching English in the Secondary School (2) 

Prerequisites: Education 311, Admission to Teacher Education. Principles, 
methods, and materials of teaching English in the secondary school. The student 
who has not had teaching experience must register concurrently in Educ 449. 

749 Student Teaching in English in the Secondary School and Seminar (6) 

See page 312 for description and prerequisites. 

FOREIGN LANGUAGES EDUCATION 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

432 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Elementary School (2) 

Methods of teaching FLES: foreign languages in elementary schools. Critical 
review of materials, audiolingual-visual aids, and current research. Conducted in 
English, with practice by students in the language they plan to teach. 

433 Electro-Mechanical Aids in the Foreign Language Classroom (1) 

Principles and techniques of advanced electro-mechanical, auditory, visual, and 
programmed learning devices in foreign language instruction. Special emphasis on 
instructional television and the language laboratory. 

442 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary School (2) 

Prerequisites: Education 311 and 340; French, German, or Spanish 466; and admis- 
sion to Teacher Education. Also open to experienced teachers. The student who 
has not had teaching experience must register concurrently in Education 449. See 
page 158 under Secondary Education for description of Standard Teaching Creden- 
tial program. 


220 


French 


The theory and practice of language learning and language teaching with special 
emphasis on the audio-lingual method in combination with electro-mechanical aids. 
Conducted in English, with practice by students in the language they plan to 
teach. Required, before student teaching, of students presenting majors in foreign 
languages for the standard teaching credential with a specialization in secondary 
education. 

749 Student Teaching in Foreign Languages in the 
Secondary School and Seminar (6) 

See page 312 for description and prerequisites. 

FRENCH 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

101 Fundamental French (5) 

Intensive practice in listening comprehension, speaking, reading and writing to 
develop control of the sounds and the basic forms and structure of French. Audio- 
lingual assignments are an integral part of the course and are to be prepared in 
the language laboratory. Conducted in French. 

102 Fundamental French (5) 

Prerequisite: French 101 or equivalent. Intensive practice in listening compre- 
hension, speaking, reading and writing to develop control of the sounds and the 
basic forms and structure of French. Audio-lingual assignments are an integral part 
of the course and are to be prepared in the language laboratory. Conducted in 
French. 

203 Intermediate French (3) 

Prerequisite: French 102 or equivalent. Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading, and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. Conducted in French. 

204 Intermediate French (3) 

Prerequisite: French 203 or equivalent. Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. Conducted in French. 

213 Intermediate Composition (2) 

Practice in written expression based on cultural and literary materials. May be 
taken concurrently with French 203. Required of all majors and minors at the 
intermediate level; optional to others. (Conducted in French. 

214 Intermediate Composition (2) 

Practice in written expression based on cultural and literary materials. May be 
taken concurrently with French 204. Required of all majors and minors at the 
intermediate level; optional to others. Conducted in French. 

Readings In Scientific French (3) 

Prerequisite: French 102 or equivalent. Readings reflecting a broad spectrum of 
''[riting in the physical and natural sciences and mathematics. Special attention 
given to the development of rapid reading for comprehension. Open only to 
Science and Mathematics majors. 

Introductian ta French Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: French 204 or equivalent. Reading and discussions to develop a 
Wew of the French tradition (its social, intellectual and literary evolution) while 


221 


French 


at the same time strengthening facility with the language. Open to lower division 
students with the consent of the instructor. Conducted in French. 

317 Advanced Conversation and Composition (3) 

Prerequisite: French 204 or equivalent. Open to lower division students with the 
consent of the instructor. Designed to give the student special competence in 
the control of French as an instrument for free oral and written expression. Con- 
ducted in French. 

325 Contemporary French Civilixation (3) 

Prerequisite: French 204 or equivalent. Reading and discussion to develop under- 
standing of the social and intellectual problems, trends, and contributions of pres- 
ent-day France, while at the same time strengthening facility with the language. 
Open to lower division students with the consent of the instructor. Conducted in 
French. 

375 Introduction to Literary Forms (3) 

Prerequisite: French 317 or consent of instructor. An introduction to the prin- 
cipal literary forms, prose fiction, poetry, drama and the essay and to the major 
concepts of the literary techniques and criticism. Close analysis and interpretation 
of various texts to increase the student’s abilities in reading, language, and literary 
criticism. Conducted in French. 

400 French for Advanced Students and Teachers (3) 

Prerequisite: French 317 or consent of instructor. Intensive review of spoken 
French, while developing the student’s powers of self-expression in the spoken and 
written language. Modern writings in various fields, as well as developments in 
methodology and texts, serve as the basis for intensive practice. Conducted in 
French. 

431 French Literature in the Middle Ages and Renaissance (3) 

Prerequisite: French 315 or consent of instructor. The development of French 
literature from the 12th through the 16th centuries, through analysis of representa- 
tive works. Conducted in French. 

441 French Literature in the Century of Revolution (3) 

Prerequisite: French 315 or consent of instructor. The principal authors and 
movements (romanticism, realism, naturalism, symbolism) of the 19th century. 
Conducted in French. 

451 French: Literature in the Baroque and Classic Age (3) 

Prerequisite: French 315 or consent of instructor. The essence and evolution of 
17th-century classicism, studied principally in the major authors (Corneille, 
Moliere, Racine, La Fayette) and in the dominant genre (the theater). Conducted 
in French. 

461 Fronch Literature in the Age of Enlightenment (3) 

Prerequisite: French 315 or consent of instructor. Two complementary aspects 
of the 18th century: reason and feeling, the philosophes and the current of sensibil- 
ity. Emphasis jon major authors (Marivaux, Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau, Laclos). 
Conducted in French. 

466 Introduction to French Linguistics (3) 

The analytical procedures of general linguistics as applied to French, with spe- 
cial attention to structural contrasts between French and English. Emphasis on 
the application of linguistic analysis to the teaching of modern foreign languages* 


222 


Geography 


471 Senior Seminon Contemporary French Literature (3) 

Prerequisite; French 315 or consent of instructor. The major figures of the 20th 
century, including the generations of Proust, Apollinaire, Malraux, Sartre and 
Robbe-Grillet. Conducted in French. 

485 Senior Seminar in French Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: French 431, 441, 451, 461, or senior status. Exploration of a literary 
current, period, author, genre or problem. The subject will change each time the 
course is given. Conducted in French. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised projects in French language or literature to be taken with the consent 
of the instructor and department chairman. May be repeated for credit. 

500 Graduate Seminar: Advanced Structure and Style (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Conducted in French. 

510 Graduate Seminar: Phonology (3) 

Prerequisite: French 466 or consent of instructor. Conducted in French. 

520 Old Freoch (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. An introduction to the medieval dialects of 
northern France. A survey of phonology and grammar with the study of a 
variety of texts illustrating dialectal and chronological features. Conducted in 
French. 

530 Graduate Seminar: Historical Linguistics (3) 

Prerequisite: French 466 or consent of the instructor. Conducted in French. 

557 Graduate Seminar: French Poetry (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Conducted in French. 

571 Graduate Seminar: French Prose (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Conducted in French. 

575 Graduate Seminar: French Drama (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Conducted in French. 

576 Graduate Seminar: Mafor Writers (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. May be repeated for credit. Conducted in 
French. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Prerequisitfe: Recommendation of the student’s graduate committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Fluency in French and consent of instructor. Supervised research 
projects in French language or literature. May be repeated for credit. 

GEOGRAPHY 

^00 Man and the Land (3) 

An introductory geography of the world, with emphasis on the world’s major 
physical regions and their occupational development by man. 


223 


Geography 

206 Physical Geography (4) 

A study of the basic elements of the physical environment (e.g., weather, 
climate, landforms, oceans, vegetation and soils) and an analysis of their world 
distribution and interrelationships. (3 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

210 Cultural Geography ( 3 ) 

A topical examination of the evolutionary role of culture in the human occu- 
pancy of the earth, focusing on changing technological and organizational patterns 
in livelihood and settlement. 

233 Economic Geography (3) (Formerly 333) 

A systematic inquiry into the world distribution of economic activities: agri- 
culture, extractive and manufacturing industries, transportation and tertiary serv- 
ices. 

312 Geomorphelogy (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 206 or Geology 100 A. A study of the development of 
landforms and the processes which alter them. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

323 Climatology (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 206 or consent of instructor. A study of atmospheric 
elements and controls, climatic classification systems, and world climatic distribu- 
tions. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

343 Maps and Map Interpretation (3) 

Interpretation, evaluation, uses, and sources of various types of maps and 
graphic aids for teaching and research. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

431 Geography of California (3) 

Description and analysis of the geographic regions of California — their environ- 
mental diversity, population distribution, economic development and current prob- 
lems. 

432 Geography of Anglo-America (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 100 or consent of instructor. A regional study of the 
United States and Canada emphasizing the interrelated physical and cultural fea- 
tures, that give geographic personality, both to the individual regions as well as the 
individual countries. 

433 Geography of Europe (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 100 or consent of instructor. Description and analysis 
of physical environments and human occupance patterns in Europe west of the 
Soviet Union. 

434 Geography of Latin America (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 100 or consent of instructor. A systematic and regional 
survey of Middle and South America with particular emphasis on the interrela- 
tionships of the physical and social factors of the area. 

435 Geography of Asia (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 100 or consent of instructor. A regional study of Asiatic 
nations, exclusive of the Soviet Union and Southwest Asia, showing the interrela- 
tionships of physical and cultural characteristics with special emphasis on the grow- 
ing significance, in economic, social, and political terms, of such countries as China, 
India and Japan. 


224 


Geography 


436 Geography of Subsaharan Africa (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 100 or consent of instructor. The physical, human, and 
regional geography of Africa south of the Sahara. 

438 Geography of the Soviet Union (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 100 or consent of instructor. Character of and bases 
for the regional diversity of man and land in the Soviet Union. 

439 Geography of the Middle East (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 100 or consent of instructor. The physical foun- 
dations and cultural landscapes of civilization in the Middle East, with emphasis 
on contemporary political, socioeconomic, and cultural changes. 

445 Australia and the Pacific Islands (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 100 or consent of the instructor. The physical, cultural, 
and regional geography of Australia, New Zealand, Melanesia, Micronesia, and 
Polynesia. 

450 Conservation of the American Environment (3) 

A survey of resource-use problems and the principles of conservation, with dis- 
cussions of philosophy, ethics, public policy, and conservation education. Type 
studies and term papers focus on the American West. 

453 Senior Seminar: Culture and Habitat (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 210 or Anthropology 202, or consent of instructor. An 
ecological approach to man in nature, emphasizing a special habitat problem each 
year (e.g., diet and hunger, land tenure, environmental perception). (Same as 
Anthropology 453) 

463 Problems of California Geography (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 431 or consent of instructor. A seminar analyzing 
selected geographic problems of California, such as urbanization, transportation, 
water supply and pollution. 

464 Man and Geographic Relationships in Latin America (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 434 or consent of instructor. A seminar for advanced 
students in Latin American Studies or Geography. Studies of contemporary inter- 
est dealing with man and his development in the area of Latin America. Specific 
content of the course will vary from year to year, but major stress will be placed 
upon the larger countries of the region. 

471 Urban Geography (3) 

The city as a geographic unit; urban settlements as regional centers; city-region 
relationships; the structure of villages, towns and cities, and their historical develop- 
ment; case studies. 

472 Urban Growth and Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 471 or consent of instructor. A senior seminar on urban 
development with an emphasis on the decentralizing forces operating in contem- 
porary urban space; identification of trends in the planning process. 

475 Land Use Analysis and Classification (3) 

Prerequisite: senior or graduate standing and completion of the Geography 
core. Consent of the instructor is required. Analysis and interpretation of urban 
^nd rural land use and settlement with specific references to geographic field 
problems. The course involves application of geographic techniques and tools 
^0 local field studies. Saturday field sessions. 


225 


Geography 

478 Cartography (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography core or consent of instructor. Compilation and con- 
struction of maps and graphs as geographic tools, with emphasis on the principles 
of effective cartographic representation. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

479 Airphoto and Image Interpretation (3) 

Use of aerial photography, space photography, and other remote sensors as tools 
and research sources. Emphasis on interpretation of physical and cultural elements 
of the landscape. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

481 Political Geography (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 210 or consent of instructor. The political map of the 
world with special reference to the geopolitical structure of states, dependencies, 
and' other politically organized areas. 

483 Seminar in Historical Geography (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography core or consent of instructor. The seminar will study 
a number of geographic sites and situations as products of change through time. 
The change will be examined under themes including theory and viewpoints, physi- 
cal and cultural evolution. A research project on a local area will be required. 

490 Geographic Research and Presentation (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography core and consent of instructor. A senior seminar in 
research methods, with discussions of major research themes, data-gathering, writ- 
ing, editing, printing, bibliographic citation, manuscript format, and presentation. 
Students prepare several short papers and one major research study. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Open to advanced students. Student must have permission of instructor under 
whom study will be undertaken before enrolling. May be repeated once for credit. 

500 Seminar in the Evolution of Geographic Thought (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing, or consent of instructor. An inquiry into the 
nature, scope, and development of the geographic discipline. 

513 Seminar in Regional Geography (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. A seminar on selected 
regions or selected topics within a regional setting. May be repeated once for 
credit. 

523 Seminar in Human Geography (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. A seminar on selected 
topics pertaining to cultural, economic, political or social geography. May be 
repeated once for credit. 

597 Project (1-3) 

jMay be repeated for a maximum of 6 units of credit. 

598 Thesis (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Recommendation of the student’s graduate committee. May be 
repeated for a maximum of 6 units of credit. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Open to graduate students by consent of instructor. May be repeated for credit. 


226 


German 


GEOLOGY 

(Offered by the Department of Science and Mathematics Education) 

101 Physical Geology (4) (Formerly lOOA) 

An introduction to the physical nature of the planet earth, its properties and 
composition; the genesis and relationships of rocks and minerals; erosion processes 
and their effects; the evolution of the earth’s crust. (Same as Earth Science 101) 
(3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. One field trip) 

102 Historical Geology (4) (Formerly lOOB) 

Prerequisite: Geology 101 or consent of instructor. The history of the earth as 
interpreted from rocks, structures, and fossils. Consideration of the geologic time 
scale, ancient environments, and the development of life, with emphasis on their 
interdependence. (Same as Earth Science 102) (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. 
One or two field trips) 

GERAAAN 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

101 Fundamental German (5) 

Intensive practice in listening comprehension, speaking, reading and writing to 
develop control of the sounds and the basic forms and structures of German. 
Audio-lingual assignments are an integral part of the course and are to be prepared 
in the language laboratory. Conducted in German. 

102 Fundamental German (5) 

Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. Intensive practice in listening compre- 
hension, speaking, reading, and writing to develop control of the sounds and the 
basic forms and structure of German. Audio-lingual assignments are on integral 
part of the course and are to be prepared in the language laboratory. Conducted 
in German. 

203 Intermediate German (3) 

Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading, and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. Conducted in German. 

204 Intermediate German (3) 

Prerequisite: German 203 or equivalent. Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. Conducted in German. 

213 Intermediate Composition (2) 

Practice in written expression based on cultural and literary materials. May be 
taken concurrently with German 203. Required of all majors and minors at the 
intermediate level; optional to others. Conducted in German. 

214 Intermediate Composition (2) 

Practice in written expression based on cultural and literary materials. May be 
taken concurrently with German 204. Required of all majors and minors at the 
intermediate level; optional to others. Conducted in German. 

303 Readings in Scientific German (3) 

Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. Readings reflecting a broad spectrum of 
'vriting in the physical and natural sciences and mathematics. Special attention 
given to the development of rapid reading for comprehension. Open only to 
Science and Mathematics majors. 


227 


German 


315 Introduction to German Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: German 204 or equivalent. Readings and discussions in German 
literature, arts and institutions to develop insights into German culture, while 
strengthening facility with the language. Open to lower division students with 
the consent of the instructor. Conducted in German. 

317 Advanced Conversation and Composition (3) 

Prerequisite: German 204 or equivalent. Open to lower division students with 
the consent of the instructor. Designed to give the student special competence in 
the control of German as an instrument of free oral and written expression. Con- 
ducted in German. 

325 Modern German Thought in Science and Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: German 204 or equivalent. Readings and discussion of modern 
German thought in science, literature, philosophy and art, designed to acquaint 
the student with a broad range of German contributions to present-day civilization 
while strengthening facility with German language. Open to lower division stu- 
dents with consent of instructor. Conducted in German. 

375 Introduction to Literary Forms (3) 

Prerequisite: German 317 or consent of instructor. An introduction to the 
principal literary forms, prose fiction, poetry, drama and the essay and to the 
major concepts of literary techniques and criticism. Close analysis and interpre- 
tation of various texts to increase the student’s abilities in reading, language, and 
literary criticism. Conducted in German. 

399 German Phonetics (1) 

Prerequisite: Junior standing and consent of instructor. Detailed analysis of 
individual problems in pronunciation followed by intensive work in class and the 
language laboratory. May be repeated for credit. Conducted in German. 

400 German for Advanced Students and Teachers (3) 

Prerequisite: German 317 or consent of instructor. Intensive review of spoken 
German, while developing the student’s powers of self-expression in the spoken and 
written language. Modem writings in various fields, as well as developments in 
methodology and texts, serve as the basis for intensive practice. Conducted in 
German. 

431 The Works of Lessing and Schiller (3) 

The major works of Lessing and Schiller illustrating their thought and art. Con- 
ducted in German. 

441 The Works of Goethe (3) 

Selected works of Goethe illustrating his thought and art. Conducted in German. 

451 German Literature to the Baroque (3) 

Important works from the Hildebrandslied to Shnplicisshnus in the setting of 
their intellectual and historical climate. Conducted in German. 

461 German Literature Since Goethe (3) 

Important works illustrating the development from romanticism to expressionism 
in the setting of their intellectual and historical climate. Conducted in German. 

466 Introduction to German Linguistics (3) 

The analytical procedures of general linguistics as applied to German, with 
special attention to structural contrasts between German and Elnglish. Emphasis 


228 


History 

on the application of linguistic analysis to the teaching of modem foreign lan- 
guages. 

485 Senior Seminar in German Literature (3) 

Subject will vary and will be announced in the class schedule. Prerequisite: 
senior standing in German and consent of instructor. Research and discussion in 
depth of a literary movement, a genre or an author. Topics offered in past years 
have included the Baroque, the Novelle, Brecht, Modem Drama, Romantic Period. 
May be repeated for credit with a different topic. Conducted in German. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised research projects in German language or literature to be taken with 
the consent of the instructor and the department chairman. May be repeated for 
credit. 

500 Graduate Seminar: Advanced Structure and Style (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instmctor. Conducted in German. 

510 Graduate Seminar: Phonology (3) 

Prerequisite: German 466 or consent of instructor. Conducted in German. 

530 Graduate Seminar: Historical Linguistics (3) 

Prerequisite: German 466 or consent of instructor. Conducted in German. 

557 Graduate Seminar: German Poetry (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. May be 
topic. Conducted in German. 

571 Graduate Seminar: German Prose (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. May be 
topic. Conducted in German. 

575 Graduate Seminar: German Drama (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. May be 
topic. Conducted in German. 

576 Graduate Seminar: Major Writers (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. May be 
topic. Conducted in German. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Prerequisite: recommendation of the student’s graduate committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1—3) 

Prerequisite: Fluency in German and consent of instructor. Supervised research 
projects in German language or literature. May be repeated for credit. 

HISTORY 

IlOA World Civilizations to the 17th Century (3) 

The story of man from the beginning of civilizations and historical records until 
middle of the 17th century. 

IlOB World Civilizations from 1648 (3) 

The story of man from the end of the religious wars to the present. Deals with 
rise of science, the Enlightenment, the Industrial Revolution, and the rise of 
ideologies of the 20th century. 


repeated for credit with a different 


repeated for credit with a different 


repeated for credit with a different 


repeated for credit with a different 


229 


History 


170A United States to 1877 (3) 

A survey of the political, social, economic, and cultural development of the 
United States from the discovery to 1877. Attention is given to tne wid World 
background, the rise of the new nation, sectional problems, and the Civil War 
and Reconstruction. 

1708 United States Since 1877 (3) 

A survey oi united States history from the late 19th century to the present. 
Attention is given to economic transformation, political reform movements, social, 
cultural, and intellectual changes, and the role of the United States in world 
wars and the Cold War. 

340A History of England and Great Britain (3) 

A study of the political, economic, and social history of England and her affiliated 
nations and territories from the earliest times to the later Stuarts. Particular stress 
is placed upon the growth of the parliamentary sysem of government and upon 
English overseas activities. 

3408 History of England and Great Britain (3) 

A study of the political, economic, and social history of Great Britain from the 
later Stuarts to the present. Particular stress is placed upon the modification of the 
parliamentary system and the growth of economic and social democracy within 
Britain and upon the development of responsible political systems in the dependent 
territories. 

350A Colonial Latin America (3) 

A survey of the pre-Columbian cultures; the conquests by Spain and Portugal 
and the European background of these countries; the development of the socio- 
economic, cultural, and governmental institutions rin colonial life; the background of 
revolutions and the wars for independence. 

350B Republican Latin America (3) 

A survey of the Latin American republic since 1826, emphasizing the struggle 
for responsible government, socioeconomic, and cultural changes, and the role of 
United States foreign policy. 

383 History of California (3) 

A survey of the political, economic, and social history of California from the 
aboriginal inhabitants to the present, tracing the development of contemporary 
institutions and the historical background of current issues. 

399 Historiography (3) 

Introduction to nature and discipline of history. A study of methods of historical 
research and writing, of bibliography, and of major problems of historical in- 
terpretation. Required of history majors. 

401 European Intellectual History from 1500 to the Present (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The history of the competing ideas in 
European history from 1500 to the present which have entered into the formation 
of modem European institutions. 

41 2A Ancient Near East—Mesopotamia (3) 

Prerequisite: History llOA. A study of the political, socioeconomic, religious, 
and literary history of Mespotamian culture from the rise of the Sumerian city- 
states to Alexander the Great, a period of over three millenia. This will include 
discussion of the Sumerians, Assyrians, Babylonians, Hurrians, and Persians. 


230 


History 


41 2B Ancient Near East— East Mediterranean (3) 

Prerequisite: History llOA. A study of ancient Egypt from early dynastic times 
in the third millennium B.C. to the conquest of Alexander the Great. The history 
of the Syro-Palestinian region will be studied in light of its migrations and inter- 
national culture. A careful study of the Hebrews and their contributions to modem 
civilization will be included. 

4 ISA Classical Greece (3) 

Prerequisite: History IlOA or consent of instructor. A study of the civilization 
of ancient Greece. This course traces the rise and flourishing of the classical city- 
states; considerable attention is devoted to the literary and philosophic contribu- 
tions to our modem civilization. 

415B Hellenistic Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: History IlOA or consent of instmctor. A study of the Hellenistic 
synthesis and the new patterns in government, the arts and sciences, philosophy 
and literature that appeared between the Macedonian conquest and the interven- 
tion of Rome. 

41 7A Roman Republic (3) 

Prerequisite: History IlOA or consent of instmctor. A study of the development 
of Roman social and political institutions under the republic. 

417B Roman Empire (3) 

Prerequisite: History IlOA or consent of instmctor. A smdy of Roman imperial 
institutions and culture. Attention is also given to the rise of Christianity. 

419 History of Byzantine (3) 

The rise and fall of Byzantium from the 4th century A.D. until the 15th century 
A.D. This will include a study of Byzantine society and its contribution to the 
world. 

423A Medieval Europe/ 300-1050 (3) 

Prerequisite: History IlOA. The genesis of European society and culture from 
the decline of Rome to the mid-llth century: the medieval church, the Barbarian 
migrations, the Byzantine and Islamic cultures and the establishment of feudalism 
in western Europe. 

423B Medieval Europe, 1050-1400 (3) 

Prerequisite: History IlOA. A continuation of History 423 A. The stmggle be- 
tween church and state, the rise of feudal monarchies and the intellectual, scientific 
and artistic expressions of European civilization in the later Middle Ages. 

425A The Renaissance (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instmctor. The history of Europe from 1400 to 1525 
with emphasis upon the beginnings of capitalism, the beginnings of the modem 
state, humanism, the pre-Reformation and the church on the eve of the Reforma- 
tion. 

425B The Reformation (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The history of Europe from 1525 to 1648; 
deals with the Protestant and Catholic Reformations; the religious wars; the price 
rise; royal absolutism; the rise of science. 


231 


History 


426 Rise of Modern Europe, 1648-1763 (3) 

Prerequisite: History llOB. European diplomatic history and the balance of 
power from 1648 to 1763. Attention is given to the social and philosophical devel- 
opments of the period. 

427 Europe in the Era of the French Revolution and Napoleon (3) 

A survey of European history from 1763 to 1815. Emphasis is placed on the 
politics, society, and culture of the Old Regime, the influence of the Enlighten- 
ment, the impact of the French Revolution on Europe, and the establishment of 
French hegemony by Napoleon. 

428 19th Century Europe (3) 

Europe from 1815 to 1914. An examination of the political, economic, social, and 
cultural trends in European history from the Congress of Vienna to the outbreak 
of World War I. Special attention is given to the emerging forces of nationalism, 
liberalism, socialism, and secularism. 

429 Europe Since 1914 (3) 

Prerequisite: History llOB. Survey of events from the beginning of World War 
I to the present. Special emphasis given to the economic, political, social, diplo- 
matic, and intellectual trends of 20th century Europe. 

432 Germany Since 1648 (3) 

Prerequisite: History llOA-B. The evolution of Germany from the Peace of 
Westphalia to the present. Emphasis is placed on political, social, economic, diplo- 
matic and cultural trends in the 19th and 20th centuries. 

434A Russia to 1890 (3) 

Prerequisite: History HOB. An analysis of the historical developments from the 
establishment of the Russian state at Kiev through the great reforms, the revolu- 
tionary movement and reaction of the 19th century. Emphasis is placed upon the 
shaping of contemporary Russia. 

434B The Russian Revolutions and the Soviet Regimb (3) 

An evaluation of the 1905 and 1917 revolutions and the subsequent consolidation 
of power under the Communist regime. Chief emphasis is placed upon the con- 
tinuity and change in Russian social, political, cultural institutions and foreign 
policy effected by the impact of Marxist-Leninist-Stalinist ideology. 

437 East Europe Since 1500 (3) 

The political, social, economic, and cultural history of the peoples of East Central 
Europe from 1500 to the present. 

439 History of Spain (3) 

Development of Hispanic civilization from the earliest times to the present. 

450 Change in Contemporary Latin America (3) 

An analysis of political, social and economic change in present-day Latin Amer- 
ica. 

453 History of Mexico (3) 

Mexico’s political, social, economic, and intellectual development with emphasis 
upon the changes in the 20th century. 

454 Argentina, Brazil, Chile (3) 

A history of Argentina, Brazil, and Chile, with special attention to Chile. 


232 


History 


456A Sub-Saharan Africa to 1900 (3) 

The history of Africa from earliest times to partition by the European colonial 
powers. 

456B Sub-Saharan Africa Since 1900 (3) 

A comparative analysis of colonial policy and the problems of political, economic 
and social change. 

457 Sub-Saharan Africa Since 1945 (3) 

A survey of Sub-Saharan Africa since 1945 with emphasis on the process of 
decolonization and the socioeconomic and political problems subsequently en- 
countered in these newly-independent nations. 

460 Problems of the Contemporary Far East (3) 

A topics course dealing with events in the major Far Eastern nations since 
World War II, with emphasis upon problems of nationalism, communism and 
economic development in China, Japan, Korea and Southeast Asia. 

461 A The Far East (3) 

A study of the political, social and economic conditions in China, Japan and 
Korea prior to World War I, as well as the rise of American power in the Far 
East. 


46 IB The Far East (3) 

A study of the developments in China and Japan that led to the Sino-Japanese 
conflict, Japan’s decision to fight the United States, and the rise of Communist 
China. 

462A History of China (3) 

A survey of Chinese history from antiquity until Western impact in the 19th 
century. The development of Chinese society, thought and political institutions. 

462B History of China (3) 

A survey of Chinese history from the 1840s to the present, emphasizing the 
problems posed by the Western presence in China and the various processes of 
modernization which China has undergone. 

463A History of Japan (3) 

A study of the social, political, and economic history of Japan until 1868, with 
emphasis upon the Tokugawa era. 

464A Southeast Asia in the Modern World (3) (Formerly 464) 

A study of the social, political, and economic development in Southeast Asia 
from 1500 to the establishment of the colonial empires of the West in the 19th 
century. 

464B Southeast Asia in the Modern World (3) (Formerly 464) 

A study of Southeast Asia under the impact of imperialism and the effects of 
decolonization. 

465 History of India (3) 

A survey of the Indian subcontinent’s history from the earliest civilizations to 
the present. 


233 


History 


466A Middle East to the Crusades (3) 

Prerequisite: History llOA. The study of the events transpiring in the Middle 
East from the Roman world to the period of the Crusades. This will include the 
impact of the Islamic civilization upon the Middle East society. 

466B Middle East Since the Crusades (3) 

Prerequisite; History HOB. The development of the countries of the Middle East 
following the Crusades to the present. This will include the Ottoman Empire, Eu- 
ropean colonialism in the Middle East, and the modem Middle East. 

468 Contemporary Middle East (3) 

A study of the social, political and economic changes taking place in the Middle 
East primarily since World War I. Where possible the Middle East will be treated 
as a whole and viewed through a topic-oriented approach. 

471 American Colonial Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: History 170A or consent of instructor. This course surveys the 
settlement of North America and the growth of Anglo-American civilization to 
the mid- 18th century stressing the creation of political, economic, and social insti- 
tutions and a distinctive American culture. 

472 United States from Colony to Nation (3) 

Prerequisite: History 170A or consent of instructor. This course; surveys the 
political, economic, and intellectual developments of 18th-century America with 
special emphasis upon Anglo-American imperial problems leading to the Revolu- 
tion, the origins of American nationalism, the creation of a constitutional republic, 
and the rise of a patty system. 

473 Sectionalism and Civil War (3) 

Slavery, sectionalism, and Civil War, and the impact of these forces upon na- 
tional life and thought from 1815 to 1865. 

474 America in the Age of the Industrial Revolution (1876-1914) (3) 

A study of the maturation of the American indutsrial economy and its trans- 
forming impact upon class structure, politics, intellectual and cultural life, and 
diplomacy. Special consideration is given to the attempts made in the Progressive 
years to cope with the changes wrought by the Industrial Revolution. 

475 America Comes of Age, 1914-1945 (3) 

A multi-topic analysis of major trends in U. S. domestic policy, foreign policy, 
economy and society from World War I through World War II. Course will 
concentrate on conflicting values and ideals of domestic policy and U.S. role in 
world affairs. 

476 Age of Power, Affluence and Anxiety Since 1945 (3) 

Multi-topic analysis of U. S. history from 1945 to the present stressing the 
interrelationship of foreign policy, economic prosperity, domestic tensions and 
protest movements. 

481 Westward Movement in the United States (3) (Formerly 381) 

Prerequisite: History 170A-B or equivalent. A survey of the expansion of the 
United States population and sovereignty from the eastern seaboard to the Pacific, 
colonial times to 1900, and a history of regional development during the frontier 
period. 


234 


History 


482A Socioeconomic History of the United States (3) 

Prerequisite: History 170A or consent of the instructor. The course explores the 
interaction of social and economic factors upon each other in the development of 
American society. Special attention is given to the role of business and labor in 
economic change. The first semester covers the development of a colonial economy 
and the early national economy. 

482B Socioeconomic History of the United States (3) 

Prerequisite: History 170B or consent of the instructor. The course continues to 
explore the interaction of social and economic factors upon each other in the devel- 
opment of American society. Special attention is given to the role of business and 
labor in economic change. The second semester begins with the “takeoff stage of 
economic development” and ends with contemporary America. 

484A American Constitutional History to 1865 (3) 

Prerequisite: History 170A. English and colonial origins, the growth of democ- 
racy, the slavery controversy, and the sectional conflict as they reflect constitu- 
tional development. 

484B American Constitutional History from 1865 (3) 

Prerequisite: History 170B. Constitutional problems involved in the post-Civil 
War era, the expansion of business. World War I, the New Deal, World War II, 
and civil rights in the postwar era. 

485A United States Foreign Relations to 1900 (3) 

A comprehensive survey of the foreign relations of the United States from the 
beginning of the nation until 1900. Particular attention is given to bases of policy, 
critical evaluation of major policies and relationships between domestic affairs and 
foreign policy. 

48SB United States Foreign Relations from 1900 (3) 

Relations from 1900 to the present. An analysis of the rise of the United States 
as a world power in the 20th century with special emphasis on the search for world 
order and the diplomacy of the atomic age. 

486A Social and Intellectual History of the United States (3) 

A study of the social and intellectual development of the United States from the 
Puritans to the Civil War. 

486B Social and Intellectual History of the United States (3) 

A study of the social and intellectual development of the United States from the 
Civil War to the present. 

^7A History of Politics In American Society (3) 

Prerequisite: History 170A-B or consent of instructor. The first semester of 
^ course traces political developments from the Colonial Period to the end of 
^be Qvil War. Its primary focus is upon political patterns of behavior, institutional 
development and the response of the American political system to changing societal 
demands and needs. 

^7B History of Politics in Amorican Socloty (3) 

Prerequisite: History 170A-B or consent of instructor. The second semester of 
course traces political developments from Reconstruction to Lyndon Baines 
Johnson. Its primary focus is upon political patterns of behavior, institutional 
development and the response of the political system to changing societal demands 
needs. 


235 


Interdisciplinary Center 

4ttA American Negro From Slavery to Jim Crow (3) 

History of Black Americans from African backgrounds through slavery to late 
19th century. Will include comparative study of slavery in several societies. 

43SB American Negro Since 1890 (3) 

History of Black Americans from 1890 to present, stressing both their culture 
and role in American life and the issues involved in their relations with other 
segments of the population in various regions. 

491 Proseminar in Special Historical Topics (3) 

Intensive study of phases or periods of history involving occasional lecture, 
discussions, directed reading, and written reports. 

499 Independent Study (3) 

Open to advanced students in history with the consent of the department chair- 
man. May be repeated for credit. 

501 Seminar in the Content and Method of History (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. 

505 Seminar in Analysis of Recent Interpretations in History (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. 

520 Seminar in European History (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. 

560 Seminar in Afro-Asian History (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. 

570 Seminar in American History (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. 

585 Seminar in the History of United States Foreign Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. 

590 History and Historians (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A study of the writings, personalities, and 
philosophies of representative historians from Herodotus to the present. 

598 Thesis (3 or 6) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. May be repeated for credit. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (3) 

Open to graduate students in history with the consent of the department chair- 
man. May be repeated for credit. 

INTERDISCIPLINARY CENTER 

(Offered by the Center) 

201A/ B Honors Colloquium: Contemporary Civilisation (3) 

An interdisciplinary program to provide general education requirements for 
Honors students. The course is organized around six main themes: the “Death 
of God”, the loss of a world picture, what is history? the triumph of the materi^> 
the triumph of the therapeutic, and understanding media. Relevant readings in 
Nietzsche, Camus, Einstein, Russell, Whitehead, Toynbee, Popper, Marx, Pavlov, 
Freud, McLuhan, et al. Admission by consent of the instructor or the Honors 
Committee. 


236 


Interdisciplinary Center 


301 Psychological Approaches to Literature (3) 

A development of the work of I. A. Richards begun in his Practical Criticism, 
The course’s primary focus is on the psychological experimentation relevant to 
understanding errors of interpretation, particularly interpretation of literary texts. 
Several experimental approaches to understanding errors in interpretation will be 
described and illustrated, including those of Piaget (errors of the child), Asch 
(structural factors of personality), and Adorno. Current therapeutic techniques 
for the development of attitude change will be discussed. 

303 Yoga (3) 

A study of Yoga: its theories, literature, and practices; some methods of medita- 
tion taught; its relevance for today’s world. 

304 Religion and the Cultural Critit (3) 

A study of the present religious situation, culminating in the “Death of God.” 
Religion is shown as dynamically interacting with significant aspects of our cul- 
tural life — the family, the community, politics, law, and science. Tillich, White- 
head, and Karl Heim will be among the authors read. 

305 The Hebrew Prophetft Poets, Philosophers, Humanists (3) 

The eloquence and message of the prophets in their historical milieu. (Same as 
Comparative Literature 305.) 

400 The Social Sciences in the Modern World: Basic Skills and 
Human Dimensions (3) 

Analytical comparison of historical, humanistic, and scientific methodologies in 
the history of the social sciences. The human and professional aspects of careers 
in the contemporary social sciences. 

401 The Social Sciences in the Modem World: Major Findings, 

Concepts, Theories (3) 

Summary and synthesis of major findings and theoretical contributions from 
anthropology, economics, geography, history, linguistics, political science, psychol- 
ogy and sociology. 

403 Art, Literature, and the Development of Consciousness (3) 

An application of theories of consciousness, particularly Jungian, to art and 
literature. The Divine Comedy and certain tragedies especially will be used to 
illustrate the development of the hero through different levels of consciousness. 
(Same as Comparative Literature 402.) 

403 Tho Quost for Solf: last and West (3) 

A comparative study of quest narratives which exemplify the Eastern and West- 
ern man’s search for self-identity and fulfillment. Religious, psychological, and 
literary texts will be used to help illuminate the comparison. (Same as Comparative 
Literature 403 and Anthropology 416.) 

404 Tho Noturo of Lovo: Plato to Joyco (3) 

An examination of the various dimensions of love as found in notable philo- 
sophical, psychological, and literary works. (Same as Comparative Literature 404.) 

405 Psychoanalysis and Drama (3) 

A detailed study of Freud’s topographic and structural theories and their recent 
elaborations; the application of theory to selected readings in dramatic literature 
^ainly, but also to some fiction, poetry, and films. (Same as Drama 405 and 
Comparative Literature 405.) 


237 


interdisciplinary Center 

406 Anxiety, Guilt and Fraedom (3) 

An interpretative exploration of relationship of religion to psychology. 

420 The Werldi of Martin Buber, 'The Philosophy and Theology of Martin 
Buber" (3) 

A detailed and critical study of Buber’s views concerning relationship of man 
to God and man to man. 

422 Jewish and Comparative Mysticism (3) 

A description and analysis of Jewish mysticism, and its comparison with other 
systems of mysticism from different cultures. (Same as Anthropology 422.) 

451 Philosophical Backgrounds of Modern Literature (3) 

The connection between representative writers and such thinkers and philoso- 
phers as Freud, Spengler, Schopenhauer, Nietzsche, and Kierkegaard. (Same as 
English 451 and Philosophy 451.) 

452 Student Protest (3) 

The dynamics of student protest with major attention given to contemporary 
activities in the U. S. 

461 Development of Science and Technology (3) 

Survey of contemporary history of scientific discovery, innovation, and tech- 
nical change. (Same as Science and Mathematics Education 461.) 

464 Technology ond Ideology (3) 

Examination of the development and meaning of contemporary technological 
society: technocracy, technostructure, cybernetics and cyberculture, and asso- 
ciated changes in ideology. 

470 Semlnan Interdisciplinary Issues (3) 

Concentrated study each year of a different key issue approached from an in- 
terdisciplinary view. In 1969-70: “The University in Ferment.” 

(Sponsored by the Interdisciplinary (Denter) 

Anthropology 

360 Contemporary American Culture (3) 

406 Descriptive Linguistics (3) 

410 Language and Culture (3) 

411 Folklore (3) 

413 Ethnological Music (3) 

415 Culture and Personality (3) 

420 Comparative Belief Systems (3) 

423 Comparative Aesthetics and Symbolism (3) 

425 Primitive Law and Government (3) 

430 Economic Anthropology (3) 

450 Culture and Education (3) 

Aft 

380 Art and Child Development (3) 

Biological Science 

313 Human Genetics (3) 

(This course may feature a special section which focuses on the relation of 
genetic knowledge to concepts in philosophy, psychology, and anthropology.) 


238 


Italian 


Economics 

370 Economics of Roseorch and Development and Technological Change (3) 
History 

491 Proseminar in Special Historical Topics (3) 

Topic: The American Response to Technological Development 
Examination of the historical consequences of technological change and de- 
velopment for American society including the reception of technological images, 
symbols, and myths into the culture; the adaptation of institutions to imperative 
needs for technological innovation; and the changing status of technologists in 
American society with primary focus on the late 19th and 20th centuries. 

Linguistics 

375 Philosophy of Languago (3) 

(Same as Philosophy 375.) 

490 Linguistics in Rolation to Othor Disciplinos (1-4) 

Philosophy 

250 Philosophy of Idoas (3) 

407 Sominar In Basic Concepts of Philosophy and Psychology (3) 

The Center calls attention to such Interdisciplinary Programs as Comparative 
Literature and Linguistics. 

INTERNATIONAL STUDY COURSES 

California State College, Fullerton students under the California State Colleges 
International Study Programs register concurrently at California State College, 
Fullerton and at the host institution abroad, with credits assigned to the student 
which are equivalent to courses offered at California State ([Allege, Fullerton. 
Undergraduate students who discover appropriate study opportunities at the host 
institution but no equivalent course at California State College, Fullerton may 
vise Independent Study (499) and International Study 292 or 492. Graduate stu- 
dents may use Independent Graduate Research (599) and International Study 592. 

292 Projectf in Study Abroad (Subjectlt (1-6 lower division units) 

Open to students enrolled in California State Colleges International Programs. 
Study undertaken in a university abroad under the auspices of the California 
State Colleges. 

492 Protects in Study Abroad (Subfect): (1-3 upper division units; maximum 12) 

Open to students enrolled in California State Colleges International Programs. 
Study undertaken in a university abroad under the auspices of the California 
State (Alleges. 

Projects in Study Abroad (Subject)! (1-3 graduate units; maximum 12) 

Open to students enrolled in the California Colleges International Programs. 
Study undertaken in a university abroad under the auspices of the California 
State Colleges. 


ITALIAN 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

Fundamontal Italian ( 4 ) 

Intensive practice in listening comprehension, speaking and writing to develop 
control of the sounds and the basic structure of Italian. Audiolingual assignments 

239 


Journalism Education 


are an integral part of the course and are to be prepared in the language labora- 
tory. G)nducted in Italian. 

102 Fundamental Italian (4) 

Prerequisite: Italian 101 or equivalent. Intensive practice in listening compre- 
hension, speaking, reading and writing to develop control of sounds and the 
basic forms and structure of Italian. Audiolingual assignments are an integral 
part of the course and are to be prepared in the language laboratory. Conducted 
in Italian. 


JOURNALISM EDUCATION 

(Offered by the Department of Communications) 

442 Teaching Journalism in the Secondary School (2) 

Prerequisite: Education 311, Education 340, admission to teacher education, or 
consent of the instructor. The student who has not had teaching experience must 
register concurrently in Education 449. See page 158 under Secondary Education 
for description of Standard Teaching Credential program. Theory and technique 
of advising school newspaper and yearbook staffs and teaching journalism. Relation 
of classroom instruction to staff assignments. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department chairman. Individually supervised projects 
relating to journalism education. 

749 Student Teaching in Journalism in the Secondary School and Seminar (6) 

See page 312 for description and prerequisites. 


LATIN 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

101 Fundamental Latin (3) 

Intensive practice to develop a comprehensive reading knowledge and a funda- 
mental writing ability in Latin. Modern techniques of language instruction will be 
applied. 

102 Fundamental Latin (3) 

Prerequisite: Latin 101 or equivalent. Intensive practice to develop a compre- 
hensive reading knowledge and a fundamental writing ability in Latin. Modern 
techniques of language instruction will be applied. 

203 Intermediate Latin (3) 

Prerequisite: Ladn 102 or equivalent (2 years of high school Latin). Intensive 
reading and writing. Selected prose and poetry from the Golden Age. Audio- 
lingual techniques of language learning are used when applicable. 

204 Intermediate Latin (3) 

Prerequisite: Latin 203 or equivalent (3 years of high school Latin). Intensive 
reading and writing. Selected prose from the Silver and Middle Ages. Audio- 
lingual techniques of language learning are used when applicable. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised projects in Latin language and Roman literature. To be taken >vitli 
consent of the Department Chairman as a means of meeting special curricular 
problems. Subject matter will vary. May be repeated for credit. 


240 


Mathematics 


LINGUISTICS 

341 PhoMtics (3) 

(Same as Speech 341, Drama 341.) 

375 Philosophy of Language (3) 

(Same as Philosophy 375.) 

402 Phonetic Analysis of Speech (3) 

(Same as Speech 402.) 

404 General Semantics (3) 

(Same as Speech 404.) 

406 Descriptive Linguistics (3) 

Introduction to the nature of human linguistic behavior. Phonological, morpho- 
logical, and syntactic structures of languages are examined through the use of 
techniques developed for the description of such structures. 

410 Language and Culture (3) 

(Same as Anthropology 410.) 

490 Linguistics in Relation to Other Disciplines (1-4) 

The mutually contributing relationships between linguistics and the social and 
natural sciences, literature, music, psychology, philosophy, mathematics, and lan- 
page pedagogy. To be taken for one unit of credit for four semesters by majors 
in linguistics. Open to all upper division students. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised projects in linguistics to be taken with the consent of the Department 
Chairman as a means of meeting special curricular problems. Selection of topic to 
be studied varies with needs of the students enrolled. May be repeated for credit. 

505 Seminar: Phonetics and Phonemics (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthropology or Linguistics 406 or consent of instructor. Study 
of various kinds of phonological systems that occur in languages. Emphasis on 
practical problems in the phonetic and phonemic analysis of selected language 
data. (Same as Anthropology 505.) 

507 Seminar: Morpho-syntax (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthropology or Linguistics 406 or consent of instructor. The 
study of word formation and sentence construction in a variety of languages. 
Application of immediate constituent, tagmemic, and tranformational analysis to 
Selected linguistic data. (Same as Anthropology 507.) 

530 Historical Linguistics (3) 

(Same as French, German, Spanish 530.) 


MATHEMATICS * 


^10 Methods and Concepts of Mathematics (3) 

Prerequisites: 214 years of high school mathematics, including one year of algebra 
^nd one year of geometry. Selected topics in algebra, number theory, geometry, 
theory, probability and analysis with special emphasis on the ideas and methods 
Evolved. Not open for credit to mathematics majors. 


* ^erequisites may be waived in any mathematics course by the consent of the instructor. 


241 


Mathematics 


120 Elementary Probability (3) 

Prerequisites: three years of high school mathematics or its equivalent. Topics 
include set algebra, finite probability models, sampling, binomial trials, conditional 
probability and expectation. It is particularly suited to students of economics, the 
biological and social sciences. 

150A,B Analytic Geometry and Calculus (4^) 

Prerequisites: four years of high school mathematics inclusive of trigonometry 
and a passing score in the placement test. An introduction to analysis including 
vector algebra, analytic geometry, functions, limits, differentiation, the definite 
integral, techniques of integration, first order differential equations, applications. 

250 Intermediate Calculus (4) 

Prerequisites: Math 150A, B or equivalent. A continuation of Math 150. Topics 
include functions of several variables, partial differentiation, curvilinear integrals, 
mulitple integration, infinite series, Taylor’s theorem, linear differential equations. 

250A,B Intermediate Calculus (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Math 150A,B or equivalent. May be taken by non-mathematics 
majors in lieu of Math 250. Topics include functions of several variables, partial 
differentiation, multiple integration, infinite series, Taylor’s theorem, linear dif- 
ferential equations, vector calculus, line and surface integrals. Green’s, Stokes’ and 
Gauss’ theorems. 

291 Linear Algebra (3) 

Prerequisite: Math HOB. The study of matrices, determinants, vector spaces, 
linear transformations. 

302 Modern Algebra (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 291. The integers, rational numbers, real and complex num- 
bers, polynominal domains, introduction to groups, rings, integral domains and 
fields. 

304 Mathematical Logic (3) 

Prerequisite: Math HOB. An introductory course in the elements of mathematical 
logic. 

305 Elements of Set Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 250 or Math 250B or Math 291. Operations on sets; functions; 
cardinals and ordinals; ordering, well ordering; axiom of choice; transfinite numbers* 

306 Vector and Tensor Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 291 and either Math 250 or Math 250A. Analysis of vector 
fields; Green’s, Gauss’ and Stokes theorems. Introduction to tensor analysis. Appli' 
cations to geometry, mechanics and electromagnetism. 

307 Elementary Differential Geometry (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 291 and either Math 250 or Math 250A. The differential 
geometry of curves and surfaces in Euclidean 3 -space. Differential forms in 3 -space* 
Cartan’s equations of^ structure. Gauss-Weingarten-Codazzi equations. 

310 Ordinary Differential Equations (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 291, and either Math 250 or Math 250B. An introduction 
existence theorems and the theory of ordinary differential equations. 


242 


Mathematics 


315 Euclidean Geometry (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 250 or Math 250B. Selected topics in advanced Euclidean 
geometry such as convexity, transformation theory and w-dimensional Euclidean 
space. 

320 Projective Geometry (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 291. Homogeneous coordinates, projective group, cross-ratio, 
duality, point and line conics. 

330 Number Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 250 or Math 250B or Math 291. Divisibility, congruences, prime 
number theory, Diophantine problems. 

335 Mathematical Probability (3) (Formerly 335A) 

Prerequisite: Math 250 or Math 250B. An introductory course in probability 
theory and its applications, based on use of the calculus. 

336 Mathematical Statistics (3) (Formerly 335B) 

Prerequisite: Math 250 or Math 250B. An introductory course in statistical theory 
and its applications, based on use of the calculus. 

340 Numerical Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 291, and either Math 250 or Math 250B. Clorequisite: QM 
264. Interpolation and approximation. Numerical differentiation and integration. 
Solution of nonlinear equations. Difference equations. Error analysis. Opportunity 
is given to use the computer center facilities. 

350A/B Advanced Calculus (3/3) 

Prerequisite: Math 291, and Math 250 or Math 250B. Designed to introduce the 
student to rigorous proofs in analysis. Topics include the real number system, 
continuity, differentiation and integration of functions of several variables, infinite 
integrals and series. 

407 Abstract Algebra (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 302. Sets, mappings, groups, rings, modules, fields, homo- 
niorphisms, advanced topics in vector spaces and theory of linear transformations, 
matrices, algebras, ideals, field theory, Galois theory. 

412 Complex Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 3 50 A. Complex differentiation and integration, (Dauchy’s 
theorem and integral formulas, maximum modulus theorem, harmonic functions, 
Laurent series, analytic continuation, entire and meromorphic functions, conformal 
transformations and special functions. 

414 Topology (3) (Formerly 314) 

Prerequisite: Math 350A. An introductory course in point set and algebraic topol- 
ogy. 

430 Partial Differential Equations (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 350B or consent of instructor. Cauchy-Kov^^alewsky and other 
existence theorems, theory of first order equations, classification of equations of 
higher order, detailed study of elliptic, hyperbolic and parabolic equations, appli- 
cations of functional analysis to partial differential equations. 


243 


Mathematics 

431 Methods of Applied Mathematics (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 350A or consent of instructor. Calculus of variation, partial 
differential equations of physics, Fourier series and orthogonal functions, integral 
transforms. 

440 Advanced Numerical Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 340 and Math 350A or consent of instructor. Numerical 
solution of linear equations, matrix inversion, computation of eigenvalues and eigen- 
vectors, numerical solution of ordinary and partial differential equations, error 
analysis. 

450 Real Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 350A. An introduction to Lebesgue measure and integration 
on the real line. Topics include the dominated convergence theorem, absolute 
continuity, convergence in measure and differentiation. 

499 Independent Study (1) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Study of some special topic in mathe- 
matics, selected in consultation with the instructor and carried out under his super- 
visions. 

506 Seminar in Number Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 302, Math 330, Math 350B or consent of the instructor. 
Selected topics in analytic and algebraic number theory. 

507 Topics in Abstract Algebra (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 407. Modules, algebras, ideal theory, field theory, Galois 
theory, categories, functors, homology. 

508 Seminar in Algebra (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 407 or consent of the instructor. Structure theory of rings, 
algebras. Field and Galois Theory. Homological algebra. Research topics in algebra. 
May be repeated for credit. 

512 Complex Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 412. Special topics in complex analysis including analytic 
functions of several variables, special functions, conformal mapping and Riemann 
surfaces. 

514 Topology (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 414. Advanced point set and algebraic topology. 

515 Seminar in Advanced Topology (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Advanced areas in topology in preparation 
for research work. 

525 Differential Geometry (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 414. Differentiable manifolds, connections, curvature, torsions, 
covariant differentiation, topics in Riemannian Geometry. 

526 Seminar in Geometry (3) 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing. Permission of the instructor. 

530 Topics in Applied Mathematics (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Topics will be selected from mechanics 
of continua, integral equations, partial differential equations, probability, statistics, 


244 


Niafhemafics Bducafion 


ordinary differential equations, Riemann surfaces and approximation theory. May 
be repeated for credit. 

531 Seminar in Applied Mathematics (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Advanced topics in applied mathematics. 

550 Topics in Real Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 450. General theory of measure and integration, set functions, 
theorems of Radon-Nikodym and Fubini. 

551 Seminar in Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. A semester graduate course in analysis. 
Advanced topics in real and complex analysis. 

560 Functional Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 291, Math 450, corequisite Math 414. Topics in modem func- 
tional analysis including Hilbert and Banach spaces, linear transformations and 
spectral theory. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate Standing. One unit of independent study required of each 
student for each regular graduate course. Also offered without being attached to 
any course. May be repeated for credit. 

MATHEMATICS EDUCATION 

(Offered by the Department of Science and Mathematics Education) 

303A,B Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics— Arithmetic (3,3) 

Prerequisites: one year of algebra and one year of geometry. The structure of 
the real number system and its subsystems. Numeration systems. Elementary num- 
ber theory. Equations and inequalities. Elementary set theory and logic. Does 
not give credit toward mathematics major. 

311 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics-Algebra (3) 

Prerequisite: Math HOB. Selected topics in modem algebra. Axiomatic construc- 
tion of algebraic structure. Linear systems of equalities and inequalities. Combina- 
torial analysis. Tmth-functional logic. 

312 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics-Geometry (3) 

Prerequisite: Math HOB. Selected topics in elementary geometry. The study of 
various axiom systems for Euclidean geometry; non-Euclidean geometry; pro- 
jective, metric, and affine geometry. 

442 Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary School (2) 

Prerequisites: Education 311, Education 340, Admission to Teacher Education, 
senior standing, or consent of the instmctor. Objectives, methods, and materials 
for teaching mathematics in secondary schools. Required, before student teaching, 
of students presenting majors in mathematics for the general secondary credential. 
The student who has not had teaching experience must register concurrently in 
Educ 449. The requirements for the major must include Math Educ 303 A, B, 311, 
and 312. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

480 History of Mathematics (3) 

Prerequisites: A bachelor’s degree with a major or minor in mathematics or 
niathematics education. An introduction to the history of elementary mathematics 
through the calculus, by a problem solving approach. 


245 


Music 


499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Study of some special topic in mathematics 
education, selected in consultation with the instructor and carried out under his 
supervision. May be repeated for credit. 

749 Student Teoching in Mathematics in the Secondary School and Seminar (6) 

See page 312 for description and prerequisites. 

750 Seminar in Mathematics Education (2) 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of the instructor. Study of selected 
problems in elementary or secondary education. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSIC 


100 Introduction to Music (3) 

A basic approach to listening to music with understanding and pleasure through 
a general survey of musical literature representative of various styles and perform- 
ance media. Music will be related to other arts through lectures, recordings, and 
concerts. Closed to music majors. 

101 Music Theory for Nonmusic Majors (3) 

Basic theory and practical applications to further understanding of basic music 
principles and to improve music performance and listening skills. Includes sight- 
singing and relationship to keyboard and simple melodic instruments. Closed to 
music majors. 

1 1 1 A,B Music Theory (3,3) 

A year course covering diatonic harmony and musicianship. Includes scales and 
intervals, triads and their inversions, harmonizations, nonharmonic tones, modula- 
tion and dominant seventh chords. Practical applications, to include sight singing, 
dictation and keyboard harmonizations. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

161a, 361a Symphony Orchestra (1) 

Open by audition to college students and qualified adults in the community. Per- 
formance of standard representative symphonic works. (More than 3 hours major 
production) 

161b, 361b College Choir (1) 

Open to all college students with permission of instructor. Study and per- 
formance of standard representative choral literature works. (More than 3 hours 
major production) 

161c, 361c Symphonic Band (1) 

Open by audition to college students and qualified adults in the Community- 
Performance of standard representative symphonic band literature. (More than 
3 hours major production) 

161d, 361d Opera Theatre (1) 

Study of roles and representative excerpts from standard and contemporary 
operas and the basic musical, dramatic and language techniques of the musical 
theatre. Performance of operatic excerpts and complete operas. (More than ^ 
hours major production) 


246 


Musk 


161e, 361e College Singers (1) 

Membership restricted to advanced voice students or those passing voice test. 
Performs finest representative choral literature. (More than 3 hours major produc- 
tion) 

162b, 362b Wind Ensemble (1) 

Open to qualified wind students by audition or consent of the instructor. Per- 
forms representative wind ensemble literature. (2 hours activity) 

162c, 362c Vocal Ensemble (1) 

Study and performance of choral literature of the Renaissance and Baroque 
periods. Open only to students by audition. Public performance required. (2 hours 
activity) 

162d, 362d Percussion Ensemble (1) 

Study and performance of music written for the Percussion Ensemble. Open to 
any qualified student with consent of instructor. 2 hours activity. 

163,363 Chamber Music Ensembles (1) 

Open to all qualified wind, string, or keyboard students. Various ensembles will 
be formed to study, read, and to perform representative chamber literature of all 
periods. (2 hours activity) 

170, 270, 370, 470 Individual Instruction (Technique) (1-2) 

Note: Students must register for a minimum of one unit per semester, selected 
upon advisement from Mu 170-470/Mu 171-471. Individual study with approved in- 
structor with emphasis on performance techniques. Jury examination required. 
Special fee. 

171, 271, 371, 471 Individual Instruction (Repertory) (1) 

Prerequisite: Jury recommendation plus two consecutive semesters of individual 
instruction (Technique) (170-470). Note: Students must register for a minimum of 
one unit per semester, selected upon advisement from Mu 170-470/Mu 171-471. 
Individual study with approved instructor with emphasis on repertory. Jury exami- 
nation required. 

184A,B Piano Class for Teachers (1,1) 

Prerequisite: Mu 101. Elementary and intermediate instruction in basic piano 
techniques, with special emphasis on application in the elementary school. Required 
of candidates for general elementary credential who specialize in music and those 
preparing to teach in kindergarten and first grades. (2 hours activity) 

711A,B Music Theory (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Mu lllB, or equivalent. A year course covering secondary domi- 
nants, diminished 7th, 9th, 11th, and 13th chords, sequence and chromatic chords, 
^^tactical applications to include sight singing, melodic and harmonic dictation, and 
keyboard harmonizations. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

251 Survey of Musical Literature (3) (Formerly 151A,B) 

An introductory course required of majors in the study of the literature of 
piusic in Western civilization. Open to minors and qualified students by consent of 
instructor. Students should be able to read music as a part of the analysis of form, 
design and style. (3 hours lecture, 1 hour laboratory) 


247 


Music 


281 Orchestral Instruments <2) 

Required of all music degree candidates and for music teaching credentials. May 
be repeated for a maximum of 8 units. (4 hours activity) 

281a String Instruments (2) 

Specialization on violin, with related work on standard instruments of the 
string family. (4 hours activity) 

281b Woodwind Instruments (2) 

Specialization on clarinet, with related work on standard instruments of 
the woodwind family. (4 hours activity) 

281c Brass Instruments (2) 

Specialization on trumpet, with related work on standard instruments of the 
brass family. (4 hours activity) 

28 Id Percussion Instruments (2) 

Specialization on the snare drum and mallet-played instruments with re- 
lated work on other standard percussion instruments. Special consideration 
given to typical problems encountered with percussion in the public schools. 
(4 hours activity) 

281 e Survey of Orchestral Instruments (2) 

A general survey of orchestral instrument practices for elementary creden- 
tial candidates. (4 hours activity) 

282A,B Piano Class for Music Majors (1,1) 

Prerequisite: declaration of the music major and placement by the instructor. 
Designed to meet music major piano requirements for degree and teaching creden- 
tials. Fundamentals of keyboard technique for students whose major performance 
field is not piano. Not required for piano majors. (2 hours activity) 

283A,B Voice Class (1,1) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Priority is given to music majors. Designed 
to meet voice requirement for instrumental and piano majors and to prepare candi- 
dates for proficiency requirement for teaching credential. Not required for voice 
majors. (2 hours activity) 

312 Modal Counterpoint (2) (Formerly 3 12 A) 

Prerequisite: Mu lllAB and 211AB. Required of all music majors. 16th century 
polyphonic techniques in two and three voices, covering cantus firmus, double 
and triple counterpoint and fugal (i.e. imitative and cononic) techniques. The 
style is generally liturgical but does include some stylistic consideration of the 
secular styles of dance, song and madrigal. 

313 Tonal Counterpoint (2) (Formerly 312B) 

Prerequisite: Mu 312. Late 17th and 18th century polyphonic techniques char- 
acteristic of the music from Purcell to Mozart. Includes basso ostinato, imitative 
counterpoint fantasia, invention, fugue and canon in two and three voices. 

321A,B Form and Analysis (2,2) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Analysis of structural elements of music such 
as motive, phrase, and period; binary, ternary, rondo, sonato-allegro and larger 
musical forms in representative musical works. 


248 


/Miisfc 


322A,B Composition (2,2) 

A — Prerequisite: elementary counterpoint, Mu 211B or consent of instructor. Ear 
training, analysis of smaller forms, simple composition of two three-part song form 
styles. B — Analysis and writing of more complex musical forms. 

323A,B Orchestration (2,2) 

Prerequisite: Mu 211B and consent of instructor. Writing and analysis of orches- 
tral music. 

333 Music and Child Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Mu 101 or equivalent or successful completion of proficiency test. 
Study of the relationship of music to child growth and development, with em- 
phasis on the child from 5 to 12. 

350 Music in Our Society (3) 

Prerequisite: Mu 100 or consent of instructor. Designed to increase interest and 
an understanding of music in its relation to our general culture. Emphasis on struc- 
ture, analysis and aesthetic principles through the study of masterpieces of musical 
literature of various historical periods. 

351A,B History and Literature of Music (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Mu 151 A,B. A — A study of the history and literature of music 
from early Greek beginnings through the Renaissance. B — A study of the history 
and literature of music covering the Baroque, Classic, Romantic period and the 
20th century. (Required of all music majors.) 

382A,B Piano Class for Music Majors (1,1) 

Prerequisite: Mu 282B or placement by instructor. Continuation of piano require- 
ment for qualified upper division students. Mu 382B provides specific preparation 
for piano functional examination. (2 hours activity) 

385A,B Voice Class for Elementary Teachers (1,1) 

Basic techniques of singing, adaptation of the adult voice for singing with chil- 
dren. Emphasis on the development of singing skills and the selection of singing 
materials from children’s music books used in the elementary school. Primarily 
intended for candidates for elementary credential. (2 hours activity) 

386 Piano Accompanying (1) 

The study and application of playing accompaniments for instrumentalists, vocal- 
ists, and ensembles. Participation in rehearsals, recitals, and concerts required. (2 
hours activity) 

390 Diction for Singers (1) 

This course is designed to teach proper singing diction in English, Italian, French 
and German, but may not be considered a substitute for formal language study. 
Examples from standard vocal literature explained through use of International 
Phonetic Alphabet. 

391A,B Chorol Conducting (2,2) 

Principles, techniques, and methods of conducting choral groups. Laboratory 
^ork with class and vocal ensembles, using standard choral repertoire. Required 
of all music education majors. (4 hours activity) 

392A,B Instrumental Conducting (2,2) 

Prerequisite: Mu 391A. Principles, techniques, and methods of conducting or- 
chestral and band groups. Laboratory experience in conducting instrumental groups, 
^sing standard instrumental literature. (4 hours activity) 


249 


Music 


393 Piano Performance and Repertory (3) 

Prerequisite: Mu 351A,B or consent of instructor. Study and performance of 
representative styles and schools of piano literature, particularly with reference to 
solo and ensemble works. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

454 The String Quartets of Beethoven (2) 

Prerequisites: Previous music history and theory courses. A comprehensive study 
of the early, middle and late quartets of Beethoven approached through listening 
to recordings and live performances. Research on the period and the circumstances 
under which each quartet was composed will be presented in the form of seminar 
projects. 

456 Opera History and Literature (2) 

Prerequisite: Mu 351A,B or consent of instructor. The course will cover opera 
history, including its predecessors to the present day, with representative examples 
of literature from all periods. 

457 Song Literature (2) 

Prerequisite: Mu 351 A,B or consent of instructor. Course will provide a basic 
knowledge of art song literature in terms of period style and nationality. 

458 Collegium Musicum Practicum (2) 

Prerequisite: Mu 351A,B or consent of instructor. The study and performance 
of rare and old music, both instrumental and vocal. Techniques of musical research 
will be applied. Students should be competent performers. 

467 Piano Pedagogy (2) 

Prerequisite: Mu 393 or consent of instructor. Fundamentals of piano pedagogy, 
with reference to studio and public school teaching. Organization, materials and 
methods of teaching piano in beginning, intermediate, and advanced classes. 

498 Senior Recital (1) 

Advanced individual instruction in the principal performance field leading to 
the successful presentation of a public senior recital. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Study of a special topic in Music selected in consultation with the instructor and 
carried out under his supervision. May be repeated for credit. 

500 Introduction to Graduate Study in Music (2) 

Required of all graduate music majors. Study of basic bibliography, literature, 
and research techniques and materials useful in graduate music study. 

522 Conl^mporary Techniques of Composition (2) 

Advanced techniques of composition, as applied to the student’s area of graduate 
specialization. 

523 Advanced Orchestration (2) 

Prerequisite: Mu 323B. Analysis and practice of traditional and contemporary 
orchestration techniques. Scoring of music for large ensembles such as orchestra, 
band, chorus and orchestra, or band and orchestra. 

550 Seminar in Music History (2) 

Prerequisites: At least two from the following: Mu 451, 452, and/or 453, and con- 
sent of instructor. Detailed investigation and analysis of specific developments 
musicology including exercises in transcriptions from old notations and historical 
investigations prepared by members of the seminar. 

250 


Music 


551 Music of the Medieval Period (2) (Formerly 450) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. A detailed study of the music forms, struc- 
tures and styles from 500 to 1450. Detailed analysis of important representative 
works as well as the contributions of individual composers and theoretical writers. 

552 Music of the Renaissance (2) (Formerly 450) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. A comprehensive study of the forms, styles, 
and developmental characteristics of music between 1450 and 1600. Detailed analy- 
sis of selected works by representative composers and theoretical writers. 

553 Music of the Baroque Period (2) (Formerly 452) 

Prerequisite: Mu 351A,B or consent of instructor. Musical forms, styles, and 
performance practices of the Baroque period. Detailed analysis of significant repre- 
sentative works. (2 hours lecture and discussion, 1 hour weekly listening) 

554 Music of the Classic Period (2) (Formerly 452) 

Prerequisite: Mu 351 A3 or consent of instructor. A study of the history and 
literature of music from approximately 1750 to 1900. Detailed analysis of important 
representative works. (2 hours weekly lecture and discussions, 1 hour per week 
listening.) 

555 Music of the Romantic Period (2) (Formerly 452) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. An intensive study of the structure and 
development of music in the nineteenth century. Detailed analysis of important 
representative works. (2 hours weekly lecture and discussion, 1 hour listening) 

556 20th Century Music (2) (Formerly 453) 

Prerequisite: Mu 351 A3 or consent of instructor. Developments in the music of 
western Europe and the western hemisphere since 1890. Intensive study of con- 
temporary music and its structure. 

558 Collegium Musicum (2) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Advanced studies in the performance of 
rare and old music, (see Mu 458 for general description). May be repeated for 
credit. 

570 Individual Instruction (1-2) 

Prerequisite: Jury recommendation. Individual instruction with approved in- 
structor with emphasis on performance techniques and repertory. Minimum of 1 
^nit must be taken per semester. Required of all graduate students whose terminal 
project is the graduate recital. Specid fee. 

591 Advanced Choral Conducting and Interpretation (2) 

Prerequisite: Mu 391B, conducting e.xperience, or consent of instructor. Advanced 
problems in choral conducting techniques, with emphasis on laboratory work with 
student groups and in concert conducting. (4 hours activity) 

*92 Advanced Instrumental Conducting and Interpretation (2) 

Prerequisite: Mu 392B, keyboard facility for score reading and consent of in- 
structor. Advanced study of conducting technics through assignments with the 
college symphony. Interpretive problems of each period covered in lectures. (4 
hours activity) 

^^7 Project (3) 

Systematic study and report of a significant undertaking in the area of musical 
Composition, musical performance, or other related creative activity. A written 
critical evaluation of the work or activity will be required. 


251 


Music Education 


598 Thesis (3) 

Individual investigations of specific problems in the area of concentration by 
candidates for the MA. degree. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in music and permission of instructor. Research 
and study projects in areas of specialization beyond regularly offered course work. 
Oral and written reports required. 

MUSIC EDUCATION 

435 Children's Literature in Music (2) 

Prerequisite: Mu 333 or consent of instructor. A survey of books and listening 
materials for preschool and elementary age children, with techniques of presenta- 
tion. Designed for the classroom teacher or general student. 

Music Education Techniques Block: * 

* 441 Teaching Music Theory and Appreciation in the Public Schools (2) 

Prerequisite: 20 units in music, Educ 311, or consent of instructor. 
Required of all music majors working for the standard teaching credential, sec- 
ondary specialization. The history and organization of the teaching of music theory 
and appreciation in the public schools. Interrelation of general and specialized 
classes and their place in the total school program. Music literature, materials, and 
techniques for producing effective musical growth. (2 hours lecture) 

* 442 Teaching Vocal Music in the Public Schools (2) 

Prerequisites: 20 units in music to include Mu 391A (for those doing student 
aide), Educ Sec 340, Educ Found 311, Admission to Teacher Education, senior 
standing or consent of the instructor. See page 158 under Secondary Elducation 
for description of standard teaching credential program. Objectives, methods, and 
materials including audiovisual instruction for teaching music in the secondary 
schools. The history and organization of the teaching of vocal and choral music 
in public education. Planning sequential vocal training and performance organiza- 
tions for the total school program. Study of choral literature and techniques of 
instruction. (2 hours lecture) 

* 443 Teaching Instrumental Music in the Public Schools (2) 

Prerequisite: 20 units in music, Educ Found 311, senior standing or consent 
of instructor. Required of all music majors working for the standard teaching 
credential, secondary specialization. The history and organization of the teaching 
of instrumental music in public education. Study of music literature and appropriate 
curricula for the development of concert bands, symphony orchestras, and cham- 
ber music ensembles for the total school program. (2 hours lecture) 

532 Seminar in Music Education (2) 

Studies in the trends and application of educational theory in relation to the 
teaching of music in the public schools. 

544 Curriculum Planning and Construction in Music (2) 

Principles and practices of curriculum planning in music education, with special 
reference to the public elementary, junior and senior high school. Required of 
majors w ho intend to complete supervision credential. 

* Mu 441, 442 and 443 are scheduled as an integrated course in music education techniques. Students 

must take in the semester immediately preceding student teaching (ordinarily the first semester 
of the postgraduate year) and must allow two hours daily in their schedules to take the class 
and to complete fieldwork assignments. Students without teaching experience must take Educ 
449 Teacher Aide Assignment (1) concurrently and must allow sufficient time in theU 
schedules at the same hour each day so that they can serve as teacher aides in public schools- 


252 


Philosophy 


545 Supervision and Administration of Music in the Public Schools (2) 

Open to music education majors with teaching experience. Philosophy, prin- 
ciples and practices of supervision of music in the public elementary and secondary 
schools. Emphasis on modern principles of leadership, types of services, organiza- 
tion, management and evaluation of programs of instruction. Required of candi- 
dates for supervisory credential. 

749 Student Teaching in Music in the Secondary School and Seminar (6) 

Prerequisite: Mu 441, 442, 443 and Educ 449. 

See page 312 for description. 

NATURE INTERPRETATION 

(Offered by the Department of Science and Mathematics Education) 

460 Applied Conservation (4) 

Prerequisites: upon division standing with basic courses in Biology; Geography 
450 required of non-science majors. A survey of the history of conservation for 
application in teaching and nature interpretive professions. 

570 Elements of Nature Interpretation (3) 

Prerequisites: B.A. degree and consent of instructor. An interdicisplinary inte- 
gration of biological, earth science and social science principles relevant to a 
naturalist training program for teachers and graduate students. 

PHILOSOPHY 

100 Introduction to Philosophy (3) 

An introduction to the nature, methods and some of the main problems of 
philosophy. 

110 Comparative Study of the World's Great Religions (3) 

A study of man’s religious impulse as viewed from the philosophical standpoint. 
An attempt will be made to analyze and to compare religious experience as ex- 
pressed in Christianity, Islam, Buddhism, Hinduism, etc. 

310 Logic (3) 

Analysis of the various forms given to propositions and the basic requirements 
necessary for valid inference. 

350 Philosophy of Ideas (3) 

Analysis of basic ideas which have shaped modem thought. 

390 History of Philosophy: Greek Philosophy (3) 

The origins of Philosophy in Greece, and its development to the time of 
Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle. 

391 History of Philosophy: Medieval Philosophy (3) 

Scholastic philosophy and its precursors in ancient thought. 

300 History of Philosophy: Rationalism and Empiricism (3) (Formerly 331) 

The rationalism of Descartes, Spinoza, and Leibniz, and the empiricism of Locke, 

Berkeley, and Hume. 

301 History of Philosophy: Kant and the 19th Century (3) (Formerly 332) 

The empiricistic and rationalistic influences on Kant, followed by a study of the 

*^ajor trends in 19th-century philosophy. 


253 


Philosophy 

305 Contemporary Philosophy (3) (Formerly 382) 

A survey and analysis of the main trends of 20th century philosophy. Emphasis 
will be placed on such trends as pragmatism, linguistic analysis, and existen- 
tialism. 

310 Ethics (3) 

An analysis of the problems of human conduct: motivation, valuing, norms, so- 
cial demands, and personal commitments. 

311 Aesthetics (3) 

An investigation into the conditions and the aims of art and aesthetic experience. 

323 Contemporary Existentialism (3) 

An analysis of the meaning of existentialism in modem philosophy. 

345 Political Philosophy (3) 

Selected problems in political philosophy. 

347 Selected Problems in Philosophy (3) 

An investigation into the significant contributions made to human culture through 
philosophic analysis. 

360 Philosophy of History (3) (Formerly 460) 

A study of the metaphysical and the logical problems of history. 

368 Symbolic Logic (3) 

The recognition and construction of correct deductions in the sentential logic 
and the first-order predicate calculus with identity. 

370 Philosophy of Religion (3) 

An examination of the role of philosophy in shaping theological doctrine, in 
critically evaluating religious experience, in proving the existence of God, and 
in considering the issues of atheism and the existence of evil. 

375 Introduction to Philosophy of Language (3) 

An introduction to the major issues in semantical theory: truth, meaning, ana- 
lytic-syntheic, semiotics. (Same as Linguistics 375.) 

380 Seminar in Analytic Philosophy (3) (Formerly 470A) 

Prerequisite: six units in philosophy or instructor’s permission. A detailed investi- 
gation of the works of some of the many figures of the 20th century movement 
in analytic philosophy. The works of Russell, Moore, Wittgenstein, Strawson, Ryl^ 
will be read. 

420 Metaphysics (3) (Formerly 412) 

Prerequisite: six units in philosophy or instructor’s permission. An examination 
of the philosophical problems of freedom and determinism, mind and body, time 
and becoming, causation, deity, substratum, personal identity. 

425 Introduction to Phenomenology (3) (Formerly 380) 

Prerequisite: six units in philosophy or instructor’s permission. An investigation 
into the historical background and basic viewpoints which have provided a frame- 
work for philosophical research and study in the writings of Husserl, Heidegger* 
Sartre, and Merleau-Ponty. 


254 


Philosophy 


430 Epistemology (3) (Formerly 340) 

Prerequisite: six units in philosophy or instructor’s permission. An investigation 
of the concepts of knowledge, belief and certainty, and a study of representative 
theories concerning man’s knowledge of the external world, the past, and other 
minds. 

435 Philosophy of Science (3) (Formerly 450) 

Prerequisite: six units in philosophy or instructor’s permission. An investigation 
into the methodologies of the deductive and inductive sciences. 

440 Philosophy of Mind (3) (Formerly 502) 

Prerequisite: six units in philosophy or instructor’s permission. Basic problems 
relating to the analysis of the concept of mind and such related issues as behavior, 
consciousness, and voluntary action. 

445 Seminar in Value Theory (3) (Formerly 507) 

Prerequisite: Philosophy 310 or instructor’s permission. An investigation into 
the conditions, modes, levels, and criteria relevant to any systematic view of valuing. 

450 Seminar in Philosophy of Language (3) (Formerly 490) 

Prerequisite: six units in philosophy or instructor’s permission. A detailed ex- 
amination of the problems in the theory of meaning and formal semantics. 

457 Seminar in Ancient Philosophy (3) (Formerly 417A, 417B, 447 A, and 447B) 
Prerequisite: Philosophy 290 or instructor’s permission. A detailed examination 
of the works of some major Ancient Philosopher, such as Plato or Aristotle, or 
of some School of Ancient Philosophy, such as Stoicism. This course number 
may be repeated with different content for additional credit. 

467 Seminar in Continental Rationalism (3) (Formerly 427A and 427B) 
Prerequisite: Philosophy 300 or instructor’s permission. A detailed examination 
of the works of some major Rationalist, such as Descartes, Spinoza or Leibniz, or 
some school or phase of Continental Rationalism. This course number may be 
repeated with different content for additional credit. 

477 Seminar in British Empiricism (3) (Formerly 457A and 457B) 

Prerequisite: Philosophy 300 or instructor’s permission. A detailed examination 
of the words of some major British Empiricist, such as Locke, Berkeley, or Hume, 
or of some school or phase of British Empiricism. This course number may be 
repeated with different content for additional credit. 

487 Seminar in Modern Philosophy (3) (Formerly 467A and 467B) 

Prerequisite: Philosophy 301 or instructor’s permission. A detailed examination 
of the works of some major Modern Philosopher, such as Kant, Hegel, Nietzsche 
or J. S. Mill, or of some school or phase of Modern Philosophy to around the 
end of the 19th century. This course may be repeated with different content for 
additional credit. 

497 Seminar in Contemporary Philosophy (3) (Formerly 470B) 

Prerequisite: Philosophy 305 or instructor’s permission. Emphasis will be placed 
on the Analytic Movement in Philosophy as it developed during the 20th century. 
The works in such philosophers as C. 1. Lewis, Quine, Goodman, Russell and 
Wittgenstein will be read. The course may be repeated with different content for 
additional credit. 


255 


Physical Science 


499 Independent Study (1^) 

Prerequisites: minimum of 12 units in philosophy and approval of the depart- 
ment. Such study is designed to develop greater competency in research. May be 
repeated for credit. 


PHYSICAL SCIENCE 

(Offered by the Departments of CHiemistry and Physics) 

201 Modern Physical Science (4) 

Prerequisite: one year of high school algebra or equivalent, or permission of the 
instructor. Taught jointly by the departments of chemistry and physics, this 
course presents the essential unifying features of the basic physical sciences, chem- 
istry, chemistry and physics; the modern concepts of the physical and chemical 
theory of atomic and molecular structure form the unifying course material. 
Selected physical and chemical theory (from the fields of mechanics, electricity 
and magnetism, light, kinetic theory, thermodynamics, quantum theory, and inor- 
ganic and organic chemistry) are included to provide the necessary background 
material. Credit will not be given to students who have had a college course in 
chemistry or physics. 


PHYSICS * 

101 Freshman Seminar (1) 

Prerequisite: open only to freshman physics majors and, by written permission 
of the department chairman only, to others in closely related fields. 

Introduction to physics: a series of seminars, in lecture and discussion form, con- 
cerning careers in physics and the applied sciences, professional activities of 
today’s scientists, and special topics of current interest in physics research and 
development. Field trips to academic and industrial establishments are included. 
( 1 hour seminar or one field trip per week) 

201 Modern Physical Science (4) (See course description under 
Physical Science 201) 

211A,B Elementary Physics (3,3) 

Prerequisites: high school algebra, 1J4 years; trigonometry, Vi year. Elementary 
physics taught without the use of calculus. 0)vers principally the fields of 
mechanics, theromodynamics and electricity and magnetism in the first semester, 
and principally the fields of waves, relativity, quantum mechanics and the search 
for the ultimate constituents of matter in the second semester. 

Concurrent enrollment in 2 12 A3 laboratory required. 

212A,B Elementary Physics (1,1) 

Laboratory for 211A,B. Concurrent enrollment in 211 A3 lecture required. (5 
hours laboratory per week) 

221A Fundamental Physics (4) 

Prerequisite: Math 150A; corequisite: Math 150B. Fundamental classical physics 
including mechanics, heat and thermodynamics, acoustics, and wave motion. 
Concurrent enrollment in 222A laboratory required. 

222A Fundamental Physics (1) 

Laboratory for 221 A. Concurrent enrollment in 221 A lecture required. (3 hours 
laboratory per week) 

* For all courses, prerequisites not requiring consent of the department chairman may be waiv^ 
by the instructor of the course if he is satisfied that the student is qualified to undertaKc 
the course. A grade of C or better is required for all prerequisite courses. 

256 


Physics 


221 B Fundamental Physics (4) 

Prerequisite: Physics 221 A. Fundamental classical and modem physics, including 
physical optics, electricity and magnetism, and an introduction to modem physics. 
Concurrent enrollment in 222B laboratory required. 

222B Fundamental Physics (1) 

Laboratory for 22 IB. Concurrent enrollment in 22 IB lecture required. (3 hours 
laboratory per week) 

221C Fundamental Physics (3) 

Prerequisite: Physics 22 IB. Fundamental physical concepts are presented in a 
unifying framework. The course is intended to prepare the physics student for 
upper division physics by placing emphasis on the mathematical physics used in 
the five major theories of physics — classical mechanics, relativity, electricity and 
magnetism, quantum physics, and statistical mechanics. 

41 1 Theory of Wave Motion (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Mathematics HOB. The properties of wave motion — 
production, propagation, refraction, diffraction, interference, and transmission 
of waves — as applied to mechanics, electromagnetism and quantum mechanics. 

416 Thermodynamics (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Mathematics 250B. A postulational study of thermo- 
dynamics with emphasis on thermodynamic states rather than on thermodynamic 
processes. An introductory course in the basic concepts and postulates, conditions 
of equilibrium, formal relationships, processes and thermodynamic engines, stability 
of thermodynamic systems, first- and second-order phase transitions, the Nemst 
postulate, and representative applications. 

431 Electricity and Magnetism (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Mathematics 250B. Theories of electrostatics, electro- 
dynamics, and electromagnetic waves. 

441 Analytical Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Mathematics 250B. Principles of Newtonian me- 
chanics applied to the statics and dynamics of particles and rigid bodies. Introduc- 
tion to Lagrangian and Hamiltonian equations. 

451 Modern Physics (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 221B, Mathematics 250B. Discussion of experiments and 
introduction to theory for selected topics in atomic, nuclear, and solid state physics. 

452 Introductory Radiology (3) 

Prerequisite: one year college physics. X-rays, radioactivity, interaction of radia- 
tion with matter, detection of radiation, applications to health physics. Especially 
suitable for biology, chemistry, and premedical students who expect to work in 
radiation biology, radiation chemistry, or medical radiology. 

453 Nuclear Physics (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Mathematics 2 SOB. Properties of nuclei, radioactivity, 
elementary particles, nuclear reactions. Introductory discussion of theories of 
nuclear structure and nuclear processes. 

^54 Introduction to the Solid State of Matter (3) 

Prerequisite: one course in atomic or nuclear physics, differential equations. An 
introduction to the physical properties of matter in the solid state, as explained by 


257 


Physics 


atomic theory. Crystal structure, thermal, electric, and magnetic properties of 
metals, semiconductors, band theory, and solid state devices. 

455 Introduction to Quantum Physics (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 431, Physics 441, differential equations. An introduction to 
the concepts and theory of quantum physics. Early quantum theories, the Schrodin- 
ger equation, eigenvalue equations, operators, commutation properties, applications 
to simple quantum systems, matrix formulation, perturbation theory. 

471 Electronic Circuit Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Mathematics 250B. Operating characteristics of 
vacuum tubes, transistors, and semiconductor diodes. Linear circuit theory for 
alternating currents and for transient currents. Introduction to switching and pulse 
circuits. 

481 A Experimental Physics (3) 

Prerequisite: Physics 22 iB; corequisite: Physics 431. Selected experiments in elec- 
trical measurements and electronics, with emphasis on precision of measurement 
and standardization of instruments. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) 

481 B Experimental Physics (3) 

Prerequisite: Physics 481 A; corequisite: Physics 441. Selected experiments in 
mechanics, acoustics, physical optics, and microwaves. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory per week.) 

481 C Experimental Physics (3) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: one course in nuclear or modem physics. Selected 
experiments in atomic and nuclear physics. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory per 
week.) 

481 D Experimental Physics (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 481A,B,C or consent of department chairman. Selected 
experiments in classical and modern physics. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory per 
week) 

491 Senior Report (1) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department chairman. Selection and design for indi- 
vidual project, oral and written reports. 

492 Senior Report (2) 

Prerequisite: Physics 491 and consent of department chairman. Laboratory work 
on individual project, oral and written progress reports, oral and written final 
report. (1 hour lecture-recitation and 6 hours laboratory per week) 

499 Independent Study (1--3) 

Prerequisite: approval of study plan by department chairman and by instructor 
Study of some selected topic in physics, selected in consultation with the in- 
structor and carried out under his supervision. May be repeated for credit to a 
maximum of 6 units. 

521A,B Methods of Theoreticol Physics (3/3) 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 250A,B. A study of selected applications of mathe- 
matics to physical theory and to engineering. Applications are selected from ordi- 
nary and partial differential equations, integral equations, integral transforms, series 
expansions of functions, calculus of variations, matrix theory, tensor analysis, group 
theory, complex variable theory, and numerical analysis. 


258 


PoUtical Science 


531 A,B Classical Electrodynamics <3,3) (Formerly 531) 

Prerequisite: mathematics through partial differential equations. A: Boundary 
value problems in electrostatics and magnetostatics; multipole expansions; dielec- 
trics and macroscopic media; Maxwell’s equations and conservation laws; wave 
guides and resonators. B: Simple radiating systems; electromagnetic potentials; multi- 
pole radiations; classical relativistic electrodynamics; radiation from moving charges. 

540A,B Quantum Physics (3,3) (Formerly 555) 

Prerequisite: mathematics through partial differential equations. A; Transforma- 
tion theory, quantum dynamics, angular momentum, symmetry principles, repre- 
sentation theory, Klein-Gordon equation, approximation techniques; applications 
to topics such as scattering theory, interaction with radiation, motion in a mag- 
netic field, atomic and nuclear structure. B: Lorentz groups, Dirac equation, field 
quantization, group theory approximation techniques; applications to topics such 
as systems of identical particles, molecular structure, the many-body problem, and 
magnetic phenomena. 

541 Analytical Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisite: mathematics through partial differential equations. A thorough 
theoretical treatment of classical mechanics including the important motions of a 
point, general principles of work and energy, the principle of least action, Lagrange 
and Hamiltonian equations, the dynamics of rigid bodies, and related topics. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (l-G) 

Prerequisite: written approval of study plan by department committee and by 
instructor. Open only to graduate students and only by permission of a faculty 
member. May be repeated for credit. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE * 

Political Science 100 or its equivalent is the prerequisite for all upper division 
political science courses. Political Science majors are expected to have completed 
Political Science 231 and Political Science 306 before taking upper division courses. 

100 Amarican Government (3) 

Explores people, their politics, and power focusing on contemporary issues, 
changing political styles and processes, as well as institutions and underlying values 
contributing to the stability of the American political system. Satisfies the state 
requirements in U.S. Constitution and California state and local government. 

231 Political Analysis (3) 

An inquiry into the findings, emphases, and approaches in the study of politics, 
utilizing cross-national experiences. 

306 Resoarch Prosominor in Political Science (3) 

Basic research concepts, techniques, and design formats; their relationship to data 
collection and analysis; an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics, and 
^0 computer techniques and applications in political science. This course is required 
of all political science majors and should be taken before any upper division work is 
completed. 

311 Contamporory Issues in California Government and Politics (3) 

Analysis of contemporary issues in California government and politics, including 
^■cgional, county, and community subdivisions. Emphasis is on decision-making and 

^erequisites may be waived only with the consent of the instructor. 


259 


Political Science 


the costs of democracy; the crisis in the cities, the flight to the suburbs, and race 
relations. Comparisons will be made with other states and their subdivisions. This 
course satisfies the state requirement in California state and local government. 

312 Political Parties (3) 

The American two-party system; party organization and conflicts, problems of 
party responsibility and party leadership, nominating procedures, campaign methods 
and finances; the role of parties in legislative and executive policy-formulation. 

313 Pressure Groups and Public Opinion (3) 

The power and growth of farm, labor, business, and noneconomic pressure 
groups; interest group activity in Congress; administration and courts; public 
opinion and propaganda; voting behavior. 

320 Public Administration and Policy (3) 

An introduction to modem public administration and to the role it plays in the 
formulation and execution of public policy: administrative decision-making, au- 
thority and legitimacy, administrative leadership, professionalism, the role of parties 
and interest groups in the administrative process. 

340 Democracy and Communism (3) 

Not open to majors. The democratic tradition, especially in the United States and 
Great Britain; the theory and practice of communism in Soviet Russia, Yugoslavia, 
and Red China; authoritarian political thought in Italy, Germany, and Spain. 

341 Fundamental Principles of Political Theory (3) 

Problems of evidence and validation in political studies. The distinctions between 
empirical statements, value judgments and tautologies. The relationship of fact 
and value. The need for operational definitions. Systematic approaches to political 
philosophy, including those of Plato, Aristotle, St. Thomas, Hobbes, Locke, Rous- 
seau, Bentham and Marx. The dilemma posed by positivism and relativism for the 
study of political values. 

342 Specific Problems of Political Philosophy (3) 

Problems of making value judgments in politics: liberty v. security, the extent 
of obligations to the state, variations in forms of government, the role of govern- 
ment in the economy. 

351 International Relations (3) (Formerly 251) 

A study of the diplomatic, political, economic, and cultural relations of states; 
basic factors of power, sovereignty, nationalism, imperialism, colonialism, the rise 
to influence of the developing nations, the settlement of disputes. 

371 The Judicial Process (3) 

The nature and functions of law in the Anglo-American legal system, the federal 
and state courts, legal procedures and their relationship to the American political 
process. Approaches to the study of the judicial process. 

405 Simulation in Government and Politics (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. The theory and application of simulation 
models, including decision-making, game theory, and others with respect to politics 
and administration at local, national, and international levels. Individual and group 
research techniques are stressed. 


260 


Political Science 


406 Scope and Theory of Political Science (3) 

A senior proseminar in political science. The nature of the discipline: approaches, 
tools, concepts and theories. Highly recommended for all political science majors 
planning to do graduate work. 

412 The Art of Politics (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. An examination of politics as it is prac- 
ticed and understood by practitioners of the art. A seminar which features guest 
lecturers. 

414 The Legislative Process (3) 

The nature of the leg slative process in the United States including the organiza- 
tion and procedures of legislative bodies, direct legislation and the relationships 
of the legislative branch to other branches of government. Legislative systems 
will be analyzed comparatively. 

415 Political Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 306. The application of behavioral methodol- 
ogy to the understanding of individual political behavior within various U.S. gov- 
ernmental and social situations. The formation of attitudes and opinions, their 
measurement and relationship to political behavior. 

416 The American Presidency (3) 

A study of the growth of the office and power of the President, of his rela- 
tionship to his advisers and the executive departments. Congress and the courts, 
state governments and the public. The role of the President as chief policy- 
maker and administrator, party and public opinion leader, with particular atten- 
tion to developments during international and domestic crises. 

420 Local Government and Administration (3) 

Legal and historical framework of local government with emphasis on municipal 
government and the functional fields of management in the United States. 

421 Public Finance Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 320. The role of finance administration and budg- 
eting in the determination of public policy, and in the administrative planning 
and management of governmental operations in the United States. Examines the 
relationship of assessment administration to governmental revenues and expendi- 
tures, the principles and practices of cost accounting, treasury management, and 
capital budgeting. 

422 Public Personnel Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 320. The growth and development of the civil 
service and the merit system; an evaluation of recruitment procedures and exam- 
inations; an analysis of such topics as position classification, salary structures, re- 
tirement plans, in-service training, employees organizations, and personnel super- 
vision. 

423 Regionol Planning and Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 320. A study of governmental policies, proce- 
dures, and agencies involved in the planning and development of regions. The 
concept of regions, survey of regional problems, and objectives, developmental 
prospects of regions, emerging views of regional planning, and intra- and inter- 
regional investment allocation during the development process. 


261 


Political Science 


424 Urban Planning and Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 320. The origins and development of city planning; 
the legal bases and fundamental concepts of planning are defined; and the or- 
ganization and administration of the planning activity are examined. The major 
elements of the general plan, zoning laws and administration, urban renewal, and 
capital programming are considered. 

425 Comparative Public Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 231 and 320. Strongly recommended for students 
planning to concentrate in comparative politics. Cross cultural comparison of public 
administration systems; application of different models of analysis to administrative 
institutions; bureaucracy; the ecology of public administration in modernized and 
developing societies; and the role of public administration in nation-building. 

426 Government Organization and Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 320. Analytical study of administrative systems and 
procedure; planning, flow, and control of work; data processing; operations re- 
search; and forms design. 


429 Government Internship (3) 

Prerequisites: Public Administration concentration and consent of the instructor. 
Students work 15-20 hours per week as supervised interns in a public agency. 
Supervision is provided by the faculty and cooperating agency. In addition to the 
job experience, interns meet in a weekly three-hour seminar. 


431 Government and Politics of Western Europe (3) 

A comparative analysis of the structures and functions of the political systems 
of Western Europe. 

433 Government and Politics of Eastern Europe (3) 

A comparative analysis of the structures and functions of the political systems 
of Eastern Europe. 


435 Government and Politics of Africa (3) 

A comparative analysis of the structures and functions of the political systems 
of developing societies in Africa. 

436 Government and Politics of South and Southeast Asia (3) 

A comparative analysis of the structures and functions of the political systems 
of developing societies in South and Southeast Asia. 

437 Government and Politics of Latin America (3) 

A comparative analysis of the structures and functions of the political systems 
of developing societies in Latin America. 


438 Latin American Interest Groups (3) 

Consideration of the role of church, military, business, peasant and bureacratic 
groups in Latin American society with particular interest in their impact on the 
quest for governmental stability and economic development. 


439 Government and Politics of the Far East (3) 

A comparative analysis of the structures and functions of the political systems in 
the Far East. 


262 


Political Science 


440 Political Ideologies and Attitudes (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 341. The content and appeals of contemporary 
ideologies. The social, economic and psychological bases of political attitudes and 
preferences. 

442 Problems of Democratic Political Thought (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 341. Problems relevant to philosophies and theo- 
ries of democratic political systems, with emphasis on American political thought. 

443 The Theory and Philosophy of Marxism (3) 

Prerequisites: Political Science 341 and 342. An analytical study of Marxist the- 
ory and philosophy from its pre-Hegelian roots to the present. 

450 Conduct of American Foreign Relations (3) 

Formulation and execution of foreign policy. The roles and powers of the 
President, Senate, and House of Representatives. The functions of the Department 
of State and Foreign Service, United States Information Agency, Agency for In- 
ternational Development (AID); the role of the Pentagon; public opinion and 
pressure groups. Separation of powers, checks and balances, and cooperation in 
the conduct of American foreign policy. 

451 Problems in International Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 251. Examination of selected problems in various 
countries and geographic areas with a definite impact on International Relations, 
such as nationalism, colonialism, anticolonialism, neutralism, racism, ethnic and lin- 
guistic minorities, border disputes, governmental instability, economic poverty, dis- 
ease, illiteracy and overpopulation. 

452 Current Issues in American Foreign Policy (3) 

An examination of the impact of treaties, alliances, economics, military strategy, 
and internal politics on U.S. foreign policy-formulation. 

453 Contemporary Approaches to International Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 251. Consideration of theories applicable to the 
study of the actions and interactions of states; systems analysis, models, decision- 
making, communications, the concept of power; examination of such research 
tools as gaming, simulation, content analysis. 

454 The Soviet Union in World AfFairs (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 251 and 433. Elements of national power, the use 
of various instruments of international relations, and policy-making processes in 
the development of Soviet foreign policy since 1917. 

461 The United Nations and Other Public International Organizations (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 251. The nature, scope, and role of public interna- 
tional organizations; evaluation of the League of Nations; analysis of the United 
Nations; its functions, purposes and problems; role of the World Court; Inter- 
national Labor Organization. Functions of UNESCO, UNICET, and similar or- 
ganizations. 

463 The International Relations and Problems of Latin America (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 251. A study of the foreign policies of the indi- 
vidual Latin American states, problems presented by the cold war and U.S. poli- 
cies, the OA.S., current efforts for economic cooperation, and Latin America’s 
role in the UJST. 


263 


Political Science 


473 Seminar in Constitutional Law and Governmental Power (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 371. Case studies involving the balance of power 
among courts, Congress, and the President; between national and state govern- 
ments; and the extent of judicial review of laws involving social and economic 
problems. 

474 Seminar in Constitutional Law and Civil Liberties (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 371. Case studies involving first amendment free- 
doms; equal protection of the laws; and procedural rights stemming from due 
process. 

475 Administrative Law (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 371, 473. The study of law as it affects public 
officials and agencies in their relations with private citizens and the business 
community. Attention is given to appropriate case materials and regulatory 
practices. 

476 International Law (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 251. The sources and nature of international law; 
its role in a world of sovereign states; the law of war and peace; the rights and 
duties of nations in their international relationships. The World Court; purpose, 
problems, and prospects. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Open to advanced students in political science by permission of the department 
chairman. 

(The prerequisite for each graduate course is consent of the instructor.) 

501 Readings in Political Science (3) 

Survey of the major works in the discipline of political science; strongly rec- 
ommended for all students seeking an M.A. in Political Science or an M.P.A. 

506 Seminar in the Scope and Theory of Political Science (3) 

The nature of the discipline, approaches, tools, concepts and theories. 

511 Advanced Studies in American Politics (3) 

A comprehensive examination of the political process in the United States. 

515 Seminar in Political Behavior (3) 

An intensive analysis of selected topics in political behavior. 

521 Seminor in Administrative Theory (3) 

Comprehensive analysis of the historical development and theoretical foundations 
of public administration. 

524 Seminar in Environmental Planning (3) 

Specialized study of problems and issues in the physical and human environment 
of the urban community. 

526 Seminar in Administrative Behavior (3) 

Concepts, functions and techniques of administrative leadership; group dynamics; 
decision-making; the organization and the individual. 

528 Seminar in Public Administration Problems (3) 

Comprehensive analysis of selected problems in the theory and practice of public 
administration. 


264 


Portuguese 


531 Seminar in Comparative Politics (3) 

A comparative study of political systems. 

541 Advanced Studies in Political Theory (3) 

A comprehensive examination of ideologies, concepts, methods and trends in 
political theory. 

550 Seminar on Foreign Policy Formulation (3) 

A study of various models of the foreign policy-making process. Emphasis will 
be on the interaction between domestic and international sources for policy formu- 
lation. 

551 Advanced International Relations (3) 

Study of selected problems in international relations with emphasis on individual 
research and contributions within the framework of a seminar. May be repeated 
for credit. 

571 Advanced Studies in Public Law (3) 

Selected studies of the relationship of the judicial process to legislative decision 
making; executive power; local government; the initiation process; and public 
opinion. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

598 Thesis ( 3 -~ 6 ) 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Open only by permission of the chairman of the department. May be repeated 
for credit. 


PORTUGUESE 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

101 Fundamental Portuguese (4) 

Listening comprehension, speaking, reading comprehension, and writing to de- 
velop control of the sounds and the basic forms and structures of Portuguese. 
Enrollment restricted to students with previous study of a Romance language. 
Conducted in Portuguese. 

102 Fundamental Portuguese (4) 

Prerequisite: Portuguese 101 or equivalent. Listening comprehension, speaking, 
reading comprehension, and writing to develop control of the sounds and the 
basic forms and structures of Portuguese. Enrollment restricted to students with 
previous study of a Romance language. Conducted in Portuguese. 

315 Introduction to Braxilian Culture and Civilixation (3) 

Prerequisite: Portuguese 102 or equivalent, reading knowledge of Portuguese or 
consent of instructor. Readings and discussions to develop insights into the litera- 
ture of Brazil and intellectual expression of the leading ideas in Brazilian civiliza- 
tion, while at the same time strengthening facility with the language. (Conducted 
in Portuguese. 


265 


Psychology 


325 Contemporary Brazilian Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: Portuguese 315 or consent of instructor. Readings and discussion 
toward developing an understanding of the social and intellectual problems, trends, 
and contributions of present-day Brazil, while at the same time strengthening 
facility with spoken and written Portuguese. Conducted in Portuguese. 

431 Portuguese Literature of the Golden Age (3) 

Prerequisite: Portuguese 315 or consent of instructor. The literature of Portugal’s 
golden age (1500-1700). The major works of the (I^ncioneiros, Gil Vicente, Luis 
de (Damoes and other writers will be examined from the point of view of their 
artistic structure as well as within the context of Portuguese culture and civiliza- 
tion. Conducted in Portuguese. 

441 Brazilian Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: Portuguese 315 or consent of instructor. The literature of Brazil 
from the Colonial period to the present. Conducted in Portuguese. 

499 Independent Study (1--3) 

Supervised projects in Portuguese language or literature to be taken with the 
consent of the instructor and the department chairman. May be repeated for credit. 

PSYCHOLOGY 

101 Introductory Psychology (3) 

General introduction to basic concepts and problems in psychology as a behav- 
i6ral discipline. Emphasis upon the human organism as an adapting system, with 
attention to genetic origins; normal development and capacities; problem-solving 
and adjustment to stress. 

161 Elomontary Statistics (3) 

Prerequisites: Psych 101 and Math 120. An introductory course in descriptive 
statistics with an introduction to inferential methods. 

202 PrincipUs of Psychology (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 101. A course for psychology majors covering selected basic 
areas of psychology in depth. Special emphasis on the methods of studying physio- 
logical factors, adaptive behavior, perception, cognition and motivation. (2 hours 
lecture and 3 hours laboratory) 

231 Psychology of Personal Adjustment (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 101. Dynamics of personal adjustment and interpersonal 
relations. Nature of conflict and frustration; demands of changing social roles; and 
attitudes, opinions and prejudices as they affect the individual and his relationships 
to others. 

302 Experimental Psychology: Learning and Motivation (3) 

Prerequisites: Psych 101, 202, 161 or permission of instructor. Selected experi- 
mental investigations in human and animal learning, memory, thinking, problem 
solving, and motivation with appropriate lecture and discussion. (2 hours lecture 
and 3 hours laboratory) 

303 Experimental Psychology: Sensation and Perception (3) 

Prerequisites: Psych 101; 202; 161 or permission of instructor. Selected experi- 
mental investigation with appropriate lecture and discussion. (2 hours lecture and 
3 hours laboratory) 


266 


Psychology 


304 Experimental Psychology: Comparative (3) 

Prerequisites: Psych 101; 202; 161 or permission of instructor. 

Behavioral similarities and differences between species as related to their position 
on the phylogenetic scale; the relation of changes in activity, motivation, emo- 
tionality, complexity, plasticity and adaptiveness of behavior to changes in sensory, 
motor, endocrine and neural structures as well as genetic and environmental factors. 
(2 hours lecture and 3 hours laboratory) 

311 Educational Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: 6 units in Psychology. Application of psychological research and 
theory to the educative process. Major attention given to the problems of learning, 
individual differences, child capacities, and behavior. 

321 Physiological Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: Psych 202 and Bio. Sci. 101 or equivalent. Survey of relations be- 
tween behavior and biological processes. Anatomy and physiology of the nervous 
system, role of neural and humoral agents in perception and complex behavior 
(emotion, etc.), behavorial effects of brain lesions, the effects of drugs on behavior, 
psychosomatic disorders and motivation. (2 hours lecture and 3 hours laboratory) 

331 Psychology of Personality 

Prerequisite: Psych 202. Concepts of personality development, structure, and 
dynamics, with emphasis upon problems, methods, and findings in the study of 
personality. 

341 Abnormal Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: Psych 231 or Psych 331. Dynamics, symptoms, causes, treatment, 
and prevention of neuroses, psychoses, alcohol and drug addiction, psychosomatic 
illnesses, and character disorders. 

342 Mental Health (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 101. An analysis of the concepts of mental health with 
emphasis upon positive factors in the individual, group, and community which are 
conducive to improving mental health. (Credit not given as part of psychology 
major.) 

351 Social Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: 6 lower division units in psychology. Study of phenomena of social 
interaction and the nature of group processes and influences. Attention paid to the 
intrapsychic effects of group influences on the individual’s behavior. 

361 Developmental Psychology (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 161. (Concepts and processes involved in the understanding 
of the psychological development of the person from infancy through adulthood. 
Attention is given to stages in the development of cognition, emotion, percep- 
tion, motivation, and to the interaction of these processes. 

391 Industrial Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: Psych 161 or Psych 202. Study of psychological principles and 
techniques in industrial and business settings. Includes selection, placement, training, 
human factors, environmental influences, problems of people at work, and con- 
sumer behavior 


267 


Psychology 


408 Histoiy of Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: 12 upper division units in psychology or permission of instructor. 
Survey of the development of psychology from early times to the present. 

411 Human Learning onH Memory (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 302. Theoretical and experimental analysis of the acquisition, 
retention, and transfer of verbal and motor responses. Consideration of single vs. 
multiple memory storage systems and of the role of reward, information, and 
motivation in human learning. 

412 Psychology of Learning (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 302 or permission of instructor. Principles of learning ac- 
cording to the major theoretical systems. Critical evaluation of the theories and 
systems. 

413 Perception (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 303 or permission of instructor. Psychological problems in 
perception. 

415 Cognitive Processes (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 302, Psych 303 or Psych 304. Consideration of theory and 
research with respect to problem solving, thinking, concept learning, language, 
decision making and judgment, cognitive structure, cognitive development. 

431 Theories of Personality (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 331 or permission of instructor. Personality structure, devel- 
opment, and dynamics according to major theories. Research methods as they apply 
to personality theory. 

451 Experimental Social Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: Psych 161 or equivalent; Psych 202; and Psych 351. Study in depth 
of selected phenomena of social interaction and the nature of group processes 
and influences. Laboratory experience in experimental investigation of attitude for- 
mation and change; group processes such as communication, and problem-solv- 
ing and formation of norms; interpersonal processes of influence and perception. 
(2 hours lecture and 3 hours laboratory) 

461 Group Psychological Testing (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 161 or equivalent. Intelligence, aptitude, interest, and per- 
sonality testing. Theory, construction, evaluation, interpretation, and uses of psy- 
chological tests. 

465 Advanced Psychological 5tatistics (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 161 or permission of instructor. Quantitative methods in psy- 
chology with particular emphasis on correlation, small sample theory, nonpara- 
metrics and some complex analysis of variance procedures. 

471 Behavior Modification (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 302. An exposition and evaluation of theories and techniques 
for modifying behavior including operant conditioning methods. (2 hours lecture 
and 3 hours laboratory) 

481 Survey of Clinical Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: Psych 331, 341, and 461. Development and contemporary aspects 
of the field. Methods, diagnosis, therapeutic techniques, research, and problems. 


268 


Psychology 


499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of instructor. Individual library 
study or experimental investigation under direction of a staff member. May be 
repeated for credit. 

500 Advanced General Psychology (3) 

An integration of key concepts in learning, motivation, perception, personality 
and social psychology. 

510 Experimental Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Psych 161 and 465. Principles and methods of planning and carry- 
ing out systematic investigations on the behavior of complex organisms, interde- 
pendence of experimental design and statistical evaluation of results, and the oppor- 
tunity for practice in formulation of testable hypotheses. 

511 5eminar in Psychological Moasuremont (3) 

Logic and methodology of measurement in the areas of intelligence, personality, 
judgment, and attitudes: problems of test construction and validation. May be re- 
peated for credit. 

520 Seminar: Experimental Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing; Psych 465 and Psych 500. Study in depth of the 
data, methods, problems and current developments in sensation-perception; animal 
learning; human motor and verbal learning; thinking and problem solving; and 
motivation. May be repeated for credit. 

521 Seminar: Personality (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing; Psych 500. An intensive study of central prob- 
lems in personality. Intensive study current problems and theories in these areas. 
May be repeated for credit. 

523 Seminar: Comparative Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and permission of instructor. A study in depth 
of some aspect of animal behavior. Comparisons between species and biological 
determinants of behavior will be emphasized. May be repeated for credit. 

531 Individual Mental Testing (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 461. Study of the major tests of intelligence. Emphasis upon 
practical experience in administration, scoring, and interpretation of these instru- 
ments. 

551 5eminar: 5ocial Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and Psych 500, and either Psych 351 or permis- 
sion of instructor. An intensive study of central problems and major theories in 
the field of social psychology. May be repeated for credit . 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Prerequisites: formal admission to candidacy; permission of instructor. The 
writing of a thesis based on a major study or experiment in psychology. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and permission of instructor. Individual library 
study or experimental investigation under direction of a staff member. May be 
repeated for credit. 


269 


Russian 


RUSSIAN 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

101 Fundcimenfal Russian (5) 

Intensive practice in listening comprehension, speaking, reading and writing to 
develop control of the sounds and the basic forms and structure of Russian. Audio- 
lingual assignments are an integral part of the course and are to be prepared in the 
language laboratory. Conducted in Russian. 

102 Fundamental Russian (5) 

Prerequisite: Russian 101 or equivalent. Intensive practice in listening compre- 
hension, speaking, reading and writing to develop control of the sounds and the 
basic forms and structures of Russian. Audiojingual assignments are an integral 
part of the course and are to be prepared in the language laboratory. Conducted 
in Russian. 

203 Intarmodiata Russian (3) 

Prerequisite: Russian 102 or equivalent. Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading, and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. Conducted in Russian. 

204 Intormadiata Russian (3) 

Prerequisite: Russian 203 or equivalent. Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. Conducted in Russian. 

213 Intarmadiata Composition (2) 

Practice in written expression based on cultural and literary materials. May be 
taken concurrently with Russian 203. Required of all majors and minors at the 
intermediate level; optional to others. Conducted in Russian. 

214 Intormodiato Composition (2) 

Practice in written expression based on cultural and literary materials. May be 
taken concurrently with Russian 204. Required of all majors and minors at the 
intermediate level; optional to others. Conducted in Russian. 

303 Roadings in Sclontiflc Russian (3) 

Prerequisite: Russian 102 or equivalent. Readings reflecting a broad spectrum of 
writing in the physical and natural sciences and mathematics. Special attention given 
to the development of rapid reading for comprehension. Open only to Science and 
Mathematics majors. 

315 Introduction to Russian Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: Russian 204 or equivalent. Reading and discussion to develop a view 
of the Russian tradition (its social, intellectual and literary evolution) while at the 
same time strengthening facility with the language. Open to lower division 
students with consent of instructor. Cx)nducted in Russian. 

317 Advancod Convorsation and Composition (3) 

Prerequisite: Russian 204 or equivalent. Open to lower division students with 
the consent of the instructor. Designed to give the student special competence in the 
control of Russian as an instrument for free oral and written expression. ([k)nductcd 
in Russian. 


270 


Science Education 


375 introduction to Literary Forms (3) 

Prerequisite: Russian 317 or consent of instructor. An introduction to the princi- 
pal literary forms, prose fiction, poetry, drama and the essay and to the major con- 
cepts of literary techniques and criticism. Close analysis and interpretation of various 
texts to increase the student’s abilities in reading, language, and literary criticism. 
Conducted in Russian. 

400 Russian for Advanced Students and Teachers (3) 

Prerequisite: Russian 317 or consent of instructor. Intensive review of spoken 
Russian, while developing the student’s powers of self-expression in the spoken 
and written language. Modem writings in various fields, as well as developments 
in methodology and texts, serve as the basis for intensive practice. Conducted in 
Russian. 

4^1 Early Russian Literaturo (3) 

Prerequisite: Russian 315 or consent of instructor. Evolution of Russian litera- 
ture from the medieval ecclesiastic traditions and transition to Baroque and 
Classicism. French and German influence on the 18th century. Transition to 
Romanticism and the beginnings of Realism. Conducted in Russian. 

441 The Works of Tolstoy and Dostoevsky (3) 

Prerequisite: Russian 315 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Major works 
of Tolstoy and Dostoevsky in their intellectual and historical setting and their 
impact on Russian and world literature. Conducted in Russian. 

451 The Golden Age of Russian Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. A study of major literary works of the first 
half of the 19th century which exemplify cultural and intellectual movements in 
Russia. Conducted in Russian. 

461 Russian Literature from 1917 (3) 

Prerequisite: Russian 315 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Representative 
works of outstanding modem Russian writers with an emphasis on The Nobel Prize 
winners (M. Sholokhov and B. Pasternak). Analysis and discussion of their prose 
and poetry in the light of the social problems of present-day Russia. Conducted in 
Russian. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised projects in Russian language or literature to be taken with the con- 
sent of the instructor and department chairman. May be repeated for credit. 

SCIENCE EDUCATION 

(Offered by the Department of Science and Mathematics Education) 

310 Elementary Experimental Science (3) 

Prerequisite: Completion of general education natural science requirements or 
consent of insmictor. A laboratory centered course in the physical sciences appro- 
priate for prospective elementary schoolteachers and other youth workers. The 
course covers, by both lectures and laboratory investigations, selected content 
areas from the fields of chemistry, physics, geology, oceanography, astronomy, and 
meteorology that are commonly found in elementary school science programs. 
Heavy emphasis is placed on laboratory and field investigations of a kind adaptable 
for children. This course may not be used to fulfill General Education require- 
ments nor is it appropriate for science majors. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 


271 


Science Education 


402 Biological Preparations (2) 

Prerequisite: Upper division standing with a major or minor in biology. An 
introduction to the problems and practices of preparing materials for teaching and 
research in biology. May include collection and preparation of whole organism 
specimens, histological specimens and media for characterization of microorganisms. 
(Same as Bio. Sci. 402) (6 hours laboratory per week) 

434 Elementary School Science-^New Curricula (3) 

Prerequisites: Sci Educ 310 (or equivalent) or consent of instructor. The content, 
philosophy and techniques of the new curricula for elementary science courses 
are studied. At present the course is designed to prepare teachers for the AAAS 
process approach to elementary science. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

442 Teaching Science in the Secondary School (2) 

Prerequisites: Education 340, Education 311, admission to teacher education, 
senior standing or consent of the instructor. The student who has not had teaching 
experience must register concurrently in Education 449. See page 148 under Second- 
ary Education for description of Standard Teaching Credential program. Objec- 
tives, methods, and materials including audiovisual instruction for teaching science 
will be studied. Developing and using lesson plans, discussions, laboratory activities, 
etc., will be experienced during the course. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

443 Secondary Science Education— Biology (3) 

Prerequisites: Sci Educ 442 (or equivalent) or consent of the instructor. Educa- 
tional practices particular to the teaching of biology are studied. Special emphasis 
is placed on recent curricular developments in this area. Presently the course is 
designed to instruct teachers in the theory, content and methodology developed 
by the Biological Sciences Curriculum Study (BSCS). (2 hours lecture, 2 hours 
activity) 

444 Secondary Science Education— Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Sci Educ 442 (or equivalent) or consent of the instructor. Similar 
to Sci Educ 443 with the emphasis on chemistry. Presently the course is oriented 
around the programs developed by the Chemical Educational Materials Study 
(CHEMS) and the Chemical Bond Approach (CBA) to teaching chemistry. Needs 
of participating teachers will determine which program will be emphasized. (2 
hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

446 Secondary Science Education— Earth Science (3) 

Prerequisites: Sci Educ 442 (or equivalent) or consent of the instructor. The 
content, philosophy, and techniques of teaching earth science on the secondary 
level are studied. This course is designed to prepare teachers in the theory, content 
and methodology in the earth science course developed by the Earth Science 
Curriculum Project (ESCP). (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

461 Developmont of Scienco and Technology (3) 

(Same as Interdisciplinary Center 461) 

470 Evolution of Scientific Ideas (3) 

Prerequisites: Upper division or graduate standing with a major or minor in one 
of the sciences or consent of the instructor. A study of how some of our currently 
held scientific concepts have evolved. Emphasis on the essential inter-relatedness of 
the various scientific disciplines and their relation to contemporary cultural and 
intellectual influences. 


272 


Sociology 


499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Study of some special topic in science education, selected in consultation with the 
instructor and carried out under his supervision. May be repeated for credit. 

710 Seminar in Science Education (2) 

Prerequisites: an A.B. degree, teaching credential, or consent of instructor. 
Designed for postgraduate science students who wish to investigate recent develop- 
ments in teaching the sciences. New courses and materials for the various subject 
matter fields will be researched and demonstrated. Areas of concentration will 
depend on interests and training of the seminar participants. May be repeated for 
credit. 

749 Student Teaching in Science in the Secondary School and Seminar (6) 

See page 312 for description and prerequisites. 

760A,B Earth Science for Secondary School Teachers (3^3) 

Prerequisites: Valid secondary school credential or consent of instructor. The 
course covers the theory, content and methodology of new Earth Science Cur- 
riculum Project (EISCP) course for secondary school earth science. The course 
is designed for practicing teachers of earth science. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours 
activity) 

799 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Valid teaching credential or consent of instructor. Study of some 
special topic in science education, selected in consultation with the instructor and 
carried out under his supervision. May be ref>eated for credit. 

SOCIOLOGY 

201 Introduction to Sociology (3) 

A general introduction to the basic concepts of sociology, and the scientific study 
of human society. Among topics included are social interaction, culture, personality, 
social processes, population, social class, the community, social institutions, and 
sociocultural change. 

202 Social Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Study of the extent, causes and consequences of a 
number of social problems, with emphasis on 20th-century America. Problems are 
viewed in the context of the changing society. 

331 A Social Research Methods (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201 or consent of the department. Research design and 
methods of gathering data, especially by interview and questionnaire, are empha- 
sized. Among other topics are the role of theory in research, and sampling methods 
and problems. 

331 B Social Research Methods (3) 

Prerequisites: Sociology 201, 331A, or consent of the department. Elementary 
statistical analysis of social data is emphasized, with some consideration of prob- 
lems of measurement and of the writing of research reports. (2 hours lecture, 2 
hours activity) 

341 Social Interaction (3) 

Prerequisites: Sociology 201 and 3 units of psychology. Inquiry into the social 
and sociopsychological dimensions of group behavior and the socialization of the 


273 


Sociology 


individual. Social interacrion and its impact on the individual and personality 
formation. 

348 Collective Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Characteristics of crowds, mobs, publics. Analysis of 
social movements and revolutions, their relation to social unrest and their role in 
developing and changing social organization. 

361 Population Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Population composition, growth and movement. 
Social factors affecting birth rates, death rates, and migration. Attention is gjiven 
to the population of the United States and to selected areas of the world. 

371 Urban Sociology (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. The population and ecology, patterns of growth, 
institutions, characteristic social interaction, values, and problems of the urban 
community. 

41 1 Criminology (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. The extent, causes and control of criminal behavior. 
Includes study of the criminal law, causal factors and theories, correctional insti- 
tutions, probation and parole, and preventive efforts. 

413 Juvenile Delinquency (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Juvenile delinquency as a social problem. Sociological 
study of the causes of delinquent behavior, and programs of control, treatment and 
prevention. 

425 Comparative Social Change (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Comparative analysis of changing community, insti- 
tutional, technological, and social class patterns in selected societies, with emphasis 
on differences between “developed” and developing areas. 

431 Minority Group Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Study of racial, national and religious minorities, 
especially in the United States. Includes study of discrimination, prejudice, different 
patterns of intergroup adjustment, and attempts to change group status. 

436 Social Stratification (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Social class structures and their functions. Different 
styles of life; determinants of class status; vertical social mobility; change in class 
systems. 

451 Sociology of the Family (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. The family as a social institution. Historical and 
cross-cultural perspectives; social change affecting marriage and the family; anal- 
ysis of American courtship and marriage patterns; the psychodynamics of fam- 
ily life. 

454 Sociology of Aging <3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Analysis of aging as a social process, with emphasis 
on sociological theories of aging, problems of adjustment, demographic changes and 
policy issues. 


274 


Sociology 


458 Sociology of Religion (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Theoretical analysis of religion as a social institu- 
tion in complex societies. The structure and functioning of religious organizations; 
roles and role relationships; types of religious organizations and leadership; the 
relationships of religion to other social institutions; religion and social change. 

460 Comparative Institutions: Latin America (3) 

Prerequisites: Sociology 201. Comparative study of Latin American institutions 
(familiah economic, religious, political, military). Analytic emphasis on institutional 
structures and processes; relationship of institutions to each other and the larger 
society. 

463 Political Sociology (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Theoretical perspectives; nature of power and au- 
thority; social structure and political institutions; elites and decision-making; social 
influences on political behavior; political movements. 

465 Law and Society (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. The law and lawyers in the context of human so- 
ciety. Law as formal social control, variations in legal systems, social change and 
selected areas of law, the legal profession. 

470 Sociology of Occupations (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Sociological analysis of work roles in technologically 
advanced societies. Career patterns, occupational recruitment, job mobility, organ- 
izational demands. The nature and development of the professions, their ideologies 
and images. 

473 Complex Organizations (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Sociological analysis of formal organizations (indus- 
trial, governmental, welfare, military, medical, educational, correctional, etc.) as 
systems of social interaction. Includes such topics as blueprinted vs. informal struc- 
ture, authority, decision-making, role conflicts, communication and morale. 

477 Social Organization (3) 

Prerequisites: Sociology 201; six upper division sociology units, or consent. 
Theories of social organization and the structure of various social groups are 
analyzed, with a comparative analysis of social structures and systems. Tlie various 
levels of groups are discussed and interrelated. 

479 Concepts and Fields of Sociology (3) 

Prerequisites: Sociology 201 and nine upper division units in sociology. Analysis 
of theoretical and methodological problems of major sociological concepts. The use 
of these concepts in selected fields, and research findings, will be emphasized. 

480 Analysis of Social Philosophy (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. The analysis of pre-20th century explanations of 
man’s behavior and interpretations of the human condition. (Considerable attention 
is given to the articulation of changing historical conditions and alternative phi- 
losophies. 

481 Sociological Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201 and consent of the department. A comprehensive 
survey of the main schools of sociological thought, both European and American, 
with emphasis on systems of theory, methodology of theorists, cultural change, and 
social institutions. 


275 


Sociology 


482 Sociology of Knowledge (3) 

The analysis and study of frames of reference and beliefs systems in everyday 
life, and their relationship to social structure, decision processes, and social change. 

499 Independent Study (1—3) 

Prerequisites: At least 12 hours of sociology and consent of the adviser. Student 
selects an individual research project, either library or field. There are conferences 
with the adviser as necessary, and the work culminates in one or more papers. May 
be repeated for credit. 

501 Seminar: Selected Topics in Societal Structure and Process (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Analysis of a specialization within the study 
of society such as: socialization and personality; deviance; social change; institu- 
tional structure and process. It is possible for this course to be repeated if the 
topic is different. 

511 Seminar in Crime and Delinquency (3) 

Prerequisites: either Sociology 411 or 413, or consent of the department. Analysis 
of selected problems in the field of crime and delinquency with major emphasis 
upon independent investigation into the theoretical and research contributions on 
the causes, prevention and treatment of criminal and delinquent behavior. 

531 Methods and Measurements in Sociology (3) 

Prerequisites: Sociology 331 A, 33 IB, or their equivalents, or consent of the de- 
partment. A critical analysis of basic problems of social research. Casual inferences, 
value bias, and measurement, especially the construction of scales. 

533 Seminar in Intergroup Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 431 or consent of the department. Analysis of relations 
among ethnic, racial and religious groups throughout the world. Analysis of 
processes leading to, sustaining, and associated with changes in relations among 
such groups. 

536 Seminar in Social Stratification (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 436 or consent of the department. Analysis of stratifica- 
tion in industrial societies. Emphasis on theory and methods, and on international 
comparisons. Analysis of factors leading to social class, the persistence of class 
divisions, class conflict and social change, and the effects of class on behavior. 

541 Seminar in Social Interaction (3) 

Prerequisites: Sociology 341 or consent of the department. Advanced social- 
psychological study of social interaction, including sociological factors in person- 
ality development and analysis of primary group behavior. 

573 Seminar in Large Organizations (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 473 or consent of the department. The analysis of 
large organizations, their structural and operating characteristics and the rela- 
tionships between the organization and its members. 

577 Seminar in Social Organization (3) 

Prerequisites: Sociology 477 or its equivalent and consent of the department. 
A critical treatment of various theoretical approaches to the analysis of social 
organization. Specific areas of social organization. 


276 


Spanish 


581 Analysis of Sociological Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: Sociology 481 or equivalent and consent of the department. Exam- 
ination of the basic elements and key problems in constructing a systematic socio- 
logical theory. A detailed, comprehensive and critical analysis of selected theo- 
retical works. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisites: acceptance as a candidate for the M.A. in sociology, and approval 
of the topic. Individual research under supervision, reported in a thesis, and de- 
fended in an oral examination conducted by a faculty committee. Must be taken 
2 semesters for a total of six units. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1—3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the graduate adviser, and the department. Individual 
research on either a library or empirical project, with conferences with the adviser 
as necessary, culminating in one or more papers. May be repeated for credit. 

SPANISH 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

101 Fundamental Spanish (5) 

Intensive practice in listening comprehension, speaking, reading and writing to 
develop control of the sounds and the basic forms and structure of Spanish. Audio- 
lingual assignments are an integral part of the course and are to be prepared in 
the language laboratory. C)onducted in Spanish. 

102 Fundamental Spanish (5) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 101 or equivalent. Intensive practice in listening comprehen- 
sion, speaking, reading and writing to develop control of the sounds and the basic 
forms and structure of Spanish. Audiolingual assignments are an integral part of 
the course and are to be prepared in the language laboratory. Conducted in 
Spanish. 

203 Intermediate Spanish (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or equivalent. Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. Conducted in Spanish. 

204 Intermediate Spanish (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 203 or equivalent. Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading, and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. Conducted in Spanish. 

213 Intermediate Composition (2) 

Practice in written expression based on cultural and literary materials. May be 
taken concurrently with Spanish 203. Required of all majors and minors at the 
intermediate level; optional to others. Conducted in Spanish. 

214 Intermediate Composition (2) 

Practice in written expression based on cultural and literary materials. May be 
taken concurrently with Spanish 204. Required of all majors and minors at the 
intermediate level; optional to others. Conducted in Spanish. 

315 Introduction to Spanish Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 204 or equivalent. Readings and discussions in Spanish lit- 
erature, arts and institutions to develop insights into Spanish culture, while strength- 


277 


Spanish 


ening facility with the language. Open to lower division students with the consent 
of the instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

316 Introduction to Sponish-Americon Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 204 or equivalent. Reading and discussion in Spanish-Amer- 
ican literature, arts and institutions to develop insights into Spanish-American 
literature and culture while strengthening facility with the language. Open to 
lower division students with the consent of the instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

317 Advanced Conversation and Composition (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 204 or equivalent. Open to lower division students with the 
consent of the instructor. Designed to give the student special competence in the 
control of Spanish as an instrument for free oral and written expression. Conducted 
in Spanish. 

375 Introduction to Literary Forms (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 317 or consent of instructor. An introduction to the principal 
literary forms, prose fiction, poetry, drama and the essay and to the major concepts 
of the literary techniques and criticism. Close analysis and interpretation of various 
texts to increase the student’s abilities in reading, language, and literary criticism. 
Conducted in Spanish. 

399 Spanish Phonetics (1) 

Prerequisite: Junior standing and consent of instructor. Detailed analysis of 
students’ specific problems in pronunciation followed by intensive work in class 
and the language laboratory until articulatory proficiency is achieved. May be 
repeated for credit. Conducted in Spanish. 

400 Spanish for Advanced Students and Teachers (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 317 or consent of instructor. Intensive study of spoken 
Spanish, while developing the student’s powers of self-expression in the spoken 
and written language. Conducted in Spanish. 

431 The Golden Age (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 315 or consent of instructor. Major works including Mys- 
ticism, the Picaresque and Pastoral Novels, the theater of Lope de Vega and his 
contemporaries. Conducted in Spanish. 

440 Spanish-American Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 316 or consent of instructor. Spanish-American Literature 
from The Conquest to 1888. Conducted in Spanish. 

441 Spanish-American Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 316 or consent of instructor. Spanish-American Literature 
from modermsvto to the present. Conducted in Spanish. 

451 Spanish Literature to the Golden Age (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 315 or consent of instructor. Cantar de Mio Cid and other 
epic poetry, the early ballads and lyric literature, the prose of Juan Manuel, the 
Renaissance lyrics of Garcilaso de la Vega, El libro de buen cnnor and La Celes- 
tina. Conducted in Spanish. 

461 Spanish Literature Since Neoclassicism (3) 

Representative works of the 19th and 20th centuries. Analysis of romanticism, 
eclecticism, naturalism and realism. Conducted in Spanish. 


278 


Spanish 


466 Introduction to Spanish Linguistics (3) 

The analytical procedures of general linguistics as applied to Spanish, with 
special attention to structural contrasts between Spanish and English. Emphasis 
on the application of linguistic analysis to the teaching of modem foreign lan- 
guages. 

472 Senior Seminar: Cervantes and the Age of Humanism (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 431 or consent of instructor. Cervantes’ artistic creation and 
its relation to the culture of the 16th century. Special emphasis on Don Quixote and 
the Novelas ejemplares. Conducted in Spanish. 

475 Senior Seminar: Contemporary Literature of Spain (3) 

The Generation of ’98 and 20th-century theater, poetry and novel. Conducted 
in Spanish. 

499 Independent Study (1—3) 

Supervised research projects in Spanish language or literature to be taken with 
the consent of the instructor and department chairman. May be repeated for 
credit. 

500 Graduate Seminar: Advanced Structure and Style (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

510 Graduate Seminar: Phonology (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 466 or consent of instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

530 Graduate Seminar: Historical Linguistics (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 466 or consent of instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

556 Graduate Seminar: Spanish Poetry (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

557 Graduate Seminan Spanish-American Poetry (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

567 Graduate Seminar: Spanish-American Novel (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

571 Graduate Seminar: Spanish Prose (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

575 Graduate Seminar: Spanish Drama (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

576 Graduate Seminar: Major Writers (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. May be repeated for credit. Conducted in 
Spanish. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Prerequisite: recommendation of student’s graduate committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1—3) 

Prerequisite: Fluency in Spanish and consent of instructor. Supervised research 
projects in Spanish language or literature. May be repeated for credit. 


279 


Speech 


SPEECH 

101 Introduction to Oral Communication (3) 

Provides the student with a basic understanding of the principles of rhetoric and 
oral communication, including listening, as well as with experiences in such activi- 
ties as discussion, oral reading, and public speaking. 

138 Forensics (2) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101. Investigation and practice in the background, format, 
procedures, and evaluation criteria of the various forensic events. Students must 
participate in at least two intercollegiate tournaments. May be repeated for credit. 
(More than 6 hours for each unit of credit.) 

202 Voice and Diction (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101. Lecture: Introductory study of voice and speech sound 
articulation processes and characteristics from the point of view of the speech 
sciences. Laboratory: Student works toward development of flexibility in his own 
voice and articulation patterns. 

204 Language in Human Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101 or equivalent. A basic study of General Semantics with 
emphasis upon how the use of language affects intra- and inter-personal communi- 
cation. 

211 Introduction to Oral Interpretation (3) 

(Same as Drama 211.) 

231 Advanced Oral Communication (3) 

Prerequisites: Speech 101, a high school course in speech, or consent of in- 
structor. The composition and delivery of talks to inform and to persuade. Logical 
organization and substantive development are stressed. 

235 Essentials of Argumentation and Debate (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101 or 231. Investigation of the forms and skills of debate 
in our society. Use of evidence and case construction are emphasized. Parlia- 
mentary, symposium, and academic debate are considered. 

301 Speech for Teachers (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101 or graduate standing. This course is designed to help 
teachers to use speech and dramatized activities effectively in the classroom. The 
normal speech development of children is examined, and consideration is given 
to the identification and handling of speech, hearing, and listening problems. 

303 Effective Listening (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101 or equivalent. An examination of listening as a principal 
form in oral communication. Theory, self-development, and procedures by which 
principles can be learned. Attention will be paid to the practices of teaching of 
listening in the public schools. Especial emphasis will be placed on the need of 
listening in leadership positions. 

311 Oral Interpretation (3) 

(Same as Drama 311.) 

324 Dynamics of Small Group Discussion (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101. Study and practice of the principles of group dynamics, 
interpersonal communication, and the process by which individuals work effec- 


280 


Speech 

tively in the solution of problems, share ideas, and become sensitive to the en- 
vironment in which they work with others. 

333 Oral Communications in Business and Industry (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101. The nature and scope of internal oral communications 
in business and industry, with a view toward management’s responsibility in over- 
coming the barriers to effective communication. Particular emphasis is given to the 
interview, conference, and briefing sessions. 

334 Persuasive Speaking (3) 

Prerequisite: 231 or equivalent. Investigation of the problems and techniques 
of a series of speeches directed toward a predetermined goal: emphasis on pro- 
gressive use of persuasive materials. 

335 Advanced Argumentation (3) 

Prerequisite: 235. Argument as applied to advocacy; special attention is given 
to logic and evidence as related to analysis of significant issues. 

338 Intercollegiate Forensics (2) 

Directed activity in debate and other forensic events. Participation in intercol- 
legiate competition is required for credit. May be repeated for credit. (More than 
6 hours for each unit of credit.) 

340 Speech Science (3) 

.Prerequisite: Speech 101. Anatomy and physiology of the speech mechanism 
with emphasis on respiration, phonation, resonance, articulation, and hearing; the 
physical and acoustical aspects of the speech process. 

341 Introduction to Phonetics (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101 or graduate standing. The study of the history and 
theory of speech sounds including the morphological aspect of linguistics; the 
use of the International Phonetic Alphabet; the various factors influencing articu- 
lation and pronunciation. (Same as Drama 341, Linguistics 341.) 

342 Survey of Problems in Communication (3) 

To acquaint the undergraduate student with the subject matter and vocational 
opportunities, and principles of speech pathology and audiology. Covered will be 
the role of school personnel, classes of speech and hearing disorders, incidence, 
speech development and barriers to the normal acquisition of speech. Observation, 
lecture, films and demonstrations will be extensively utilized. 

402 Phonetic Analysis of Speech (3) 

Prerequisite: 341. Intermediate level course in phonetics which introduces 
student to narrow transcriptions, the electromechanical analysis of speech, and 
laboratory techniques in physiological phonetics. Special selected problems in the 
anatomy and physiology of speech as related to problems of physiological and 
acoustic analysis. (Same as Linguistics 402.) 

403 Speech and Language Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101 or graduate standing. Study of linguistic development 
and the psychological aspects of oral communication. Meets the language and 
speech development and disorders requirement for specialized preparation to serve 
as teachers of exceptional children. 

404 General Semantics (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101 or graduate standing. An examination of the basic 
principles underlying the influence of language on human action and interaction. 


281 


Speech 


424 Discussion and Group Leadership (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 324 is recommended. The principles and practices of leader- 
ship of groups in discussion. Survey of classical and modem backgrounds and uses 
of discussion. The logic and ethics of problem-solving discussion. The use of 
discussion as a means of public presentation. 

433 British Public Address (3) 

Prerequisite: six units of upper division speech. A rhetorical study of the times, 
issues, proofs, structure, and style of selected speeches on British political, social, 
and religious topics. 

434 American Public Address (3) 

Prerequisite: six units of upper division speech. A rhetorical history of the United 
States from the colonial period to the present. The influence of selected speeches 
and speakers on the development of American culture. 

436 Survey of Rhetoric (3) 

Prerequisite: six units of upper division speech. A survey of ancient, medieval 
and modem rhetoric. 

438 Principles of Rhetorical Criticism (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 436. Principles for describing, interpreting and evaluating 
speech, developed through analysis of contemporary forensic, deliberative and 
ceremonial speeches. Consideration of various critical systems. Intensive practice in 
writing rhetorical criticisms. 

441 Speech Pathology: Nonorganic Disorders (3) 

Prerequisites: Speech 101 or graduate standing; Speech 341 and Speech 342. Speech 
pathology with special emphasis on the identification of the most commonly 
experienced speech problems of a nonorganic nature, such as, articulation, stutter- 
ing, voice-delayed development, areas of mental retardation, and emotional prob- 
lems of children; basic principles of therapy in the clinic and in the classroom; 
parent conferences and referrals. 

443 Speech Pathology: Organic Disorders (3) 

Prerequisites: Speech 340, 341, 342. Etiologies, evaluation, and treatment of 
speech defects of an organic nature (cleft palate, cerebral palsy, aphasia, voice, 
hearing, dental abnormakies and laryngectomy). 

444 Theory of Persuasion (3) 

Prerequisite: six units of upper division speech. The study and application of 
psychological principles used by writers and speakers to effect social control: 
audience analysis and the use of persuasive techniques to influence the thought and 
behavior; the function of ethos. 

451 Diagnostic Methods in Speech and Hearing (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 342 or concurrent registration in Speech 342 or consent of 
insmictor. Provides the student with information about various diagnostic pro- 
cedures that can be used by him and in consultation with members of related 
disciplines: psychologist, pediatrician, otologist, orthodontist, neurologist. 

452 Therapeutic Procedures in Speech and Hearing (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 342 or concurrent registration in Speech 342 or consent of 
instmctor. Observation and supervised experience in recommended procedures and 
use of instructional aids with speech-handicapped children, including the prepara- 
tion and utilization of speech correction and speech improvement materials. (2 
hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 


282 


Speech 


458 Clinical Practice (3) 

Prerequisites: 441 or 443, or concurrent registration in one of the courses and 
approved application for clinical practice. Practice in the correction of speech in 
children and adults under supervision. 

463 Audiology (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. The nature of auditory functioning, physical 
and psychological. A detailed consideration of the anatomy of the auditory mech- 
anism, pathological changes and medical treatment. A survey of the rehabilitation 
facilities for the aurally handicapped; e.g. agencies, hearing aids, auditory training, 
speech reading, language development, etc. 

464 Audiometry (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 342. Equipment, principles, methods and procedures used 
in conducting school and industrial hearing conservation programs. Attention is 
given to techniques of audiometric testing and the use of audiograms. Care and use 
of audiometers, both air-conduction and bone-conduction. Partially fulfills the state 
requirements for public school audiometrist. 

465 Spoech Reading and Auditory Training (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 341 or consent of instructor. Historical backgrounds of lip- 
reading, methods used in visual reading of speech, and the techniques commonly 
used in the teaching of speech reading to the aurally handicapped. 

499 Independent Study (1—3) 

Open to advanced students in speech with the consent of the department chair- 
man. May be repeated for credit. 

500 Seminar in Speech Research (3) 

Introduction to methodological problems in graduate study. Location of source 
materials, including library and original data; research and project design. 

503 Seminar in Communication Theory (3) 

Critical analysis of the background, theory, research, and applications of the 
process of communication. 

511 Graduate Seminar in Interpretation (3) 

(Same as Drama 511.) 

524 Seminar in Discussion (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 324 or 424, or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Analysis 
of significant literature, major trends, and theories of argumentation, discussion, 
and debate, and an intensive study of the relationship of these areas to each other. 

535 Seminar in Argumentotion (3) 

Prerequisites: Speech 335; Speech 436 and Speech 444 recommended. Issues in 
development of argumentation theory: an examination of periodical literature 
and prominent texts. 

536 Seminar in Rhetorical Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 436 or consent of instructor. Analysis of major rhetorical 
treatises, 400 B.C. to A.D. 1800. 

543 Seminar: Mofer Problems in Speech Pathology and Audiology (3) 

Selected problems in speech pathology and audiology approached through an 
investigation of the literature and clinical research. 


283 


Speech Education 


557 A-l Seminar in Speech Pathology (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 441 and 443. May be repeated for a total of 16 units, but 
no individual seminar may be repeated for credit: A, cleft palate; B, stuttering; 
C, aphasia; D, cerebral palsy; E, aphasoid child; F, voice disorders; G, articulation 
problems; H, mentally retarded; I, Advanced Diagnostics. 

558A,B,C Advanced ainical Practice (2,2,2) 

Prerequisite: Speech 458 or equivalent. Advanced clinical practice with children 
and adults, having communication problems encountered in professional setting 
such as the college clinic, public schools, hospitals, crippled children clinics, etc. 
Students will work with clients with disorders of voice, deafness, aphasia, dysarth- 
ria, stuttering. May be repeated for credit. 

563 Seminar in Audiology (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 463, 464, or consent of instructor. Investigation into a partic- 
ular area or areas of audiology with selected problems. Emphasis is upon research 
and contributions within the framework of the seminar. 

597A,B,C Profect (2,2,2) 

The conduct and reporting of an approved project. 

598A,B,C Thesis (2,2,2) 

Prerequisite: Speech 5(X). The selection, investigation, and written presentation 
of a selected problem in the field of speech. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1—3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and consent of chairman. Open to graduate 
students with permission of chairman of department. May be repeated for credit. 

SPEECH EDUCATION 

442 Teaching Speech in the Secondary School (2) 

Prerequisites: Education 311, Education 340, Admission to Teacher Education, 
senior standing or consent of the instructor. The student who has not had teaching 
experience must register concurrently in Education 449. See page 158 under Second- 
ary Education for description of standard teaching credential program. Objectives, 
methods, and materials for teaching speech in secondary schools. Required, 
before student teaching, of students presenting majors in speech for the standard 
teaching credential. 

459 Clinical Practice and Student Teaching in Speech Correction and 
Lip Reading (4) 

Prerequisites: Education 311 and 24 units in the area of speech and hearing 
handicapped children in the public schools. Experiences include working in small 
groups and in individual therapy sessions with speech and hearing handicapped 
children enrolled in regular school classes, participation in parent counseling 
conferences and conferences with school personnel including administrators, 
classroom teachers, and nurses. Planning of curriculum materials to integrate 
speech and hearing therapy with regular classroom instruction will be stressed. 
This meets the directed teaching requirements for the credential to teach speech 
and hearing handicapped in remedial classes. 

749 Student Teaching in Speech in the Secondary School and Seminar (6) 

See page 312 for description and prerequisites. 


284 


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 
AND ECONOMICS 


ACCOUNTING 

201 A,B Elementary Accounting (3/3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201 A must be taken before taking Accounting 201B. 
Accounting concepts and techniques essential to the administration of a business 
enterprise; analyzing and recording financial transactions; preparation of financial 
statements; analysis and interpretation of financial statements; introduction to man- 
ufacturing accounts and reports. 

300 Accounting Fundamentals (3) (Open only to graduate students) 

The basic fundamentals of accounting as they apply to the accumulation, organ- 
ization, and interpretation of financial and quantitative data relevant to the activi- 
ties of the corporate business enterprise. 

301 A,B Intermediate Accounting (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201 B. The quantification, recording, and presentation 
of balance sheet and income statement items with particular emphasis on the cor- 
porate type of organization; statement of application of funds; cash flow statement; 
basic concepts of accounting theory; interpretation of financial statements. 

302 Cost Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201 B. The development of accounting information for 
management of manufacturing enterprises; cost records; cost behavior and alloca- 
tion; standard costs; and an introduction to cost control. 

303 Governmental Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: one course in accounting. A consideration of the accounts and 
reports of nonprofit institutions, municipalities, state and federal governments; 
organization, procedures, budgets. 

304 Managerial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201B. This course is intended for students whose area of 
concentration is not accounting. Analysis, interpretation, and application of ac- 
counting information for managerial decision making; budgets and budgetary con- 
trol; special-purpose feports; differential cost analyses. 

307 Distribution Costs (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 20 IB and Marketing 351. The development of quanti- 
tative measures for marketing activity; costs of distributing through different chan- 
nels of distribution, advertising vs. personal selling, and movement activities; devel- 
opment of sales budgets, standard costs, and the analysis of actual performance in 
the light of budgets and standards. (Same as Marketing 307.) 

308 Federal Income Tax (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201B. Basic consideration of the history, theory, and 
accounting aspects of federal income taxation. 


285 


Accounting 


401 Advanced Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 301B. A study of partnerships, statements for special 
purposes, receiverships, consolidated financial statements, branch accounting and 
foreign exchange. 

402 Auditing (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 301B and 302. Nature of an audit, auditing standards 
and procedures, audit reports; professional ethics and responsibilities of the inde- 
pendent public accountant; introduction to internal auditing. 

406 Cost Control (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 302. A study of current and persistent problems in cost 
accounting; theories of cost allocation and absorption; flexible budgeting; responsi- 
bility accounting; and distribution cost control. 

407 Integrated Data Processing Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 201B or 300 and Quant Meth 264 or 265. Integrated 
systems for the collection, processing, and transmission of information; aspects 
of the information service function; feasibility studies; case studies of operating 
systems. 

408 Problems in Taxation (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 308. Research in problems of taxation with emphasis 
on income taxes as they relate to corporations, partnerships and fiduciaries. 

409 C.P.A. Problems and Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 401, or consent of the instructor. Selected problems and 
questions as found in the uniform C.P.A. examination; preparation, analysis and 
revision of financial statements; assets, liabilities and ownership equities; income 
determination; cost accounting; governmental and institutional accounting; ac- 
counting theory. 

499 Independent Study (3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing and approval by the department chai^an. Open 
to qualified undergraduate students desiring to pursue directed independent in- 
quiry. May be repeated for credit. 

500 Industrial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 20 IB, or 300, graduate standing and consent of the 
instructor. Accounting information for industrial management; elements of manu- 
facturing cost; cost systems; standard costs; cost reports; distribution cost analysis. 

501 Seminar in Administrative Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 302, or 304, or 500, graduate standing and consent 
of the instructor. Accounting, financial, and other quantitative data for managerial 
decision-making; long-term and short-term profit planning; budgetary control; 
cost analysis and special reports; financial analysis and planning; the financial and 
taxation aspects of business decisions. 

502 5eminar in Accounting Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 301B, graduate standing and consent of the instructor. 
The concepts and theory of accounting; the effects of professional, governmental 
business, and social forces on the evolution of accounting theory. 

503 5eminar in Contemporary Financial Accounting Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 502. A critical examination of the current problems 
and areas of controversy in financial accounting. 


286 


Business Administration 


504 Seminar in Contemporary Managerial Accounting Problems (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 500 or Accounting 302, graduate standing and consent 
of the instructor. A critical examination of the current problems and areas of 
controversy in managerial accounting. 

505 Seminar in Auditing (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 402 and graduate standing. Auditing theory and prac- 
tices; professional ethics; auditing standards; SEC and stock exchange regulations; 
auditor’s legal liability; statement trends and techniques. 

597 Project (3) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. Student will 
select and have approved a thesis topic, show evidence of original research, and 
must present himself for a defense of the thesis before a faculty committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing, the consent of the instructor, and approval by 
the department chairman. Open to qualified graduate students desiring to pursue 
independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

497 Business and Economic Research (3) 

Prerequisite: Bus. Ad. core, senior standing, and consent of instructor. For ad- 
vanced students who wish to investigate business and economic problems in spe- 
cialized areas. Application of research methods: selection and identification of a 
problem, determining a method of approach, collection and analysis of relevant 
data, eliciting conclusions and solutions. 

595 Modern Capitalism (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing and consent of instructor. The changing role of 
capitalism and its control in the United States, European countries and Japan. The 
trends as to Government policy and action, relative to private ownership and co- 
ordinated economic planning. 

ECONOMICS 

100A Principles of Economics (3) (Formerly 2(X)B) 

The first half of a two-semester sequence. An introduction to the principles and 
analysis of economic policy. Emphasizes economic stability and growth and the 
role of public policy. 

100B Principles of Economics (3) (Formerly 200A) 

The second half of a two-semester sequence. Continuation of an introduction to 
the principles of economic analysis and policy including the central problem of 
scarcity. Emphasizes resource allocation and income distribution, international 
economics, comparative economic systems, and the role of public policy. 

200 Principles of Economics (5) 

Prerequisite: open only to junior transfers. (Duplicates lOOA-B. An introduction 
to the principles of economic analysis and policy including the central problem of 
scarcity, basic economic institutions of the United States, resource allocation and 
income distribution, economic stability and growth, and the role of public policy. 


287 


Economies 

201 The American Economy (3) 

A survey of the basic economic concepts and processes of a private enterprise 
economy. Included is a consideration of such topics as resource allocation, income 
distribution, problems of economic stability and growth and the appropriate role 
of government in a private enterprise society. Not open to students majoring in 
business administration and economics. 

300 Basic Economics (3) (Open only to graduate students) 

A concentrated study of the principles of economic analysis and policy and the 
basic economic institutions of the United States. 

310 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory (3) (Formerly 302) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100A,B, or 200 or equivalent. A therotical formulation 
of the principles of the determination of prices and output of goods and productive 
services in a market system. 

320 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory (3) (Formerly 303) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100A,B, or 200 or equivalent. A theoretical formulation 
of the principles of the determination of the level and fluctuations in real and 
money income, and the forces underlying economic growth. 

323 American Economic History (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100A,B, or 2(X) or equivalent. The development of 
American economic institutions with special emphasis on economic problems, eco- 
nomic growth, and economic welfare. 

330 Comparative Economic Systems (3) (Formerly 403) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100A,B, or 200 or equivalent. An analytical comparison 
of unplanned and planned systems of economic organization as to their theoretical 
foundations, existing economic institutions, and achievements and failures; capital- 
ism, socialism, communism, and fascism will be examined as exemplified by the 
United States, England, Russia and prewar Germany. 

331 The Soviet Economy (3) (Formerly 404) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100A,B, or 200 or equivalent. An analytical evaluation of 
Soviet economic development including the structure and performance of the 
Soviet economy and problems of planning and control. 

332 Economic Problems of Asia (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100A,B, or 200 or equivalent. Analysis of the natural 
resources, population, agricultural, industrial, transportation, communications, mone- 
tary, banking, etc. problems of Asia, i.e. China, Japan, etc. and the Asian subconti- 
nent. The relations of non-economic problems to the economic is considered in 
detail. 

333 Economic Development: Analysis and Case Studies (3) (Formerly 431) 
Prerequisite: Economics 1()0A,B, or 200 or equivalent. An examination of the 

processes of economic growth with special references to developing areas. Con- 
siders capital formation, resource allocation, relation to the world economy, eco- 
nomic planning and institutional factors, with appropriate case studies. 

351 European Economic History (3) (Formerly 322) 

Prerequisite: Economics 1()0A,B, or 200 or equivalent. The evolution of European 
economic institutions and their relation to the development of industry, commerce, 
transportation, and finance in the principal European countries. 


288 


Economics 


360 Economics of Location (3) (Formerly 452) 

Prerequisite: Economics 1(X)A,B, or 200 or equivalent. The theory and principles 
underlying the location of economic activity. 

361 Urban Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100A,B» or 200 or equivalent. Theory and analysis of the 
urban economy, urban economic problems and policy. 

365 Economics of Taxation (3) (Formerly 451) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100A,B, or 200 or equivalent. A study of government 
finance at the federal, state, and local levels with particular reference to adminis- 
trative problems of public finance, the ethical aspects of taxation, and the impact 
of taxation and spending on resource allocation and income distribution. 

370 Economics of Research, Development and Technological Change (3) (For- 
merly 470) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100A,B, or 200 or equivalent. Examination of the im- 
portance of R & D and technological change in the economy; concepts, issues, and 
major figures in the study of economics of technology; analytical techniques for the 
assessment of technological change; and evaluation of the impacts of technological 
change. 

410 Government and Business (3) (Formerly 401) 

Prerequisite: Economics 310. An economic study of business organization, con- 
duct and performance followed by an analysis of the rationale and impact of 
public policy on various segments of business and business activities, including the 
regulated industries, sick industries, and antitrust policy. 

411 International Trade (3) (Formerly 421) 

Prerequisite: Economics 310. An examination of the theory or international 
trade and the means and significance of balance of payments adjustments, with 
an analysis of past and present developments in international commercial and 
monetary policy. (Same as Marketing 421) 

412 Labor Economics (3) (Formerly 326) 

Prerequisite: Economics 310. An analysis of the basic economic and institutional 
influences operating in labor markets. Considers relevant aspects of resource allo- 
cation, income distribution, economic stability, and growth. 

420 Money and Banking (3) (Formerly 324) 

Prerequisite: Economics 320. A study of the structure and operation of com- 
mercial banks and financial institutions including a consideration of the impact 
of money and capital market developments on economic activity. (Same as 
Finance 324.) 

421 Monetary and Fiscal Policy (3) (Formerly 402) 

Prerequisite: Economics 320. A study of the techniques of monetary and fiscal 
policy and an appraisal of their relative roles in promoting economic stability and 
growth. 

440 Introduction to Econometrics (3) (Formerly 462) 

Prerequisite: Economics 310, 320, and QM 362. Development of advanced sta- 
fistical methods and their application in economic research. Advanced concepts in 
niodel building; development of different types of economic models. The use and 
effect of economic models in public policy. 


289 


Economics 


441 Introduction to Mathomoticol Ecconomics (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 310, 320, and QM 362. Selected topics in economic 
theory, drawn from microeconomics and macroeconomics. Content varying from 
year to year but with emphasis on constrained optimization problems and rational 
decision making. 

450 History of Economics Thought (3) (Formerly 405) 

Prerequisite: Economics 310, 320. A study of the development of economic 
thought as reflected in the evolution of major schools of thought and of leading 
individual economists as they influenced economic thought and policy. 

499 Independent Study (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics major or concentration, senior standing and approval 
by the department chairman. Open to qualified undergraduate students desiring 
to pursue directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

502 Advanced Microeconomic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 200 or 100A,B, and 310. An advanced theoretical for- 
mulation of the principles of the determination of prices and outputs of goods 
and productive services in a market system. Topics include: consumer choice, de- 
mand, production, cost, the equilibrium of the firm and the market, and distribu- 
tion. 

503 Advanced Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 200 or 100A,B, and 320. Advanced theory of the de- 
termination of the level and fluctuations of real and money income, and the 
forces underlying economic growth. 

505 Methodology in Economic Research Seminar (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 502 or 503 and concurrent enrollment in Economics 
503 or 502. A systematic examination of the philosophy and methodology of eco- 
nomic analysis and research. Topics include theory construction, verification and 
measurement, and the problems associated with policy formulation. 

506 Seminar in Micro- and Macro-Economic Applications (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 502, 503, and 505. Complements the study of methodol- 
ogy in economic research. Students select approved topics and via independent 
investigation and seminar presentation and critique develop their analytical and 
research abilities, culminating with an acceptable paper. 

510 Competition, Monopoly and Public Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 300 or equivalent. Seminar devoted to an examination 
of the economic implications of various forms of market structure and business 
conduct and considers the application of public policy to various segments of 
business and business activities, including antitrust policy and regulation of busi- 
ness. (Not open to Economics M.A. candidates.) 

511 Economic Problems and Public Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 300 or equivalent. Seminar devoted to an examination 
of the nature and implication of the major economic problems facing the economy 
and an evaluation of current and alternative policies for their solution. Problems 
considered will include price level stabilization, balance of payments equilibrium, 
economic growth, and cyclical and technological unemployment. (Not open to 
Economics M.A. candidates.) 


290 


Finance 


512 Comparative Economics Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 300 or equivalent. A comparative study of various 
analytical and prescriptive approaches to economic problems of scarcity, develop- 
ment, fiscal and monetary policy, planning and poverty. (Not open to Economics 
M.A. candidates.) 

596 Selected Topics in Economic Analysis and Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 200 or 100A,B, 310 and 320. Seminar: Selected topics 
in economic analysis and policy will be covered in depth, with special emphasis 
on contemporary research and materials. May be repeated for credit. 

597 Projects (3) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. Student will 
select and have approved a thesis topic, show evidence of original research, and 
must present himself for a defense of the thesis before a faculty committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing, the consent of the instructor, and approval by 
the department chairman. Open to qualified graduate students desiring to pursue 
independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

FINANCE 

324 Money and Banking (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 2(X)A3» or 201. A study of the structure and 
operation of commercial banks and financial institutions including a consideration 
of the impact of money and capital market developments on economic activity 
(same as Econ. 324). 

330 Business Finance (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 201 B, or 200, and Economics 200, or 200B. Sources 
and uses of long-term and short-term capital in business firms, and analysis of 
business finance. 

331 Financial Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 330. The techniques of financial analysis and their appli- 
cation to business situations. Group problems and case studies. 

333 Personal Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: None. (This course may not be taken for credit by students electing 
the finance area of concentration.) Financial problems of the household in allo- 
cating resources and planning expenditures. Consideration of housing, insurance, 
installment buying, medical care, savings and investments. 

334 Principles of Insurance (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 200, or 200A,B. Principles of life, casualty and liability 
insurance, individual and group insurance programs; methods of establishing risks 
and rates. 

335 Investment Principles and Practices (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 330. Principles underlying the selection and management 
of portfolios, analysis of different types of securities; the role of mutual funds, 
investment trusts and other investment institutions. Group problems and case 
studies. 


291 


Finance 


336 Principles and Practices of Real Estate (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200B. Survey of urban real estate principles 
and practices; structure and growth of cities; basis of real property values; real 
estate development and financing. 

337 Real Estate Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 336. Instruments of real estate finance; factors affecting 
the supply and cost of real estate credit; primary and secondary mortgage markets; 
real estate as an investment medium. Group problems and case studies. 

338 Real Estate Valuation (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 338. Theory of real property value, historical development; 
methods used in urban and rural property appraisals; special purpose appraisals. 
Group problems and field work required. 

339 Real Estate Research (2) 

Prerequisites: Finance 336 and 337 or 338 and concurrent enrollment for 1 unit 
of Finance 499. Group problems and individual projects in the use of applicable 
research techniques in solving problems related to real property. 

431 Capital and Money Markets (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 330 and either Finance 324 or Economics 324, or consent 
of instructor. Role of capital and money markets in the American economy; mar- 
kets for new corporate and government issues; secondary markets; interrelation of 
financial institutions; factors influencing yields and security prices. 

433 Problems in Business Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 331. Comprehensive case studies including group problems 
of estimating funds requirements, long-term financial planning. Controlling and 
evaluating cash flows, and financing acquisitions and mergers. (2 hours lecture; 2 
hours activity) 

439 Social Insurance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 330. Financial problems and policies in old age pensions, 
health insurance, unemployment insurance, workman’s compensation, and private 
pension plans. 

499 Independent Study (3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing and approval by the department chairman. Open 
to qualified undergraduate students desiring to pursue directed independent in- 
quiry. May be repeated for credit. 

532 Seminar in Corporate Financial Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 330, and graduate standing. Financial policies and structure 
of corporations; acquisition and administration of funds; financial control. 

533 Seminar in Financial Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 532. Optimal financing and asset administration; advanced 
techniques of capital budgeting; application of analytical methods to the admini- 
stration of the finance function of the business firm. 

534 Seminar in Financial Markets (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 431 or Finance 324 and consent of the instructor. Structure 
and operation of major financial institutions; portfolio composition, price-cost 
problems, and market behavior; analysis of financial intermediation and interrela- 
tion of financial institutions and markets. 


292 


Management 


535 Seminar in Investment Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 335 and graduate standing. Problems of investment and 
portfolio managment; concepts of risk evaluation and investment criteria; analysis 
of interest rate movements; investment timing; valuation of securities; regulation 
of securities markets. 

536 Seminar in Risk Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 334 and graduate standing. Techniques of risk manage- 
ment, structure of risk management, insurance planning and control, risk man- 
agement programs. 

537 Seminar in Real Estate Investment (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 330, 336 or equivalent and graduate standing. Problems of 
real estate investment; concepts of evaluation and investment criteria; analysis of 
real property values; real estate development and financing. 

597 Project (3) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. Student will 
select and have approved a thesis topic, show evidence of original research, and 
must present himself for a defense of the thesis before a faculty committee. 

MANAGEMENT 

341 Principles of Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200 or 200 A,B. The fundamentals of management uni- 
versal to all organizations; covers such studies as planning, organizing, activating, 
and controlling. 

342 Production Operations Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 341, QM 265. Fundamentals of the production func- 
tions in business and industry. Dynamic analysis at the production level of; systems, 
organizations, analytical models and methods, product and process development, 
and management information systems. Case studies stress realism in management 
problem solving approaches. 

343 Personnel Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 341 or consent of the instructor. A study of the per- 
sonnel function, its activities, and its problems. Emphasis upon management’s re- 
sponsibilities for selection, development, and effective utilization of personnel. 

346 Business Law (3) 

The philosophy, institutions and role of the law in business and society, with 
emphasis upon the functions of courts and attorneys, and upon case studies in the 
areas of contracts and corporation law. 

347 Business Law (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 346. The philosophy, institutions and role of the law 
in commercial transactions, with emphasis upon the uniform commercial code and 
case studies in the areas of sales, security devices, personal property, bailment and 
negotiable instruments. 


293 


Management 

348 Business Low (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 346. The philosophy, institutions and role of the law 
in business relationships, with emphasis upon case studies in the areas of agency, 
partnership, real property, mortgages, trusts, wills, community property, insurance, 
suretyship and bankruptcy. 

349 Real Estate Law (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 346 or equivalent area; Finance 336. Law of real prop- 
erty; types of ownership; titles and estates; transfers of interests; encumbrances; 
casements; fixtures; land sale contracts; recording; zoning; leases; responsibilities of 
real estate brokers. 

441 Laboi^Management Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 341 or consent of the instructor. The course provides 
an understanding of the impact of labor-management relations upon labor, manage- 
ment, and the public. Proper grievance procedure, collective bargaining, and die 
setdement of disputes are among the subjects that are examined. 

442 Labor Law (3) 

Prerequisites: Management 341, 346 or consent of the instructor. The study of 
labor law and its effects upon American society. Federal and state legislation, and 
acdons of regulatory bodies are explored by means of case studies. 

443 Bohavioral Scionco for Managomont (3) 

Prerequisites: Management 341 or consent of the instructor. A seminar designed 
to provide the student an opportunity to study cases and current literature in the 
human problems of work situations. Special emphasis is placed upon concepts in 
motivation, leadership, individual differences, organizational health, and adapting 
to change. Group problems offer a practical approach to these areas. 

444 Management of Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 342, QM 361. The technology for managing programs, 
enterprises, and organizations as cybernetic systems. The course investigates the 
design and control of systems appropriate for product, project and program levels 
of analysis. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

445 Production and Management Performance Control (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 342, QM 361. Quantitative approaches toward assuring 
performance control in production operations and management activities. The 
methods of collecting, evaluating, and using control information in real-time. Syn- 
thesis of effective control systems through group projects. 

446 Managerial Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: Quantative Methods 361 and Management 341, or consent of the 
instructor. A study of the relationship of management tools to applied economics 
and statistics, in the decision-making process: the use of cases and group problems 
to study the true economic meaning of cost, demand, supply, price, product, 
and competition. 

447 Management Decision Games (3) 

Prerequisites: The business administration core or consent of the instructor. A 
simulation of an oligopolistic industry to provide the student with an opportunity, 
through group problems, to use statistics and other analytical tools to make man- 
agerial decisions in the functional areas of management. (2 hours lecture; 2 hours 
activity) 


294 


Management 


449 Seminar in Business Policies (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 201A,B» Finance 330 , Management 341 , Marketing 351 , 
and senior standing. The seminar is limited to seniors and graduate students. 
Through an analysis of integrative cases and problems the student is encouraged 
to use his business and liberal arts training. Individual and team efforts resolve de- 
cision-making policies and actions. 

499 Independent Study (3) 

Prerequisites: management concentration, senior standing, and approval by the 
department chairman. Open to qualified undergraduate students desiring to pursue 
directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

541 Seminar in Project Operations Problem Solving (3) 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and the consent of the instructor. A seminar 
designed to focus attention on application of system analysis; special projects are 
used to illustrate other dynamic techniques to project operations problems. Cur- 
rent literature reviews, case study analysis, and special projects are used to further 
student understanding. 

542 Seminar in Labor Relations (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and consent of the instructor. Theories and 
philosophies of union-management relations in modem industrial society with at- 
tention to trends in nonindustrial organizations. Issues in collective bargaining 
corttract administration, labor law, and government regulation. Discussion and anal- 
ysis of literature. 

543 Seminar in Personnel Administration (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and the consent of the instructor. The seminar 
provides the graduate student with an opportunity to study cases, problems, and 
significant literature in the field in order to develop a comprehensive understanding 
of personnel administration and human relations. 

544 Seminar in Organizational Behavior and Administration (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and consent of the instructor. The analysis of 
human behavior in organization, studies in organizational theories, and administra- 
tive action. 

54B Seminar in International Management (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and consent of the instructor. Problems in man- 
agerial qualifications and training, political structure within and without the opera- 
tions, foreign receptivity to United States business, organizing and controlling the 
international firm. Management in selected countries is examined. 

S49 Seminar in Policy Planning and Administration (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and consent of the instructor. Planning, im- 
plementing, and controlling policy strategies to achieve objectives are considered. 
The executive’s role in the overall operations of the enterprise and its resources are 
examined, and supported by cases, literature and training techniques in practice. 

597 Project (3) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. 

59B Thesis (3-6) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. Student will 
select and have approved a thesis topic, show evidence of original research, and 
niust present himself for a defense of the thesis before a faculty committee. 


295 


Marketing 

599 Independent Graduate Research (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing, the consent of the instructor, and approval 
by the department chairman. Open to qualified graduate students desiring to pur- 
sue independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

MARKETING 


307 Distribution Costs (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 201B and Marketing 351. The development of quanta- 
tive measures for marketing activity; costs of distributing through different 
channels of distribution, advertising versus personal selling, and movement activi- 
ties; development of sales budgets, standard costs, and the analysis of actual per- 
formance in the light of budgets and standards. (Same as Accounting 307) 

351 Principles of Marketing (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200. Marketing organization and methods for the indi- 
vidual business with serious consideration of the social and economic aspects of 
the distribution task. Topics include the consumer, his place and his problems in 
the marketing area; marketing functions, institutions, and policies; legal and 
political environment for marketing activity; and an evaluation of the present 
marketing system. 

352 Principles of Retailing (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. Retail problems of location; organization; buying; 
selling media and methods; pricing; and merchandising. Emphasis will be placed 
upon operating procedures and control, planning, budgeting, and costs. 

353 Marketing Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. Survey of the major problems facing the marketing 
executive, including product planning, pricing, market and analysis, sales potentials, 
marketing organization, and administration of the sales force. 

354 Principles of Advertising (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. The management of the advertising function, in- 
cluding the role of advertising in marketing strategy, budgetary considerations, 
allocation among media, measurement of effectiveness, administration and control, 
and its economic and social implications. 

355 Credit and Credit Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. The general nature and functions of credit, credit 
instruments; the operation of the credit department; sources of credit information; 
acceptance of credit risk; establishment of credit limits; and the problem of col- 
lections. 

356 Creative Motivation in Marketing (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. Personal salesmanship and the application of the 
findings of the behavioral sciences to selling and group dynamics as they relate to 
the creative and promotional aspects of the business. 

357 Industrial Purchasing (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. The principles and practices of purchasing for 
industrial organizations. Major buying policies, sources of materials, quantity and 
quality considerations, and the relation to production cost. 


296 


Niarkefing 


358 Physical Distribution (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. Consideration of the logistics problems of physically 
distributing products and the principles and practices of solving them. An evalua- 
tion of the transportation and storage of products based on considerations of cost, 
time, and service. 

452 Marketing Research (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351, and Quantitative Methods 361. The application of 
scientific methodology as an aid in solving problems of product planning, pricing, 
promotion, and distribution. Practical application is emphasized through class proj- 
ects and case problems. (Two hours lecture; two hours activity) 

453 Marketing to the Government (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. 1 ne marketing of defense and nondefense products 
to the government. The nature and administration of contractual agreements with 
government agencies. 

454 Advertising Problems (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 354 or consent of the instructor, plus senior standing. 
Management of the advertising function in the marketing program. A study of the 
formulation of advertising policies, involving primarily an analysis of cases dealing 
with the role of advertising in marketing, the definition and choice of advertising 
objectives, strategy, appropriation policy, media selection, evaluation of advertising 
results, and the organization and implementation of the advertising program. Cases, 
simulations, and readings. 

458 International Marketing (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351 and Marketing Administration 353; or consent of 
instructor. Presents an analytical framework for studying the development of 
domestic marketing systems in the context of overall economic growth. Emphasis 
is given to U. S. firms involved in international marketing operations. 

459 Marketing Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351, 353 and 452; or consent of instructor. Case studies 
of problems facing the marketing executive; identification and analysis of the 
problems; selection and evaluation of alternative solutions; and implementation of 
recommended solutions. 

499 Independent Study (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing concentration, senior standing, and approval by the 
department chairman. Open to qualified undergraduate students desiring to pursue 
directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

551 Seminar in Marketing Problems (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351 and graduate standing. A managerial approach to 
the major marketing problems faced by industry: e.g., definition of and organiza- 
tion for the marketing task; demand analysis; decisions concerning product, price, 
promotion, and trade channels. A firm’s adjustment to its marketing environment 
'vith emphasis on competitive strategy. The case approach supplemented with 
simulations and topical readings. 

552 Seminar in Pricing and Price Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 551. A critical analysis of the pricing problems of a firm 
^ith alternative choices and diverse objectives. The pricing function will be 
examined from the standpoints of economic theory, management science, business 


297 


Quantitative Methods 


practices, legal constraints, and ethical considerations. Relationship of pricing objec- 
tives, policies, strategies, and methods to market behavior and the goals of the firm. 
Pricing policies among businesses and their economic and social implications. 

553 Seminar in Product Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 551. A course designed to assist marketing management 
in the formulation and execution of marketing plans for new and existing products. 
An examination of the management decision areas and procedures required for 
search, preliminary evaluation, development and testing, and commercialization of 
products. Particular emphasis on solving problems arising from product programs 
developed to assure corporate growth. 

554 Seminar in Promotion (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 551 or instructor’s approval. A critical analysis of the 
promotion mix as employed by small, medium and large business organizations 
in their efforts to maximize profitable operations. Particular emphasis will be given 
to: determination of promotional goals, planning, budgeting, and controlling pro- 
motional programs; and measuring the effectiveness of the promotional effort. 

555 Seminar in Marketing Research (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 452 and Marketing 551 or consent of instructor. The 
application of scientific method to marketing decisions; research methodology and 
models; decision-making applications. 

556 Seminar in Consumer Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 551. A critical analysis of theories underlying consumer 
behavior. The orientation is on understanding and predicting consumer behavior. 

559 Seminar in Marketing Thought and Concepts (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 551. Application of theoretical concepts in the behav- 
ioral sciences, managerial sciences and quantitative methods to the development of 
theories and models in marketing. The emphasis is on the interdisciplinary ex- 
change of ideas relating to marketing. Evolving concepts and theories in marketing 
are appraised. May be repeated for credit. 

597 Project (3) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. Student will 
select and have approved a thesis topic, show evidence of original research, and 
must present himself for a defense of the thesis before a faculty committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing, the consent of the instructor, and approval by 
the department chairman. Open to qualified graduate students desiring to pursue 
independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

QUANTITATIVE METHODS 

264 Computer Programming (1) 

Introduction to problem-oriented languages of computers. The solving of prob- 
lems using computer programming. (2 hours activity) 


298 


Quantitative Methods 


265 Computer Programming and Applications (3) 

Computer programming. Introduction to matrix and set notation. Introduction to 
discrete probability. Descriptive statistics. Computer programming solutions of prob- 
ability and statistical problems. (2 hours lecture-, 2 hours activity) 

361 Business and Economic Statistics (3) 

Prerequisite: QM 265 or equivalent. Collection, analysis, and presentation of 
statistical data. Random sampling, estimation, and hypothesis testing. Introduction 
to regression and correlation. 

362 Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics lOOA, B, QM 361 and Economics 310 (may be taken 
concurrently). An introduction to basic mathematical tools and their application 
to economic theory. The nature of econometric models and the concept of identifi- 
cation. Elstimation and evaluation of simple single equation linear models and an 
introduction to such problems as autocorrelation and multicollinearity. Not open 
to students who have taken QM 462. 

364 Computer Logic and Programming (3) 

Prerequisites: QM 264 or equivalent. An introductory survey of automata theory, 
switching theory, the organization of modem computing equipment and nonin- 
teractive machine language programming. 

446 Computer Programming Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: QM 264 and Math 150A or equivalent. Selected topics of concern 
to the computer programmer from the fields of numerical analysis and simulation 
theory with FORTRAN applications. 

461 Advanced Statistics (3) 

Prerequisites: QM 361 and Math 150A or equivalent. An advanced treatment of 
the theory and application of the topics covered in QM 361, using the methods of 
the calculus where appropriate. 

462 Mathematical Models in Business and Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: QM 361. C^onstruction and application of mathematical models to 
business decision making problems. Bayesian decisions. Introduction to linear pro- 
gramming. 

463 Introduction to Management Science (3) 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 150A and QM 361. Introduction to the basic concepts 
of Management Science and its relationship to economics and decision theory. 
Topics surveyed include optimization in continuous models, linear programming, 
queueing and inventory models, dynamic programming and decision making in 
the business environment. 

464 Computer Applications in Industry (3) 

Prerequisites: QM 364 or consent of instructor. An examination of modem 
computer hardware, the techniques of programming it, and the languages in 
which such programs are written. Includes discussion of memory protection, 
interrupt systems, recursive programming, list-structured-languages and userori- 
ented languages. 

465 Linear and Nonlinear Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: QM 361 (may be taken concurrently). The theory and applica- 
tions of linear programming with an introduction to nonlinear programming 


299 


Quantitative Methods 


methods. Topics include: Linear programming and the Simplex Algorithm; start- 
ing procedures; the dual and economic interpretations; parametric programming 
and sensitivity analysis; transportation and assignment problems; dynamic pro- 
gramming. 

467 StatUfical Quolity Control (3) 

Prerequisites: QM 361. Shewhart Control Charts for variables, percent defective, 
and defects. Tolerances, process capacility, specialized control charts, and batch 
processing problems. Bayesian aspects of process control. 

499 Indopendont Study (3) 

Prerequisites: quantitative concentration, senior standing, and approval by the 
department chairman. Open to qualified undergraduate students desiring to pursue 
directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

560 Operations Research (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 150 A and QM 361. An examination of the nature and scope 
of Operations Research, with emphasis on the techniques of model construction. 
Topics surveyed include optimization in continuous models, linear programming, 
queueing and scheduling models, inventory models and dynamic programming, 
and decision making under uncertainty. 

561 5eininar in Operations Research (3) 

Prerequisites: QM 560 or consent of instructor. A particular topic in Opera- 
tions Research, such as simulation, inventory theory, or synthesis of large scale 
systems will be covered in depth with special emphasis on research methods. 

563 5tatistical Decision Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: QM 361. The analysis and application of advanced statistical 
techniques to the problems of management decision-making under conditions of 
uncertainty. 

565 5eminar on Computers in Industry (3) 

Prerequisites: QM 364, QM 464 or consent of instructor. An examination of 
developments and innovations concerning computers in industry. Artificial intelli- 
gence, information retrieval, and time sharing. 

566 Design of Experiments (3) 

Prerequisites: QM 361 and graduate standing. A survey of the fundamentals of 
experimental design, including analysis of variance, factorial experiments, nested 
designs, confounding, and fractional replication. 

597 Project (3) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. Student will 
select and have approved a thesis topic, show evidence of original research, and 
must present himself for a defense of the thesis before a faculty committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing, the consent of the instructor, and approval by 
the department chairman. Open to qualified graduate students desiring to pursue 
independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 


300 


SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 


PRESEftVICE COURSES 

296 Special Educationol Practicum (1-3) 

Conduct an individual educationally oriented experience with a child, youth, or 
young adult in an educational practicum location under the direction of a faculty 
member. Available to students who want or need public service experience with 
children, youth, or adults. Does not give credit toward any teaching credential. 
May be repeated for a maximum of six units of credit. Open to freshman and 
sophomore students. (3 hours laboratory per hour of credit) 

31 1 Psychological Foundations of Education (4) 

Prerequisite: Psych 101. Prerequisite to other courses in the professional edu- 
cation sequence. Learning theory, thinking processes, and human growth and de- 
velopment. (3 hours lecture; 2 hours activity) 

312 Humon Groufth and Dovolopment (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 101. A comprehensive study of human growth and develop- 
ment with emphasis on childhood, adolescence, and middle and old age. Includes 
mental, social, emotional, and physical development. 

329 fieldwork in Methods of Teaching in Elementary School (1) 

Prerequisites: Educ 311, and admission to teacher education. Must be taken con- 
currently with Educ 331. Observation and participation in elementary school class- 
rooms. Integrated with course work in principles, curricula, and methods. (3 hours 
laboratory) 

331 Elementary School Principles, Curricula, and Methods (7) 

Prerequisites: Educ 311, Math Educ 303 A, and admission to teacher education 
must be taken concurrently with Educ 329. Principles, curricula, methods, and ma- 
terials of elementary school instruction with major emphasis on reading, language 
arts, arithmetic, social studies, and science. Includes audiovisual instruction, meth- 
ods, and techniques. Required of all candidates for the standard teaching credential 
with specialization in elementary school teaching. (6 hours lecture, 2 hours 
activity) 

339 Student Teaching in the Elementary School and Student 
Teaching Seminar (8 or 4) 

Prerequisites: Educ 331, three academic related courses, and admission to student 
teaching. Participation in a regular elementary school teaching program for the 
greater part of every school day. Includes a two-hour seminar each week in 
problenw and procedures of elementary school teaching. Concurrent enrollment in 
other courses is discouraged. (Minimum of 30 hours a week in an elementary 
school, 2 hours per week seminar.) 

340 Principlai and Curricula of Secondary Education (3) 

Required first course in the professional sequence for the standard teaching 
credential with specialization in secondary teaching. Principles of secondary edu- 
cadcm in the United States: organization, curriculum, and teaching practices. Cor- 
related with methods and materials courses in the major. Two hours of observa- 
tion per week in selected junior and senior high school classes. Application for 
admission to teacher education is included. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours fieldwork) 


301 


Education 


380 The Teaching of Reading (3) 

Curriculum and methods in the teaching of reading in the elementary and 
secondary schools. Examination and analysis of the approaches to reading in teach- 
ers' manuals and guides. Practical experience in preparing lessons in classroom 
teaching of reading. 

401 Sociological, Historical, Philosophical Foundations of Education (4) 

Prerequisites: Educ 311, admission to teacher education or consent of the in- 
structor. Survey of social, historical, and philosophical foundations of education 
from ancient times to the present, discussed in the light of their effect upon 
modem educational theory and practice. 

402 Comparativo Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 401, Educ 403, or consent of the instructor. A seminar cen- 
tered in study of the various countries’ and areas’ education patterns, problems 
and trends as part of the cultural setting in which found; designed to deepen 
insights into our own culture’s educational program and offer bases for compara- 
tive evaluation with other systems. 

403 History of Education (3) 

Prerequisites: history of world civilization and Educ 331 or Educ 442 or consent 
of the instructor. The main streams of educational history in Europe and Amer- 
ica, with particular emphasis on the ways these main streams have affected the 
current scene in the United States. 

406 Educationol Sociology (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 331 or Educ 442, or consent of the instructor. The school 
in the social order; analysis of cultural factors affecting school, and the special 
culture of the school; consideration of research in selected areas of the school- 
culture relationship. 

431 Principles and Curricula of the Elementary School (2) 

Prerequisite: Educ 311 or consent of the instructor. An introductory course 
in elementary education. Stress on major principles and basic curricular considera- 
tions. Importance of the elementary school system to society. 

432 Teaching— in the Elementary School 

Prerequisites: Educ 311 or consent of the instructor. Courses, listed dually in 
the School of Education and in the other appropriate departments dealing 
with objectives, methods, and materials of teaching the various subjects and 
areas in the elementary schools. The courses are professional education courses and 
applicable toward credential requirements. Detailed descriptions of the courses are 
to be found in the materials of other departments within this catalog. 

For Lang Ed 432 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Elementary School (2) 

436 Child Study Techniques for Teachers (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 331 or permission of the instructor. This course deals 
with the techniques the classroom teacher may use in understanding individual 
children within his classroom who do not respond to the teacher and his peers 
in typical ways. 

437 Problems in Eorly Elementary Education (3) 

Prerequisites: Educ 339 and consent of instructor. Study of current litera- 
ture and recent research in the area of education of young children through 


302 


Education 


individual and group study. Emphasis will be placed on problems centered in 
cognitive processes, content, structure, and instruction at the early elementary 
education level. 

442 Teaching — in the Secondary School 

Prerequisites: 20 units in the major. Education 311, Education 340, admission 
to teacher education, and senior standing; or consent of the instructor. A series 
of courses, with the exception of business and social science methods, listed 
dually in the School of Education and in the other appropriate departments, 
dealing with objectives, methods, and materials of teaching, including audio- 
visual instruction, the various subjects and areas in secondary schools. Required, 
before student teaching, of students presenting majors in these areas or subjects 
for the standard teaching credential with si>ecialization in secondary school teach- 
ing. Students without teaching experience must register concurrently in Education 
449 to complete a teacher aide assignment in high schools. 

Art Ed 442 Teaching Art in the Secondary School (2) 

Drama Ed 442 Teaching Drama in the Secondary School (2) 

Engl Ed 442 Teaching English in the Secondary School (2) 

For Lang Ed 442 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary School (2) 

Journ Ed 442 Teaching Jouralism in the Secondary School (2) 

Math Ed 442 Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary School (2) 

Mu Ed 441 Teaching Music Theory and Appreciation in the Public Schools (2) 

Mu Ed 442 Teaching Vocal Music in the Public Schools (2) 

Mu Ed 443 Teaching Instrumental Music in the Public Schools (2) 

PE 442 Teaching Physical Education in the Secondary School (2) 

Sci Ed 442 Teaching Science in the Secondary School (2) 

Speech Ed 442 Teaching Speech in the Secondary School (2) 

443 Principles of Core Curriculum (2) 

Prerequisite: teaching experience or consent of the instructor. Unity and inter- 
relationships of human learning and behavior and the curricular processes and 
arrangements by which this may be achieved. Seminar on development, principles, 
and application of core curricula; guidance functions; evaluation; and roles of the 
teacher. 

445 Junior High School Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 442 or Educ 331 or consent of instructor. Seminar on prin- 
ciples and procedures for developing the junior high school program. Purposes, 
curriculum, and organization of the junior high school are stressed including 
examination of recent innovations and proposals. Designed for students with ele- 
mentary or secondary backgrounds who plan to teach in the junior high school. 

446 Secondary School Curriculum (3) 

Prerequisite: student teaching or teaching experience or consent of instructor. 
Fundamentals of curriculum development. Seminar on current issues within sec- 
ondary education. Curricular organization and current practices. Survey and evalu- 
ation of newer curricular programs. Paper or project of creative, analytic or review 


303 


Education 


of literature type is required. Designed for experienced teachers interested in cur- 
riculum development and/or instructional supervision. 

449 Field Work in Methods of Teaching in Secondary Schools (1) 

Prerequisite: Educ 340, Educ 311, admission to teacher education or consent of 
instructor. Participation in the instruction of a secondary school class as a teacher 
aide. Integrated with coursework in the teaching of the major. Must be taken 
concurrently with Educ 442 and students must allow sufficient time in their 
schedules, at the same hour each day, to serve as a teacher aide. 

451 Principles of Educational Measurement (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 311 or Psych 311. Development, validation, and application 
of the principles of educational measurement. Construction and use of informal 
and standardized achievement tests. Summary and interpretation of results of 
measurement. 

452 Principles of Guidance (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 311 or Educ 312. Guidance related to educational objectives 
and needs of youth. Emphasis on special needs created by individual exceptionality, 
size and complexity of the modem educational system and modem society, general 
requirements, services, organization, and stmcture of a successful guidance pro- 
gram. Students seeking the special education credentials will emphasize the coimsel- 
ing and guidance of the exceptional student. 

471 Exceptional Children (3) 

Co-requisite: EduC 311 (or Educ 312 for students working toward the Re- 
stricted EMR Credential). Seminar on the study of children who deviate from the 
average m the eiementary and the secondary schools; physically handicapped, men- 
tally retarded, gifted, socially maladjusted, emotionally disturbed, and delinquent. 
Special educational services, curriculum, procedures, and materials necessary to 
promote their maximum development. 

472 Gifted Children (2) 

Prerequisites: Educ 311 and Educ 331, or Educ 431, or Educ 442. Identification, 
principles of instmction, grouping, individualized instmction, classroom enrich- 
ment. Problem solving and research experiences in science, social studies, and math- 
ematics, reading programs and literature, creative writing, oral language. 

473 Mental Retardation and Brain Injury (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 471. Organic and cultural basis of mental retardation and 
brain injury, including social, psychological, and vocational problems. Child 
growth, sensory development, learning characteristics of mentally retarded and 
brain injured children, and techniques of working with parents will be consid- 
ered. 

474 Curriculum and Methods for Teaching the Mentally Retarded (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 473 and Educ 331 or Educ 442. Curriculum development, 
methods, and materials for teaching the educable and trainable mentally retarded 
at the elementary and secondary levels. 

475 Observation and Individual Instruction with the Mentally Retarded (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 474. Supervised observation and participation with the educa- 
ble and the trainable mentally retarded at both the elementary and secondary 
levels of education. (Four hours of observation and participation per week plus 
one hour of lecture and discussion.) 


304 


Education 


477 The Educationally Handicapped Child (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 471. Behavioral characteristics of the educationally handi- 
capped child, the child with a neurological handicap or a behavioral disorder as 
defined by the California Education Code. Educational procedures, perceptual and 
motor training, evaluation, parent guidance. 

479 Seminar and Practicum in Education of the Trainable Mentally Retarded <6) 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Curriculum, methods, and materials for 
children having severe intellectual, motor, sensory and language impairment. Em- 
phasis will be placed on the educational management of children exhibiting handi- 
capping conditions. (Three hours seminar and nine hours practicum in special 
school facilities.) 

489 Field Work in Exceptional Children (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 471 or consent of instructor. Direct supervised experience 
with educationally handicapped children. 

491 Audiovisual Education (2) 

Prerequisites: Educ 311, Educ 442, or consent of the instructor. Media in com- 
munication, psychological bases, development, curricular function, evaluation. 
Survey of equipment and materials available, preparation of instructional materials 
for classroom use. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

492 Television in the Classroom (2) 

Prerequisites: Educ 311 or consent of the instructor. Television as a vehicle for 
instruction, information, and enrichment. General theory of media in classroom, 
psychological bases, curricular capabilities and limitations of equipment. Responsi- 
bility of the classroom teacher. Practice in utilization process. (1 hour lecture, 2 
hours activity) 

493 Production of Audiovisual Materials (2) 

Prerequisites: Educ 491 or consent of the instructor. Exploration and develop- 
ment of audiovisual materials. Students will participate in script writing, story 
board, photography and tape production. Experience will be provided in produc- 
ing graphics, charts and bulletin boards. (1 hour lecture and 3 hours laboratory) 

496 Senior Special Educational Practicum (1-3) 

Conduct at an advanced level an educational practicum experience with an in- 
dividual under the direction of a faculty member. May be repeated for a maximum 
of six units of credit. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: senior or graduate standing, approval of instructor and department 
prior to registration. Conduct of an individual investigation under supervision of 
a faculty member; investigation might be an experiment, a library study, or a 
creative project; only students of demonstrated capacity and maturity will be 
approved; adequate prerequisite study necessary. May be repeated for credit. 

GRADUATE COURSES 

501 Philosophy of Education (3) 

Prerequisites: postgraduate standing and Educ 339 or 739 or Educ 749, or con- 
sent of the instructor. Uses of theories of knowledge, value and reality in dealing 
with educational problems; application of contemporary systems of thought to 
education. 


305 


Education 


503 Foundations for Administrative Leadership (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Seminar on cultures and values to which 
schools must contribute: introduction to community sociology, tax systems and 
public administration; the literature of leadership. Screening for admission to pro- 
gram. Occasional special meetings. Required of all students during first registra- 
tion in school administration and supervision at this college. 

505 The Supervision of Curriculum (4) 

Prerequisite: Educ 566 or 586. Seminar on development of a quality program of 
instruction in both elementary and secondary schools; appraisal of programs of 
instruction; advanced principles of curricular review and modification. 

Evaluation of subject matter competence in area of supervisory specialization. 
Meets credential requirements in principles of curriculum construction and evalua- 
tion; supervision of instruction and curriculum in both elementary and secondary 
schools. 

506 Curriculum and Research in Reading (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Study of curriculum and research in reading, 
including materials, organization, and methods of instruction. 

509 Theory and Practice in Educational Measurement (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 311 or Psych 311. Introduction to basic concepts, theory, and 
procedures for construction of informal and standardized tests. Application of meas- 
urement theory and statistical techniques toward problems of analysis, scaling, 
norming, and interpretation of test results. Practice in item writing for short class- 
room tests and intensive analysis of selected commercial standardized tests. 

510 Research Design and Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: bachelor’s degree, intent to complete program leading to M.S. in 
Education. Educ 509. Hypothesis formation, instrumentation, elements of design, 
treatment of data, hypothesis testing and inference, and analysis of educational 
data. Develop a research proposal. 

511 Survey of Educational Research (3) 

Prerequisites: Educ 509, teaching experience. Review of descriptive statistics 
and statistical inference as applied to educational problems. Analysis of repre- 
sentative research papers. Principles of research design. Prepare a research pro- 
posal. 

514 Graduate Seminar: Behavorial Research on Children with Learning Disorders 

(3) 

Prerequisites: Educ 510 or Educ 511, consent of" instructor, and teaching ex- 
perience with exceptional children. Critical analysis of behavioral research on 
children with learning disorders. Resources, criteria for evaluation of studies with 
exceptional children, historical view of research in special education. Research 
relating to learning and handicapping conditions, and efficacy of special methods 
and materials will be reviewed. 

516 Etiology of Reading Difficulties (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching experience, Educ 506, and consent of instructor. Studies 
of the factors underlying learning disabilities in reading in children, adolescents 
and young adults. 


306 


Education 


521 Group Processes in the Classroom (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 471 or consent of instructor. Exploration of group interaction, 
teacher sensitivity, and their relevance to educational planning and management. 
Emphasis: emotionally disturbed, educationally handicapped. 

522 Behavior Problems in the Classroom (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 471 or consent of instructor. Identification and management 
of social and affective disturbances related to school performance. Emphasis: early 
detection, behavioral modification techniques, parent counseling, interagency coop- 
eration. 

523 Learning Problems in the Classroom (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 471 or consent of instructor. Identification and educational 
management of learning problems. Emphasis: developmental sequences, related 
prescriptive teaching and remediation techniques. 

530 Curriculum and Research in Elementary Education: Foreign Languages (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 339, 739, or permission of instructor. Study of pertinent in- 
vestigation and their application in the classroom together with significant curricu- 
lum developments and organization in the newest area facing the elementary school 
educator. Criteria for appraising programs, personnel, and materials also will be 
discussed. 

531 Curriculum and Research in Elementary Education: Language Arts (3) 

Prerequisites: Educ 510 or permission of instructor. Advanced study of trends 
and problems in teaching the fundamental skills of communication in the elemen- 
tary school. Analysis of research in the language arts and related disciplines as 
background for curriculum development. 

532 Curriculum and Research in Elementary Education: Mathematics (3) 

Prerequisites: Math Educ 303 A, Educ 339 or 739, or permission of instructor. 
Study of significant research, curricular developments and materials, criteria for 
planning and improving mathematics programs and instruction. 

533 Curriculum and Research in Elementary Education: Science (3) 

Prerequisites: Educ 339 or 739 or permission of instructor. Study of significant 
research in elementary school science. Criteria for planning and improving science 
programs and the development of materials. 

534 Curriculum and Research in Elementary Education: Social Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 339, 739, or consent of instructor. Study of significant research 
developments and materials, criteria for planning and improving social studies 
programs, and current techniques of teaching. 

537 Seminar for Elementary Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 339 or 739 or consent of the instructor. A study of problems 
and issues in elementary education, their causes and possible solutions. 

547 Seminar for Secondary Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 749 or consent of the instructor. Persistent problems in sec- 
ondary education and survey of related literature; causes of and solutions for these 
problems. Application of scientific method to educational problems, sources of 
educational research, and to techniques of cooperative thinking. 


307 


Education 


550 Counseling Theories and Processes (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 452. Seminar in the dynamics of counselor and client rebtion- 
ships, techniques and processes of various levels, and relation to personality 
theory. Major project and supervised clinical practice required. 

551 Educational and Career Orientation (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 550 or permission of instructor. Seminar in the principles 
of evaluating, classifying, and disseminating occupational and educational informa- 
tion in the guidance program; sources of occupational literature, occupational 
research, vocational surveys, and methods of studying the individual as a unique 
whole to help him develop his greatest career potential. Emphasis on the psycho- 
logical, sociological, economic, and clinical implications of career and educa- 
tional choice. A major project in career information is developed under super- 
vision. 

552 Group Processes in Guidance (3) 

Prerequisite: E^uc 550 or permission of instructor. Intensive study of the dy- 
namics of group processes including the function of leadership, effective member- 
ship and techniques of group problem solving. Special emphasis on clinical group 
counseling including a semester project in a school setting. 

553 Administration and Organization of Pupil Personnel Programs (3) 

Prerequisites: Educ 551 or permission of instructor. Development, organization, 
supervision, and administration of the pupil-personnel serv'ices. Seminar on analysis 
and evaluation of pupil personnel services by the case study method, curriculum, 
counselor competencies, staffing; includes laws relating to children and child 
welfare. 

555 Dynamics of Individual Behavior and Case Study (3) 

Prerequisites: Educ 451, 550, or consent of instructor. Case conference tech- 
niques; clinical study of the techniques of individual diagnosis including the syn- 
thesis and interpretation of information. Use of the life or developmental record, 
self-ratings, behavior ratings and tests as they relate to counseling with the normal 
and abnormal pupil. Identification and remediation of learning difficulties em- 
phasized. 

558A School Psychology: Seminar in Problems in Personality Diagnosis (5) 

Prerequisites: A clear California credential in school psychometry or psychology 
intern credential and admission by the screening committee of the Pupil Personnel 
Services Program Council. Seminar and internship and/or field work in problems 
of personality assessment in the school setting, effecting changes in behavior among 
school pupils and personnel. Emphasizes role and function of the school psycholo- 
gist in pupil personnel services. Advanced experience in the clinical case study, 
application of understandings of the dynamics of individual counseling and group 
counseling to human behavior in the school setting. 

558B School Psychology: Seminar in Problems of Learning (5) 

Prerequisite: Education 558 A. Seminar and internship and/or field work in 
problems of learning and their remediation. Advanced work in diagnostic testing, 
clinical interpretation of data, remediation of identified problems. Advanced work 
in communication including reporting, individual counseling, group counseling and 
case conference. 


308 


Education 


559A,B Fieldwork in Pupil Personnel Services (2-6) 

Prerequisite: Educ 551, 552, 555, admission to the CSCF pupil personnel 
credential program and permission of instructor. - Guidance and counseling in the 
school setting under the supervision of local coordinator and college staff. Work 
assignments vary for school counselors, psychometrists, and child welfare workers. 
Work in a counseling relationship, parent conferences, and follow-up studies. 
May be repeated for credit up to a maximum of 12 units. (6 hours weekly field- 
work; 2 hours weekly conference) 

561 Organization of School Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 503 or concurrent enrollment. Seminar on structure, functions, 
trends, fiscal responsibilities and issues in respect to the government of education at 
federal, state, county, and local school district levels. Basic principles in school or- 
ganization and administration Special emphasis on intergovernmental relations and 
impact at local level. 

563 Principles of School Personnel Administration (2) 

Prerequisite: Educ 503 or concurrent enrollment. Seminar on principles of organi- 
zational behavior, social processes inherent in effective leadership, and techniques 
of school personnel management. 

564 Seminar in School Law (2) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. School law as a reflection of public policy; 
the California Education Code and the California Administrative Code, Title 5, 
and county counsel opinions as they affect administration, instruction, and finan- 
cial management of public schools. Court attorney general decisions in interpreting 
school law. Legal basis for public education in California. An elective course in 
school administration. 

565 Seminar in School Finance, Business Administration, and Buildings (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Emphasis on school finance, business admin- 
istration, and buildings as they implement an effective educational program. A 
study of financial principles, ^hool revenues and expenditures, budgetary pro- 
cedures and processes, cost analysis; business management, and salary policies. An 
elective course in school administration. 

566 The Elementary School Principal and Supervisor (3) 

Prerequisites: Educ 561 and 563. May be taken concurrently with Educ 769. 
Seminar on leadership roles of elementary school principal and supervisor, pupil 
personnel and instructional program in elementary school; working relations and 
morale among staff, community and pupils; parent education; relations with central 
district staff; management and recordkeeping functions; teacher evaluation. 

567A,B Fieldwork and Seminar in School Administration (2,2) 

Prerequisites: Educ 566 or 586 or concurrent registration, and consent of in- 
structor, Two-semester terminal sequence required for the M.S. in Education with 
a concentration in school administration. Includes directed field work in selected 
public schools and district oflSces. Supervised project or thesis required for degree. 
(4 hours weekly fieldwork, 2 hours weekly conference) 

56B Seminar for Administrative Trainees (3) 

The purpose of this seminar is to provide a behavioral analysis approach in the 
establishment of a sound foundation for Educational Administrators who have just 
completed a year of practice in administration. The seminar is the culminating 
offering of the Administrator Internship Program. The objectives of the seminar 


309 


Education 

include (1) developing further insights into the complex behavior of human beings 
in social groups, (2) increasing understanding of how certain theory and research 
contribute to effective administrative practice, (3) evaluating further self-behavior 
in administration. Experienced school administrators who wish to relate their 
administrative experiences to the theory of behavioral analysis are welcome to 
register in the seminar. Behavioral environment will be examined as it shapes 
process, organization, and function in school administration. 

570 Graduate Clinic in Exceptional Children: Advanced Developmental Psychology 

(2) 

Prerequisite: Educ 555 or consent of instructor. Qinical work with children 
focusing on diagnosis, prescription and remediation of developmental deficiencies: 
language, motor, perception. Students will spend three hours a week in direct work 
with children and two hours in seminar. 

571 Graduate Clinic in Exceptional Children: Advanced Psychology of Learning 

(2) 

Prerequisite: Educ 570 or consent of instructor. Clinical work with children 
focusing on diagnosing, prescriptions and remediations of educational and behavioral 
deficiencies. Students will spend three hours a week in direct work with children 
and two hours in seminar. 

572 Psycho-Educational Clinic (2) 

Prerequisite: Prerequisite sequence or equivalent and permission of the instructor. 
(Prerequisite sequence is Educ 475 or Educ 477, Educ 523, Educ 570, and Educ 
571 concurrently with Educ 572.) A clinical practicum for the purpose of develop- 
ing clinical teaching skills in dealing with the learning problems of exceptional 
children, practice in working with formal and informal information-gathering de- 
vices, special teaching instruments, teaching systems, and teaching strategies. Stu- 
dents may, upon the recommendation of the instructor, repeat the course for credit 
one time. (6 hours laboratory) 

577 Seminar in Program Trends in Special Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Recommendation of adviser and permission of instructor. A seminar 
designed for the study of historical development of educational programs for 
exceptional children. A critical analysis of issues and trends in special education. 

578 Administration and Supervision of Special Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 577 or consent of instructor. Problems of organization, admin- 
istration, and supervision of special education programs: finance and attendance, 
physical facilities, budgeting, needed equipment, community agencies and curricu- 
lum development. 

581 Analysis of Reading Difficulties (3) 

Prerequisite: bachelor’s degree, teaching experience. Standard Teaching Creden- 
tial, Educ 506 or consent of the instructor. Analysis and diagnosis of reading 
difficulties. Techniques and methods of prevention and treatment. Individual re- 
mediation of student. Primary through secondary. 

582 Analysis of Corrective Reading Practices (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 516, 581, and consent of instructor. Critical evaluation of 
reading and remedial reading practices. Short-term project in a school situation. 


310 


Education 


583A,B Remedial Reading: Casework (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 582, and consent of instructor. Seminar in diagnosis and 
remediation in reading through casework technique. Conferences with teachers, 
parents, consultants, and administrators. 

586 The Secondary School Principal and Supervisor (3) 

Prerequisites: Educ 561 and 563. May be taken concurrently with Educ 789. 
Seminar on leadership roles of secondary school principal and supervisor, pupil 
personnel and instructional program in the secondary school; the development and 
administration of vocational and adult education; working relations and morale 
among staff, community and pupils; relations with central district staff, the man- 
agement and recordkeeping functions; teacher evaluation. 

597 Project (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Individual research on an empirical project, 
with conferences with the instructor, culminating in a project. 

598 Thesis (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Individual research on an empirical problem, 
with conferences with the instructor, culminating in a thesis. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1—3) 

Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor. Open to qualified graduate students 
desiring to pursue independent inquiry. 

PROFESSIONAL COURSES IN THE POSTGRADUATE PROGRAM 

709 Supervision of Student Teaching (3) 

Prerequisite: Possession of a teaching credential and one year of teaching ex- 
perience. Designed for teachers who supervise student teachers. Emphasis on prin- 
ciples and procedures of effective supervision and research. 

721 Philosophy and Objectives of Junior College Education (2) 

Prerequisite: postgraduate standing or consent of instructor. Origins of the 
junior college movement in higher education in the United States; economic, tech- 
nological, and social forces creating needs for new and different post-high school 
education; objectives of junior college education; relationships to secondary and 
higher education; functions of the junior college; curriculum development and 
organization. 

739 Student Teaching in the Elementary School and Student Teaching 
Seminar (8 or 4) 

Prerequisites: Educ 331, three academic related courses, admission to student 
teaching, and postgraduate status. Participation in a regular elementary school 
teaching program, for the greater part of every school day. Includes a two-hour 
seminar each week in problems and procedures of elementary school teaching. 
Concurrent enrollment in other courses is discouraged. (Minimum of 30 hours a 
week in an elementary school, 2 hours per week seminar.) 

744 Principles of Junior College Teaching (3) 

Prerequisite: postgraduate standing or consent of instructor. Psychological foun- 
dations of junior college teaching, measurement and evaluation of learning. Edu- 
cational and philosophical bases for instructional procedures in the junior college. 
Instructional procedures including audiovisual materials, junior college class 
observations. (2 hours seminar, 3 hours fieldwork) 


311 


Education 


749 Student Teaching In — in the Secondary School and Seminar (6 or 2) 

A series of courses in student teaching and seminars listed dually in the School 
of Education and in the other appropriate departments. 

Prerequisites: Educ 442, Educ 449, and admission to student teaching. Student 
teaching for the general secondary credential or the standard teaching credential 
with specialization in secondary school teaching. Participation in a regular sec- 
ondary school teaching program for half-days for a full semester. Includes a 
seminar each week in problems and procedures of secondary school teaching, 
under the direction of the respective college supervisor. (Minimum of 15 hours 
a week in a secondary school; 2 hours per week in seminar) 

Art Ed 749 Student Teaching in Art in the Secondary School and Seminar (6) 

Drama Ed 749 Student Teaching in Drama in the Secondary School and Sem- 
inar (6) 

Engl Ed 749 Student Teaching in English in the Secondary School and 
Seminar (6) 

For Lang Ed 749 Student Teaching in Foreign Languages in the Secondary 
School and Seminar (6) 

Journ Ed 749 Student Teaching in Journalism in the Secondary School and 
Seminar (6) 

Moth Ed 749 Student Teaching in Mathematics in the Secondary School and 
Seminar (6) 

Mu Ed 749 Student Teaching in Music in the Secondary School and Seminar (6) 

PE 749 Student Teaching in Physical Education in the Secondary School and 
Seminar (6) 

Sd Ed 749 Student Teaching in Science in the Secondary School and Seminar (6) 

Speech Ed 749 Student Teaching in Speech in the Secondary School and 
Seminor (6) 

769 Directed Fieldwork in Elementary School Administration ond Supervision (2) 

Prerequisite: Educ 566 or concurrent registration. Work in selected elementary 
schools and district offices. Further details in special publications. (8 hours weekly 
fieldwork, 1 hour weekly conference) 

778 Fieldwork in Administration of Special Education (12) 

Prerequisite: Educ 577, and registration in Educ 578. Directed fieldwork in 
the administration of special education programs. An assignment will be made 
in public or private schools. 

779 Student Teaching With Mentally Retarded Pupils (4) 

Prerequisites: Educ 475 and concurrent enrollment in Educ 339 or 739 (for four 
units) or Educ 749 (for two units). Student teaching in a special class program for 
the educable or trainable mentally retarded at either the elementary or secondary 
level. (Elementary level: minimum of 30 hours a week in an elementary school; 
2 hours per week in seminar. Secondary level: minimum of 15 hours a week in 
a secondary school; 2 hours per week in seminar.) 

Students working for a Restricted EMR or Limited TMR credential need only 
enroll in Educ 779 (4 units). Enrollment in Educ 339 or 739 is not required. 

789 Directed Fieldwork in Secondary School Administration and Supervision (2) 

Prerequisite: Educ 586 or concurrent registration. Work in selected secondary 


312 


Health Education 


schools and district offices. Further details in special publication. (8 hours weekly 
fieldwork, 1 hour weekly conference) 

799 Junior College Student Teaching and Seminar (4) 

Prerequisites: Educ 744. Student teaching in the student’s major field in a 
cooperating junior college for one semester. Weekly seminar on curriculum devel- 
opment and organization in the junior college, instructional procedures and ma- 
terials, and instructional problems of the junior college student teacher. (Minimum 
of 9 hours a week in a junior college; 2 hours per week in seminar) 

HEALTH EDUCATION 

(Offered by the Department of Health Education, Physical Education, 
and Recreation) 

101 Personal and Community Health (2) 

Meaning and significance of physical, mental and social health as related to the 
individual and to society; alcohol and narcotics education; fire prevention; public 
safety and accident prevention. 

102 Prevention and First Aid (2) 

Study of the hazards in man’s environment and the common accidents related 
thereto. Emphasis is placed upon both the care and prevention of accidents. Stu- 
dents will be certified in standard and advanced American Red Cross first aid 
procedures. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

419 Environmental Health (3) 

Prerequisite: HE 101 or equivalent. The theoretical considerations of the complex 
relationship of the physical environment to preventive medicine and public health. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

(Offered by the Department of Health Education, 

Physical Education and Recreation) 

GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

All students must successfully complete two semesters of physical education 
activity courses of one unit each to fulfill the general education requirement 
for the baccalaureate degree. Students on a normal schedule will be expected to 
complete this requirement during the freshman and sophomore year. Not more than 
six units of credit in physical education activities, including intercollegiate athletics 
courses, may be applied toward credit for graduation. Physical education activities 
courses may not be repeated for credit. Upper division students who have com- 
pleted the general education requirement in physical education may elect additional 
activities. 


313 


Physical Education 


EXEMPTIONS OR POSTPONEMCNTS 

Students 25 or older are exempted from the physical education requirement.* 
The college physician may postpone the enrollment of a student in a physical 
education activity course. 

Students unable to participate in the regular physical education program will 
be assigned to an adapted physical education class. 

• FOR MEN 


AQUATIC 

GROUP AND 

INDIVIDUAL 

DANCE 

ACTIVITIES: 

TEAM ACTIVITIES: 

ACTIVITIES: 

ACTIVITIES: 

(PE 110 Series) 

(PE 120 Series) 

(PE 130 Series) 

(PE 140 Series) 


121m Team Sports 

132m Combatives 



122m Team Sports 

133m Physical 



124m Soccer 

Conditioning 



• FOR WOMEN 



121w Team Sports 

133w Physical 



122w Team Sports 

Conditioning 



COEDUCATIONAL 


111 Swimming 

112 Intermediate 
Swimming 

113 Lifesaving & 
Water Safety 


123 Group Games 

(Open only to 
prospective 
elementary 
school 
teachers) 

129 Track & Field 


130 Badminton 

131 Gymnastics & 
Tumbling 

134 Adaptive Physical 
Education 

135 Intermediate 
Tennis 

136 Archery 

137 Golf 

138 Tennis 

139 Handball 

150 Intermediate 

Badminton 

151 Intermediate 

Gymnastics 

152 Intermediate 

Handball 

156 Beginning Fencing 

157 Intermediate (jolf 


141 Social Dance 

142 Folk Dance 

143 Modern 
Dance 

144 Intermediate 
Modern 
Dance 

145 Advanced 
Modern Dance 

149 Creative 

Movement 
& Dance 


* Interpretation : A student under 25 years of age at the time of admission to the college is 
required to take two semesters of the requirement. 


To assure a balanced program for each student, physical education activides are 
classified into four categories: (1) aquatic activities, (2) group and team activities, 
(3) dual and individual activities, and (4) dance activities. Students are counseled 
to complete no more than two courses from any given category. 

COURSES IN INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS 

Consent of the coach of the sport is required for enrollment. Elach semester of 
enrollment carries one unit of credit. Credit in intercollegiate athletics cours^^ 
may not meet more than two semesters of the college general education require- 
ment in physical education. Not more than six units of credit in physical education 
activities, including intercollegiate athletics courses, may be applied toward credit 
for graduation. May be repeated for a maximum of six units. 

170A Intercollegiate Sports for Women (Basketball) (1) 


314 


Physical Education 


170B Intercollegiate Sports for Women (Volleyball) (1) 

181 Baseball (1) 

182 Basketball (1) 

183 Cross Country (1) 

186 Golf (1) 

187 Gymnastics (1) 

192 Soccer (1) 

193 Swimming (1) 

194 Tennis (1) 

195 Track and Field (1) 

196 Water Polo (1) 

197 Wrestling (1) 

PROFESSIONAL THEORY COURSES 
201 Introduction to Physical Education and Recreation (3) 

Introduction to physical education programs in public and private agencies, per- 
sonal, social and professional requirements of the physical education teacher and 
recreation leader, includes the origin and development of the professions of health 
education, physical education and recreation with emphasis upon their signficance 
and function in contemporary" American culture. 

PE 205 Professional Activities: Sports/Dance (2) 

Prerequisite: open to physical education major. 

Development of skills and knowledge in selected sports and dance activities; 

(1) Combatives, modem dance, gymnastics; 

(2) Archery, badminton, dance, golf; 

(3) Basketball, track & field, tennis, volleyball; 

(4) Football, soccer, baseball, tumbling (m) ; 

(5) Field hockey, soccer, softball, tumbling (w); May be repeated four times. 
(4 hours activity) 

210 Wator Safety Instructor (2) 

Prerequisite: PE 113 or equivalent and consent of the instructor. This course 
prepares the student to teach swimming and life saving and to supervise aquatic 
programs. Successful completion of this course will qualify the student for cer- 
tification as an ARC Water Safety Instructor. Course cannot be used to satisfy 
a semester of the general education physical education requirement. (1 hour lec- 
ture, 2 hours activity) 

214 Skin ond Scuba Diving (2) 

Prerequisites: PE 113 or equivalent and the consent of the instructor. The 
techniques of skin and scuba diving. Theory of diving, safety procedures and 
applications of diving will be covered. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

201 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (2) 

Prerequisite: Upper division standing, successful completion of HE 102 (or equiv- 
^ent) and instructors permission. Designed to assist trainers, coaches, physical 
education instructors, health educators, YMCA and playground personnel, and 


315 


Physical Education 


athletes in the prevention and care of athletic injuries. Emphasis will be on prac- 
tical applications as well as theory. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

311 Analysis of Aquatics (2) 

Prerequisites: PE 113 or equivalent and permission of the instructor. Analysis of 
springboard diving, instructional and competitive swimming, waterpolo, and skin 
and scuba diving. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

312 Analysis of Combofives (2) 

Prerequisite: PE 132M Combatives or equivalent. Analysis of judo (jujitsu), 
wrestling and self-defense. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

313 Analysis of Folk, Square and Social Dance (2) 

Prerequisite: PE 141, PE 142 or equivalent. Analysis of basic dance skills, inter- 
national folk, square, round and social dancing. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

314 Analysis of Individual and Dual Sports (2) 

Prerequisites: proficiency in skills covered and permission of the instructor. 
Analysis of archery, badminton, golf and tennis. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

315 Analysis of Modern Dance (2) 

Prerequisites: PE 143, PE 144 or equivalent and permission of instructor. Analysis 
of modem dance including choreography, program planning and dance accompa- 
niment. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

317A Analysis of Team Sports (W) (2) 

Prerequisites: proficiency in the skills covered and permission of the instructor. 
Analysis of basketball, softball, soccer, speedball, and speed-a-way (1 hour lecture, 
2 hours activity). 

31 7B Analysis of Team Sports (W) (2) 

Prerequisites: proficiency in the skills of the sports covered and permission of the 
instructor. Analysis of volleyball, field hockey, track and field (1 hour lecture, 2 
hours activity) . 

318 Analysis of Team Sports (M) (2) 

Prerequisites: PE 12 IM, PE 122M or equivalent and permission of the instructor. 
Analysis of soccer, softball, speedball, and volleyball. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours 
activity) 

319 Analysis of Gymnastics and Tumbling (2) 

Prerequisites: PE 13 IM, PE 13 IW or equivalent and permission of the instructor. 
Analysis of apparatus gymnastics and tumbling. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

320 Theory of Coaching Basketball (2) 

Prerequisites: proficiency in basketball and permission of the instructor. Analysis 
of skills, instructional procedures and coaching techniques necessary in coaching 
competitive basketball. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

321 Theory of Coaching Baseball (2) 

Prerequisites: consent of the instructor and upper division standing. This course 
is designed to help prepare the student as a coach of baseball. Emphasis is on 
offensive and defensive coaching techniques as well as conditioning, budget prepa- 
ration, purchase and care of equipment, scheduling, officiating, and design and care 
of facilities. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 


316 


Physical Education 


322 Theory of Coaching Track and Field (2) 

This course is designed to prepare students in the fundamental techniques of 
coaching track and field activities. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity). 

324 Theory and Principles of Human Motor Learning (3) 

Prerequisites: PE 201 and permission of the instructor. An analysis of current 
theories of motor learning as related to human performance. Philosophical bases 
are developed from which basic principles are evolved. 

325 Case Studies in Human Motor Learning (3) 

Prerequisite: PE 324. Case studies involving human physical performance. Se- 
quence of activities, individual needs, institutional patterns of organization and pro- 
gramming. 

333 Physical Education and Human Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ Found 311. Emphasis is placed upon characteristics of the 
child, particularly as these relate to physical growth and development; basic 
mechanical principles underlying efficient movement; and programs for physical 
needs of children in the elementary school. 

416 Kinesiology (3) 

Prerequisite: Bio 361 or equivalent. The study of human motion. 

417 Physiology of Exercise (3) 

Prerequisite: Bio 361 or equivalent. The study of physiological processes in 
physical activities and the effects of training upon performance. 

418 Adapted and Corrective Activities (3) 

Prerequisite: PE 416. The study and selection of activities and programs for 
students physically unable to participate in the regular physical education program. 

420 Tests and Measurements in Physical Education (3) 

A study of the development and use of tests and measurements in physical 
education in the evaluation of objectives, programs, and student achievement. 

442 Teaching Physical Education in the Secondary School (2) 

Prerequisite: Education 340, Education 311, admission to teacher education, 
senior standing or consent of the instructor. The student who has not had teaching 
exp>erience must register concurrently in Education 449. See page 158 under Sec- 
ondary Education for description of Standard Teaching Credential Program. 
Objectives, methods, and materials including audiovisual instruction for teaching 
physical education in secondary schools. 

SIO Research in Health Education, Physical Education, and Recreation (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate status or instructor’s permission. The role and functions 
of research in health, physical education, and recreation; included are the different 
types of research with tools of and equipment for the respective research. Selection 
and development of research problems and critique of completed studies are 
stressed. 

515 Seminar in Physical Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate status with a major or minor in physical education. A 
study of current problems and issues in physical education through a critical 
analysis of the literature in the field and research findings. 


317 


Physical Education 


516 Philosophical Bases of Physical Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate status with a major in physical education. Identification 
of philosophical schools of thought as related to physical education including the 
role of the philosophical process. Examination and application of the philosophical 
process in physical education. 

520 International Physical Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate status with a major in physical education. An in depth 
study of the theory and practice of physical education and sports in selected 
foreign countries. Evaluation of foreign physical education programs in relation 
to programs witnessed in the United States. 

530 Administration and Supervision of Health Education/ Physical Education and 
Recreation (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate status with major in physical education. An in depth 
study and critical analysis of existing programs in health education, physical educa- 
tion, and recreation in terms of established evaluative criteria and norms of practice. 

532 Curriculum Design in Physical Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate status with a major in physical education. Study in desir- 
able practices, procedures, and factors influencing curricular development in the 
field of physical education. Especially designed for the practicing teacher, super- 
visor of physical education, and the school administrator concerned with physical 
education in the total school program. 

533 Facilities Development and Planning (2) 

Prerequisite: Graduate status and a major in physical education. Analysis of new 
trends and research in the development of indoor and outdoor facilities in planning 
programs in health education, physical education and recreation with special em- 
phasis upon design, safety, features, site selection, building construction and equip- 
ment needs. 

540 Seminar in Problems in Adapted Physical Education (3) 

Prerequisite: PE 418. Identification and solutions of problems in planning, organi- 
zation, administration, and evaluation of adapted physical education programs at 
local, state, and national levels. 

545 Seminar in Evaluation in Physical Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate status with a major in physical education. The study and 
application of advanced evaluation procedures and scientific instrumentation used 
in the solution of current problems and projects in physical education. 

551 Seminar: Advanced Study in Physiology of Exercise (3) 

Prerequisite: PE 417 or equivalent. A study of advanced theories of exercise and 
physiological function. 

552 Human Bio-Kinetics (3) 

Prerequisite: PE 416 or equivalent background in kinesiology and physiology- 
A study of advanced theories and a detailed analysis of human movement. 

555 Scientific Bases of Training (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate status, course work in kinesiology, physiology of exercise, 
bio-kinetics, and permission of the instructor. Detailed study of contempora^ 
training with specific attention to the development of those qualities involved in 
various sports. Experience in evaluation of the effects of training. 


318 


Recreotion 


560A Advanced Study in Performance: Badminton and Tennis (2) 

Prerequisite: Graduate status, advanced preparation and/or experience in bad- 
minton and tennis or permission of the instructor. Theory and analysis of top 
level performance. Includes in depth study of skills, techniques and strategy in- 
volved in badminton and tennis and the factors pertinent to outstanding athletic 
performance. 

560B Advanced Study in Performance: Gymnastics (2) 

Prerequisite: Graduate status, advanced preparation and/or work in gymnastics 
or permission of the instructor. Theory and analysis of top level performance. In- 
cludes in depth study of the skills and techniques involved in gymnastics and the 
factors pertinent to outstanding athletic performance. 

560C Advanced Study in Performance: Track and Field (2) 

Prerequisite: Graduate status, advanced preparation and/or work in track and 
field or permission of the instructor. Theory and analysis of top level performance. 
Includes in depth study of the skills, techniques, and strategy involved in track 
and field and the factors pertinent to outstanding athletic performance. 

598 Thesis (4) 

Prerequisite: PE 510 and permission of the instructor. Individual research on an 
empirical problem. Conferences with thesis chairman and committee, culminating 
in a thesis. 

599 Independent Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate status and consent of the faculty adviser and department 
chairman. Research for qualified graduate students desiring to pursue independent 
inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

749 Student Teaching in Physical Education in the Secondary School and Seminar 

( 6 ) 

See page 312 for description and prerequisites. 

RECREATION 

(Offered by the Department of Health Education, 

Physical Education and Recreation) 

203 Recreation Programs and Activities (2) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Theory and activity course, leadersh^) 
in recreation programs, activities in recreation agencies. Laboratory experiences 
and practice included. (4 hours activity) 


319 


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING 


101 Introduction to Engineering (1) 

An introduction designed to familiarize the student with the nature, respon- 
sibilities and opportunities of the profession. 

102 Graphical Analysis (2) 

Mechanical Drawing and descriptive geometry including graphical computa- 
tion vectors, nomography, representations and analysis of empirical data. (6 hours 
laboratory) 

201 Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 150B, Physics 22 lA. An introductory development of the 
fundamentals of statics with emphasis on application to strength of materials. 

202 Properties of Engineering Materials (3) 

Prerequisites: Chem 101, Engr 201. Applications of basic principles of physics 
and chemistry to the selection and use of engineering materials, with specific 
emphasis on mechanical behavior of metals and upon the electrical properties of 
semiconducting materials. 

203 Electric Circuits (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Math 250A. Analysis of electric and magnetic cir- 
cuits, network theorems, polyphase circuits, complex frequency plane, resonance, 
and magnetically coupled circuits. 

203L Electric Circuits Lab (1) 

Prerequisite: Engr 203 (may be taken concurrently.) Laboratory applications of 
Engr 203. (3 hours laboratory) 

205 Digital Computation (2) 

Prerequisites: Math 150A. Applications of the digital computer to elementary 
engineering problems and numerical methods. 

301 Strength of Materials (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 202, Math 250A. Elastic and plastic behavior, axial, torsional 
and flexural loading, statically indeterminate members, columns. 

302 Dynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 201, Math 250A. Newton’s laws, motion of particles and 
rigid bodies, work and energy, impulse and momentum. 

303 Electronics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 203. Electron tube characteristics, semiconductor theory and 
devices, analysis of amplifiers, rectifiers and oscillators, electronic instrumentation. 

303L Electronics Lob (1) 

Corequisite: Engr 303. Laboratory study of electron tubes, transistors, diodes, 
electronic circuits and instruments. (3 hours laboratory) 

304 Thermodynamics (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 201, Math 250A. Heat and work, thermodynamic laws, re- 
versibility, (Uarnot principle, elementary kinetic theory. 


320 


Engineering 


305 Transport Processes (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 201, Math 250A. Fluid statics, laminar and turbulent flows, 
flow through conduits, principles of heat transfer. 

306A Unified Laboratory (1) 

Corequisites: Engr 202, 305. Principles of instrumentation and measurements 
in engineering, measurement of electrical, mechanical and thermal parameters. (3 
hours laboratory) 

306B Unified Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisite: Engr 3 06 A; corequisite: Engr 312. Continuation of Engr 3 06 A, 
measurement of distributed parameters under transient and steady state conditions, 
the use of analog computer in the solution of engineering problems. (3 hours lab- 
oratory) 

308 Engineering Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 250B; corequisite: Engr 205. Mathematical models of physi- 
cal systems, Fourier series and integrals, Laplace transform theory and applications. 

309 Networks and Transmission Lines (2) 

Prerequisite: Engr 203, 308. Network descriptions by matrix methods, amplitude 
and phase response, the wave equation, reflection and standing waves, lossless lines, 
high frequency transmission lines, the Smith Chart. 

310 Electronic Circitits: Discrete and Integrated (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 303 with C or better. Introduction to active network theory, 
feedback and noise considerations, analog computing circuits, tuned amplifiers, 
sinusoidal oscillators, amplitude modulation and detection, angle modulation, dis- 
criminators. 

311 Field Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Physics 22 IB, Engr 308. Fundamental concepts and experimental 
background underlying the formulation of electric, magnetic and electromagnetic 
field theory. Electric and magnetic fields produced by charge and current distri- 
butions. Effect of magnetic, dielectric and conducting materials. Forces produced 
on charges, currents and material media. Electromagnetic and magnetoelectric in- 
duction. Reduction of field theory to circuit theory. Capacitance, inductance and 
resistance. 

312 Linear System Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 203, 302, 308. Analysis of linear physical systems, electrical and 
mechanical analogies, convolution and superposition integrals and applications, 
signal flow graphs, the concept of feedback and consideration of stability. 

315 Electronics and Circuits Lab (1) 

Corequisite: Engr 314. Experimental study of transistor and vacuum tube circuits. 
(3 hours laboratory) 

316 Applied Thermodynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: Chem 105, Engr 304. Continuation of Engr 304, thermodynamic re- 
lations, nonideal gases, chemical reaction, combustion. 

323 Structural Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 201. Analysis of beams, space trusses, frames, arches. Analysis 
of statically indeterminate structures. Introduction to finite difference method in 
structural mechanics. 


321 


Engineering 


324 Soil Mechanics and Foundations (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 201, 301. Soil properties and soil action as related to prob- 
lems encountered in engineering structures; compression, shear strength, stability 
and lateral earth pressures. 

324L Soil Mechanics and Foundations Laboratory (1) 

Corequisite: Engr 324. Laboratory exercises supporting Engr 324. (3 hours lab- 
oratory) 

326 Structural Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 201, 301. Elements of the design of steel, timber members. 
Connection details. Design of complete structures for both vertical and lateral 
loads. 

333 Applied Aerodynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 305. Introductory course in the evaluation of the aerodynamic 
loads on flight vehicles. Performance estimation of flight vehicles. 

335 Mechanical Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 302; corequisite: Engr 202. The analysis of machines and 
mechanical components in terms of inputs and outputs, the determination of one 
when the other is specified. 

360 Electrical Engineering Design Projects Lab (2) 

Prerequisite: Within 20 units of graduation. The application of fundamental 
engineering principles to typical design problems in the field of electrical engineer- 
ing. (6 hours laboratory) 

361 Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Design Projects Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisite: Within 20 units of graduation. The application of fundamental engi- 
neering principles to typical design problems in the mechanical/aerospace engineer- 
ing field. 

370 Seminar in Electrical Engineering (1) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in engineering. Recent developments in electrical 
engineering. Oral and written reports. 

371 Seminar in Mechanical/Aerospace Engineering (1) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in engineering. Recent developments in mechani- 
cal/aerospace engineering. Oral and written reports. 

375A,B Electrical Engineering Laboratory (2,2) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in engineering. Laboratory investigations of elec- 
tronic and electromechanical components and systems including experimental stud- 
ies involving feedback control systems; analog computer studies (6 hours). 

402 Elements of Digital Computers (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 303. Introduction to digital computers. Boolean algebra, switch- 
ing networks, input-output devices, analog-digital conversion, arithmetic and 
control units. 

402L Digital Techniques Laboratory (1) 

Corequisite: Engr 402. Experimental study of digital logic and switching cir- 
cuits. (3 hours laboratory) 


322 


Engineering 


403 Computer Methods in Numerical Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 205, 312. The use of numerical methods and digital computers 
in the solution of algebraic, transcendental, simultaneous, ordinary and partial differ- 
ential equations, linear programming. 

404 Analog Computation (2) 

Prerequisite: Engr 303, 312. Basic analog computer elements, programming, the 
solution of linear and nonlinear problems, transfer function generation, simulation. 

404L Analog Computation Laboratory (1) 

Corequisite: Engr 404. Experimental study of linear and nonlinear problems using 
an analog computer. Simulation studies of physical systems. (3 hours laboratory) 

406 Dynamic Response (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 302. Steady and transient oscillations, lumped and distributed 
parameter systems, vibration isolation. 

408 Reinforced Concrete Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 301, 323. Theory of reinforced concrete. Design of reinforced 
concrete slabs, beams, columns, buildings and bridges. Introduction to prestressed 
concrete, ultimate strength theory. 

409 Intermediate Structural Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 323, 326, 408. Analysis of structural systems, such as buildings, 
bridges. Various considerations leading to the final selection of a structural design 
scheme. Design philosophy, code interpretation. Design projects. 

410 Space Dynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 312. Kinematics and dynamics of particles and rigid bodies, 
generalized theories of mechanics, LaGrange equations of motion, Hamilton’s princ- 
iple; potential fields, orbit theory; gyroscopic theory, introduction to gyroscopic 
instruments. 

41 1 Dynamics of Structures (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 301, 323, Math 310 or equivalent. Free and forced vibrations 
of discrete systems, response of structures to impulse loads and earthquakes. Matrix 
formulation and normal coordinates analysis. Vibration of beams. 

412 Theory of Elasticity (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 301, 308. The differential equations which govern the behavior 
of an elastic solid, and their applications to a variety of problems in two and three 
dimensions using various coordinate systems. 

413 Electromechanical Energy Conversion (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 312. Basic principles of electromechanical energy conversion 
machinery and transducers. Magnetic circuits and transformers. Performance and 
control of synchronous, induction and direct-current machines. 

41 3L Electromechanical Energy Conversion Laboratory (1) 

Corequisite: Engr 413. Experimental study of electromechanical machinery and 
transducers. 

414 Matrix Analysis of Structures (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 301, 323. Introduction to matrix algebra; use of matrix formu- 
lation in the analysis of structures; flexibility and stiffness methods; use of the 
matrix method on a digital computer. 


323 


Engineering 


415 Gas Dynamics (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 304, 305. The dynamics and thermodynamics of compressible 
fluid flow, adiabatic and diabatic flows, shock waves. 

416 Feedback Control Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 312. Formulation of transfer functions, block diagrams and 
signal flow graphs, open-loop and closed-loop frequency response, root locus 
methods, consideration of stability and steady-state errors. 

418 Foundation Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 323, 326, 408. Design loads for foundation structures. Design 
of footings, retaining walls, piled foundations, bulkheads, other waterfront structures. 

419 Electromagnetic Field Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 311. Continuation of Engr 318 to provide a greater depth 
and extension of coverage, energy in fields. Maxwell’s equations, boundary value 
problems, propagation, guided waves, transmission line theory and matching. 

420 Limit Analysis of Structures (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 301, 323. General theory of elastic-plastic state of materials; 
concept of yield hinges and yield lines; analysis of continuous beams, frames, plates. 

421 Mechanical Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 301, 335. Complete design of a mechanical device, formula- 
tion of the problem, synthesis of the components, analysis of the assembly and 
evaluation of the product. 

423 Engineering Probability and Statistics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 308, or consent of instructor. Engineering problems involv- 
ing discrete and continuous random variables, probability distribution and density 
functions, introduction to stochastic processes, correlation functions and power 
spectral densities. 

427 Indeterminate Structures (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 323. The Analysis of indeterminate structures, such as con- 
tinuous beams, frames, grids, arches, trusses, curved beams, using slope and de- 
flection method, moment distribution method, elastic energy approach. Tem- 
perature effect, foundation settlement, secondary stresses. Non-prismatic members. 

430 Design of Steel Structures (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 301. Design of steel structures: design of built-up girders, 
moment connections, light gage metal members. Torsion and unsymmetrical bend- 
ing of beams, buckling of beams and columns. Design for wind and earthquake 
forces. The use of the latest AISC design code. 

433 Aerodynamics (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 302, 305. Measurements in aerodynamics, elementary flo'^ 
theory, Reynolds number, Mach number and compressibility, finite wing theory- 

434 Direct Energy Conversion (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 203, 304, 305. The direct conversion of heat to electrical 
energy, thermoelectric, thermionic and magnetohydrodynamic devices, solar and 
fuel cells. 


324 


Engineering 


437 Propulsion (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 305, 316. Application of the principles of thermodynamics and 
compressible fluids in propulsive processes. 

443 Electronic Communication Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 310, 315. Principles of amplitude, angular and pulse modula- 
tion, study of representative communication systems, consideration of the effects 
of noise on system performance. 

443L Electronic Communication Systems Laboratory (1) 

Corequisite: Engr 443. Experimental study of detection, modulation and signal 
generation; VHP and UHF component and system studies. 

445 Pulse and Digital Circuits (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 310. Analysis and design of active and passive devices and 
circuits for the generation and processing of pulse, digital, and switching wave- 
forms. 

446 Radar Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 443. The theory of radar measurements, detection and 
measurement in search radar, range — and doppler — tracking systems, M T I tech- 
niques. 

455 Solid-state Electronics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 310. Semiconductor properties and the physical principles and 
theory underlying the operation of semiconductor devices; characteristics and 
approximate models for circuit analysis. 

473 Introduction to Nuclear Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing in engineering. An introductory course 
on the engineering aspects of nuclear energy, nuclear engineering principles and 
elementary reactor theory, reactor design considerations and certain applications. 

499 Independent Study (1—3) 

Prerequisite: Approval of study plan by adviser. Study of specialized topics in 
engineering selected in consultation with the instructor and carried out under his 
supervision. May be repeated for credit. 

501 Microwaves (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 403, 419. Review of concepts underlying Maxwell’s equa- 
tions, propagation through passive, active, linear, nonlinear, isotropic, anisotropic, 
homogeneous and inhomogeneous media with and without wave guiding structures. 
Orthogonal modes in waveguide and cavity resonators, microwave circuit theory, 
microwave devices. Generation and transmission microwave energy. 

503 Information Theory and Coding (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 423. Information measures, probabilistic studies of the trans- 
mission and encoding of information, Shannon’s fundamental theorems, coding 
for noisy channels. 

504 Linear Network Synthesis (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 313. Generalized analysis methods of passive networks, modem 
s^thesis procedures for realizing driving-point and transfer-functions, approxima- 
tion methods in filter design. 


325 


Engineering 


505 Nonlinear Control Systemi (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 416. Analysis of nonlinear control systems using linearization 
and perturbation techniques; describing function and phase plane techniques; 
Lyapunov’s stability criterion. 

506 Digital Computer Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 402. The organization and logical design of digital data proc- 
essing systems for computation, information processing, and control. 

507 Statistical Communication Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 423, 443. Characterization of random signals and processes, 
transmission of random signals through linear systems, noise considerations, detec- 
tion theory, optimum receivers. 

508 Intermediate Fluid Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisite: Elngr 305. Basic equations of fluid dynamics, Navier-Stokes equa- 
tions, similarity parameters, inviscid fluids, potential flow. 

509 Theory of Plates and Shells (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 301, 591 or equivalent. Theory of plates bent by transverse 
loads; applications to circular, rectangular, other shapes. General theory of thin 
shells; shells of revolution; shells of translation. 

510 Numerical and Approximate Methods in Structural Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 308, Engr 205 or equivalent, graduate standing in engineer- 
ing. The use of finite difference approximation in the analysis of beam on elastic 
supports, arches, plates, shells, vibration and buckling of beams. Numerical solu- 
tion using relaxation and iteration method, digital computer programs. 

511 Advanced Dynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 302. The dynamics of particles and rigid bodies by the use of 
the formulations of the laws of mechanics due to Newton, Euler, Lagrange and 
Hamilton; applications. 

512 Gyrodynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: 302. Frames of reference, Euler ian angles, spinning disks and 
rotors, gravity effects, gyroscopes, control of forced and free vibrations. 

513 Optimal Control Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 416. Optimal control theory using the calculus of variations, 
controllability and observability, sensitivity considerations, direct computational 
methods in optimum systems control. 

515A,B Quantum Electronics (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 403, 419, 455. Electrolmuinescence, interaction of radiation 
and matter, gas lasers, solid state laser, injection lasers, holography, electro-optic 
effects, non-linear optics, laser systems, noise and applications. 

516 Advanced Principles of Heat Transfer (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 407. A study of advanced principles in convective and radia- 
tion heat transfer. Exact and approximate solutions of thermal boundary layc^ 
problems. A study of energy transfer in absorbing and emitting media. 


326 


Engineering 


517 Theory of Inelasticity (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 412, 591 or equivalent. General equations of inelastic con- 
tinua; theory of plasticity; three dimensional yield conditions and flow laws; 
theory of linear viscoelasticity ; applications. 

518 Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 508. \ Viscous flow, Couette and Poiseuille flow, introduction 
to turbulence and boundary layer theory. 

519 Advanced Structural Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 301, 323, 591 or equivalent. Use of potential energy principle 
in structural analysis; direct and indirect method of calculus of variations; non- 
linear problems of large deformation; beam on elastic foundations; special topics 
in structural mechanics. 

520 Incompressible Boundary Layer Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 407. A study of the fundamental equation of motion and 
continuity applied to viscous fluids (Navier-Stokes equations). The development 
of the boundary layer equations and the study of viscous drag. Investigation of 
boundary layer control theory to reduce viscous drag. 

521 A,B Anfenna Theory (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 403, 419. Polarization; radiation patterns; impedance char- 
acteristics; plane, cylindrical and spherical waves, electric and magnetic dipoles; 
wire antennas, traveling wave antennas; broad band antennas; analysis and syn- 
thesis of arrays; parabolas; lenses; radomes; feed systems; scattering; multiple beam 
antennas; synthetic antennas; phased arrays; diffraction; solution by superposition, 
orthogonal expansion, integral equation and variational techniques; antenna meas- 
urements. 

522 Theory of Hydrodynamic Lubrication (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 305. Introduction to the theory and design of fluid film 
bearings. 

523 Solid State Devices (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 455. Theory and application of solid-state and integrated cir- 
cuit electronic devices; junction and insulated-gate field-effect transistors; metal- 
oxide-semiconductor devices. 

524 Advanced Thermodynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 316. Equilibrium and stability criteria, chemical thermody- 
namics, multiple reaction systems, ionization, equilibrium composition. 

525 Compressible Boundary Layer Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 305. Introduction to the study of compressible viscous flow 
analysis. The compressible boundary layer solutions. 

530 Advanced Strength of Materials (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 301. Castigliano’s theorem, principle of virtual work, applica- 
tions to cylinders, shrink fits, curved beams, elastic and inelastic buckling of 
columns. 

545 Advanced Structural Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 408, 591 or equivalent. Analysis and design of thin shell 
structures; folded plates structures; suspended cable structures. 


327 


Engineering 

547 Advanced Dynamics of Structures (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 411, 591 or equivalent. Vibration of beams, plates and shells. 
Dynamic response of continuous systems in general. Introduction to random 
vibrations. Topics in nonlinear vibrations. 

549 Theory of Elastic Stability (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 301, 530, 591 or equivalent. Critical loads of columns, beam 
columns, plates, shells; lateral stability of beams, torsional buckling of open sections, 
stability of the frames; dynamic stability of elastic systems. 

553A,B Plasma Dynamics (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 403, 419. Orbit theory, collision theory, transport properties, 
equilibrium, oscillations, fluctuations, thermionic energy conversion, plasma con- 
tainment, instabilities, fusion power, plasma propulsion, hypersonics, plasma sheaths 
and wakes, scattering from plasmas, wave propagation through plasmas, energy 
conversion. 

555 Electromagnetic Field Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 419. Relativistic electrodynamics, retarded potentials, radiation 
from arbitrarily moving charges, (Derenkov radiation, cyclotron radiation, propa- 
gation in dispersive media, space charge dynamics, advanced boundary value 
problems. 

557 Sampled-data Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 416. Analysis of sampled-data and digital control systems, 
using Z-transforms and state-variable methods, consideration of stability. 

559 Active Network Synthesis (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 504. Analysis and design of linear active circuits based on 
pole-zero concepts; synthesis of active networks with controlled sources, negative 
emittance converters, operational amplifiers. 

569 Orbital Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 410. The two-body problem, geometry of orbits, transfers, 
perturbation, stability and oscillations, rendezvous. 

570 Seminar in Electrical Engineering (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and 12 units of graduate course work. Seminar 
covering special topics and current developments of primary interest in the field 
of electrical engineering. This course, with different content, may be retaken for 
additional credit. 

573 Aerospace Guidance Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 410. Principles of inertial, stellar-inertial and doppler-inertial 
guidance and control systems; mechanization equations; theory and error analyses 
of inertial and optical sensors, gyro-stabilized platforms and complete navigation 
systems; theory and mechanization of space vehicle navigation, guidance and 
control systems. 

575 Kinetic Theory and Statistical Thermodynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 316. Statistical study of ideal gases, kinetic theory, statistical 
mechanics, electron gas, thermionic emission, photon and phonon gases. 

577 Reliability Analysis of Structures (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 323, 423. Application of statistics and theory of probability to 
the problems of safety of structures. 


328 


Engineering 


5t1 Linear Systems Engineering (3) (Formerly 581A) 

Prerequisites: Engr 312 and graduate standing. (Hassification of systems, prin- 
ciples of time domain analysis, matrices, linear spaces, analog simulation, state 
space, matrix representation of state equations, review of the Laplace transform, 
systems with random signals, stability of systems. 

582 Estimation Theory in Systems Engineering (3) (Formerly 581B) 
Prerequisites: Engr 423, 581. Linear estimation theory, Gauss-Markoff, least 
squares, Kalman, maximum likelihood; Kalman estimation for discrete dynamic 
systems, smoothing, filtering, and prediction; Kalman estimation for continuous 
dynamic systems; Weiner’s optimum filter. 

585 Optimization Techniques in Systems Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 403. Differentiation and optimization of functions of several 
variables; maxima and minima; Lagrange multipliers; linear programming and the 
simplex method; dynamic programming and application; introduction to the cal- 
culus of variations. 

587 Operotional Analysis Techniques in Systems Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 423, 585. Operational research models; applications of proba- 
bility theory to reliability, quality control, waiting line theory, Markov chains; 
Monte Carlo methods. 

591 Analytical Methods in Engineering (1-6) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing and consent of the instructor. Application of 
advanced analytical methods in the solution of complicated problems in civil, 
electrical and mechanical engineering. 

592 Advanced Engineering Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 308 or equivalent. Method of solving ordinary differential 
equations with variable coefficients leading to Bessel function and other special 
functions. Engineering application of partial differential equations with examples 
drawn from elasticity, vibrations, heat conduction, fluid mechanics, electromagnetic 
waves and electrical conduction phenomena. Variational method and optimization 
of functions with multiple variables. 

597 Graduate Projects (1-6) 

Prerequisite: permission of adviser. 

598 Theeh (1-6) 

Prerequisite: permission of adviser. 

599 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Qassified graduate status. Open to graduate students only by per- 
mission of Engineering School Graduate Committee. May be repeated for credit 
only upon approval of this committee. 


329 




'•J"', / ' ' -■■; \ ^v-,, ,:)'g^;:i,- 

jv.’!.:: .' - . ■■,■' V rriit.OTcb ••../:;t,‘ 'ig. ■m^; 

'• ' ■' '■'■■n':^'. .-'/'Ji ■ V tc ;Tof'''.’:r'-::.’ 

■ '■ ■' ' ' ■ 1 v i.ji .Av- ' .A' 

, .-„; , Yfv,/,;v: •- . v^'.: w ft r i 

V ,.,f ' . 'iK\.--..- ' -V 7^ '3 \ . * ^ ^ ';.:K:T;il !?-^:vi^>it!'i;v:ne-'- 

A''^"M,n\b •,r.3-7-:.> ^. ,'i ■■:• ,. ■'’iv'':/;;i‘: .'I'i - m:,:V’>',.v'T' .rji-rikl':! 

i"t ,,i,';.v> . 

■; -:i-- - v..;;, ,:A-. 

, ,,, , . . 7--:: ■ ■■ 

. -n’' >^75!,. . >■'„ iv J r .' '-;•■:•■ 7 ;,^^ •■■• .7;^^ Am) .V,,- ■ V, ;-:^vv 

■lo 7-i* ■;l n^^n,X'b(>; r^r:\ ,■•■ :)0, 

■ - ^.•;" 71’ ., ;.’^:;-7'' • .1,’ • ' 

■ „■■.■ - '. :';'7..;:, b/ , . 

i{.r 7 -.'; ;•:' ^ b ■ J! 

V7.:'. .l3', ■.r.Aj -r ,. -J : ; i‘k;v.,- - ^,. ■ 

;; ':^/.i »rw3:‘. 

^.■’ - r ^ ^ ^ Mi £r 

■. M .:• i;,..''-' ,:,. - ■■ •.: 7 v "'' 

r?! • ■ : . '. .; -■•b .,•,. :’,.,![v/>.r'-( ' Ah'Ah;!^^ b , a 

■■ ' '''' ' '^ 7r;j.;3 173JV 

■ . , , '■, '. ^ 7" • ' . , ■ '■ V. -/Co::;.' ' ■ ■ 

J>:^, • ;^bv: 

■'. V' , '■ b'- .'■/ ' ■; r yQ' ■ : . ■■ 

.v-b'.-’ . ,, :;.''i!"^' . ;•■ .!3 7'. ^'■.1’]-;'- ?J. . ...rb;.:-, Huv/ griitiirbA''-' 

' -‘Ji' '. •• ' ^ ' A •.•,'Tim:. 'b,; .-7 .v-. ;t',;'i'*.r;i::'' :. 'f ,i?-:'.'-b;,T 

. ->.‘-';v.r>'7'' • .. 7 ;: ,; , .';'/:t3 u'v:r. . 

v- ^ ' b.:-' ' -. 

i;iqr . - / ’ ■ 

■■ ' ' ■ "' 'If- ■■■ ■ >'•;?'. ‘,'7. ' 

■§■■'■• t ■(►!. 

'.' b.,. - ; :, ,.;7V . - 

-. . r A: , :,. ■'.- . 

-■'. ■ '”■■ ■ .- ‘ . . ^i,; bx;- b _ •■' • 7 ■ 

. 77 . :' ^r. 'X'; ' '.. ■ ■ ' ■..'^' "7 ^ 


DIRECTORIES 

FOR 1968-69 


ADVISORY COUNCILS 
AUXILIARY ORGANIZATIONS 
COOPERATING TEACHERS 
FACULTY AND ADMINISTRATION 


INDEX 


asiHOToama 

nm. 


a::av'= /.,;viy!AOIIO lliCUA ■ 

.a:. . ^■:.lITi.fv:^iOO:j- 

"tir^ A/IT^C^IIMaA (fAA YTJU3A'i 


x;'icw!i 


ADVISORY COUNCILS 


Engineering Advisory Council 
Nicholas A. Begovich, Chairman 
Vice President 
Ground Systems Group 
Hughes Aircraft Company 
Fullerton 

Alfred V. Gangnes 
President 

Interstate Electronics Corporation 
Anaheim 

Louis B. Horwitz 

Vice President and Division Manager 
Time-Share Computing Division 
Scientific Data Systems 
£11 Segundo 

Joseph W. Lewis 
San Marino 


Science Advisory Council 

A. L. Antonio 
Group Vice President 
Aerojet-General Corporation 
El Monte 

Merl J. Carson, M.D. 

Medical Director 
Children’s Hospital of 
Orange County 
Orange 

Earl A. Coddington 
Professor of Mathematics 
University of California 
Los Angeles 

Richard S. Crog 
Director, Exploration and 
Production Research Division 
Union Oil Company 
Brea 

Robert P. Dilworth 
Professor of Mathematics 
California Institute of Technology 
Pasadena 


Wendell B. Sell 
President 

Packard-Bell Electronics Corporation 
Los Angeles 
John L. ^igrist 
Vice President 

Douglas Missile and Space Systems 
Division 

Space Science Center 
Huntington Beach 
William B. Simecka 
Chief Scientist 
Northrop Nortronics 
Anaheim 
W. J. West 

Vice President, Engineering 
Autonetics Division 
North American Rockwell 
Corporation 
Anaheim 


Joseph Kaplan 
Professor of Physics 
University of California 
Los Angeles 

H. W. Magoun 
Dean of Graduate Division 
University of California 
Los Angeles 

Thane H. McCuUoh 
Professor of Geology 
California Institute of Technology 
Pasadena 

Eric L. Nelson 
Vice President 
Allergan Pharmaceuticals 
Santa Ana 

Andreas Rechnitzer 
Project Engineer 
Autonetics Division 
North American Rockwell 
Corporation 
Anaheim 


333 


Advisory Councils 

N. Allen Riley 
Laboratory Director 
Chevron Research Company 
La Habra 


A. H. Roebuck 
Director of Research 
Amercoat Corporation 
Brea 


Howard Steinberg 
Vice President and Director of 
Research 

U.S. Borax Research Corporation 
Anaheim 

Virgil O. Wodicka 
Vice President and Technical 
Director 

Hunt-Wesson Foods, Inc. 
Fullerton 


School Administration Advisory Council 

Ernest G. Lake, Chairman 
Director, School Administration 
Program 

California State College, Fullerton 
Fullerton 

Hollis P. Allen 

Professor of Education Emeritus 
Claremont College and California 
State College, Fullerton 
Claremont 

Hilton D. BeU 
Department of Education 
Chapman College 
Orange 

James D. Brier 
Superintendent 

Anaheim City Elementary School 
District 
Anaheim 

William L. Cunningham 
Superintendent 

Newport-Mesa Unified School 
District 

Newport Beach 

Max L. Forney 
Superintendent 

Huntington Beach Union High 
School District 
Huntington Beach 

Sterling L. Fox 
Superintendent 
Yorba Linda School District 
Yorba Linda 

Bert K. Hathaway 
Principal 

La Habra High School 
La Habra 


Charles F. Kenney 
Superintendent 

Capistrano Unified School District 
Capistrano Beach 

Harold V. Kibby 
Superintendent 

Orange Unified School District 
Orange 

Ernest R. Norton 
Assistant Superintendent, Business 
Services 

Orange County Schools 
Santa Ana 

D. Russell Parks 
Superintendent 

Fullerton Elementary School District 
Fullerton 

David H. Paynter 
Superintendent 

Garden Grove Unified School 
District 
Garden Grove 

Walter J. Pray 
Assistant Superintendent 
North Orange County Junior 
College District 
Fullerton 

Kenneth J. Preble, Jr. 

Associate Professor of Education 
California State College, Fullerton 
Fullerton 

Dr. Alden W. Smith 
Associate Professor of Education 
California State College, Fullerton 
Fullerton 


334 


Advisory Councils 


Leonard J. Stiffler 
Principal 

Sierra Vista School 
Placentia 

Glenn Tabor 
Superintendent 
Santa Ana Unified and Junior 
College Districts 
Santa Ana 

David P. Tansey 
Principal 

Valencia High School 
Placentia 

William L. Ullom 
Superintendent 
Laguna Beach Unified School 
District 
Laguna Beach 


Norman E. Watson 
Superintendent 
Orange Coast Junior College 
District 
Costa Mesa 

James S. Lennox, ex officio 
Principal 

Charles L. McComber Intermediate 
School 
Buena Park 

Eugene L. McGarry, ex officio 
Dean, School of Education 
California State College, Fullerton 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Georgiana McLeod, ex officio 
Assistant Principal 
Estancia High ^hool 
Costa Mesa 


Teacher Education Advisory Council 

Hilton D. Bell 
Department of Education 
Chapman College 
Orange 

Mrs. Herbert O. Came 
Garden Grove 

Douglas C. Dyer 
Social Science Department 
Santa Ana Senior High School 
Santa Ana 

Mrs. Cymbre P. Ferguson 
Project in Director 
Centralia School District 
Buena Park 

Clarence Johnson 
Coordinator of Guidance 
Orange County Schools 
Santa Ana 

Donald S. Jordan 
County Board of Education 
Garden Grove 

William H. Klaustermeyer 
Chairman, Division of Social Sciences 
Fullerton Junior College 
Fullerton 


Barron G. Knechtel 
Department of Mathematics 
Orange Coast College 
Costa Mesa 

Mrs. Margaret McKillop 
Principal 
Sunnyside School 
Garden Grove 

Mrs. Mildred D. Mohney 
Association of Cypress Teachers 
Buena Park 

Edwin N. Norvell 
Dean of Liberal Arts 
Santa Ana Junior College 
Santa Ana 

Robert Peterson 

County Superintendent of Schools 
Santa Ana 

Mrs. Joan Reiner 
Dean of Instruction 
Sonora High School 
La Habra 

Mrs. Marie Smith 
San Joaquin School District 
Irvine 


335 


Advisory Councils 


William Stocks 

Assistant Superintendent, 
Educational Services 

San Joaquin School District 

Irvine 

Mrs. Martha Zabel 

Department of English 

Los Alamitos High School 

Los Alamitos 


Technical Communications Advisory Council 

Norman Abell Selwyn Handler 


Member, Technical Staff 

Data Systems Division 

North American Rockwell 
Corporation 

Downey 

L. W. Running 

Director of Data Services 

Collins Radio Company 

Newport Beach 

James J. Caron 

Technical Communications 
Management 

Space Division 

North American Rockwell 

Supervisor, MOL Editing 

Services Group 

Technical Documentation and 
Graphics Services 

Douglas Space Systems Center 
Huntington Beach 

Walter J. Lowe 

Training Specialist 

Space Division 

North American Rockwell 
Corporation 

Downey 

Mrs. Theresa A. Philler 

Teacher, Redlands High School 
Redlands 

Corporation 

Downey 

Frank Cueto 

Engineering Group Leader 

Frank A. Quackenbush, Jr. 

Head, Graphic Communication 
Section 

Hughes Aircraft Company 

Fullerton 

Space Division 

North American Rockwell 
Corporation 

Downey 

Miss HyDee Small 

Honeywell, Inc. 

West Covina 

Bruce R. Dieter 

Senior Materials Engineer 

Norair Division 

Northrop Corporation 

Hawthorne 

John M. Stormes 

Publications Coordinator 

Space Division 

North American Rockwell 
Corporation 

Downey 

Urban Advisory Council 

John B. Allen 

Manager, Income Department 

Forest E. Olson, Inc. 

Santa Ana 

Alfred C. BeU 

Senior Planner 

Orange County Planning Commission 
Santa Ana 

Edward L. Almquist 

President 

La Habra Board of Realtors 

La Habra 

H. L. (Jack) CaldweU 

Senior Vice President and Director 
Macco Realty Company 

Newport Beach 


336 


Advisory Councils 


Jerry F. Christie 
Vice President 
Fullerton Savings and Loan 
Association 
Fullerton 

Donald DeWitt 
Planning Director 
City of Fullerton 
Fullerton 

Ralph Diedrich 
Building Contractor 
Viking & Maunaloa Management 
Company 
Buena Park 

Orville Gibson 
President 

Buena Park District Board 
of Realtors 
Cypress 

Gordon L. Haney, Jr. 

President 

Fullerton Board of Realtors 
Fullerton 

Robert B. Hirsch 
Vice President 

Coldwell Banker and Company 
Newport Beach 

Maurice L. McAllister 
President 

Downey Savings and Loan 
Association 
Downey 

William J. McGarvey, Jr. 

Presideht 

McGarvey-Thompson Realty, Inc. 
Fullerton 

Leland E. Myhre 

Vice President and Branch Manager 
Anaheim Savings and Loan 
Association 
Brea 


Richard Y. Nerio 
President 

Garden Grove Board of Realtors 
Garden Grove 

Dale Post 

Marketing Research Director 
First American Title Insurance 
and Trust Co. 

Santa Ana 

Phillip Reilly 
President 

Mission Viejo Company 
Mission Viejo 

Robert J. Savage 
Architects Institute of America 
Orange County Chapter 
Santa Ana 

Chester Schultz 
Consulting Engineer 
McLean and Schultz 
Fullerton 

Kenneth Scripsma 
General Sales Manager 
Disneyland Hotel 
Anaheim 

John F. Seymour, Jr. 

President 

Anaheim Board of Realtors 
Anaheim 

Bill Shubin 
Marketing Manager 
The City 
Orange 

Robert L. Speik 

Murray and Speik and Company 
Fullerton 

Joseph G. Tuttobene 
President 

Commonwealth Escrow Company 
Fullerton 


337 


AUXILIARY ORGANIZATIONS 


Friends of the College 

Officers and Executive Cormmttee: 

Donald H. Roberts, President 
Anaheim 

Q)nra4 G. Tuohey, Vice President 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Leonard Andrews, Secretary 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Donald F. Bauman, Treasurer 
Fullerton 

Giles T. Brown 
Newport Beach 

William P. Coston 
Placentia 


Edward Gelsthorpe 
Fullerton 

William M. Harrison 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Phyllis Key 
Fullerton 

Richard Lyon 
Balboa 

Ralph S. McLean 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Charles A. Peterson 
Fullerton 


Miss Jane Deming 
Fullerton 


Arnold M. Small 
Fullerton 


Earl Fuller, MJ). 
Fullerton 


Stanton Waddell 
Fullerton 


Art Alliance 

Officers and Board of Directors: 

Mrs. Qyde Lyles, President 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Francis ConnoUy, Vice President 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Burt L. Taylor, Secretary 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Gerhard L. Hollander, Treasurer 
Fullerton 


Mrs. Florence Arnold 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Martin Chodos 
Fullerton 

Mrs. H. Wyllys Copenhagen 
Fullerton 

Mrs. William P. Cox 
Fullerton 

338 


Mrs. Paul L. Egeler 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Gerhard E. Ehmann 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Thomas Jones 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Jack A. Rose 
Fullerton 

Mrs. John Slater 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Howard Steinberg 
Fullerton 

Mrs. L. W. Thrasher 
Fullerton 

Mrs. James E. Turman 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Virgil O. Wodicka 
Fullerton 


Auxiliary Organizations 


Music Associates 
Officers and Executive Board: 

Maxson Foss, Chairman 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Allan Bridgeford, Vice Chairman 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Conrad G. Tuohey, Recording 
Secretary 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Maxson Foss, Corresponding 
Secretary 
Fullerton 


Miss Marcelina Arroues 
Fullerton 

Mrs. C. Stanley Chapman 
Fullerton 

Miss Jane Deming 
Fullerton 

Mrs. John G. Fluck 
Fullerton 

J. Wray Murray 
Fullerton 


Mrs. Lester M. Semans, Treasurer James K. Nagamatsu 

Placentia Anaheim 


Patrons of the Library 
Officers and Board of Governors: 

Earl C. Roger, President 
La Habra 

Lester W. McLennan, First Vice 
President 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Stanley E. Cramer, Second Vice 
President 
La Habra 


Robert Erickson 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Donald R. Fix 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Samuel Gendel 
Fullerton 

Herman Hiltscher 
Fullerton 


Mrs. Joe W. Johnson, Secretary p. Mark Kerridge 

Fullerton Fullerton 


Mrs. Nicholas A. Begovich, Treasurer 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Dean O. Bowman 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Russell Brooks 
La Habra 

Fred Cantrell 
Pasadena 

Mrs. Dorman L. Commons 
Fullerton 

Keith Cordrey 
Newport Beach 


Bert Lowe 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Jack Dain 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Victor Morrison 
Santa Ana 

John A. Murdy, Jr. 
Ne^vport Beach 

Mrs. H. George Osborne 
Fullerton 


Jerry Dodson 
La Habra 


Stanley J. Pawlowrski 
Anaheim 


339 


Auxiliary Organizations 


Mrs. Herbert I. Perry 
Anaheim 

N. Allen RUey 
Fullerton 

A. Leonard Robbins 
Santa Ana 


Harold M. Williams 
Fullerton 

John W. Williams 
Anaheim 

Mrs. Virgil O. Wodicka 
Fullerton 


Titan Boosters 


Tucker Wildlife Society 
Wesley Marx, Honorary Chairman 
Irvine 


340 


PUBLIC SCHOOL TEACHERS COOPERATING IN 
STUDENT TEACHING PROGRAM 1968 


Anaheim City School District 

Diane Ackland, Gayel Arason, Sally Bane, Jeanne Blackwell, Margaret Clifford, 
Betty Cowan, James Crum, John Ehrke, Joyce Froysland, Joyce Fyhrie, Linda 
Gunn, Nell Hydursec, Marsha Keefe, Ruby Lackey, Jean Laube, Jeri Lewis, 
Wilma McCormack, Jan Miller, Leila Moberg, Cammila Myers, Veronica O’Neill, 
Patricia Scofield, Myrtle Shaw, William Sidman, Doris Sugihara, Marie Taylor. 

Anaheim Union High School District 

Robert Corfman, Miguel de Cruz, George DeVinna, Allan Dobkins, Harold Farr, 
Ernest Fox, Bill 'French, Miles Graff, Gerald Gregg, Thomas Halleen, Doug Hast- 
ings, Keith Huffman, Leroy Kellogg, Dorothy McPhillips, David Messinger, 
Michael Mikulics, John Owens, Dorothy Paridon, Harvey Reynolds, Keith Rich- 
ard, Norman Terkelson, Bill Williamson. 

Brea-Olinda Unified School District 
Marly Bergerud, Ed Gibbs, Madeline Wylie. 

Centralia School District 

Ardelle Aslakson, Virgie Bacon, Jackie Hill, Dorothy Jorgensen, Katherine 
Murrey, Sharon Packer, Wanda Porter, Elizabeth Riordan, Mary Ann Ruth, 
Ruth Stillwell 

Fountain Valley School District 

Nancy Baker, Carol Beeghley, Valarie Carter, Patricia Qark, Yvonne Cogomo, 
Joy Fitzgerald, Rhodanne Foy, Richard Hanna, Jean Hart, Carolene Hogan, 
Linda Lemley, Betty Magruder, Mary Moder, Beverly Mullen, Lynn Murray, 
Dorothy Partin, Marilyn Pestolesi, Beverly Prince, Carol Roback, Clara Schultz, 
Suzanne Shaffer, Heather Trinidad, Sharon Twedt, Lynn Van Holt, Linda 
Veinhold. 

Fullerton School District 

Marcie Baker, Verna Bixler, Margaret Bortz, Marilee Bramlett, Germaine Cahill, 
Bobbie Catlin, Florence Cavileer, Cecelia Ceresa, Helen Cogan, Carol Growl, 
Elodia Earthman, Lois Felshaw, Crusa Ferrero, Barbara Gearhart, Wilma Gibbs, 
Philip Hansen, George Kantner, Mary Jane Koffard, Dorothy Kreutzer, Joyce 
McMahon, Eileen Miller, Andrea Northcote, Nancy O’Connell, Jean Oliver,. 
Jean Piirto, Sybil Potts, Betty Querry, Myrtle Reno, Joan Sneed, Mary Staff on, 
Kathryn Thady, Ruth Trout, Robert Wilcox, Phyllis Ziemer. 

Fullerton Union High School District 

Audrey Adams, Carl Ames, Frank Bortz, Warren Bowen, George W. Burt, 
William Campbell, Margaret Chaconas, Iris Cholona, Marvin Freitag, Gertrude 
Guyette, Rodger Hindman, Leroy Hollenbeck, Anne Kline, Ed Laswell, John 
Minneci, William Purkiss, Ben Rogers, David Skelly, Bradlynn Stegmann, Robert 
Strange, Lisolette Thom, EUizabeth Van Oppen, Norma Wilson. 

Garden Grove Unified School District 
Merritt Grimm, John Shafer. 


341 


Cooperating Teachers 

La Habra City School District 

Betty Anderson, Mary Blanton, Jean Cochran, Betty Connor, Ben Crespin, Bar- 
bara Fischer, Carma Jarrett, Reita Lutz, Virginia Peelle, Jeri Reiser. 

Lowell School District 

Mary Anderson, Phylis Bannon, Carolynne Bruin, Ray Capp, Harriett Dickman, 
Yvonne Fenaroli, Judy Flanders, Mary Gamer, Lillie Jones, Don Knauf, Donna 
Loomer, Kay McNeil, Millree Mohler, Diane Mooney, Bernice Nossoff, Lila 
Patterson, Patricia Price, Shirley Ranney, Alice Shallenberger, Nancy Stewart, 
Elaine Tada, Jack Wardell, Welthy Warner. 

North Orange County Junior College District 
Leland Allen, Martin Brown. 

Orange Unified School District 

Lucille Alley, Eulyne Anrecht, Marilyn Arbenz, Richard Behn, Mary Bishop, 
Lilyan Bois, Margie Burch, G. Conkey, Margaret Cornett, Hazel Davis, Bob 
De Gree, Jo Ann Ditmore, Maeva Frank, Martha Grecian, Freida Gully, Lucille 
Gunn, Sylvia Hamilton, Virgil Hellick, Marlene Henderson, Norman Johnson, 
Isabel King, Violet Kjer, Dick Lantz, Gary Long, Bob McKie, Elizabeth May- 
nard, Ted Mullin, Jim Ritchie, Bill Schertle, Beverly Trotter. 

Placentia Unified School District 

Grace Blanchard, Larry Qem, Helen Churvarsky, Carol Downey, Miriam 
Dutcher, Dorothy Haeseker, Barbara Hemmerling, Dale Malone, Duane Mendell, 
Pat Mullins, Joan Newfarmer, Joan Oldendorf, Lee Pando, Margaret Rayburn, 
Linda Robb, Kay Schneider, Linda Sherwood, Irma Shrake, Anna Speck, Jane 
Stanley, Norma Stout, Carol Strook, Cleolene Tome, Felipe Vela, Barbara Vig- 
none, Jean Warner. 

Pomona Unified School District 
Loma Arant, Jane Peevey. 

Tustin School District 

Mary Adair, Sydney Calhoun, Evelyn Hunt, Carol Mayfield, Carol Roberts, 
Anita Walker, William Watts. 

Tustin Union High School District 
Alayne Campbell, Jack Robinson. 


342 


CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGE, FULLERTON 


FACULTY AND ADMINISTRATION 1968-69 


(Year in parentheses indicates date of appointment) 

LANGSDORF, WILLIAM B. (1959), President and Professor of History 
B.A., M.A., Occidental College; Ph.D., University of California 

» ADAMS, PHILLIP A. (1963), Associate Professor of Biology 
B.S., University of California; M.A. Ph.D., Harvard University 

ADAMS, RAYMOND V. (1960), Professor of Physics and Chairman, Physics Department 
B.S., Kansas State University; Ph.D., California Institute of Technology 

ALAMSHAH, WILLIAM H. (1959), Professor of Philosophy 

M.A., Claremont Graduate School; Ph.D., University of Southern California 

ALBRECHT, EDNA L. (1966), Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
B.A., M.Ed., Whittier College 

ALEXANDER, JAMES P. (1960), Associate Professor of Communications 

B.A., M.S., University of Southern California; Ed.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

ALLAN, JOHN S. (1968), Lecturer in Science Education 
B.S., M.S., University of Utah 

ALLEN, HOLLIS P. (1960), Professor of Education Emeritus 

B.A., Pomona College; M.A., Ed.D., Stanford University; LL.D., Claremont Graduate School 

AMES, DENNIS B. (1960), Professor of Mathematics and Chairman, Mathematics Department 
B.A., M.A., Bishop’s University; Ph.D., Yale University 

ANDERSEN, MARTIN P. (1965), Professor of Speech 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 

ANTONELU, EDWARD A. (1967), Instructor in English 
B.A., Seattle University; M.A., University of Washington 

ARANA, OSWALDO (1965), Associate Professor of Spanish 

B.A., Texas Christian University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado 

AUSTIN, DON D. (1963), Associate Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., University of Redlands; Ph.D., University of Washington 

BABCOCK, RICHARD D. (1966), Assistant Professor of Management 
B.S., Indiana University; M.S., Arizona State University 
BACHMAN, ALFRED M. (1968), Assistant Professor of Mathematics Education 
B.S., Oregon College of Education; M.Ed., M.S.y Ph.D., University of Oregon 

* BAILLIE, ALLAN S. (1965), Assistant Professor of Management 
B.Sc., B.S.M.E., Ohio University; M.B.A., University of Washington 

BAKER, GEORGE T., Ill (1968), Assistant Professor of History 
B.A., Duke University; M.A., California State College, Fullerton 

BALDWIN, SIDNEY (1967), Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Wesleyan University; M.P.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University 

BANKS, DORIS H. (1967), Librarian IV 

B.S., New York State Teachers College; M.S.L.S., Syracuse University; M.P.A., University 
of Southern California 

BARISH, NATALIE (1966), Associate Professor of Biology 

A. B., Goucher College; M.A., Indiana University; Ph.D., Ohio State University 

BARRES, STEPHEN J. (1961), Professor of Management and Labor Relations 

B. A., Texas Western College; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University 

BARRETT, JEAN A. (1963), Associate Professor of Physical Education 
B.S., Cortland Sute Teachers College; Ed.M., Ed.D., University of Buffalo 

BATES, MARILYN M. (1966), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., M.A., California State College, Long Beach; Ph.D., University of Southern California 


* On leave 1968-69. 


343 


Faculty and Administration 

BAUR, JAMES A. (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
B.S., Elmhurst College; Ph.D., University of Kansas 

BECK, JAMES A. (1968), Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Eastern Washington State College; M.A., Ph.D., Washington State University 

BECK, WARREN A. (1961), Professor of History and Chairman, History Department 
B.A., M.A., Wayne University; Ph.D., Ohio State University 

* BECKER, ERNEST A. (1959), Dean of Students and Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Amherst College; B.D., Hartford Theological Seminary; M.A., Ed.D., University of 
Southern California 

BELL, CHARLES G. (1964), Associate Professor of Political Science 
B.A., Pomona College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

BELL, TONY (1968), Lecturer in Sociology 

B.A., M.A., University of California, Santa Barbara 

BELLOLI, ROBERT C. (1968), Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
B.S., St. Louis University; Ph.D., University of California 

BELLOT, LELAND J. <1964), Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Lamar State CoUege; M.A., Rice Institute; Ph.D., University of Texas 

BENGTSON, KURT L. (1967), Assistant Professor of Physics 
B.S., M.A., Wayne State University 

BENNETT, JAMES C. (1968), Associate Professor of Education 

A. B., San Jose State College; M.A., Stanford University; Ed.D., University of Southern 
California 

BENSON, RUSSELL V. (1965), Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B. E.E., Cornell University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

BIGELOW, RALPH (1966), Associate Dean of Students, Director of Admissions and Records, 
and Associate Professor 
B.Mus., M.Mus., University of Rochester 

BLANCHARD, MILTON C. (1961), Building Coordinator 
B.S., M.Ed., Tufts University 

BLANK, LANE B. (1967), Associate Professor of Quantitative Methods 
B.S., M.S., Ed.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

If BLEND, HARVEY (1963), Professor of Physics 

B.S., University of Texas; M.S., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

BLOOM, BEATRICE ANN (1967), Lecturer in Orman 

B.A., Oberlin College; M.A., University of Southern California 

BOARINO, GERALD L. (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California 

BOOTH, HERBERT W. (1967), Assistant Professor of Speech 
B.A., M.A., California State College, Los Angeles 

BRADSHAW, L. JACK (1965), Professor of Biology 
B.A., Ph.D., St^ord University 
BRA(JG, MARY JANE (1966), Librarian II 

B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Columbia University; M.L.S., University of California, Los Angeles 

BRATTSTROM, BAYARD H. (1960), Professor of Zoology 

B.S., San Diego State College; M.A., Ph.D., University California, Los Angeles 

t BREESE, LAUREN W., Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Pomona College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

BRIGHT, DONALD B. (1967), Associate Professor of Biology 

A. B., M.S., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

BRISTOW, RONALD M. (1959), Acting Dean of Students, and Associate Professor 

B. A., M.A., Ed.D., University of Southern California 

BR(K3KMANN, LOUIS O. (1963), Professor of Education and Director, Pupil Personnel Services 
Program 

B.A., MJV., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 

♦ On leave 1968-69. 

t On leave roring 1969. 
t On leave fall 1968. 


344 


Faculty and Administration 


BROWN, GILES T. (1960), Dean of Graduate Studies, and Professor of History 

B.A., San Diego State College; M.A., University of California; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate 
School 

BROWN, MICHAEL E. (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science 
B.A., California State College, Long Beach 

BRYDEN, JOHN H. (1961), Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., College of Idaho; M.S., California Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of California, 
Los Angeles 

BUCHMAN, EDWIN O. (1968), Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., California Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

BUCHWALD, MARY PELTZ (1967), Librarian III 

B.A., M.S.L.S., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

BUCK, CHARLES W. (1964), Acting Associate Dean of Counseling and Testing 
B.A., Occidental College; M.A., University of Oregon 
BURKE, MAX W. (1960), Director of Placement Services and Associate Professor 
B.A., University of Iowa; B.D., Colgate-Rochester Divinity School 
BUSBY, WILLIAM T. (1967), Assistant Professor of Marketing and Quantitative Methods 
B.B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.S., University of Southern California 

CABANEL-EVANS, HILDA P. (1967), Instructor in English 
Licendatura, Universidad de los Andes, Bogota 

CAINE, JOHN E. (1968), Associate Professor of Physical Education; and Director of Athletics 
B.S., M.S., University of California, Los Angeles; Ed.D., Colorado State College 

CALHOUN, ROLAND L. (1961), Associate Professor of Psychology 
B.A., Claremont Men’s College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan 

CAMPBELL, JOHN B. (1965), Admissions Officer 
B.A., Colgate University; M.A., Chapman College 

CARD, EDWARD T. (1966), Operations Research Analyst 
B.A., California State College, Fullerton 

* CARLSON, RAE S. (1961), Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., University of Nebraska; M.S., University of Washington; Ph.D., University of Michigan 

CARR, EDWIN R. (1960), Professor of Education and Economics 

B.A., Jamestown College; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota 

CARTLEDGE, SAMUEL J. (1966), Assistant Professor of French 

A. B., King College; Ph.D., Yale University. 

CAVAN, JAMES A. (1968), Lecturer in Drama 

American Academy of Dramatic Arts 
CAYTON, J. MICHAEL (1968), Assistant Professor of Economics 

B. A., Stanford University 

CHADWICK, CAROLE S. (1967), Instructor in Music 

B.A., University of Delaware; M.A., Columbia University Teachers College 

CHAPMAN, GORDON R. (1968), Lecturer in Economics 

A. B., Stanford University; M.A., University of Oklahoma 

CHARLTON, F. ANDREW (1965), Assistant Professor of Music 

B. M.Ed., Pepperdine College; M.A., California State College, Los Angeles 

CHEN, WILLIAM P. (1960), Ubrarian IV 

B.A., National Wu-Han University, China; M.S. in L.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of lUmois 

CHIANG, GEORGE C. (1967), Assistant Professor of Engineering 

B.S., National Taiwan University; M.S., University of Southern California; Ph.D., Stanford 
University 

CHIANG, VERONICA T. (1968), Librarian II 

B.A. Tamkang College of Letters and Sdence; M.S.L.S., University of Southern California 

CHING, ALVIN K. (1967), Assistant Professor of Art 

B.A., California State College, Long Beach; M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art 

CHIOU, FLORA Y. C. (1967), Librarian H 

B.A., National Taiwan University; M.S.L.S., University of Southern California 

CHRISTENSEN, LAWRENCE L. (1966), Assistant Professor of Anthropology 
B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 


* On leave 1968-69. 


345 


Faculty and Administration 


COCHRUM, ELLEN J. <1966), Lecturer in Russian 
B.A., California State College at Fullerton 
COCKERHAM, LOUIS W. (1968), Assistant Professor of Speech 
B.S., M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Illinois 

COHN, GEORGE 1. (1968), Professor of Engineering 

B.S.E.E., California Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology 

COLEMAN, JACK W. (1968), Dean, School of Business Administration and Economics; and 
Acting Chairman, Department of Accounting 
B.S., Kansas University; M.B.A., University of Michigan; D.B.A., Indiana University 

COLGAN, FRED R. (1965), Associate Professor of Management 
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

COLMAN, RONALD W. (1964), Lecturer in Quantitative Methods 
B.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

COOPERMAN, EDWARD L. (1967), Assistant Professor of Physics 
B.S., Lehigh University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 

COPP, CAROL M. (1965), Assistant Professor of Sodolc^ 

B.A., M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Colorado 

COPPEL, LYNN M. (1968), Librarian II 

B.S., University of Arizona; M.A., University of Denver 

COPPOUNO, IDA S. (1960), Professor of Education 

B.S., University of Utah; M.A., New York University; Ed.D., University of California, Los 
Angeles 

CORMAN, EUGENE J. (1966), Assistant Professor of Accounting 
B.Sc., M.B.A., University of Santa Clara, C.P.A. 

COX, CHARLES H. (1968), Lecturer in Philosophy 
B.A., M.A., University of Califmnia, Santa Barbara 

COX, MIRIAM S. (1967), Associate Professor of English 
B.S., Utah State University; M.S., University of Idaho 

CHONQUIST, JOHN (1967), Instructor in Phil(^hy 

A. B., Duke University; A.M., Harvard University 
CROWLEY, RONALD J. (1965), Assistant Professor of Physics 

B. S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

CROY, HAZEL M. (1960), Professor of Education, and Director, Reading Education Program 
B.A., M.A., University of Redlands; Ed.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

CUMMINGS, SHERWOOD P. (1963), Professor of English and Vice Chairman, English 
Department 

B.S., University of Illinois; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 

CURIEL, LUIS (1968), Lecturer in Spanish 

Licenciado en Filosofia & Letras; Licenciado en Derecho, University, Valladolid, Spain 

CURRAN, DARRYL J. (1967), Instructor in Art 
B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

» CURTIS, DWIGHT W., JR., (1965), Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., College of the Pacific; M.A., Sacramento State College; Ph.D., University of Oregon 

CUSICK, JAMES W. (1961), Associate Professor of Education, and Director, Secondary Educa- 
tion Program 

B.S., Montana State College; M.A., Washington State University; Ph.D., University of Min- 
nesota 

DAVIS, BARBARA E. ( 1960), Librarian FV 

B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology; B.Mus., University of Wisconsin; M.L.S., Carnegie 
Library School 

* DAVIS, F. JAMES (1962), Professor of Sociology and Chairman, Sociology Department 
B.A., Ph.D., State University of Iowa 

de FRANCE, DOROTHEA (1967), Lecturer in English 
B.A., M.A., California State CoUege, Los Angeles 

de GRAAF, LAWRENCE B. (1959), Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 


* On leave 1968-69. 


346 


faculty and Administration 

DENNO, RAYMOND E. (1961), Director of Audiovisual Services, and Professor of Education 
B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.S., University of Southern California; Ed.D., 
University of California, Los Angeles 
DERENNE, ROLAND J. (1968), Assistant Professor of Sociology 
B.A., M.A., Marquette University 

» DIETZ, NAOMI G. (1960), Professor of Art 

B.S., \^itworth College; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University 

DINERSTEIN, NELSON T. (1968), Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
B.S., M.A., University of Massachusetts; Ph.D., University of Utah 

DITTMAN, ROGER R. (1964), Associate Professor of Physics 

B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.S., University of Delaware; Ph.D., University 
of Southern California 

DOANE, KENNETH R. (1960), Director of Institutional Research and Studies, and Professor 
of Education 

B.S., Wisconsin State College, La Crosse; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 

DOERING, ROBERT D. (1969), Associate Professor of Management 
B.E.M.E., M.S.C.E., M.S.I.E., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

DOLP, FRANZ (1968), Assistant Professor of Economics 
B.S., Yale University; Ph.D., University of California 

DONDIS, ERNEST H. <1966), Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., M.A., California State College, Long Beach; Ph.D., University of California 

DONOGHUE, MILDRED R. (1962), Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., University of Detroit; Ed.D., University of California, 
Los Angeles 

DORER, FRED H. (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., California State College, Long Beach; Ph.D., University of Washington 

DUCKWORTH, JOHN E. (1968), Assistant Professor of Engineering 
B.S.M.E., M.S.M.E., University of Southern California 

DUERR, EDWIN (1964), Associate Professor of Drama 
B.A., University of California; M.A., Cornell University 

EARICK, ARTHUR D. (1960), Professor of Geography 

B.A., Indiana University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan 

EBERSOLE, PETER D. (1967), Lecturer in Psychology 

A. B., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
EDWARDS, RICHARD A. (1964), Assistant Professor of English 

B. A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., Yale University 

EDWARDS, ROBERT E. (1966), Professor of Psychology and Chairman, Psychology Department 
B.S., M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Washington 

EGBERT, RUSSELL J. (1968), Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., University of California, Riverside; M.S., Ph.D., University of Arizona 

EHMANN, GERHARD E. (1959), Dean of Educational Services and Summer Session, and Pro- 
fessor of Education 

B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Ed.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

ELLMORE, R. TERRY (1968), Assistant Professor of Drama 
B.A., M.A., Washington State University 

EL-SADEN, MUNIR R. (1966), Professor of Engineering 

B.Sc., University of Denver; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan 

ENELL, GEORGE O. (1965), Assistant Professor of Speech 

B.A., Pomona College; B.D., Fuller Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern 
California 

EPSTEIN, CYRIL R., Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., Yale University 

ETUE, GEORGE E. (1963), Associate Professor of History 
B.A., Union College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California 

EVJENTH, HENRY A. (1964), Assistant Professor of Art 
B.A., M.A., California State College, Long Beach 


* On leave 1968-69. 


347 


Faculty and Administration 

FARDY, PAUL ,S. (1967), Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
B.S., State University of New York; M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois 

FARMER, MARJORIE M. (1965), Lecturer in English 
B.A., M.A., California State College, Fullerton 

FASHEH, ISSA 1. (1966), Librarian II 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.L.S., University of Southern California 

FELDMAN, DAVID M. (1964), Associate Professor of Spanish 

B.A., University of Southern California; M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University 

FELDMAN, ROBERT S. (1964), Associate Professor of History 
B.S., Illinois State University; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University 

FERARU, ANNE T. (1966), Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Wilson College; M.A., Columbia University; Docteur dc Funiversite, University of Lyons 

FERGUSON, GERALDINE T. (1968). Lecturer in Education 
B.A., Denison University; M.A., Ohio State University 

FESSENDEN, SETH A. (1959), Professor of Speech 

B.S., M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., New York University 

HERMAN, MORTON C. (1963), Professor of Education 

B.A., Western Reserve University; M.H.L., D.D., Hebrew Union College; M.A., Tulsa Uni- 
versity; Ed.D., Arizona State University 

HSCHER, HERTA D. (1967), Librarian HI 

B.A., University of Berlin; M.A., University of Denver 

* HSHER, JOEL M. (1968), Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.S., University of Southern California; M.A., University of California; Ph.D., Claremont 
Graduate School 

FLEMING, JAMES C. (1968), Director of New Educational Horizons Program 
B.A., M.A., San Francisco State College 

FLETCHER, ROBERT F. (1965), Associate Professor of Science and Mathematics Education 
B.A., M.A., San Diego State College; Ed.D., Stanford University 

FUCKEMA, THOMAS O. (1966), Assistant Professor of History 

A. B., Hope College; M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University 

FORREST, C. DORSEY (1966), Professor of Marketing 

B. S., Northwestern University; M.B.A., University of Southern California; Ph.D., Ohio State 
University 

FOSTER, BERNARD E. (1968), Director of Development 
New York University and Public Relations Institute 

FOSTER, JULIAN F. S. (1963), Associate Professor of Political Sdcncc 

B.A., M.A., New College, Oxford, England; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

FRANKLIN, CLYDE W., JR. (1968), Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Agricultural, Mechanical a^ Normal College of Arkansas; M.A., Atlanta University; 
Ph.D., University of Washington 
FRIEND, GEORGE L. (1964), Assistant Professor of English 
B^., l^ami University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois 

FRYE, MICHAEL W. (1967), Assistant Professor of Accounting 

B.S., University of California, Los Angeles; J.D., University of San Diego; C.P.A. 

FULLER, CYNTHIA (1967), Instructor in EngUsh 

B.A., University of Arizona; M.A., University of Massachusetts 

FULTON, MARTIN W. (1965), Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
B.A., M.A., California State College, Los Angeles; H.S.D., Indiana 'University 

FUSZEK, RITA M. (1964), Associate Professor of Music 
B.M., jSutler University; M.M., Michigan State University 

GERFEN, RICHARD L. (1967), Assistant Professor of Education 
B.A., M.A., California State College, Los Angeles 

GIACUMAKIS, GEORGE, JR. (1963), Associate Professor of History 
BJV., Shelton College; M.A., Ph.D., Brandeis University 

t GILBERT, RICHARD C. (1963), Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Harvard College; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 


• On leave 1968-69. 
t On leave spring 1969. 


348 


Faculty and Administration 


GILDE, JOSEPH M. (1965), Assistant Profeswr of EngUsh 
B.A., Syracuse University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago 

GILMORE, JAMES L. (1968), Professor of Education 

B.A., Willamette University; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., Stanford University 

GLEESON, LARRY A. (1966), Assistant Professor of Art 

B.A., Dartmouth College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 
GOOD, KAYE M. (1963), Associate Professor of Speech 

B.A., Washington State College; M.A., California State College, Long Beach 

GOULD, BETTY W. (1965), Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., University of Southern California; M.A., Fresno State College 

GRANELL, T.FF. E. (1960), Associate Professor of Speech and Chairman, Speech Department 
B.A., San Diego State College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

GRAVES, LEVERN F. (1960), Professor of Economics 
B.A., Ph.D., University of California 

GRAY, J. JUSTIN (1961), Associate Dean, School of Letters, Arts and Science; and Professor 
of Music 

B.Mus., University of Michigan; M.Mus., Eastman School of Music; D.Mus., University of 
Southern California 

GREENFIELD, DAVID W. (1966), Assistant Professor of Zoology 

A. B., Humboldt State College; Ph.D., University of Washington 

GREENWOOD, JOAN V. (1963), Associate Professor of English and Coordinator of Freshman 
English 

B. A., Wellesley College; M.A., Ph.D., Stanford University 
GUSTAFSON, GEORGE A. (1968), Assistant Professor of Accounting 

B.A., Michigan State University; M.B.A., University of Michigan 

HAAKER, ANNABELLE M. (1965), Associate Professor of English 

B.A., University of Texas; M.A., Claremont Graduate School; Ph.D., Shakespeare Institute, 
University of Birmingham 

HAGEDORN, ROBERT B. (1966), Associate Professor of Sociology 

B.A., San Francisco State College; M.A., University of Washington; Ph.D., University of Texas 

HALL, WILLIAM K., JR. (1967), Assistant Professor of Management 
B.M.E., Georgia Institute of Technology; M.S., San Diego State College 

HANAUER, ERIC S. (1966), Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
B.S., George Williams College; M.S., University of California, Los Angeles 

HANSEN, ARTHUR A. (1966), Assistant Professor of History 
B.A., M.A., University of California, Santa Barbara 
* HARDMAN, O. CLYDE (1965), Assistant Professor of Accounting 
B.S., M.S., University of Utah 

t HARDY, B. CARMON (1966), Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Washington State University; M.A., Brigham Young University; Ph.D., Wayne State 
University 

HARLOW, CAROLINE W. (1968), Assistant Professor of Political Science 
B.A., St. Catherine’s College; M.A., University of Minnesota 
HARLOW, ROBERT L. (1968), Assistant Profes^r of Economics 

A. B., Bates Colleges; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University 

HARRIS, BARBARA ANN (1967), Assistant Professor of Speech „ ^ . t 

B. S., Ohio State University; M.A., Temple University; Ph.D., University of California, Los 
Angeles 

HARTSIG, BARBARA A. (1959), Professor of Education, and Director, Elementary Education 

B.A.7oSdental College; M.S., University of Southern California; Ed.D., University of Cali- 
fornia, Los Angeles 

HAYDEN, MARY H. (1965), Instructor in English 

B.A., California State College, Fullerton; M.A., University of Califorma, Riverside 

HAYNER, HELEN L. (1965), Librarian II 

B.A., State University of New York; B.S. in L.S., Syracuse University 


* On leave 1968-69. 
t On leave spring 1969. 


349 


Faculty and Administration 

HAYNER, PAUL C. (1964), Professor of Philosophy, and Chairman, Philosophy Department 
B.A., Union College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Columbia University 

HEIN, RAYMOND (1961), Professor of Art 
B.A., M.A., California State College, Long Beach 

HEINZE, BETTY L. (1965), Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., California State College, Fullerton; M.A., University of Southern California 
HELIN, RONALD A. (1963), Associate Professor of Geography 

B.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Miami University 

HENGEVELD, DENNIS A. (1967), Assistant Professor of English 
B.A., Hope College; M.A., Rice University 

HENRY, DONALD R. (1966), Assistant Professor of Drama 

B.A., State College of Iowa; M.A., University of Washington; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 

HENRY, LESTER E. ( 1968), Lecturer in Art 

B.A., California State College, Fullerton; M.F.A., Claremont Graduate School 

HERMAN, UNDA E. (1965), Librarian III 

B.A., Ci^omia State College, Los Angeles; M.L.S., University of California, Los Angeles 

HERRON, LOIS S. (1959), Director, Office of Faculty Records 
B.S., M.S., University of Illinois 

HEEGEL, GENE A. (1966), Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
B.S.. Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 

HILL, SAMUEL A., JR. (1968), Assistant Professor of Business Law 

B.S., California State College, I^ng Beach; M.B.A., J.D., University of Southern California 

HIPOUTO, JANE W. (1968), Lecturer in English 

A. B., University of California, Riverside; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

HIRSCH, A. JAY (1966), Professor of Accounting 

B. A., M.S., The Pennylvania State University; Ph.D., University of Illinois 

HITCHCOCK, LEONARD A. (1966), Instructor in Philosophy 
B.A., University of Iowa; M.A., Claremont Graduate School 

HO, CHEE LEUNG (1968), Assistant Professor of Engineering 

B.Sc., Queen’s University; M.Sc., Ph.D., California Institute of Technology 

HODGES, ROBERT R. ( 1965), Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Missouri; Ph.D., Stanford University 

HOLMES, EMMA E. (1961), Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., Mount Holyoke College; M.A., University of Illinois; Ph.D., State University of Iowa 

HORTON, MELVIN E. (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics 

B.S., University of Missouri; M.B.A., City College of New York; M.A., Ph.D., University of 
Wa^ington 

HOUGH, GRANVILLE W. (1968), Lecturer in Management 

B.S., United States Military Academy; M.S., M.E., University of Southern California; B.Ad., M.S., 
George Washington University 

HUEBNER, WAYNE V. (1968), Associate Professor of English 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota 
HUGHES, CHARLOTTE B. (1967), Associate Professor of ^glish 
B.A., University of Oregon; A.M., Ph.D., Brown University 

HUNT, EUGENE B. (1966), Professor of Engineering 

B.S., South Dakota State College; M.S., Kansas State College; Ph.D., Purdue University 

HUNTER, DOREEN M. (1967), Assistant Professor of History 

A. B., Stanford University; M.A., University of California 

HUOTARI, FRANCES I. (1966), Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B. S., M.S., Montana State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota 

HYINK, BERNARD L. (1960), Vice President, Academic Affairs, and Professor of Political 
Science 

B.A., University of Redlands; M.A., University of California; Ph.D., University Southern 
California 

»IMHOFF, MYRTLE M. (1960), Professor of Education 

B.A., Harris Teachers College; M.A., St. Louis University; Ph.D., Washington University 


* On leave 1968>69. 


350 


Faculty and Administration 


IVY, GREGORY D. (1965), Professor of Art 

B.S., Central Missouri State College; M.A., Columbia University 

JACOBSON, PERRY E., JR. (1963), Associate Professor of Sociology and Acting Chairman, 

Sociology Department 

B.A., Hamline University; M.S., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota 

JAFFEE, STANLEY (1967), Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., University of California; M.S., San Diego State College; Ph.D., University of California, 
Riverside 

JAMES, GEORGE R. (1968), Lecturer in Art 

B.A., M.A., California State College, Long Beach 

JANOTA, HARVEY F. (1968), Associate Professor of Chemistry 
B.S., Texas Lutheran College; Ph.D., The University of Texas 

JOESINK-MANDEVILLE, LEROY V. (1966), Assistant Professor of Anthropology 
B.A., Sacramento State College; M.A., Mexico City College 
JOHNSON, ELMER L. (1964), Professor of Physical Education, and Chairman, Health Educa- 
tion, Physical Education and Recreation Department 
B.A., Moorhead State College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota; Ed.D., University of Southern 
California 

JOHNSON, RAYNOLDS (1961), Assistant Professor of Communications 
B.A., California State College, Los Angeles; M.A., Stanford University 

JOHNSTON, DAVIS R. (1968), Assistant Professor of Physics 

B.Sc., University of Akron; M.Sc., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

♦JONES, HAZEL J. (1960), Associate Dean, School of Letters, Arts and Science; and Professor 
of English ^ 

B.A., Western State College of Colorado; M.S., Ed.D., University of Southern Califorma 

JORDAN, JAMES E. (1965), Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Washburn University; M.A., Ph.D., University of California 

JORDAN, JOHN R. (1965), Assistant Professor of Art 
B.A., M.F.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

JOSEPH, ROGER (1967), Assistant Professor of Anthropology 

B.A., University of Nevada; M.A., Ph.D., University of Cahfomia, Los Angeles 

JOUN, YOUNG P. (1965), Associate Professor of Quantitative Methods 
B.A., Seoul National University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Washington 

KANE, PAUL W. (1968), Lecturer in Education 

A. B., Clark University; M.A., University of Wyoming 

KAPLAN, DONALD E. (1964), Associate Professor of Speech 

B. A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., California State College, Long Beach 

KARSON, BURTON L. (1965), Assistant Professor of Music 
B.A., M.A., D.M.A., University of Southern California 

KASUN, JACQUELINE R. (1965), Associate Professor of ^onomics 
B.A., University of California; M.S., Ph.D., Columbia University 

KATZ, FRED (1968), Lecturer in Anthropology 
Diploma, National Orchestral Society, Carnegie Hall 
KAWAKAMI, DANIEL T. (1967), Counselor, Student Personnel Services 

A. B., Washington University; M.A., University of Hawaii; Ph.D., Columbia University 
Teachers College 

KEELE, LUCY MELHUISH (1967), Assistant Professor of Speech 

B. A., M.A., University of Oregon 

KELLER, ALVIN J. (1966), Assistant Professor of Drama 

B.A., University of C alif ornia, Los Angeles; M.F.A., Yale University; Ph.D., Stanford Uni- 
versity 

KELLER, R. TYRONE ( 1968), Assistant Professor of Political Science 
B.S., Brigham Young University 

KEMMERLY, JACK E. ( 1968), Associate Professor of Engineering 

B.E.E., Catholic Univesrity of America; M.S., University of Denver; Ph.D., Purdue University 

KERAN, DONALD W. (1961), Librarian III 

B.A., University of CalifOTnia, Los Angeles; M.S., University of Southern California 

KERaU, G. RAY (1963), Associate Professor of Art 

B.A., Michigan State University; M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art 


On leave spring 1969. 


351 


Faculty and Administration 

KERSCHNER, LEE R. (1961), Associate Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Rutgers University; M.A., Johns Hopkins University; Ph.D., Georgetown University 

KETTERINGHAM, WILLIAM J. (1966), Assistant Professor of Geography 
B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Stanford University 

*KILKER, DOROTHY K. (1965), Instructor in English 
B.A., M.A., California State College, Fullerton 

KIM, KUMSUN (1968), Librarian H 

B.A., Ewha Woman’s University; M.L.S., University of Oregon 

KIM, YUNG MIN (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science 

A. B., M.A., Indiana University 

KINCAID, DESMOND (1966), Assistant Professor of Music 

B. A., University of California, Santa Barbara; B.A., M.A., University of Washington 

KING, LAWRENCE J. (1968), Lecturer in Marketing 
B.S., M.S., Colorado State University 

KINGDON, FREDERICK H. (1969), Lecturer in Education 

A. B., Drake University; M.A., University of Iowa; Ed.D., University of Colorado 

KIRPALANI, RAMCHAND T. (1968), Lecturer in Management 

B. M.E., University of Bombay; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology 

KLASSEN, VURYL J. (1965), Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B.A., Butler University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Arizona 

KLASSEN, VYRON M. (1965), Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B.A., Butler University; M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute 

KLEIN, SIDNEY (1968), Professor of Economics and Chairman, Economics Department 
B.S., University of California, Los Angeles; A.B., University of Southern California; Ph.D., 
Columbia University 

KLINE, WALTER D. (1963), Professor of Spanish and Chairman, Foreign Languages and 
Literatures Department 

B.A., Indiana State Teachers College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of 
Michigan 

KRAVITZ, BERNARD (1961), Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., University of Southern California; M.A., Ed.D., University of California 

KRETER, LEO E. ( 1968), Associate Professor of Music 
B.A., Carleton College; M.A., D.M.A., Cornell University 

KRISHNAMURTHY, SUNDARAM (1968), Assistant Professor of Engineering 
B.Sc., University of Ceylon; M.S., Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute 

KRIVANEK, JARA A. (1968), Assistant Professor of Psychology 
B.A., Sydney University; Ph.D., University of California, Irvine 

KUNI, MASAMI (1964), Associate Professor of Drama 

B. Humanities, Matsue Kota Gakko University, Japan; Bungakushi, Tokyo Imperial University; 
Ph.D., Friedrich Wilhelm University 

LACKEY, PAT N. (1966), Assistant Professor of Sociology 

A. B., Southwest Missouri State College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

LAFKY, JOHN D. (1963), Associate Dean, School of Business Administration and Economics; 
and Associate Professor of Economics 

B. S., New Mexico State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas 

LAGERBERG, DONALD E. (1968), Assistant Professor of Art 

A. B., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

LAKE, ERNEST G. (1966), Professor of Education, and Director, School Administration Program 

B. A., Montana University; M.Ed., Ed.D., Harvard University 

LAKE, JEANETTE M. (1964), Librarian IH 

B.A., Mount Holyoke College; M.S., University of Southern California 

LANCASTER, WAYNE H. (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics 
B.A., California State College, Fullerton 

LANDON, JOSEPH W. (1960), Professor of Music and Chairman, Music Department 

B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Claremont Graduate School; Ed.D., University of Southern 
California 


* On leave 1968-69. 


352 


Faculty and Administration 


LANE, SYLVIA (1965), Associate Professor of Finance and Chairman, Finance Department 
B.A., M.A., University of California; Ph.D., University of Southern California 

LANGE, IRENE L. (1965), Assistant Professor of Marketing 
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois 
LANGWORTHY, WILLIAM C. (1965), Associate Professor of Chemistry 
B.S., Tufts University; Ph.D., University of California 

LAWRENCE, JOHN ERIC (1966), Instructor in Communications 

B.A., University of California; B.P.A., Art Center College of Design; M.A., California State Col- 
lege, Long Beach 

LAY, L. CLARK (1960), Professor of Mathematics Education 

B.S., Aurora College; M.A., University of Southern California; Ed.D., University of California, 
Los Angeles 

LAYDEN, WILLIAM T. (1966), Lecturer in Marketing 
B.S., M.B.A., University of Southern California 

LEDER, HANS H. (1965), Professor of Anthropology and Chairman, Anthropology Department 
B.A., New York University; M.A., Ph.D., Stanford University 

LEE, LOUISE G. (1964), Foreign Student Adviser 

B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.A., California State College, Fullerton 

LEMMON, ROBERT A. (1963), Associate Professor of Education 
B.S., M.A., Ohio State University; Ed.D., Colorado State College 

LEPPER, MARY K. (1965), Assistant Professor of Political Science 
B.A., California State College, Fullerton; Ph.D., Florida State University 
LEPPER, ROBERT E. (1965), Associate Professor of Science and Mathematics Education 
B.S., M.A., San Jose State College; Ph.D., Florida State University 

LEWIS, DANIEL G. (1963), Professor of Music 

B.A., San Diego State CoUege; M.A., Claremont Graduate School 

LINDLEY, RICHARD H., Professor of Psychology 
B.A., Ph.D., University of California 
LINDNER, WILLIAM A. (1966), Assistant Professor of Psychology 

A. B., Columbia College; Ph.D., Indiana University 

LITTLE, ARAMINTA A. (1968), Associate Professor of Physical Education 

B. S., M.F.A., University of North Carolina; Ph.D., University of Southern California 

LIVENGOOD, EDWARD B. (1960), Librarian III 

B.A., University of Redlands; M.S., University of Southern California 

LOCKAREFF, MICHAEL A. (1968), Assistant Professor of Management 

B.A., University of Southern California; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

LOCKETT, PETER P. (1968), Assistant Professor of Accounting 

B.S., University of California; M.S., University of Southern California; C.P.A. 

LOLUCH, LaNOR L. (1968), Assistant Professor of Drama 

B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., University of Oregon 

* LONG, EMMETT T. (1959), Associate Dean of Students, Director of Relations with Schools, 
and Professor of Speech 

B.A., Pepperdine College; B.A., M.A., University of California; Ed.D., University of Southern 
California 

LOUBET, JUDITH W. (1968), Assistant Professor of Management 

B.A., University of Arizona; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Montpellier University 

LUNDSTROM, WILLIAM J. (1968), Lecturer in Marketing 
B.S., Purdue University; M.B.A., Indiana University 

LYNN, ARTHUR W. (1962), Counselor and Test Officer 

B.A., University of Redlands; M.A., Claremont Graduate School 

LYNN, JOANNE L. (1966), Lecturer in English 

B.A., Pomona College; M.A., California State College, Fullerton 

LYON, MICHAEL T. (1967), Assistant Professor of Art 
B.A., M.A., University of Washington 
MACK, MARTIN P. (1968), Assistant Professor of Art 
A.B., Trinity College; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University 


* On leave 1968-69. 


353 


Faculty and Administration 

MARLEY, GERALD C. (1967), Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., l^stem New Mexico University; M.S., Texas Technological College; Ph.D., University 
of Arizona 

MASON, JOHN B. (1960), Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Butler University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 

MASTROIANNI, GEORGE A. (1968), Assistant Professor of Communications 
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.S., Syracuse University 
MATHIEU, G. BORDING (1960), Professor of French and German 
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University 
MATSON, DONALD D. (1967), Instructor in Physical Education 
B.A., M.S., University of California, Los Angeles 

MAUCH, ANNETTA B. (1965), Instructor in English 

B.A., Mexico City College; M.A., California State College, Fullerton ' 

MAXWELL, J. WILLIAM (1960), Professor of Communications and Chairman, Communications 
Department 

B.A., University of Southern California; M.S., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of 
Iowa 

MAYER, HARVEY E. (1968), Assistant Professor of Russian and German 
B.A., Stanford University; M.A., Ph.D, Harvard University 
McCarthy, miles D. (I 959), Dean, School of Letters, Arts and Science; and Professor of 
Biology 

B.S., Westchester State Teachers College, Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 

McCarty, frank L. (1966), Assistant Professor of Music 

B.A., San Diego State College; M.A., University of Southern California 

McCLANAHAN, LONNIE L., JR. (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology 
B.S., University of Redlands; Ph.D., University of California, Riverside 

McCLEARY, JAMES A. (1960), Professor of Botany 

B.A., Asbury CoUege; M.S., Ohio University; Ph.D., University of Michigan 

McCLOUD, LELAND W. (1962), Professor of Management and Quantitative Methods 
B.S., M.S., North Texas University; Ph.D., University of Texas 

McCOMB, JOHN D. (1968), Assistant Professor of Sociology 

A. B., University of California, Los Angeles 

McCOMB, STUART F. (1959), Executive Dean and Professor of Education 

B. A., Arizona State University; M.S., Ed.D., University of Southern California; LL.D., Upper 
Iowa University 

McCullough, EDITH L. (1966), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., Colorado State College; M.B.E., University of Colorado; Ph.D., University of Southern 
California 

McFarland, RICHARD a. (1968), Assistant Professor of Psychology 

A. B., University of California; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

McGARRY, EUGENE L. (1962), Dean, School of Education; and Professor of Education 

B. A., Cornell College; M.A., Northwestern University; Ph.D., State University of Iowa 

* McKEE E. (1964), Assistant Professor of Business Law 

B.B.A., University of Toledo; M.B.A., Michigan State University; LL.B., University of Michi- 
gan; C.P.A. 

McKUSICK, ROSA A. (1967), Librarian III . . ^ 

B.A., Whittier College; M.A., Columbia University; Certificate in Librarianship, University of 
California 

McLaren, Robert B. (1967), Assistant Professor of Education 

A. B., Park College; B.D., McCormick Theological Seminary; M.A., University of Houston 

McNELLY, WILLIS E. (1961), Professor of English 

B. A., Central YMCA College; M.A., Loyola University (Chicago); Ph.D., Northwestern Uni- 
versity 

Me WILLIAMS, KENNETH L. (1968), Assistant Professor of Zoology 

B.S., Colorado State University; M.S., New Mexico State University; Ph.D., Indiana University 

MEE, R. KIRK (1968), Assistant Professor of Drama 
A.B., M.A., University of Missouri 


* On leave 1968-69. 


354 


Faculty and Administration 


MEND, MICHAEL R. (1965), Assistant Professor of Sociology 
B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

MERRIFIELD, DORIS D. (1965), Associate Professor of German 
M^., Ph.D., The University of Texas 

* MERRITT, ROBERT E. (1967), Assistant Professor of Business Law 

A.B., Sacramento State College; LL.B., University of California School of Law 

MICHAELS, ROBERT J. (1968), Assistant Professor of Economics 

A. B., University of Chicago 

MICHALSKY, DONAL R. (1960), Associate Professor of Music 

B. Mus., M.Mus., University of Southern California; D.M.A., University of Southern California 

MILLER, RONALD R. (1967), Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
B.S., M.S., Texas Technological College; Ph.D., University of Arizona 

MILLER, RUSSELL H. (1968), Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Pennsylvania State University; MA., Ph.D., University of Maryland 

MINOR, BENTON L (1967), Lecturer in Music 
B.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

MITCHELL, PHILLIP S. (1968), Assistant Professor of Quantitative Methods 

A. B., University of California, Riverside; M.S.. University of California, Los Angeles 

MLYNARYK, PETER M. (1967), Assistant Professor of Finance 

B. S., Massachiiserts Institute of Technology; M.B.A., University of Southern California 

MOFFET, J. BRYAN (1968), Assistant Professor of Education 

A. B., M.A., Miami University; Ed.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

MONTANA, ANDREW F. (1963), Associate Professor of Chemistry and Chairman, Chemistry 
Department 

B. S., Seattle Pacific College; Ph.D., University of Washington 

MORKRE, MORRIS E. (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics 
B.A., University of Redlands; M.A., Northwestern University 

MORRIS, THOMAS D. (1964), Financial Aids Officer 
B.A., M.Ed., Gonzaga University 

MORRISON, NETTIE L. (1968), Lecturer in Physical Education 
BA, California State College, Long Beach 

MORTON, HELEN L. (1963), College Medical Officer and Director of Student Health Center 
B.A., University of Nevada; M.D., Medical College of Virginia 

MUELLER, FREDERICK tV. (1968), Lecturer in Quantitative Methods 
B.S., Pennsylvania State College; MS., Western Reserve University 

MYERS, DION G. (1967), Assistant Professor of Art 

B.F.A., University of Oklahoma; M.F.A., Claremont Graduate School 

NAGLE, D. BRENDAN (1968), Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Mungret College; B.A., Catholic University of America; M.A., Ph.D., University of 
Southern California 

NELSON, CALVIN C. (1967), Associate Professor of Education; and Director, Special Education 
Program 

B.A., University of California; M.S., University of Miami; M.A., Ph.D., University of Oregon 

NELSON, MAX (1965), Professor of Speech 

BA., University of Akron; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan 

NEWELL, JAMES F. (1968), Assistant Professor of Psychology 
B.A, University of California; Ph.D., University of Washington 

NICHOLS, E. RAY, JR. (1966), Associate Professor of Speech 

B.A., M.A., Cornell University; Ph.D., University of Southern California 

NICHOLS, JOHN R. (1965), Associate Professor of Finance 

B.A., Baldwin- Wallace College; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University 
NUDD, T. ROGER (1966), Associate Dean of Students and Director of Student Activities 
B.S., M.S., University of Oregon; Ed.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

NYCUM, RUTH A. (1967), Librarian U 

B.A., Kalamazoo College; M.S.L.S., University of Southern California 

OBLER, PAUL C. (1962), Professor of English 

B.A., American University; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., Rutgers University 


* On leave 1968-69. 


355 


Faculty and Administration 

ODLE, DWIGHT R. (1967), Instructor in Drama 

B.A., San Francisco State College; M.F.A., Yale University School of Drama 

OLEYAR, RITA D. (1966), Assistant Professor of English 

A. B., Seton Hill College; M.A., California State College, Fullerton; Ph.D., University of Cali- 
fornia, Irvine 

OLSEN, JOHN W. (1961), Professor of Art 

B. Ed., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Ed.D., Columbia University 

OMALEV, ALEXANDER (1960), Professor of Physical Education and Coach of BasketbaU 
B.A., M.S., University of Southern California 
ONORATO, MICHAEL P. (1965), Associate Professor of History 
B.S., St. Peter’s College; M.A., Ph.D., Georgetown University 

OVERBECK, WAYNE E. (1968), Lecturer in Communications 
B.A., Whittier College; M.S., University of California, Los Angeles 

PALISI, BARTOLOMEO J. (1963), Associate Professor of Sociology 
B.A., M.A., Brooklyn College; Ph.D., University of Nebraska 

PARTIN, ROBERT E. ( 1966), Professor of Art 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.F.A.i Coliunbia University 

t PASTOR, PAUL J. (1960), Professor of Physical Education 
B.S., M.]^., Springfield College; Ed.D., University of Oregon 

PAUL, M. JANE (1968), Assistant Professor of Music 
B.Mus., M.Mtis., University of Illinois 

PENA, ERVIE (1963), Instructor in Spanish 

B.A., Mexico City College; M.A., University of Southern California 

PETALAS, URANIA C. (1965), Assistant Professor of English 
B.A., M.A., San Fernando Valley State College 

PETTYJOHN, LEONARD F. (1968), Assistant Professor of (Geography 
B.S., Portland State College; M.S., University of Wisconsin 

PHILLIPS, DORIS G. (1965), Professor of Economics 
B.A., Ph.D., University of California 
PICKERING, JERRY V. (1968), Assistant Professor of Drama 
B.A., M.A., Sacramento State Ck>llege 
PICKERSGILL, JOYCE E. (1966), Assistant Professor of Economics 
B.A., Smith College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Washington 

PINE, FORREST S. (1968), College Personnel Officer 

B.B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M.S., The George Washington University 

PITKIN, WILLIS L., JR. (1967), Assistant Professor of English 

A. B., M.A., University of Southern California 

PIVAR, DAVID J. (1965), Associate Professor of History 

B. S., Millersville State College; M.A., Temple University; Ph.D., University of Peimsylvania 

PONTNEY, JACK A. (1961), Associate Professor of Economics 

B.A., University of Redlands; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University 

POORKAJ, HOUSHANG (1965), Assistant Professor of Sociology 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 
POVLOVICH, CHARLES A. (1960), Associate Dean, School of Letters, Arts, and Science, and 
Professor of History 

B.A., University of Kansas City; M.A., University of Missouri; Ph.D., University of Southern 
California 

POWLISON, FRASER (1967), Assistant Professor of Education 
B.A., Pomona College 

PREBLE, KENNETH J., JR. (1963), Associate Professor of IMucation 
B.A., University of Miami; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago 

PRENZLOW, CARL F. (1965), Associate Professor of Chemistry 
B.A., University of Colorado; Ph.D., University of Washington 

PUTNAM, JACKSON K. (1965), Associate Professor of History 
B.S., M.A., University of North Dakota; Ph.D., Stanford University 

RAMSAY, ORRINGTON C. (1960), Professor of English 

B.S., Northwestern University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 


t On leave fall 1968. 

356 


Faculty and Administration 


RANSFORD, H. EDWARD (1966), Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

REIMS, CLIFFORD W. (1966), Associate Professor of Music 

A. B., Bucknell University; M.M., Indiana University 

RETTH, GERTRUDE M. (1961), Associate Professor of Geography and Chairman, Geography 
Department 

B. A., M.A., University of Washington; Ph.D., Clark University 

REMSEN, LESTER E. (1966), Assistant Professor of Music 

B.M., Eastman School of Music; M.M., D.M.A., University of Southern California 

RETAN, E. ELIZABETH (1966), Librarian II 

B.A., Pomona College; B.S.L.S., Columbia University 

REYNOLDS, JOHN E., JR. (1967), Librarian II 

B.A., California State College, FuUerton; M.L.S., University of California, Los Angeles 

RICHARDSON, IVAN L. (1964), Professor of Political Science and Chairman, Political Science 
Department 

B.A., University of Illinois; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa 

RILEY, GLYNDON D. (1966), Assistant Professor of Speech 
B.A., M.A., Pepperdine College; Ph.D., Florida State University 

RIZZA, JAMES J. (1968), Assistant Professor of Engineering 
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut 

ROBERTS, FRANK L. (1961), Professor of Marketing and Management, and Chairman, Marketing 
Department 

B.S., University of Arkansas; M.B.A., University of Texas; Ph.D., University of Illinois 

ROEBUCK, FRANK H. (1967), Assistant Professor of Finance 

B.A., Baylor University; M.B.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

ROMOTSKY, SALLY R. (1967), Lecturer in English 
B.A., M.A., Texas Western College 

ROSENBERG, MARVIN J. (1968), Lecturer in Biology 

B.S., City College of New York; M.S., Cornell University; Ph.D., Columbia University 

ROSS, RUTH A. (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science 
B.A., M.A., University of Southern California 

ROTHMAN, ALVIN H. ( 1964), Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles; D.Sc., The Johns Hopkins University 

RUBINSTEIN, WILUAM C. (1966), Associate Professor of English 

B.A., College City of New York; M.A., New York University; Ph.D., Yale University 

RUSSELL, JACK (1966), Counselor and Test Officer 

B.A., Pepperdine College; M.S., Ed.D., University of Southern California 
RUTEMILLER, BESSIE M. (1966), Librarian II 

B.A., Baldwin-Wallace College; M.S. in L.S., Western Reserve University 

RUTEMILLER, HERBERT C. (1966), Associate Professor of Quantitative Methods and Chairman, 
Quantitative Methods Department 

B.S., Case Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., Western Reserve University 

SAGER, ROBERT J. (1967), Instructor in Geography 

B.S., Wisconsin State University; M.S., University of Wisconsin 

SAILOR, DANTON B. (1962), Associate Professor of History 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois 

SALZ, PAULINA JUNE (1961), Professor of English 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

SAMUELSON, GERALD D. (1962), Associate Professor of Art and Chairman, Art Department 
B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

SANDBERG, ROLLIN T. (1964), Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Alfred University; M.A., University of Buffalo; Ph.D., University of Arizona 

SCHEEL, VIRGINIA L. (1967), Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
B.A., LaVeme College; M.A., California State CoUege, Lw Angeles 

SCHICK, GUY A. (1964), Assistant Professor of Economics 
B.S., M.S., Purdue University 

SCHMIDT, LEO J. (1967), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.S., University of Nebraska; M.A., Northwestern University; Ed.D., University of Southern 
California 


357 


Faculty and Administration 


SCHMIDT, LOUIS G. (1961), Professor of Psychology 

B.S., Stout State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 

SCHNEIDER, CLARENCE E. (1962), Professor of English 

B.A., Iowa State Teachers College; M.A., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Southern 
California 


SCOTT, BARBARA JEAN (1968), Librarian I 

A.B., M.A., M.L.S., University of California, Los Angeles 


SCOTT, MILDRED H. (1965), Registrar 
B.A., University of California 


SCOTT, SARI E. (1963), Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Carnegie Institute of Technology; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh; Ph 


.D., 


of Iowa 


University 


SCOUFOS, ALICE L. (1936), Associate Professor of English 
B.A., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma 

SEARS, DONALD A. (1967), Professor of EngUsh 

B.A., Bowdoin CoUege; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University 

SEE, RICHARD E. ( 1966), Assistant Professor of Anthropology 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

SEETHALER, MARGUERITE B. (1968), Assistant Professor of Drama 
B.A., M.A., California State College, Long Beach 

SELLER, HOWARD J., Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

SHAPIRO, SHIRLEY (1965), Assistant Professor of English 
B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A., University of Washington 

SHAPLEY, CHARLES S. (1962), Associate Professor of French 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California 

SHARMA, RADHA MOHAN (1966), Assistant Professor of Finance 
B.S., M.B.A., Florida State University 

SHARMA, SOM PARKASH (1966), Associate Professor of English 

B.A., B.M., College of Simla; M.A., Punjab University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 

SHAUL, DONALD R. (1964), Associate Professor of Management and Chairman, Management 
Department 

B.S., United States Naval Academy; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

SHIELDS, L. DONALD (1963), Vice President, Administration, and Professor of Chemistry 
B.A., University of California, Riverside; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

SHIN, LINDA P. (1967), Assistant Ptofessor of History 
B.A., M.L.S., University of California, Los Angeles 

SHUMWAY, GARY L. (1967), Lecturer in History 
B.A., M.A., Brigham Young University 

SICA, MORRIS G. (1964), Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ed.D., Florida State University 

SIKES, RONALD R. (1968), Assistant Professor of Quantitative Me^ods 
B.A., University of Oregon; M.S., University of Southern California 

SILVERS, STUART (1965), Associate Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., M.A., Michigan State University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

SIMPSON, ROBERT L. (1967), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., University of Washington; M.A., California State College, Los Angeles 

SMITH, ALDEN W. (1964), Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., M.A., University of California; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University 

SMITH, J. REX (1961), Associate Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Phillips University; B.D., Yale University, Divinity School; M.A., Ph.D., University of 
Southern California 

SMITH, THEODORE H. (1960), Professor of Marketing and Finance 

B.A., Heidelberg College; M.B.A., Northwestern University; Ph.D., Ohio State University 

SMITH, VICTOR V. (1962), Professor of Art 
B.A., M.A., Long Beach State College 

SMYTHE, TED C. (1963), Associate Professor of Communications 

B.S., Sterling College; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Minnesota 


358 


Faculty and Administration 


SPANGLER. GEORGE M. (1966), Assistant Professor of English 

A. B., Haverford College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California 

SPENGER, ROBERT E. (1964), Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B. A., University of California; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

STARK, SHIRL A. (1966), Assistant Professor of Education 

A. B., California State College, Los Angeles; M.S., University of Southern California 

STEWART, CAMERON (1967), Lecturer in History 

B. A., University of Washington; M.A., Claremont Graduate School 

STIEL, BETH T. (1966), Librarian II 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.L.S., University of California 

STIEL, EDSEL F. (1962), Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

STIER, DUDLEY A. (1966), Director of Housing 

A. B., Stanford University; M.B.A., Cornell University 

STOVALL, EULA M. (1965), Associate Professor of Physical Education 

B. A., Colorado State College of Education; M.A., San Francisco State College; Ph.D., University 
of Southern California 

STREITBERGER, H. ERIC (1968), Lecturer in Science Education 
B.A., State College of Iowa; M.S., Oregon State University 

SUDHALTER, TREVA R. (1967), Counselor, Student Personnel Services 
B.A., M.A., George Washington University 

SUTPHEN, SANDRA (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science 

A. B., Douglass College; M.A., Rutgers University 

SUTTON, DONALD D. (1960), Professor of Biology and Chairman, Biological Science Department 

B. A., University of California; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Davis 

SUTTON, IMRE (1964), Associate Professor of Geography 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

TATLOCK, THOMAS J. (1968), Lecturer in Anthropology 

B.A., California State College, Long Beach; M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

TEEL, ERIC A. (1966), Librarian II 

B.A., St. John’s College, Annapolis; M.S. in L.S., Western Reserve University 

THOMAS, JOSEPH A. (1967), Lecturer in Psychology 

B.A., San Jose State College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Riverside 
* THOMPSON, CECIL B. (1965), Assistant Professor of Economics 
B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

THORSEN, DAVID O. (1960), Professor of Music 

B.Mus., University of Redlands; M.A., Occidental College 

TOWNSHEND-ZELLNER, NORMAN (1964), Professor of Economics and Director, Center for 
Economic Education 
B.S., Ph.D., University of California 

TOY, ERNEST W., JR. (1959), College Librarian and Associate Professor of History 

B.A.. College of S». Thomas; M.S., University of Southern California; M.A., University of 
California, Los Angeles 

TREGO, JOHN W. (1964), Associate Dean, School of Business Administration and Economics, 
and Associate Professor of Management and Business Education 
B.A., Lebanon Valley College; M.A., Columbia University; Ed.D., Temple University 

TREON, MARTIN A. (1967), Assistant Professor of Speech 

B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., Stanford University; Ph.D., University of California, 
Los Angeles 

TSAGRIS, B. E. (1968), Professor of Finance 

B.S., University of California; M.S., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

TSAI, LOH SENG (1965), Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Nanking University; M.S., Fuh Tan University; Ph.D., University of diicago 

TUMAS, ELENA V. (1965), Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Immaculate Heart College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 


» On leave 1968-69. 


359 


Faculty and Administration 

TURNER, GEORGE C. (1960), Professor of Biology and Science Education and Chairman, 
Science and Mathematics Education Department 

B.A., Stanford University; M.S., Utah State University; M.Ed., Eastern Washington College 
of Education; Ed.D., Arizona State University 
TUSSING, MARJORIE O. (1965), Instructor in German 
B.A., WTiittier College; M.A., Middlebury 

TYGART, CLARENCE E. (1968), Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.S., Southwest Missouri State College; M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

UNRUH, GARY L. (1967), Instructor in Music 
B.A., M.A., Occidental College 

» UNTEREINER, WAYNE W. (1964), Professor of Anthropology 
B.A., University of California; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University 

VALADE, ELISABETH F. (1968), Lecturer in French 

Baccalaureate, Lycce in Paris; Licence d’ Anglais, Sorhonne University 
VALPEY, ROBERT G. (1965), Dean, School of Engineering and Professor of Engineering 

B.S., United States Military Academy; B.M.E., Cornell University; M.S., University of Colo- 
rado; Ph.D., University of Illinois 

VAN CLEAVE, R. HAROLD (1965), Director of Extension; Coordinator of Summer Session 
and Evening Classes; and School Relations Officer 
B.S., M.S., Indiana Stale University 
VAN DEVENTER, DAVID E. (1965), Assistant Professor of History 
B.A., Baldwin-Wallace College; M.A., Western Reserve University 

VAN GINNEKEN, EVA R. (1964), Associate Professor of French 
B.A., M.A., Wayne University; Ph.D., Brown University 

VASARI, STEPHEN (1968), Assistant Professor of Spanish 

LL.D., University of Bratislava; B.Comm., Sir George Williams University; B.A., California 
State College, Los Angeles 

VAUGHAN, RODGER D. (1965), Assistant Professor of Music and Vice Chairman, Music De- 
partment 

B.Mus., University of Kansas at Lavjnrence; M.Mus., University of Kansas at Wichita 
WAGNER, M. JOHN (1964), Professor of English and Chairman, English Department 
B.A., M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., Northwestern University 

WAIAN, LEE B. (1968), Lecturer in Science Education 
B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara 

WALKINGTON, DAVID L. (1963), Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., M.S., Arizona State University; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School 

WARNER, HOWARD M. (1968), Lecturer in Art 
B.A., M.A., California State College, Long Beach 

WATKIN, LAWRENCE E. (1965), Professor of English 
B.A., Syracuse University; M.A., Harvard University 

WAXMAN, JACOB I. (1968), Assistant Professor of Accounting 

A. B., M.B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; C.P.A. 

WEINTRAUB, JOEL D. (1968), Assistant Professor of Zoology 

B. S., City College of New York; Ph.D., University of California, Riverside 

WELEBA, SHIRLEY ANN (1966), Assistant Professor of History 
B.Mus., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

WEYMAN, BRADLEY S. (1965), Placement Supervisor 
B.A., M.A., San Francisco State College 

WHITNEY, WILLIAM H. (1968), Lecturer in Accoimting 

A.B., Oberlin College; M.A., Western Reserve University; C.P.A. 

WICKETT, WILUAM H., JR. (1967), Medical Officer and Staff Physician 

A. B., M.D., University of Southern California 

WILEY, EDGAR A. (1966), Assistant Professor of Management 

B. A., Claremont Men’s College; M.S., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School 

WILLIAMS, CHARLES F. (1967), Assistant Professor of Science Education 
A.B., University of California; M.A., Ph.D., The University of Texas 


* On leave 1968-69. 


360 


Faculty and Administration 


WILLIAMS, THOMAS A. (1967), Business Manager 
B.S., Columbia University; M.B.A., Harvard University 

WILLIS, W. VAN (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University of Tennessee 

WISEMAN, DORSEY E. (1961), Professor of Accounting and Finance 

B.S., West Virginia University; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of 
Illinois; C.P.A. 

WITCHEY, RONALD L. (1965), Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
B.A., Denison University; M.Ed., Bowling Green State University 

WOLFE, V. RICHARD (1968), Instructor in Physical Education 
B.A., M.A., Sacramento State College 

WONG, DOROTHY PAN (1964), Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., University of Oklahoma; M.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Case Institute of Tech- 
nology 

* WOO, JOHN C. H. (1962), Associate Professor of Accounting 

B.A., National University, Nanking, China; M.A., San Francisco Sute College; M.A., Ph.D., 
University of California 

WOODARD, NELSON E. (1968), Assistant Professor of History 
B.A., University of Rochester; M.S., University of Wisconsin 

WORKS, ERNEST (1964), Associate Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Arkansas A.M. & N. College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois 

WOYSKI, MARGARET S. (1967), Assistant Professor of Geology 
B.A., Wellesley College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota 

YESSIS, MICHAEL (1966), Associate Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., M.A., City College of New York; Ph.D., University of Southern CaUfomia 

YINGER, JON A. (1966), Assistant Professor of Political Science 
B.A., Whittier College; M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School 

YOUNG, GERALD C. (1968), Lecturer in Speech 
B.A., M.A., California State College, Fullerton 

YOUNG, JAMES D. (1960), Professor of Drama and Chairman, Drama Department 
B.S., Pepperdine College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

ZATKO, JAMES J. (1968), Assistant Professor of History 
M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame 

ZEE, YUN-CHENG (1968), Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Hong Kong Baptist College; M.S., University of South Carolina; Ph.D., University of 
Pittsburgh 

ZELTZER, ALLEN M. (1963), Associate Professor of Drama and Director of Instructional 
Television Service 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University 

ZIMMERMAN, JON E. (1966), Assistant Professor of German 

B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado 


» On leave 1968-69. 


361 


Academic affairs cabinet, 21 
Academic advisement, 57 
Academic disqualification, 64 
Academic probation, 64 
Academic standards committee, 23 
Accounting courses, 285 
Accreditation, 27 
ACT tests, 45, 50 
Administration, 19 
college, 19 
departments, 20 
directory of faculty and, 343 
schools, 20 , . 1 

Administration and supervision credential, 152 
Admission, 45 

academic probation, 48 
application for, 48 
cancellation of, 50 
Common admission, 47 
credential programs, 49 
foreign students, 47 
freshman, 45 
graduate students, 46 
health requirements for, 50 
honors at entrance, 50 
intrasystem transfer, 47 
nonresidents, 45 
probation, 48 
procedures, 48 
readmission, 48 
residence statement, 49 
summer session students, 29, 47 
undergraduate entrance testing, 50 
undergraduate transfers, 46 
Advanced placement, 52 
Advisement, academic, 57 
Advisory board, 15 

Advisory committee on radiological safety, 22 
Advisory councils, 333 
Announcement of courses, 181 
Anthropology, 8 1 

bachelor of arts degree, 8 1 
courses, 184 
department, 8 1 
master of arts degree, 82 
minor, 82 
Application, 48 
admission, 48 
fee, 54 
Art, 83 

bachelor of arts degree, 83 
courses, 188 
department, 83 
education courses, 194 
master of arts degree, 86 
minor, 85 
Art Alliance, 338 
Associated students fee, 54 
Astronomy courses, 195 
Athletics, 36 

student'f acuity board, 22 
Audiovisual Center, 3 1 
Auditors, 53 
fee, 55 

registration of, 53 
Auxiliary organizations, 338 

Bachelor’s degree, 66 
degrees offered, 77 
general requirements, 66 
graduation requirements, 66 
second baccalaureate degree, 67 
Biolofdcal science, 87 

ba^elor of arts degree, 87 
courses, 195 
department, 87 
master of arts degree, 89 
minor, 89 

Biology (see biological science), 87 


INDEX 

Business Administration, 137 
bachelor of arts degree, 138 
courses, 287 
school of, 137 

master of business administration, 1 40 
Business education, 140 

Calendar, 5, 6, 7, 8 
California State Colleges, 14, 15 
Campus Planning Committee, 21 
Chancellor’s Ofl&ce, 1 3 
Change of program, 53 
fee, 55 

Chemistry, 90 

bachelor of arts degree, 90 
courses, 20 1 
department, 90 
mmor, 92 

Classification in College, 6 1 
College Administration, 19 
College committees, 2 1 
College curricula, 77 
College level examination program, 52 
College union fee, 54 
Committees of the college, 21 
Conunittees of the Faculty Council, 23 
Communications, 93 

bachelor of arts degree, 93 
courses, 205 
department, 93 
master of arts degree, 96 
minor, 95 

teacher credential requirements, 95 
Comparative literature, 96 
bachelor of arts degree, 96 
courses, 208 
Computer Center, 3 1 
Computer Center Technical Advisory 
Committee, 23 
Concurrent enrollment, 53 
Conduct, student, 64 
Conferences and Institutes, 30 
Continuous residency, 63 
Correspondence courses, 52 
Counseling services, 38 
Course numbering codes, 183 
Credential programs, 77, 151 
Credit, 51 

acceptance of, 5 1 
advanced placement, 52 
by examination, 52 
challenge examination, 52 
college level examination, 52 
correspondence course, 52 
extension course, 52 
military service, 52 
transfer, 52 
unit of, 6 1 

Curricula, College, 77 
Curriculum committee, 23 

Dean’s list, 64 

Degrees offered (see College Curricula), 77 
Discipline (see student conduct), 64 
Disqualification, Academic, 64 
Drama, 97 

bachelor of arts degree, 97 
courses, 210 
department, 97 
education courses, 215 
master of arts degree, 99 
minor, 99 

Earth Science, 124 

bachelor of arts degree, 124 
courses, 215 

department (see Science and Mathematics 
Education), 124 
minor, 124 


362 


INDEX— Continued 


Economic Education Center, 33 
Economics, 144 

bachelor of arts degree, 144 
courses, 287 
department, 137 
master of arts degree, 145 
minor, 145 

Educable Mentally Retarded, 156 
Education, 149 

admission to teacher education, 150 
application for student teaching, 160 
courses, 301 

credential pro^ams (see Teacher education 
curricula;, 151 
master of science degree, 162 
personnel services for teacher education 
students, 151 
publications, 149 

statutory reouirements for credentials, 151 
student teacning, 160 
study limits, 161 

Educational opportunity giants, 42 
Educational services committee, 23 
Elections committee, 23 
Election of reflations, 63 
Elementary education, 152 
credential program, 152 
Engineering, 173 

advisory council, 333 
bachelor of science degree, 173 
courses, 320 

master of science degree, 177 
school of, 173 
English, 100 

bachelor of arts degree, 100 
courses, 216 
department, 100 
education courses, 220 
master of arts degree, 102 
minor, 101 
Enrollment 
concurrent, 53 
definitions, 61 
regulations, 61 
Entrance examinations, 50 
Evaluations, 51 

acceptance of credit, 5 1 
advanced placement credit, 52 
challenf examination credit, 52 
college level examination program, 52 
correspondence course credit, 52 
credit by examination, 52 
extension course credit, 52 
general policy, 5 1 
military service credit, 52 
transfer credits, 51, 52 
Evening classes, 28 
Examinations, 50, 52, 62, 70 
college lev^ program, 52 
challenge, 52 
entrance, 50 
final, 62 

GRE (Graduate Record Examination), 70 
Executive Committee, 24 
Expenses (see Fees), 55 
Extension program, 29 
credit, 52 
fee, 54 

Faculty, 343 

afFairs committee, 24 
cotmdl members, 21 
coimdl standing committees, 23 
directory. 343 
I>ersonnel committee, 24 
Federal Insured Loan, 41 
Fees, 54 

application for admission, 54 
associated students, 54 


auditors, 55 
change of program, 55 
college union, 54 
extension, 54 

foreign students, nonresident, 55 
late remstradon, 55 
limited student, 54 
music studio lesson, 54 
nonresident tuition, 55 
parking, 55 
refimd, 55 
registration, 54 
regular student, 54 
summer session, 54 
transcript, 55 
Finance courses, 291 
Financial aids, 39 
Fiscal afFairs committee, 24 
Foreign languages and literatures, 102 
credential programs, 103 
department, 102 
education courses, 220 
language laboratory, 104 
majors, 103 

master of arts degree, 104 
minor, 103 
Foreim students, 39 
Foundation, 25, 32 
board of trustees, 25 
California state college at Fullerton, 32 
French courses, 221 
Friends of the College, 338 


General education (see Graduation require- 
ments), 66 

General regulations, 61 
Geography, 105 

bachelor of arts degree, 105 
courses, 223 
department, 105 
master of arts degree, 105 
minor, 105 
Geology courses, 227 
German courses, 227 
Good Standing, 63 
Governmental studies center, 34 
Grade point averages, 62 
Grade rei>orts, 62 
Grading system, 61 
Graduate Council, 22 
Graduate Study, 69 

admission from nonaccredited schools, 70 
applicable catalog and graduate bulletin 
regulations, 70 
assistantships, 72 
candidacy, advancement to, 69 
changes m study plan, 71 
classified status, 69 
courses not applicable to, 71 
courses over seven years old, 72 
coursework limitation prior to classified 
status, 71 
fellowship, 72 
full-time load, minimum, 72 
general requirements for master*s degree, 69 
grade i>oint average standards, 70 
grades, CR, S or P, 71^ 
graduate credit for seniors, 72 
GRE tests, 70 
international study, 72 
limitation on preciassification 
coursework, 71 
minim um full-time load, 72 


policies and pr<x:edures, 70 
postgraduate credit for seniors, 72 
projects and theses, 70 
requirements for master’s degree, 69 
second master’s degree, 72 
standards for, 69 

steps in the master’s degree program, 69 


363 


INDEX— Continued 


study plan chants, 71 
tests required, 70 
theses and projects, 71 
waiver of nonresident tuition fee, 72 
Graduation requirement check, 68 
Graduation requirements, bachelor’s degree, 66 
GRE tests, 70 

Health, 166 

education courses, 313 
requirements, 50 
services, 37 
History, 106 

bachelor of arts degree, 106 
college, 26 
courses, 229 
department, 106 
master of arts degree, 107 
minor, 107 
Honors 

at entrance, 50 
dean’s list, 64 
at ^aduation, 64 
Housing, 36 

Incomplete work. 62 
Indep>endent study, 183 
Institutes, 33 

Instructional television center, 31 
Interdisciplinary center, 108 
coiuses, 236 

Intem-teaching and master’s degree, 42 
International education, 24 
International programs, 28, 39 
International study courses, 239 
Internship in school administration, 162 
Intramiiral activities, 36 
Italian courses, 239 

oumalism education courses, 240 
unior college teacher education, 154 

Language laboratory, 104 
Late afternoon classes, 28 
Late registration, 53 
fee, 55 

Latin courses, 240 

Leave of absence, 63 

Lecture series board, student-faculty, 22 

Library, college, 30 

Library committee, 24 

Linguistics, 108 

bachelor of arts degree, 108 
corirses, 241 
Loans, 40, 41 

Management courses, 293 
Marketing courses, 296 
Master’s degree, 69 
degr^s offered, 77 
requirements, 69 
second master’s degree, 72 
Mathematics, 109 

bachelor of arts degree, 109 
courses, 241 
department, 109 
education courses, 245 
m^ter of arts, degree, 110 
minor in mathematics, 110 
minor in mathematics education, 110 
option for teacher education, 110 
Mentally retarded, 155 
Multiple majors, 67 
Music, 111 

bachelor of arts denee, 113 
bachelor of music degree, 114 
coiuses, 246 
department. 111 
education courses, 252 


fees, 54, 116 
master of arts degree, 115 
minor, 115 
music associates, 339 
reouirements of department, 112 
Music Associates, 339 

National defense student loans, 41 
Nature Interoretation, 126 
courses, 253 

department (see Science and Mathematics 
Education). 126 
New Educational Horizons, 39 
Numbering code for courses, 183 

Objectives of the college, 26 
Orientation, 53 

Parking fees, 55 
Patrons of library, 339 
Personnel committee, 24 
Petition, right of, 65 
Philosophy, 116 

bachelor of arts degree, 116 
college (objectives), 26 
courses, 253 
department, 116 
minor, 117 

Phonetic Research Laboratory, 34 
Physical education, 166 

bachelor of science degree, 166 
courses, 313 

master of science degree, 167 
minor. 167 

Physical science courses, 256 
Physics, 117 

bachelor of arts degree, 117 
courses, 256 
department, 117 
graduate work, 120 
minor, 118 

Placement services, 37 
part-time placement, 38 
business, industry and government 
placement, 38 
educational placement, 38 
Political science, 120 

bachelor of arts degree, 120 

courses, 259 

department, 120 

master of arts degree, 121 

master of public administration, 121 

minor, 121 

Portuguese courses, 265 
Predental committee, 31 
Premedical committee, 25, 31 
Premedical preparation, 31 
Preprofessional committee, 25 
Prer^uisites, 183 
President’s cabinet, 21 
Probation, 64 
academic, 64 
admission on, 48 
disciplinary, 48 
Professional committees, 25 
Psychology, 122 

bachelor of arts degree, 122 
courses, 266 
department, 122 
master of arts degree, 122 
Public administration master’s degree, 121 
Publications board, student-faculty, 22 
Public events board, 22 
Pupil personnel services, 162 

Quantitative methods courses, 298 

Radiological safety advisory committee, 22 
Reading curriculum, 157 


364 


INDEX-Continued 


Readmission of former students, 48 
Real estate research institute, 33 
Recreation courses, 319 
Refund of fees, 55 
Registration, 53 
auditors, 53 
change of program, 53 
concurrent enrollment, 53 
late registration, 53 
orientation, 53 
ReguUdons, election of, 63 
Relations with schools, 35 
Repetition of courses, 62 
Research centers and clinics, 33 
Research Center for Business, Economics, and 
Community, 33 
Research committee, 24 
Reserve Officers* Training Corps, 54 
Residence 

continuous, 63 
statement of, 49 
Right of petition, 65 
R.aT.C., 54 
Russian courses, 270 

SAT tests, 45, 50 
Scholarships, 39 
Scholarship for graduation, 67 
School, 149 

counseling, 164 
I>sychology, 162 
psychomet^, 162 
School Administration, 164 
advisory council, 334 
program, 164 

Schools and Departments, 20 
Science Advisory Council, 333 
Science education, 124, 127 

and mathematics education department, 124 
courses, 271 

Second baccalaureate degrees, 67 
Secondary education program, 158 
Selective service, 54 

Social science master of arts degree, 127 
Sociology, 128 

bachelor ctf arts degree, 128 
courses, 273 
department, 128 
master of arts degree, 129 
mincnr, 129 
Spanish courses, 277 
Special education, 165 
Speech. 130 

and hearing clinic, 34 
and hearing credential, 131, 160 
bachelOT of arts degree, 130 
courses, 280 

credential programs, 131 
department, 130 
education courses, 284 
master of arts degree, 132 
minor, 132 
State Colleges, 14, 15 
Student 

activities, 35 
affairs committee, 24 
athletics, 36 
conduct, 64 


extramural activities, 36 
— faculty athletics board, 22 
— faculty lecture series board, 22 
— faculty publications board, 22 
— faculty public events board, 22 
health services, 37 
honors, 64 
housing, 36 
insurance, 37 
intramural activities, 36 
news bureau, 36 
organizations, 35 
personnel cabinet, 22 
personnel services, 35 
publications, 35 
teaching, 160 
writing, 62 
Study list limits, 61 
Summer sessions, 29 
admission, 29, 47 
fee, 29, 54 

Teacher education, 150 
admission, 150 
advisory council, 335 
personnel services for, 151 
Teaching credential statutory requirements, 
151 

Technical communications advisory council, 
336 

Technological Studies Institute, 34 
Television center, 31 
Testing services, 39 
Titan Boosters, 340 
Trainable mentally retarded, 157 
Transcripts, 51, 52, 55, 63 
evaluation, 51 
fee, 55 

Trustees of the California State Colleges, 11, 
12 

Tucker Wildlife Sanctuary, 34 
Tucker Wildlife Society, 340 
Tuition fee, 55 
nonresident, 55 

nonresident foreign student, 55 

Under^aduate 
admission, 45 
degrees offered, 77 

enrollment in graduate level courses, 61 
testing, 50 
transfers, 46 

United student aid funds, 41 
Units, 67 
of credit, 61 
for maduation, 67 
resident, 67 

Urban advisory council, 336 
Urban studies, joint institute, 34 

Veterans, 54 

Withdrawal, 63 
from college, 63 
grades for, 63 
Work-study program, 41 


O 


PrMti in CALIPOINIA opficb op state painting 

78483—701 2^9 22M 



California State College, Fullerton 
300 North State College Boulevard 
Fullerton, California 92631